1 featiete hche = ve? : . ence pene pee st 0 ce ote l¥F ea pene sae rade re te gree Lol lett { dee’ errs YPOwrPrWe TT) eee | | = 3 Sete en Bares o = | pyeh | naked St ale oe : ‘g Ae eee) ae aya LAA an scy athe sdaabayi Tt ey a1 ~ =|" re ~** ‘e a YY | ot Pa y ene) ; PANG gS on Vv YY aanae: every » Am < ty PY Pe BL AA ay” | ww PF) =~ TT he 2A RURAL ‘yer aN na A “ eae Le ARNAD | as e. obs *s ena nna” ANAL, | rf array ite ay SAAR RA SGRRD,..03 Ay pid yee yr. \ Pay ‘ae wy Sussanullags ia" . ™ TTY} at APARAMA ips aT" TA A ce , ohibe at g one ; ‘ 7 | aft a@ Ry yy Aya” ~~~ % DEF iy in lf “hen Pr | pants of an ; 3 wer ate | sy yyv" THT r a “90, a NI An POE pil Me ia OES a6 Ww \ - ~ > ae . Dado , : ' ze ol , ip \ tw tian -3 sew Li NYT : 3 NN an a a re WS ees, ; een! Ya BAA py & y L ak . py ‘ » & ey OVS; o aa E ) ” . a Se “yA id Lo Pe | x % : cae fey Gs — nid T ert easy. : Ape ‘Aya ye eeeee phn fix, Las Vw Ss a art Vv» ii f ®A. 7] sms whis- df 3 ae COIN cal | Pega" os ae s®aa ial ww apaenn ay ~ aa NAP Sieeeee > m® page’ “Nee ne bE LT iii Wogel "YT TT Tait 5 » “_ Po Oy ee fF Ah 2 Nini Ww Th inet aim main el . aD TRS iT aaa oe Ml it de ft eS .o eR lok: Aare Papen army, o* NX Pas | 2 Ue a a THES REPUTE oo \ pence Stee sogiteoeent Ow Ges (3 SS) Ak 23S O78 p>: : The! “Ute. ee: 1H i iil | Se yrtaviee : = nner i s id ie akectectia et BBs MMM dit) as a ede | & ! ~ ag GES "owe "iobbe we Os POR y er é \ | Nha wel Sseel Nyve Weve yng wee by, PT My pa dT AS . re he OLE 3 o™ : eeeo¥seelc vr ~~ ¥. AA Tics BRISTOL. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. | MCMXXVIII. wh FOURTH SERIES, VOL. VI, Part I., 1923. | Price Four SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS - OF THE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. &. “> “ Rerum cognoscere causas Ving, Sl 9 24 =. ro) ° 4 Vay wy 2nal i seu Seer att BRISTOL; PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. MCMXXIV. * R, BOURTH SERIES, VOL. VI., Part I., 1923. PRICE FouUR SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. Gs / \ ¥ -4 Be We ey ee ie ' i \ iii it i ei il I ( RTT | ““ Rerum cognoscere causas.’’—VIRGIL,. BRISTOL. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. MCMXXIV. TABLE OF CONTENTS. FOURTH SERIES. VOL. VI. PART I. (1923). PAGE @licers for 1923 te se eure Si ae eg oe — 4 Officers of Sections for 1923 nee ae bo sie Ses ee 4 List of Members on nar sas iis a sa are bas 5 Honorary Members re hs ae ss aes sige ane 8 Report of Council ... ree ber ae ae: sds a es 9 Treasurer’s Report mae a4 Sie és a, re coe 0 Librarians’ Report whe ase ae aoe Sace se ee Exchange List aus a ve aes sais alee sate wae 12 Report of Entomological Section aa ve ae oat se = 4A Report of Geological Section ee Bre = Be set Poe eh Report of Ornithological Section ... oe oar adie said ety °. 4h Account of the Annual and etal Meetings... sis ae lent. . 2184 The Diamond Jubilee: A Retrospect ... sis 24 “The Apterygota of the South-West of pee ss by ine Président: H. Womersley ye 28 “ The Intelligence and Sense Ora of Deseon dies fs by T. F. Hewer 38 “Notes on the Fauna of the Bristol Channel,” by L. H. Matthews... 46 “Spartina Townsendi in West Gloucestershire,’’ by Ida M. pone 120s eae Se 49 “ Bristol Botany in 1923, ‘i ies Tae W. “White, F a. S. = 51 “The Avonian of the Wickwar Ridge, Glos.,’’ by F. S. Wallis, Phi Di 57 “The Avonian of Cheddar peney to the aod ey pene EH. Bamber, MOC (5) sai 5 75 “The Old Red Aan Bar Cagleinaa Tieton ae Portis- head—Clevedon Area,” by S. H. cee! MAL oC Dy E.Gis., and E. Greenly, D.Sc., F.G.S. Mes : or P 92 For information concerning the Bristol Naturalists’ Society generally, or concerning its meetings, please apply to the present Hon. Secretary and Editor :— Miss IDA M. ROPER, 4, WOODFIELD ROAD, REDLAND, BRISTOL, All Books, Pamphlets, Reports of Proceedings sent by way of exchange, gift or otherwise, and all correspondence relating thereto should be addressed to :— Hon. LIBRARIAN, Bristor Nat. Soc., THE MUSEUM, BRISTOL. OFFICERS FOR 1923. President : H. WOMERSLEY. Past Presidents : Dr. C: Luovp Morcan, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S, Prof. SYDNEY YOUNG, D.Sc., F.R.S. A. B. PROWSE, M.D., F.R.C.S. CK. RuDGE, RoC Pee MERIGs: J. WwW. WHITE, Evy: Miss IDA M. RopER, F.L.S. G. C. GRIFFITHS, F.E.S. Sir ERNEST COOK, D.Sc. Vice-Presidents : Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. Prof. O. V. DARBISHIRE, Ph.D. Council : H. F. BARKE H. J. GIBBONS J. RAFTER T. CHARBONNIER C. HUNTER J. W. TutcHER F. W. EVENS J. V. PEARMAN Mrs. VAUGHAN Hon. Treasurer : W. A. SmitH, M.A., M.B., 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton. Hon. Auditors : Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. CHARLES BARTLETT, A.C.A. Hon. Secretary and Editor : Miss IDA M. ROPER, F.L.S., 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol. Hon. Reporting Secretary : W. GRIFFITHS. Hon. Librarian : A. B. PROWSE, M:D., BRC S, Miss I. M. ROPER, F.L.S., Hon. Sub-Librarian. Officers of Sections. Entomological : President—G. C. GRIFFITHS, F.E.S., 3, Leigh Road, Clifton. Secretary —CHARLES BARTLETT, 8, Woodhill, Portishead, Somerset. Geological : President—S. H. REYNOLDS, M.A., Sc.D., F.G.S, The University, Bristol. Secretary—F. S. WALLIS, Ph.D., F.G.S., 15, Ravenswood Road, Redland. Ornithological : President—Pror. C. LLovD-MorRGAN, F.R.S. Acting Presideni—A. L. FLEMMING, M.B., Ch.B. (Bris.), 48, Pembroke Road. Clifton. Secyetayy—COLDSTREAM TUCKETY, 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Down. Ihe y, « &— List of Members, A_ Associate Member. * Has contributed Papers to the “ Adams, Miss S. E. Alexander, D. A., M.D. Amory, T. H. : Audcent, H. y. ... Bacchus, A.D.R., F.E.S. Badock, Stanley H. Baker, B. A., F.G.S. Barke, H. F., } a) OF a Barrow, L,., M.L Mech.E., EGS. Bartlett, Chas. Baxter, 7. Wed. M.A; BSc Blood, B. N., M.D. Blood, Geo. E. Boley, A. E. ... Bolton, Miss E., M.Sc. . Bolton, H. D.Sc. ERSE,, EGS. Brebner, Mrs. G. Carter, Miss F. ... Cay, Arthur Chamberlain, W. Charbonnier, T. Charbonnier, Mrs. T. City Librarian Clarke, A. Cockle, Miss I. . Cogan, Miss R. ? Cook, Sir Ernest, D. Sc. Cook, Lady a ss Cooper, ie Cottle, A. W. Darbishire, Prof. O. V., Ph.D., F.L-S. : Darell, D., EGS. sae Davies, IN T., F.R.M.S. Davies, T. ist BA a Dear, G. L. ; Drew, Miss H., MLA. Dunscombe, Miss Evens, F. W. Fitzjames, R. H. Flemming, A. L,, M.B., Ch.B., : Ford, Roger Francis, H. A. December, 1923. + Life Member. Proceedings.”’ Redland House, Bristol 30, Berkeley Square, Clifton 29, Beaufort Road, Clifton 34, Belvoir Rd., St. Andrew’s, Bristol Durdham Park, 29, Abbotsford Road, Bristol Holmwood, Westbury-on-Trym 37, Clyde Road, Bristol 27, Berkeley Square, Clifton Wolverley, King’s Norton, Birmingham 8, Woodhill, Portishead 95, Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol 5, Brynland Avenue, Bishopston 9, Upper Belgrave Road, Clifton 508, Stapleton Road, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol The Museum, Bristol 22, Victoria Road, Cotham, Bristol 14, Charlotte St., Park St., Bristol Lyndhurst, Leigh Woods, Bristol 51, Oakfield Road, Clifton 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol Central Library, Bristol 16, Woodstock Rd., Redland, Bristol 64, Worrall Road, Clifton 3, Elton Road, Clevedon 27, Berkeley Square, Bristol 27, Berkeley Square, Bristol 43, Station Rd., Ashley Down, Bristol Black Horse, Kingswood, Bristol The University, Bristol Hillfield House, near Dartmouth Avon House, Keynsham, Bristol Down House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol 10, Canowie Road. Redland, Bristol Colston Girls’ School, Bristol 4, The Quadrant, Redland, Bristol 8, Rokeby Avenue, Redland, Bristol 17, St. Martin’s, Knowle, Bristol 48, Pembroke Road, Clifton Hartfield, Cotham Park, Bristol 10, Victoria Square, Clifton a Ra Re LIST OF MEMBERS, Gait, R. P. Gass, T. A. Gibbons, Ea Goodall, Rev. Canon eh W. Goulding, Thomas Griffiths, G. C., F.E.S. Griffiths, Miss D. M. Groitiths, Ge]... Griffiths, William Griffiths, Miss G. Grove, Otto Gummer, Horace Harding, Miss E. M. ... HMellyar))R- EH, Heslop; ji. RP. Fewer Pik. 7. Hodgson, C.J =. Hooper, D., LL.D. Horder Miss M. G. Hoyle, W. E., D.Sc. Humfrey, C. Humpidge, T. C. Humphries, Lady soe Hunter, C., M.Sc., F.L.S. Ivens,) H. 'P. Ivens, W. B. Jenkins, Mrs. Jenkins, F. G. Jenmnyn, Coli i, as: Jervis, W. W., M.Sc., F.G.S. Knight, H. H. Knowlson, James F. are ’sd) .. Knowlson, Mrs. Lee, Miss E. M., M.Sc. Linton, Dr. Marion, M.B. Llewellin, W. M., C.K. .. Mappin, S. W. ... Matthews, L. H. Miller, M. Morgans, Thos. MICE, Morgans, Mrs. ... Mountfort, G. R. Nierenstein, M:, Ph.D. Norgrove, J. W. Nuell, F. H Odell, Miss D. A. Palmer, L. S., M.Sc., Ph.D, 51, Howard Road, Westbury Park 12, Osborne Ave., Ashley Down, Bristol 8, Nugent Hill, Cotham, Bristol 19, Elmdale Rd.,Tyndall’s Park, Bristol 6, Nelson Street, Bristol Penhurst, 3, Leigh Road, Bristol Penhurst, 3, Leigh Road, Bristol 73, Kingsdown Parade, Bristol 23, Beaufort Road, Clifton 23, Beautort Road, Clifton Cider Institute, Long Ashton, Bristol Herbert Lodge, Cotham Park, Bristol Bower Ashton, near Bristol 18, Redland Grove, Bristol 34, Henleaze Gardens, Westbury-on- Trym 24, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 5, Cotham Terrace, Bristol 11, Greenway Road, Redland, Bristol Highweek, Brislington, Bristol National Museum, Cardiff 3, Madeira Mansions, Weston-super- Mare 6, Manilla Road, Clifton Eastfield Lodge, Westbury-on-Trym The University, Bristol 18, Alexandra Road, Clifton, Bristol 49, Ravenswood Road, Bristol 10, Napier Road, Redland, Bristol 6, Brandon Villas, Charlotte St. S., Bristol Highcliff, Weston-super-Mare The University, Bristol The Lodge, All Saints Villas, Chel- tenham 9, Downfield Road, Clifton 9, Downfield Road, Clifton 55, Logan Road, Bishopston 21, Oakfield Road, Clifton 8, Cotham Lawn Road, Bristol 100, Pembroke Road, Clifton, Bristol Hillcroft, Nore Road, Portishead 7, All Saints Road, Clifton 7, Elton Road, Tyndall’s Park, Bristol 7, Elton Road, Tyndall’s Park, Bristol 8, Royal Park, Clifton 30, Cavendish Road, Bristol 22, Alma Road, Clifton 63, Springfield Road, Bristol 22, Berkeley Square, Clifton The College of Technology, The Uni- versity, Manchester MAaDmR DB * RS RS LIST OF MEMBERS. 7 Pearman, J. V. Pepperell, Rey se Perrycoste, Miss H. M. ae Prowse, A. B., M.D. Ratter) J., M.A. Reynolds, S. H., Sc.D., F.G.S.... Richardson, Frank Robbins, F. an Rogers, W. H. M. Roper, Miss I. M., F.L. Rose. FH. L.R.C. lee 1S: Rudge, CG K. “IeR.C.P. MR. : Rudge, Miss BC Rutter, Miss E. M. Salmond, P. W. Samson, B. Sampson, Miss iba Sandwith, Mrs. Sandwith, N. Y. Selman, Miss M. M. Shaw, Miss M. G. Sinnott, Jas. : Smith, Miss A. M. Smith, Miss E. J. Smith, Stanley, D.Sc., F.G.S. ... Smith, W. A., M.A., M.B. Smith, Rev. W. a Smith, Mrs. W. .. Stanton, DW) .:. Stanten, Mrs. Stewart, D. McDonald, 1 EGS. sully, Hl. T. Rsior 10a 2) ae Thompson, H. S. buckett,C. The Grange, Winterbourne, Glos. 46, Berkeley Road, Bishopston Clifton Hill House, Clifton 5, Lansdown Place, Bristol 6, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 13, All Saints Road, Clifton 15, Percival Road, Clifton 38, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 18, Fairlawn Road, Montpelier 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol 8, Chantry Road, Clifton . 145, Whiteladies Road, Bristol 145, Whiteladies Road, Bristol Cambridge House School, St. John’s Road, Clifton 20, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol 30, St. John’s Road, Clifton 26, Canynge Square, Clifton Keble College, Oxford 9, Buckingham Place, Clifton 4, Kenilworth Road, Redland, Bristol 15, Beaufort Road, Clifton 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton The University, Bristol 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 25, Woodstock Road, Bristol Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym Fonthill Villa, Keynsham 33, Southleigh Road, Clifton 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Urner, HH. W., B.A, (Oxon. ), E.G.S. The University, Bristol Tutcher, je W. Vaughan, Mrs. ... Wallis, F. S., Ph.D., F.G.S. Walton, J. C. Ee : White, Jas. W., ELS. White, Mrs. BF Wickes, AGA S Re Se Are Wills, Sir George, Bt. ... Wills, W. Melville Wilson, E. A., F.L.S. Womersley, H. Wingate, Miss H. M., M.A. Worsley, Miss I. Yabbicom, T. H., M.I.C.E. 57, Berkeley Rd., Bishopston, Bristol 42, Fernbank Road, Redland, Bristol 15, Ravenswood Road, Bristol 18, West Park, Bristol 18, Woodland Road, Clifton, Bristol 18, Woodland Road, Clifton, Bristol 16, Oakfield Grove, Clifton Burwalls, Leigh Woods, Bristol Bracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol] Southey House, College Green, Bristol 17, Devonshire Road, Westbury Park, Bristol. 40, Alma Road, Clifton Rodney Lodge, Clifton 23, Oakfield Road, Clifton 8 LIST OF MEMBERS Honorary Members. Prof. George S. Brady, M.D., LU.D., D.Sc, F.RS., F.U.S., Park Hurst, Endcliffe, Sheffield. Henry J. Charbonnier, Haw Lane, Olveston, Tockington, R.S.O., Glos. Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 5, Victoria Square, Clifton, Bristol. R. M. Prideaux, F.E.S., Brasted Chart, near Sevenoaks, Kent. W. G. Scott, 25, Duke Street, Cardiff. Prof. H. S. Hele Shaw, M.I.C.E., LL.D., F.R.S., 64, Victoria Street, West- minster, S.W. 1. Prof. W. J. Sollas, M.A., LU.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., University Museum, Oxford. Sir W. A. Tilden, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Imperial College of Science, S. Kensington, S.W. 7. William Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Wellesley Court, Wellesley Road, Croydon. Prof. Sydney Young, D.Sc., F.R.S., Trinity College, Dublin. REPORT OF COUNCIL. To December 31st, 1923. ap present year is the Diamond Jubilee of the Society, being the 60th anniversary of its formation, and although no functions were held to mark the occasion there have been a few changes in procedure in order to give members and others an opportunity to take a greater interest in the objects of the Society. In March an open lecture was given by Mr. E. E. Lowe, Director of Leicester Museum and Art Gallery, to which members were invited to bring their friends, and the meeting was honoured by the presence of Sir Ernest Cook, representing the Lord Mayor of Bristol (who was prevented from attending in person), by the Vice-Chancellor of the University and by the Director of Education of the City. Sir Ernest Cook congratulated the Society on its many years’ activity, and spoke of the attractions which it offers to the residents of a big city. In another direction it was decided to permit those who wished to follow up their knowledge of Natural History to join one or more Sections without membership of the Parent Society being required. They are thus brought into close companionship with the working members, and the fees are left at a nominal sum in the expectation that such students would be glad to become full members to obtain the advantages of the Library and to receive a copy of the ‘“ Proceedings.’’ Three Excursions were arranged, but the unsettled weather of the summer seemed to bring about a small attendance, but the indoor Exhibition meeting in November at the University was well attended, and much satis- faction was expressed at the varied subjects, which were being studied by the individual workers. The newly-formed Ornithological Section showed by its exhibits that it had secured some good recruits. It must, however, be frankly recognised that the Society is not receiving the support of the citizens, which might be expected to follow from the efforts of Council, and it seems probable that other interests fill up all spate time. Only 9 new members have joined in the year, whilst 15 resignations from various causes have brought the membership to 131, including 15 Associates under the old election. The formation of the South-Western Naturalists’ Union begun at the end of last year, was publicly inaugurated in May by the holding of its first Congress at Bristol. Our Society being affiliated to the Union members were able, as Associates, to take part in all its meetings and excursions, and Council was much gratified at the success, since a strong part of the Union’s Executive is drawn from amongst our active members. IDA M. ROPER, Hom. Secretary. 10 BG COSOMONSCANMOHO | M 5 (j=) r ‘sIO}IPNY re RB VOV ‘LLATLYVA SHTAVHD MOOD ‘H ISHN ‘qO9IIOD puNojy pue po}Ipny rae SRIET E SUIpulq-yoog puey ur yses yeuTged TOF JueI sulpulq-yoog : "*qysnoq syxyoog ArerqyT pue easier 21n409’T es solpInzesryy soseysog DOUCINSUL IVT . eee oe Zurjutig CCG Le Sarees tore 7; 40-3805) wou ,S}SITeInJeN “M'S sqyedy 007 pure suOnMo) oe ACY —SoT}9190G 0} suondrimosqng Ag ‘€c6l UVAA AHL BOA LNNOOOV IVAHNAD mw @GCoccccooomMme PE Loe puna suypulq- Yoog 0} suorenog pIeMIO} DUPE ‘O39 «¢ SBUPP2990Ig 5, JO aes ee : 8 suoljeu0g peyoe]Joo sivs1y a suondrosqns zs soo s00eI}0 a drysieqmay ayy oes oe peyelossy "++ ATBUIPIO —Ssuol}diosqns sieqmeyt of, “ALADOS SLSTIVYALVN TOLSIYG FHL TM yunoooy al WAWASVAUL NOH FHL Ad 11 LIBRARIANS’ REPORT. For the Year 1923. |" is gratifying to record that the Library is made more use of under the pleasant surroundings available at the Bristol Museum. Members who are actively pursuing Natural History work in connection with the Sections are the chief readers, and from this other members can recognise that the Library is of real value, and deserves still further attention both by consultation and by no opportunity being lost to increase the number of modern works of reference. In connection with this Council has voted a grant of £30, with which important books have been purchased under the advice of the different Sections. A better method would be the presentation, by members, of modern books, since the low subscription will not permit of adequate outlay. It was mentioned in last year’s Report that many publications received in exchange could not be put on the shelves for want of binding, and were therefore not fulfilling the intention of placing the latest current views on scientific work at the disposal of our members. We are glad to say, how- ever, this drawback is now being overcome through the generous gift of £50 for the purpose from Mr. Horace Gummer, who thus continues to show his active interest in the progress of the Library. It is hoped, therefore, that during the coming year a large amount of current literature will be bound, and made available. The following gifts have been received, and thanks are given to the donors for them :— “Somerset Archaeol. and Nat. Hist. Soc. Proceedings,’ 1922, from Mr. T. Charbonnier. ‘“ Boletin Annual da Sociedade Broteriana,”’ 12 vols., 1884-1897, from Dire WW. White, PF L.S. “Journal of Botany,” 5 vols., 1912-1916, from Mr. R. V. Sherring, ELS. ‘‘ Quarterly Journal of the Geological Soc. of London,’’ 52 vols., from the Society per the Geological Section. Reynolds, ‘‘ Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District,” 2nd edit., 1921, from Mr. H. Womersley. ‘‘ British Association Reports,” 1920, 1921, 1922, from Miss Roper, Bey: S sand Dr. FaS. Wallis. ‘‘An Aolian Pleistocene Deposit at Clevedon ”’ (pamphlet), 1922, from the author, Dr, E. Greenly, F.G.S. ‘““ Geological Magazine,” 1923, from the Geological Section. “The Entomologist ’’ and ‘‘ Entomological Monthly Magazine,’’ 1923, from the Entomological Section. “ British Birds,’ 1923, from the Ornithological Section. By subscription we have received :— The Ray Society, ‘‘ British Marine Annelids,” vol. 1v., pt. 2, by Prof McIntosh. ‘ British Desmidiacee,”’ vol. v., by West and Carter. ‘‘ Zoological Record,’ vol. 58, 1921. ARDHOR, BY -PROWSE, t:-Col. R.A-M:C. (Ret.), Hon Librarian. IDA M. ROPER, F.L.S., Hon. Sub-Librarian. 12 EXCHANGE LIST. Ashmolean Natural History Society of Oxfordshire Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society Bristol Museum and Art Gallery University of, Speleological Society British Association Museum (Natural History), S.W. Cardiff Naturalists’ Society Chester Natural Science Society Cornwall, Royal Geological Society of , Royal Institution of ————, Royal Polytechnic Society Cotteswold Naturalists’ Field Club Croydon Natural History and Scientific Society Ealing Scientific and Microscopical Society Edinburgh Geological Society — Royal Botanic Society Essex Field Club Geological Society of London ———— Survey and Museum, London Geologists’ Association Glasgow, Geological Society of ——— Natural History Society of Philosophical Society Hertfordshire Natural History Society and Field Club Isle of Wight Natural History Society Liverpool Geological Society ————— Literary and Philosophical Society Botanical Society Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society ——— Microscopical Society ———— Museum Library Marlborough College Natural History Society Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society North Staffordshire Field Club Nottingham Naturalists’ Society Plymouth, Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom Institution and Devon and Cornwall Natural History Society Quekett Microscopical Club Royal Irish Academy Royal Microscopical Society Rugby School Natural History Society Torquay Natural History Society Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society Naturalists’ Union Philosophical Society OuR ‘ PROCEEDINGS ”’ ARE SENT AS A FREE GIFT TO :— British Museum Library Edinburgh, Advocates’ Library Cambridge University Library Oxford, Bodleian Library Dublin, Trinity College Library Patent Office Library, London AUSTRALIA. Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science New South Wales, Geological Survey of Royal Society of Queensland Museum, Brisbane Victoria, Royal Society of EXCHANGE LIST. CANADA. Canadian Institute, Toronto Hamilton Scientific Association Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science (Halifax) INDIA. Agriculture, Imperial Department of Geological Survey of India, Calcutta FRANCE. Lyons, Société Linnéenne de Rennes, University of NORWAY. Det Kongelige Universitet Christiana SWITZERLAND. Lausanne, Société Vaudois des Science Naturelles Zurich, Naturforschende Gesellschaft UNITED STATES. American Museum of Natural History, New York Augustana College, Rock Island, Illinois Boston, Mass., Natural History Society Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, Coldspring Harbour California, University of, Berkeley Californian Academy of Sciences, San Francisco Cincinnati Natural History Society _ —, Lloyd Library Colorado College, Colorado Springs , University of, Boulder Denison Scientific Association, Ohio Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N.C. Essex Institute, Salem, Mass. Illinois, University of, Urbana Indiana Academy of Science Michigan Academy of Science Missouri Botanical Gardens New Mexico, University of, Albuquerque Ohio, State University, Columbus Oklahoma State University Philadephia Academy of Natural Sciences ———————, Wagner Free Institute of Science St. Louis Academy of Science, St. Louis Smithsonian Institution, Washington Tufts’ College, Mass. United States Geological Survey, Washington National Museum, Washington Yale University, Connecticut ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Buenos Aires, Muses National de Historia Natural URUGUAY. Montevideo, Museo Nacional de MEXICO. Mexico, Sociedad Cientifica 13 14 ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION, 1923. OTWITHSTANDING the drawbacks of the season of 1923 from an Entomological point of view, the members recording it as the worst within their recollection, with insects generally very scarce, increasing interest has been taken in the Meetings and valuable contributions to local captures in the field have been made, especially as regards new and rare species. Mr. H. J. Charbonnier communicated a paper upon “‘ Mimicry,’’ which was illustrated by examples of lepidoptera supplied by the President, and hymenoptera, diptera and coleoptera by the Hon. Secietary. Dr. B. N. Blood gave a very instructive paper upon the sub-family Trichogrammatinae (Fairy flies) of the Chalcididae, and exhibited specimens mounted as microscopic slides, including the following species recorded in the Society’s “‘ Proceedings ’’ for 1922, pp. 253-8, Oligosita collina, from King’s Weston Down, Glos., and Brachista nigra from Shapwick, Som., new to Britain ; and Ophioneurus signatus from Henbury, Glos., also new to Britain, associated with the beetle Rhynchites betulae. Mr. G. C. Griffiths read notes upon the migrant butterfly Anosia plexippus, illustrated with examples of its various local races from different parts of the World, together with their mimics. Mr. J. V. Pearman reported it was his good fortune to secure specimens of a Bark fly new to Science, and two others newto Britain. The new species of Psocid, not known at the British Museum, had been named Caecilius corticis Pearman, male winged and female apterous, one taken in Leigh Woods, Som., and one at Winterbourne, Glos., in June and July. Also, two other species of Psocidae :—Pseudopsocus Rostocki Kolbe, at Winter- bourne, Glos., completely wingless, which had previously been found only in 1881 in Germany ; and Psyllipsocus Ramburii de Selys, at Brean, Som., fully winged. Mr. C. Bartlett read some notes upon the British species of Zygaena and Pyvocris, exhibiting specimens or every species, including an example of the very rare black variety of filipendulae and yellow varieties of filipendulae and hippocrepidis. A large number of other specimens of all Orders have been exhibited and remarked upon by the Members, of which the following are worth recording :—Hydrophilus piceus, Nailsea Moors, Som., by Mr. W. Griffiths ; Osmylus pulvicephala, Blaize Castle Woods, Glos., by Mr. H. Womersley ; Ranatva linearis, Nailsea, Ibid. Acidalia immutata, Weston-in-Gordano, Som., by Mr. C. Bartlett. The membership has decreased by three, and now numbers twenty-six. CHARLES BARTLETT, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 15 GEOLOGICAL SECTION, 1923. ITH a net increase during the year of two members the membership of the Section now stands at 28. By a new ruling of the B.N.S. Council it is now permissible for persons to join the Section at the nominal subscription of 2s. 6d., without being enforced to also join the parent Society and pay an entrance fee. It is hoped that members will do their best to obtain recruits under this new regulation. Owing to a welcome grant of money from the parent Society, the Geological Magazine is now up to date, and by a further annual grant of 15s. from the same source we shall be able to continue to subscribe to the Geological Magazine and Palezontographical Society. At the first meeting of the year, Dr. S. Smith, M.A., gave an original lecture indicating the slow way in which geological ideas have crystallised through the centuries. Geology is generally regarded as a young science, but the lecturer claimed great antiquity for our cult. The President (Prof. S. H. Reynolds, M.A., Sc.D.) gave a very interesting account of the Geologists’ Association excursion to Norfolk, dealing with a phase of geology that is unfortunately not seen in our own district. Mr. J. W. Tutcher gave an account of his workin the Keynsham district, which has been printed in the last number of our “‘ Proceedings.”’ Other papers of local interest were read by Mr. F. B. A. Welch and Mr. T. A. Ryder on the Inferior Oolite of the Cheltenham District and the Avonian of the Forest of Dean respectively. Both these lectures presented a number of facts from their own observations in the field. Mr. W. W. Jervis struck a novei note in his lecture on the action of Man and his Environment, showing that man’s status as a geological agent is often neglected. He is, however, an agent of a fairly high magnitude and should be included in all our calculations. During the year a very successful exhibition meeting was held in the winter and excursions to Clevedon and the Low Level Road in the summer. By kind invitation of the Geological Section of the Bristol Field Club mem- bers were also invited to excursions to Burrington Combe and the Avon Gorge. Attention is again drawn to the geological note book, which was initiated and presented by Mr. J. W. Tutcher. It is felt that with such a number of new roads being constructed there must be numerous temporary exposures known to members of which it is important and desirable to make a record to form a valuable book. FRED. S. WALLIS, Ph.D, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 16 ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION, 1923. HE same Officers continue to assist the working of the Section, and during 1923 six meetings were held at private houses of the Members or at the Museum. Papers were read on Reptilian characters in Birds, on Migration, Peculiar Qualities of the Trachaea of various Ducks and Geese, and on Collecting ; also one meeting was devoted to affording information about general questions of Bird life, of which notice had been given, and another at Midsummer to talking over jointly with the Bristol Field Club the observations and results obtained during the past season. The President, Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan, gave his inaugural address on ““Some recent observations of Bird Life’’ at the University in February, to which an invitation was extended to the Parent Society. Apart from these indoor meetings the Members have carried on independently a good deal of field work, and the following list gives some of their results, which have been discussed at the meetings. These include various photographs illustrative of the life history of Birds ; a compact and light electrical appliance for releasing a camera at any distance instantaneously ; exhibits to prove the Food of Birds ; examples of the Curlew-Sandpiper, Knot, Arctic Tern, Redshank and Dunlin ; Greater and Lesser Horseshoe and Long-eared Bats, including one albino specimen of the Lesser Horseshoe Bat. As an oppor- tunity offered for examples of these Bats to be brought forward, they were gladly included to overcome the drawback of no special Section devoting itself to Zoology as a whole. In other directions the Section has started to keep observational records of Migration, and to extend this work it is intended to do some bird “ ringing ”’ next year. ‘ It has also purchased, thanks to the generosity of certain members and Council, a cabinet, with the intention in the years to come to make part of its work the formation of a type collection of local Birds. COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 17 Account of the Annual and General Meetings. THE 601TH ANNUAL MEETING. January 18th, 1923. Mr. H. Womersley was elected President for the second year, ame Sir Hrnest Cook, D.Sc.; and Prof. O. V. Darbishire, Ph.D., F.L.S., Vice-Presidents, with minor alterations in Council. Mr. Womersley gave his first Presidential Address on the “Chemistry of the Cell,” and the effect it has to produce living organisms. He pointed out that whilst a cell may exist alone, they are not isolated entities in general, but are connected by filaments of protoplasm ; and the separate units become differentiated by their position and environments. In every instance each cell is con- trolled by its nucleus amongst both animals and plants, and dealing only with those of animals, variations are to be found in the size of cells, as for example in eggs, or caused by growth, as in some Infusoria and Protozoa ; then the single nucleus may be distributed or remain distinct by dividing itself during cell increase. These changing groups of cells are what constitute in one aspect living organisms, from which Science sets out separate species. Another character that is regarded as establishing ‘‘ Life’’ is the chemical contents ofthe cells. These consist of special materials called Proteins, which are complex compounds of nitrogen, carbon, oxygen and hydrogen, with traces of iron and phosphorus. Pro- teins, as was fully explained, whether simple or joined in special ways, have properties very easily altered by the interchange of molecules of oxygen and hydrogen, from which result the formation of smaller molecules of ever varying compounds. In like manner the nucleus is chemically complex and its recurrent activity depends on a supply of suitable liquid food from the proteins. In one set of cells, such as yeast and the ferments, reaction in this manner is not common amongst all the organisms, but is confined to one or two special groups of substances, as demonstrated in saliva, pepsin, rennet and the like. These chemical changes of proteins within the cells, usually with the aid of ferments, combined with the power of growth of the cells, form together the two essential attributes of living matter 18 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. THE 500TH GENERAL MEETING. February Ist, 1923. ‘Some Recent Observations of Bird-life,’ by Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan, F.R.S. The Society having revived the Section of Ornithology this was its inaugural meeting, and the address by the Honorary Presi- dent of the Section was also regarded as the paper to the Society for this meeting. Prof. Lloyd Morgan first described the stages of progress of the born naturalist, who began with what he might term without offence superficial observation and eventually reached the stage when he held the whole in something like an evolutionary picture. Drawing an analogy, he said that the chapters in the life-history of birds might be entitled immigration, mating, nesting, care of young and emigration. Of late a fresh paragraph had been inserted. in that series. It came between immigration and mating. It was a stage that had been very largely overlooked until lately, and it might involve—he thought it did involve—a re-interpretation of the meaning of many of the sentences in those chapters. After a brief reference to the work of Mr. Edgar Chance in tracing the history of the cuckoo—a work on which he thought Mr. Chance ought to be congratulated—the speaker dealt at length with Mr. Elliott Howard’s observation of the period between the immigration of the male birds from the south and their mating with the females which arrive in this country anything from 5 or 6 days to three weeks later. He spoke of the nature, disposition, impulse and instinct of birds, and warned his audience against erecting any of these into a metaphysicalentity. A point of general interest arising from Mr. Howard’s re-interpretation of the chapter on mating was his discovery that the best period of singing was before the arrival of the females. After the male had secured his mate in his “‘ terri- tory’ his song fell off. He was not, therefore, singing to please the lady: Rather, as Mr. Howard suggested, after the male had selected his ‘‘ territory,” the female arrived and was attracted by his song. A number of slides bearing on the subject was shown. THE 501st GENERAL MEETING. March 8th, 1928. ‘‘ What is Bred in the Bone,’ by Mr. E. E. Lowe (Director of the Leicester Museum and Art Gallery). It was pointed out that physical and mental characters shown by man and animals were of two distinct kinds :—(1) congenital ones, e.g., lop-ears in certain rabbits, or a crooked finger in a child, and the mane, horns or whiskers at a due age—each bred in the bone ; and (2) those acquired during life by special efforts and training of body or mind, e.g., great enlargement of muscle, or ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. 19 activity of fingers in piano playing, and the education of the mind to its highest attainments—each acquired during a life time, and not transmitted to the offspring. At one time it was held by scientists that the inherent or congenital characters were acquired as the result of successive generations gradually adding a small step towards the present physical state, as the giraffes lengthening their necks, or wading birds their legs by securing more food thereby. Nowaday opinion is against this view, as experiments of constantly cutting off the tails of mice for many generations have no effects on the offspring, nor has the custom practised by a tribe of Red, Indians of flattening the skulls of their children produced any sign of permanent change. Rather it is held that natural selection is the operating cause, that is, the variations from the average which occur amongst ofispring, are present at the moment of birth, and inherent in the mixture of characters which takes place at the fertilization of the nucleus of the female egg. The offspring best fitted for the battle of life survives, and similar results are obtained in following genera- tions, from the fresh variations that arise and are best able to overcome the life conditions prevailing. Examples of such slow changes are found in whales losing their hind legs, man his tail, leaf butterflies and many insects securing mimicry of their sur- roundings. The lecturer admitted it was a sad fact to be faced, that all the education now being acquired had no direct beneficial effect on our children, and only indirectly benefited the race. It should be clearly realised that education, valuable as is the highest study for the individual, cannot bring about what it is popularly supposed to do, transmit an increased mental endowment to our children. The truth of this is manifest by reason of the extremely early age at which the reproductive cells of all animals are set aside in one definite part of the body long before sexual maturity is attained. It is likely that the theories of Mendel and Weismann may point the track along which variations arise, by certain characters proving to be dominant over others in human beings, as for instance, red hair is “‘ recessive’ and may appear at intervals only, being usually kept down by the dominant brown colour, or the artistic or musical abilities of parents may be long suppressed. Mental and physical defects on the other hand seem to be dominant, so as to constantly recur, and to this unfortunate power the presence of defective children appears to be due, from the union of one mentally deficient or tainted parent. Amongst ordinary healthy families variations occur from the inborn nature of the children, even though all are brought up with similar surroundings and equally good education, and this cannot be altered, but to assure improved health, and to obtain long life, it is needful to take care through the generations to mate together only healthy stocks, and in short we ‘‘ must choose our parents properly.” 20 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. THE 502np ANNUAL MEETING. April 5th, 1928. ** Giants,” by Prof. EB. Fawcett, Ff Ras The occurrence of a man of a height in excess of ordinary stature is not restricted to any special race or colour, as on occasions giants may be met with amongst them all. From history, how- ever, it is to be noticed that certain races appear to furnish more examples, such as the Irish, ‘‘ where men of uncommon stature are often seen,’ the people of Patagonia, the northern races, who furnished the celebrated Prussian Guards, and other people whose skeletons have been measured. A table to show the height of giants brought out clearly the different nationalities. Height gave advantages to a man as well as having draw- backs, and incidents were related how giants had been known to light their pipes from street lamps, or to shake hands with people in the boxes of theatres, or to cause companions to resort to running in order to keep pace with the giant on an ordinary walk. On the other hand giants were not always well formed, or intelligent or healthy. Although rumour magnified the height of some giants to between 8 and 9 feet, it may be considered certain 7 to 8 feet is near the true mark. Lantern slides to illustrate details were shown, and a number of questions answered. THE 503rp GENERAL MEETING. May 3rd, 1923. ‘The Intelligence and Sense Organs of Dragonflies,’ by T. F. Hewer. (Printed in full on page 38). Exhibits by Mr. W. Griffiths of four examples of the Comma butterfly, Polygonia c-album, and the water beetle, Hydrophilus piceus, taken early in April, and new to the district ; by Mr. Cold- stream Tuckett, of a whiskered bat, Myotis mystacinus. FIELD EXCURSIONS. Three excursions were arranged during the Summer of 1923, but the July one was not held on account of the weather. June 9th. Ramble from Mangotsfield to Pucklechurch across the fields through Syston. ‘There were only nine members present, and during the enjoyable walk the following special plants were noticed :—The white flowered Trifolium pratense and its variety parviflorum, Barbarea arcuata, and the fine example of Buxus balearica planted on the Syston Court estate. The ancient churches on the way were also visited and aroused much interest. ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. 21 September 8th. Ramble from Keynsham to Bitton, keeping near the River Avon. The attendance again proved disappointing andonly numbered ten. The chief object was to pay a visit to the Vicarage garden made so celebrated by the fifty years labour of. the late Canon H. N. Ellacombe. In the absence on holiday of the present Vicar, Rev. F. H. W. Taylor, the gardener delighted the members by describing the many foreign shrubs and herbs that still flourish under his fostering care. THE 504TH GENERAL MEETING. October 4th, 1923. pecnes Rice Plant of India,” by David Hooper, LL.D. The lecture dealt with rice from three points of view, ie., historical, agricultural and chemical. The lecturer said that rice was probably used first by the Aboriginal tribes of India, and is noticed in the Athana-Veda along with barley and beans. The earliest mention of its cultivation was connected with China, a ceremony being established in 2,800 B.C. by the Emperor Chin- nung. The chief wild habitat of the plant was roughly from Southern India to Cochin China. The Karens of Burma believed that every rice plant had its spirit, and offered prayers whenever the crop was bad. Rice played an important part in the marriage ceremonies of Hindus, being poured over the head of the bride as an emblem of life, regeneration, etc. This was probably the origin of rice-throwing at weddings. Rice was also used at a birth, when naming a child, for the purpose of averting evil, from witches, and. at funeral ceremonies. There were three harvests of rice in India every year, and a harvest festival for each, when the rice was worshipped. The different kinds of rice might be classed as follows :—The awned and awnless, the coloured and colourless. It was calculated that in India 89 million tons of rice were prepared at a value of £190,000,000. The paddies are first dried in the sun, then husked in hullers, the cuticle is next removed by friction, and the white rice is then put through a polishing machine. The average period rice took to mature was two months, but some varieties took three, four, or even five to grow. ‘The names given to some rices have reference to the size, shape, colour or scent of the grain, but in others it denotes the nutritive quality, or may refer to the fact that they are sacred to some deity. Rice is always held in great veneration, special rices being offered to dieties, others are regarded as food fit for royal tables, and poetic and humane instincts are revealed by the names of rices which signify moon over the mountains, horse rice and ant rice, the little insect not being forgotten. The lecture concluded with a chemical analysis of rice, and the disease beri-beri. Exhibit by Mr. H. Womersley of living Hymenopterous parasites on a Coleopterous larva, 22 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. THE 505TH GENERAL MEETING. November Ist, 1923. Exhibits of Natural History by the Members. All sections were well represented, even excelling in quality those of last year. Amongst the exhibits were :—The President, Mr. H. Womersley, dragonflies, beetles, a rare lacewing, various spring tails, and the Berlese apparatus for collecting same ; humble bees’ nest, with inquilines, scavengers, &c., abnormal gulls’ eggs, female butterflies with male coloration by Mr. W. Griffiths ; water- colour drawings of Hemiptera, by Mr. A. D. R. Bacchus, and chalcidae and new specimens of mymaridae by Dr. Blood ; photo- graphs of sea birds from Scilly Isles and bird life in the garden, Mr. R. P. Gait and Mr. G. R. Mountfort ; bats and various small mammals, Mr. C. Tuckett ; the food of owls and herons, Miss Selman ; various forms of vegetative reproduction, Miss Roper, Prof. O. V. Darbishire, and Mr. C. Hunter; a collection of beautiful local fungi, Mr. H. J. Gibbons and Mr. C. Wall; British alpine flowers, Mr. F. W. Evens ; floral sports, Mrs. Sandwith ; vertebrate remains, Prof. S. H. Reynolds ; evolution and development of the lobes of fossils, Mr. J. W. Tutcher ; fossils shown at the Geological Association, Mr. H. F. Barke; flint implements found locally, made by Palaeolithic man, Mr. R. H. FitzJames. Coffee was served during the meeting. THE 506TH GENERAL MEETING. December 6th, 1923. ‘“ The Story of the Geological Science,’ by Dr. S. Smith, M.A., F.G.S. We were apt to think that geology was one of the youngest of the sciences, whereas it was really the oldest. Every child was born a scientist and asked questions about his surroundings. ' Primitive man did likewise, asked these questions, and answered them in his own crude fashion ; he expressed his ideas as a tale of the struggle between giants and beasts. Man passed from the hunting stage to the pastoral; he saw the mitacle of seed time and harvest, and attempts to solve the universe soon became a religion. ‘Then came the ancient Greek philosophers, who, though acquainted with physics and mathematics, contributed little to geology, the earliest philosophers indulging in poetic and yet brilliant flights of fancy that often came very near the mark. Thales thought that there must have been an all-prevailing sub- stance forming heat and cold, and that water might have been the originator of all living things. Eratosthemes recognised the double movement of the earth, The Greeks were, however, philosophers = ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS. 23 and not scientists. After the Greeks came the Romans, who were more practical than the Greeks ; they applied the principles of geology, without being aware of the fact, by constructing roads and laying water pipes. They were, however, more fond of games than science. By the fall of the Roman Empire the whole world fell into chaos. Then came the Dark Ages, people trusting their possessions to strong walls and their learning to the Church. There came several great events which contributed greatly to revival of learning :—(1) The conquering Arabs, who were Alchemists ; (2) the Crusaders, who returned bringing with them glass windows and rugs; (3) the Turk, who broke into Europe, scattered the monks, who fled and spread their knowledge ; (4) the Renaissance ; (5) the discovery of America, opening up new thought as well as new lands. Several men assisted greatly about this time—Galileo , Dante, Leonardo de Vinci, and Palassy, who studied fossils. After- wards Berringer wrote books on fossils and later John Woodward collected them. In 1670 the world accepted the origin of fossils, as we do to-day. Then, coming to more modern time, two schools atose, one thinking the earth had been formed by action of water only, the other by volcanic means as well. The penny post, the railways, and sea steamboats in the early 19th century, shortening distances and rendering exchange of ideas easier, accelerated scientific progress. Exhibits by Mr. .W. Griffiths and Miss Griffiths of larva of the carniverous water beetle Dytiscus marginalis; unusually small eggs of the Guillemot and the vocal chords of the Widgeon. 24 THE DIAMOND JUBILEE: A RETROSPECT. The 60th year of this society’s existence was completed on May 8th, 1923. Early in 1862 the late Prof. Adolph Leipner (who had made Bristol his home in 1854) and six other Bristol citizens —Mr. Stephen Barton, Dr. John Beddoe, Mr. W. J. Fedden, Dr. Henry E. Fripp, Mr. C. T. Hudson, and Mr. W. W. Stoddart— formed themselves into a Provisional Committee, and proceeded to sound the scientific mind of Bristol upon the question of forming a society, with the aim and object of investigating “‘ every branch of science that finds culture amongst us.’’ No fewer than 168 gentlemen replied favourably, and on 24th April invitations were sent, asking their attendance at the inaugural meeting in the Philoso- phical Institution, Park Street, on Thursday evening, May 8th, 1862. Inthe absence of the Rev. Canon Mosely, who was to have presided, the. Rev. Canon Guthrie was voted to the chair. The report of the Provincial Committee was read, and, together with the proposed rules, adopted after full discussion. Officers were then elected on the proposal of the Rev. W. James, seconded by Dr. Beddoe—the former remarking that ‘“‘ there could be no real opposition between the truths of science and of religion.” Thanks were voted to the committee of the Philosophical Institution, which, in reply to an application, had resolved ‘‘that this com- mittee has heard with real pleasure of the formation of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society, and that the rooms of the institution be placed at its disposal during pleasure.” Mr. W. Sanders, F.R.S., the first President, held office until his death in 1875. Mr. Leipner, really the ‘‘ Father ”’ of the society, acted as hon. secretary until 1893, when he became President, but his lamented death took place only a few months later. His won- derful zeal enabled him to fulfil the duties of hon. librarian also, until 1879. THE, UEBRARY. The first list of books, printed in 1866, included 14 volumes. The present library, which contains many works to be found no- where else in the city, consists of about 3,000 bound volumes and periodicals of corresponding societies all over the world come regularly in exchange for our annual ‘‘ Proceedings’’—48 from Great Britain and Ireland, 10 from other parts of the Empire, 28 from the United States, and also a few from France, Norway, Switzerland, Argentina, Uruguay, Mexico and Peru. Until 1871 the library was housed in the Philosophical Institution. From that date until 1884 the books were in Prof. Leipner’s own house. THE DIAMOND JUBILEE; A RETROSPECT. 25 Then University College kindly found space for them; but, with the steady growth in numbers, another home was found needful in 1890, and this was in the Literary and Philosophic Club House in Berkeley Square. Since the spring of 1922 the committee of the ‘‘ Bristol Museum and Art Gallery’’ has kindly provided ac- commodation. The place where the ordinary meetings have been held since we left the Philosophical Institution in 1871 was for some years the ‘‘ Bristol Museum and Library,” and then the hospitable doors of “‘ University College’’ opened to us in December, 1883. This kindly welcome has been continued by the ‘‘ University’ ever since it came into being. Excursion meetings have always been a feature of the society’s work, though, of late years, the multiplicity of engagements of all kinds has greatly diminished the numbers attending these pleasant outings. At the first one, July 8th, 1862, botany, entomology and geology were all represented. At the second (20th August) archeology claimed a considerable share of attention—the account printed in the local papers recording that “‘the main halt was at Coaley hill tumulus,” into which a few ardent souls “‘ dexterously wriggled their way.” As has always been the case with local societies, resembling ours, the fascinating subject of archeology has invariably been a great attraction ; though an ill-judged attempt to exclude it, and certain other subjects, from our sphere of activity was made many years ago. ‘The idea in the minds of the revolu- tionists was, seemingly, to limit our work to ‘“‘ Natural History ”’ pure and simple. SPECIALISING. During the 60 years’ life of the society various sections have been formed from time to time for special study of different branches of science—not only botany, zoology, and geology, but also chemis- try and photography, physics, microscopy, engineering, and others. Directly due to the broad basis wisely laid by the founders of the society, the papers printed in the annual ‘‘ Proceedings’’ have in- cluded some dealing with a wide range of subjects—anatomy (human), archeology, astronomy, chemistry, cosmography, electri- city, engineering, epidemiology, ethnology, folklore and superstitions, histology, magnetism, mental science, meterology, microscopy, philology, photography, physics, physiology, sanitary and social science, technology, etc., in addition to those upon botany, zoology and geology. LADIES AS MEMBERS. In regard to membership, the numbers reached 250 in 1887 ; but from the first there have been considerable fluctuations. At present the total is about 150, and this smaller number is probably 26 THE DIAMOND JUBILEE: A RETROSPECT. | mainly the result of the multiplication in recent years of competing societies, each limiting its work to one special branch of science ; but is undoubtedly partly due to the unwholesome craving by the younger generation for mere amusements. ¢ At its foundation, membership was limited to ‘‘ mere man,” but only five months after the Society’s birth, the Council, in accord- ance with the wish of many members arranged an excursion “‘ suit- able for’ the gentler sex. The ‘ Fairy Queen’ was chartered, and took members and their guests to Portishead and back, leaving Cumberland Basin at 11 a.m., and returned at 7 p.m. The very next month the Council was authorised to invite ladies to the evening meetings,—‘‘ whenever the subjects are likely to be of a nature to interest a female audience!”’ This hazardous experiment seems to have succeeded ; but nearly five years more elapsed before ladies were admitted to membership, though only as ‘“ Associates ’’’ ; and the right to the equality of full membership was not gained until October 1872. No official position was held by any lady until 1896, when Miss M. K. Moore was appointed Reporting Secretary ; and for five years carried out her duties in an exemplary way. Since then we have had a lady, Miss Roper F.L.S., as President, who filled the position in a most able manner, It should be mentioned that we still have with us one of the original members,—our highly esteemed fellow-citizen, Mr. Augustine F. Woodward,—who joined 1862, and remained on the roll until 1882. A third class of members, paying only one quarter the full subscription was started in 1895, in response to representations by certain members of the Geological Section, who said that there was a large number of ‘‘ working men” geologists and others, who would willingly subscribe half-a-crown a year though they could not afford either the full subscription (10s.) or that of the Associates (5s.). Five years experience sufficed to prove the untrustworthiness of these representations ; for only a very limited number of people joined at this reduced rate, and the difficulty of obtaining payment from members of all classes was always in inverse ratio to the size of the subscription. ‘The half-a-crown membership was, therefore, wisely abolished. PAPERS AND PUBLICATION, The first paper read to the Society was upon “‘ Insect respira- tion,’ at the inaugural meeting. Dr. Brittan was the author ; and lantern illustrations were given by Dr. C. T. Hudson. At the second meeting there were papers on Geology, Histology, and Zoo- logy ; and a ‘‘ Giant Puffball’? was exhibited. From the first the evening meetings have been regularly held in the winter months ; aud in the summer one or more general excursions have been arranged. For some years the meetings were closed at an early || oa THE DIAMOND JUBILEE: A RETROSPECT. 27 hour, e.g., the Minutes of the 22nd meeting record that ‘‘ A discus- sion ensued, which was cut short by the announcement from the chair at half-past nine, that it was time for the meeting to separate.”’ Among the publications of the Society have been the ‘‘ Flora ”’ of the district, the ‘‘ Fungi,’ and certain sections of the ‘‘ Fauna ’’— the Birds, the Diptera, the Lepidoptera, etc. There have been also many valuable papers on local Geology—especially worthy of mention being the classic one upon the Avon Gorge by the late Arthur Vaughan, D.Sc., whose zonal classification of the carbonifer- ous limestone has been adopted, by all geologists. The Society has undoubtedly fulfilled to a large extent the aims of its founders ; and the volume of really good. scientific work which it has accomplished forms a very strong claim for a more widespread and generous local support than it has hitherto received. Javea oye 12 28 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1923. “THE MODERN STUDY OF ENTOMOLOGY... By H. WoOMERSLEY. N order to interest members in the relationship from the evolu- tionary aspect of the Orders of Insects to each other and to the other branches of the Arthropoda, the metamorphic life histories of many families were sketchec in detail, special attention. being given to such parts of the bodies as were likely to rank as primitive or directly derived from generalized forms, towards which fossils contribute only a small amount of information. The basis of many descriptions was from local examples studied by the lecturer, chiefly {rom the lower forms of Insects, such as the Spring-tails, Bri.tle-tails, and such like, ) A list of Mr. Womerley’s captures amongst these wingless Insects in the South-West of England is appended as an encouragement to study them. These closely reasoned details of anatomy served to show how evolution forged the connecting links up to the Hymenoptera and Diptera. It was considered probable that to a primitive worm, living in water and coming to the land, the origin of the Arthropoda and all its classes must be placed. THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEsT OF ENGIAND, With the exception of Marquand’s paper on ‘‘ The Penzance Collembola and Thysanura’”’ in the Tvans. Penzance Nat. Hist. Soc., 1881, and. Parfitt’s “‘ List of Devon. Thyeamina we ti7a7s: Devonshire Assoc., Vol. 23, 1891, no one has to my knowledge worked on these insects in the S.-W. Counties of England. In the present list, besides my own records, I have endeavoured to incorporate the species recorded in the papers referred to, but under their present names. This list enumerates some five certain species of Thysanura, and 57 species and eight varieties of Collembola. Of these several of the older records, owing to changes of nomenclature and sub- division of species, need to be confirmed. My own records number 41 Collembola and 3 varieties and 5.species of Thysanura. The nomenclature followed has been chiefly that of Borner and Linnaniemi. Finally, it is with the greatest pleasure that I acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. J. Meikle Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., for his help in naming or confirming most of my captures, etc. Class =) TNS CPA: Sub-Class — APpTERYGOTA (Oudemans). Order — Thysanura (Latreille). Family — Machilidae. I, Genus — _ Premachilis (Silv.). THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 29 1. P. hybernica (Carp.). The Machilis polypoda of Lubbock’s Monograph occurs fairly plentifully amongst stones at the roots of trees in Leigh Woods, Somerct (January and February, 1923) ; also at Cadbury Camp, Ticker.ham, and is not uncommon on the rocks in Blaise Castle Grounds, Glos. (August, 1923). Recorded by Marquand for the Land’s End Di.trict under M. polypoda. Sidmouth, 1890 ;Parfitt. II. Genus — _ Petrobius (Leach). 2. P. Carpentari (Bagn.). Occurs plentifully, but localised under railway arches on Somerset side of Avon Gorge, and also on the cliffs between Weston- super-Mare and Kewstoke. Whether the species recorded as M. maritima by Marquand for Land’s End is this species, I am unable to say, not having handled specimens from there. Parfitt records Machilis maritima from Ilfracombe, Torbay, Babbacombe, etc., but the correct species must await re-deter- mination. Family — Lepismatidze (Burmeister). III. Genus — Lepisma (Ljinn.). 3. L. saecharina (Linn.). The common, silver fish occurs practically everywhere, and occasionally does slight damage to paper, books, ete. I have records from Glos., Somerset and Cornwall. Exeter ; Parfit. [L. sp. ? near parisiensis (Nic.) ]. Recorded by Parfitt in numbers in old woodwork, North Devon. Family — Campodeadae (Lubb.) IV. Genus — Campodea (Westwood). 4. (C. lankesteri (Silv.). Fairly plentiful under stones around Bristol, 5. (C. lubboeki (Silv.). Also plentiful and generally distributed around Bristol in similar localities to above. Marquand, records C. staphylinus for Land’s End, but whether . true staphylinus, or another of the now recognised species, is uncertain without fresh captures. My remark ve Marquand’s record of Campodea staphylinus equally applies to Parfitt’s records. | Order — Collembola (Lubb.). sub-Order — Arthropleona (C. Borner). Section — Poduro-morpha (C.B.). Family — Poduride (C.B.) I. Genus — _ Podura (Linn.) Tlbg. 30 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 1. P. aquatica (Linn.) Nic. Abundant everywhere around Bristol on the surface of stagnant* ponds. Probably occurs throughout the S.-W. area. Marquand records it for Land’s End. Common, Devon ; Parfitt. Family — Hypogastruride (C.B.). Sub-family — Hypogastrurine (C.B.). ‘II. Genus — Hypogastrura (Bour. C.B.) (Achorutes, Temp. Lubb. L.). 2. H. armata (Nic.). Taken under bark Combe Dingle, Bristol, Feb., 1922; Blaise, Nov. 18, 1923; and Leigh Woods, Nov. 18, 1923 ; Heathfield and Shaldon, Devon, June, 1923. 3. H. purpurascens (Lubbk.). On embankment wall Somerset side of Avon Gorge, Nov. 17, 1922, and under bark Blaise Castle, Feb. 24, 1923, on face of cliffs, Kewstoke, Soms., Oct. 21, 1923, also at Land’s End, Marquand, Dartmoor, 1890. Parfitt. 4. H. viatieus (Linn.) Tullb. Abundant on rotting potatoes, Stoke Bishop, Bristol, Feb. 14, 1923. Recorded by Marquand for Land’s End under the name Achorutes murorum. Between tide marks on banks of Exe at Exeter ; Parfitt. | The use of this insect in clearing sewage filter beds is of great interest, and it is to be noted that the spot where I found this species is only a field away from the site of an old sewage farm. This possibly has something to do with the presence of these insects. 5. [H. unungviculatus (Tullb.) J. Marquand’s Podura Tullbergi may be this species. It requires confirmation. 6. H. rufesecens (Nic.), Exeter 1890-91 ; Parfit. 7. [H. ? assimilatus (Nic.) ]. Marquand records Achorutes assimilatus (Nic.) as occurring plentifully in a beer cellar in November. III. Genus — Xenylla (Tlbg.). 8. X. grisea (Axels.). Under bark Kewstoke Woods, Weston-super-Mare, Aug. 25. 1922. Sub-family — Achorutine (C.B.). Tribe — Pseudachorutini (C.B.). IV. Genus — _ Pseudachorutes (Tlbg.). THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 31 9. P. asigillatus (Born.). Under bark Blaise Castle, Feb. 24, 1923, and also in similar habitat Leigh Woods, Bristol, March 30, 1923. V. Genus — _ Anurida (Laboulb.). 10. A. maritima (Guer.). Plentiful under stones on shore between high and low water | mark at Weston-super-Mare and Portishead, also from Land’s End ; Marquand. ‘The clusters of large yellow eggs may be found in April in similar situations. Plymouth ; Parfitt. Tribe — Achorutini (C.B.). VI. Genus — _ Achorutes (C.B.) Templ. Neanura (Macgily.). 1. A. museorum (Templ.). Generally distributed under bark or stones, Flax Bourten, Bristol, Feb. 24, 1923; Blaise, Feb. 4. 1923 ; Weston-super-Mare March 25, 1923. Land’s End ; Marquand. Family — Onychiurine (C.B.) VII. Genus — Onychiurus (Gerv.). 12. O. burmeisteri (Lubbk.). Generally distributed under stones. Land’s End; Marquand. Exeter ; Parfitt. 13. O. ambulans (Linn.) Tullb. Equally common. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Land’s End ; Marquand. Chudleigh, 1878 ; Parfitt. 14. O. armatus (Tullb.). In the stem of an agaric, Blaise, Feb. 4, 1923. Plentiful in moss, Blaise, Nov. 19283. 15. QO. fimetarius (Lubbk.). From Land’s End; Marquand. Section — Entomobryomorpha (C.B.) Family — Isotomide (Schfir.). Sub-family — Isotominge (Schfir.). VIII. Genus— Anurophorus. 16. A. larieis (Tullb.). Under bark of living Scotch firs and larch, 1883, Devon; Parfitt. IX. Genus — _ Isotoma s. str. (Bourl. C.B:). 3 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 17. I. viridis (Bourl.). Common everywhere amongst moss and under stones. Mar- quand records it under the names of viridis, viaticus and anglicana, now considered varieties. Iinnaniemi regards Parfitt’s records of I. palustrisy vars. viridis and aquatilis as referable to this species. His palustris, viaticus and, anglicana should also belong to this species. 18. I. olivaecea (Tullb.) var. griseeseens (Schafir.). The I. grisea of Marquand from I,and’s End is probably this variety of olivacea (Tullb.). Parfitt’s grisea var. intricata is probably this species. 19. I. maritima (Tullb.). Parfitt took this species under marine rejectamenta, Babba- combe, 1890. X. Sub-Genus Isotoma (Vertagopus) (C.B.). 20. V. arborea (Linn.) Agren. | Common under bark during the winter. Land’s End; Mar- quand. Devon; Parfit. 21. V. sensibilis (Tullb.) Under bark Blaise Castle Woods, March 17, 1923. 22. V. cinerea (Nic.). Under bark Weston-super-Mare, March 25, 1923. XI. Genus — _ Proisotoma (C.B.). 23. P. minuta (Tullb.). Under rotten bark Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. XII. Genus — Arehisotoma (Linnaniemi). 24. A. besselsi (Pack)=Isotoma spitzbergensis= Lub. An extremely interesting species of northern habitat, common under stones on shore between high and low water mark at Weston- super-Mare, March 25, 1923. Also at Shaldon, Devon, June 7, 1923. Easily distinguished by its characteristic mucro. The only previous record from the South of England is ‘‘coast near Beachy Head; Brown, 1921 (EH.M.M.).” XIII. Genus— Folsomia (Willem.). 25. F. fimetaria (Linn.) Tlbg. Under bark Shapwick, Aug. 26, 1923, Weston-super-Mare, Jan. 20, 1922. Do. var. ealdaria (Axels.). A large specimen 3 mm. approx. taken at Weston-super-Mare same date could be referred to this variety. tHE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 339 26. F. quadrioculata (Tullb.). A single specimen of this interesting and delicate creature was taken under dead leaves in Leigh Woods, Jan. 14, 1928. Plen- tiful amongst dead leaves Blaise, Nov. 10, 1923. XIV. Genus — __Isotomurus (C.B.) 27. I. palustris (Miall.). On surface of water at Shapwick in the Spring of 1921. Later under stones Durdham Downs and in my garden ; Henbury, March 31, 1923. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Marquand records it tot Land's End. Family — Tomoceride (Schifir.). Sub-family — Tomocerine (C.B.). XV. Genus — Tomoeerus (Nic.). 28. T. minor (Lubbk.). 4 plumbeus (Lubbk.)=tridentiferus (Tullbg.). Common everywhere under stones. bark, etc. Heathfield, June 6, 1923. Land’s End ; Marquand. 29. T. vulgaris (Tullb.), Dartmoor ; Parfit. 30. T. (Pogonognathus) longicornis (Lubbk.) " plumbeus (Linn.) Tullbg. Has a remarkably long coiled antenne. Under bark almost everywhere. Blaise Castle, etc., Heathfield, June 6, 1928. Land’s End ; Marquand. Devon; Parfitt. 31. T. (P.) plumbeus (Templ. Agr.). Parfitt records it from near Sidmouth as T. niger (Bourlet). Family — Entomobryide (C.B.). Sub-family — Entomobryine (C.B.). Tribe — Entomobryini (C.B.) XVI. Genus— Entomobrya (Rond.) = Degeeria (Nic.) 32. KE. nivalis (Linn.). Common everywhere in herbage bushes, etc. Marquand’s D. annulata is probably this species. Devon ; Parjitt. 33. KE. multifaseiata (Tullb.). Equally common. Marquand’s D. nivalis is most likely this species. Devonshire ; Parfitt. E. multifaseiata var. brooki, Babbacombe, 1890 ; Parfitt. 34. E. museorum (Nic.). Fairly plentiful. Recorded by Marquand for Land’s End as wo) micoleti. 34 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 35. E. intermedea (Brook) recorded for Dartmoor ; Parfit. E. intermedea var. elongata Exeter, 1891; Parfitt. 36. E. lanuginosus (Nic.). Recorded from Exeter as a variety of multifasciata:; Par fi 4 37. E. arborea (Tullb.) Devonshire; Parfitt, as a variety of multifasciata. 38. E. nicoleti (Lulb.). Generally distributed in Devon ; Parfitt. 39. E. albocineta (Temp.). Common under every piece of loose bark. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Marquand for Land’s End, D. cincta. Exeter ; Parfitt. XVII. Genus — Lepidocyrtus (Bourl.). 40. L. ecyaneus. Tulbg. Very abundant and generally distributed under stones. Heath- field, Devon, June 6, 1923. Recorded for Land’s End by Marquand under L, violacegus and purpureus. Parfitt records this as L,. violaceus and purpureous. 41. L. lanuginosus (Gomel.). Leigh Woods, Dec. 1922. Land’s End, Marquand, as LL. lignorum and gibbulus ; Devon, Parfitt as L. lignorum, gibbulus and, seneus. a 42. L. eurvicollis (Bourl.). In my own garden May, 1923. Land’s End; Marquand. Sidmouth ; Parfitt. Not uncommon Blaise, Nov. 10, 1923, Leigh Woods, Nov. 18, 1923. XVIII. Genus — Willowsia (Shoe.) = Sira (Lubk. ad. part). 43. W. buskii (Lubb.). Under elm bark Exeter, 1891 ; Parfitt. XIX. Genus — Sara (Lbk.) Shoebthm. 44. §. nigromaculata (Lbbk.), taken by Parfitt under chips, Exeter, 1890. Recorded for Land’s End by Marquand. Tribe — Orehesselini (C.B.). . . XX. Genus — Orechesella (Templ.). 45. O. cineta (Linn.) Lbk. Plentiful everywhere in herbage. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Land’s End; Marquand. Exeter District ; Parfitt, O. var. vaga. Equally common. THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 35 46. O. villosa (Geoff.), Lubk. | Equally plentiful, but under stones. Heathfiield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Land’s End; Marquand. Exeter District; Parfitt. 47. OO. flavescens. Amongst bracken and dog’s mercury in Bs Bourton Combe in Spring, 1921. XXI. Genus — Heteromurus (Wankil,). 48. H. nitida (Templ.). The Templetonia cry:tallina of Lubbock’s Monograph ; gen- erally plentiful under stones. Land’s End,; Marquand. Sub-family — Cyphoderine (C.B.). Tribe — Cyphoderini (C.B.). XXII. Genus Cyphoderus (Nic.) 49. (C. albinos (Nic.). The Beckia albinus of Lubbock occurs everywhere in nests of ants, especially A. (D.) flava. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1925, B. argentea of Marquand is probably this species. Exeter ; Parfitt as NS: argentea. aif Sub-order — Symphepleona (C.B.). Family — Sminthuride (Lbk.). Sub-family — Sminthuridine (C.B.). Tribe — Katiannini (C.B.). XXIII. Genus Sminthurinus (C.B.). 50. §S. aureus (Lbk.). Recorded by Marquand for Land’s End. Sub-family — Sminthurine (C.B.) Tribe — Bourletiellini (C.B.). XXIV. Genus Bourletiella (Bank) C.B. dl. B. insignis (Reut.). Common in a meadow at Shaldon, Devon, June 4, 1923. Almost certainly in the Bristol District. 52. B. bicinetus (Kock.). — cinctus (Tullb.) Amongst herbage at Blaise, June 23, 1923. A small yellow species with two dark brown bands. var. repanda (Agr.) Axels.=sulphurea (Kock.). Amongst herbage with above at Blaise, June 23, 1923. Tribe — Sminthurini (C.B.) XXV. Genus — Sminthurus (Latr.) C.B. 36 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. 53. §. viridis (Linn.). Common in every short grassy meadow during summer. Very variable. Heathfield, Devon, June 6, 1923. Land’s End; Mar- quand. Exeter ; Parfit. XXVI. Genus — Allaema (C.B.) 54. A. fusea (Linn.). Common in Blaise Castle Woods, late summer. Jand’s End ; Marquand as Smynthurus fuscus. Sub-family — Dieyrtomine (C.B.). XXVII. Genus — __— Dieyrtoma (C.B.). 55. D. fusea (Lbk.). Common amongst herbage and under stones and bark. Heath- field, Devon, June 6, 1923. Land’s End; Marquand. XXVIII. Genus — Dieyrtomina (C.B.). 56. D. minuta (O.F.) var. ornata (Nic.) Lubk.=Papirius ornata of Lubk. Both light and dark forms are equally common amongst herbage under stones, bark, etc. Land’s End; Marquand as P. ornatus and nigromaculatus. Parfitt records this species under the old names of P. ornatus and P. nigromaculatus from Sidmouth and Exeter. | D. minuta var. flavosignatus (Tullb.), taken by Parfitt, Dur- yard, Exeter, and recorded as Papirius flavosignatus. XXIX. Genus — Ptenothrix (Born.). 57. P. atra (Linn). Parfitt records this as Papirius polypodus (Linn) for Exeter, 1891. BIBLIOGRAPHY CONSULTED. Bagnall “Records and descriptions of some British Campodeaide,” E.M.M., 1915, 1918; also Vasculum, Vol. IV. ‘“On some British Machilide,’ Jour. of Econ. Biology., 10. * Thysanura,”’ Lanc. & Ches. Fauna Cte. Reports, 1916-17. ‘Short notes on some New and Rare British Collembola,’’ Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Northumberland and Durham, etc., New Series, Vol. III., Pt. 2. Brown ‘“ Apterygota from Yorkshire and Derbyshire, June, 1918. a “The Apterygota from Yorkshire and Derbyshire,’ Ibid, Feb., 1919, 9 Naturalist, THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND. oT Carpenter Carpenter & Evans Carpenter & Phillips Collinge ““ Additional Notes on the Apterygota of Yorkshire and Derbyshire,’ Ibid, Aug., 1923. E.M.M., 1921, pp. 19, 143. “Two New Collembola found in Britain,’ Ann. & Mag. INiG@ieeT1ISts,, SCia0, VOl. Xl. “p. 320 septs, L923. ‘Contributions to the Nat. Hist. of Lambay, Co. Dublin.”’ Ivish Nat., Jan. and Feb., 1907. “The Irish Species of Petrobius,”’ Ivish Nat., Dec. 1913. Clare Island Survey Pt. 32, ““Aptetrygota,’ Aug., 1913: Proc. Roy. Irish Academy. “The Apterygota of the Seychelles,’”’ Vol. XX XIII., Sect. B, No. 1, 1916. Proc. Roy. Irish Academy. ““Collembola from Franz Joseph Land,” Pyvoc. Roy. Dublin Soc., Nov., 1900: “Collembola and Thysanura of the Edingburgh District,” Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc., Edinburgh, 1898-9. “The Collembola of Spitzbergen and Bear Island,’ Pvroc. Roy. Ivish Acad., Vol. 36, Sec. B, 2. July, 1922 “Thysanura and Collembola of the Midland Plateau,’’ Birmingham Nat. Hist & Philos. Soc., 1910. Davenport,C.B. “The Collembola of Cold Spring Beach,” Cold Spring Imms Linnaniemi Lubbock Marquand Parfitt Reilly Schott Shoebotham Harbor Monographs, No. II., 1903. “ Anurida,”’ L.M.B.C. Monographs XIII., 1906. “Die Apterygoten Fauna Finlands,’’ Pt. II., 1912. Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennica. “Monograph on the Collembola and Thysanura,’ Society, 1873. “On some Spitzbergen Collembola,” Jouy. of Linn. Soc. (Zool.); Vol. XXVI., 1898. “On some Australasian Collembola,”’ Jbid, Vol. XXVII., USO: “The Thysanura and Coleoptera of the Land’s End District,” Rep. & Trans. Penzance N.H.A. Soc., 1880-1. “Devon Collembola and Thysanura,”’ Tvans. Devon Ass., Vol 23,1391; “New British Machilide,”’ Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1915. “North American Apterygogena,”’ Pyvoc. Calif. Acad. Soc., Ser. 2., Vol. 6, 1896. ““Notes on Collembola, Pt. 4. Synopsis of Classification from ‘ Borner,’ with list of British Genera,’ Annals. Mag. Nat. Hist. No. 114. June, 1917. 7 Ray. 38 The Intelligence and Sense Organs of Dragonflies. BY PE Ee WER (Read May 3rd, 1923). Before dealing with the Sense Organs of Dragonflies it will be necessary to give some brief outline of the nervous system of these insects. In the Dragonfly, as in other insects, there is a so-called brain lying above the oesophagus; that is in reality only the first three of the series of ganglia, which are so closely fused together as to be indistinguishable in the adult. From the first of this group of three are given off the extremely large optic ganglia, one on either side. The ganglion of the second segment gives off nerves to the antennae ; and the third is the origin of the sympathetic system. The first ganglion of the brain gives off the nerves to the lateral ocelli, or simple eyes ; the paired nerves to the single median ocellus are said to arise from the second. ganglion, but in close relation to the first. Below the oesophagus and connected with the brain by two commissures, which pass on either side of the oesophagus, is the second ganglion of the head region ; this like the brain represents the ganglia of three segments combined. It gives off three pairs of nerves, one to the mandibles, one to the maxillz, and one to the labium : it narrows posteriorly and finally gives origin to the two exceedingly slender ventral nerve cords, running very close together backwards in to the neck and thorax. It becomes con- tinuous with the first thoracic ganglion, which is in its turn con- nected with the second, and that with the third. All three give off nerves to the muscles of their corresponding segments. The nerve cord continues double to the end of the abdomen, and is enlarged into eight abdominal ganglia, which give off motor nerves supplying the muscles. In some insects, or at any rate in their larve, there is a peri- pheral nervous system, quite unconnected with the central one, but forming a kind of general nerve network beneath the cuticle and the muscle layer. In ‘dragonflies, however, these are all apparently connected with the ventral ganglia; many of them supply small sense organs such as minute sensille, cones or tym- panulze on special parts of the cuticle ; others end in special enlarged cuticular cells, and serve to produce the effect of general sensation over the body surface. We may now turn our attention to the sense organs of the Dragonfly. The first and chief of these are the eyes. The sense of sight is extraordinarily well developed, as might be imagined from a consideration of the great size of the optic ganglia. This sense alone suffices for the chase and capture of prey ; it is, how- THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES, 39 ever, supplemented by a well-developed. sense of taste, located in the labium and epipharynx. The sense of touch is well developed in most parts of the body, but particularly in the mouth parts and abdominal appendages. Correlated with the great powers of sight is the almost entire absence of any sense of smell. The antennz, which were originally the seat of this sense, if indeed it was ever well developed in these insects, are much reduced and incapable of anything beyond feeble sensation. The sense of hearing, as we understand it, is also practically absent, though there are certain minute organs in the legs which are capable of receiving vibrations, and may be looked upon as feeble auditory organs. ‘These are dealt with below. The eyes are of two kinds, simple eyes or ocelli, and compound ot facetted eyes, made up of various separate elements. The ocelli are used for near vision, their range probably lying between a few millimetres and about one inch. The compound eyes on the other hand observe objects from an inch or so up to several feet off; while their perception of movement, as distinct from form, ranges very much further, probably up to 50 feet, or more in some cases. The ocelli are three in number and are so placed on the epicranium that they isolate a small triangular area called the vertex ; the median ocellus lies at the apex of the triangle, which is anterior, while the two lateral ocelli occupy the base angles. The median and lateral ocelli differ considerably in structure. The former is always the larger and is oval, with its major axis placed transversely ; the lateral ocelli are smaller, simple oval bodies. The median ocellus consists of a thick convex corneal lens, made up of a very large number of delicate layers of chitin, all of which are transparent, but not all colourless. Below the lens is a layer of very elongated corneagen cells continuous with the cuticle cells of the head, but colourless and transparent. These cells actually secrete the corneal lens and support it. And lastly a retina, formed by two series of visual cells or retinule, distal and proximal; these latter are surrounded by a layer of black pigment. In the median ocellus the retina forms a thick half ring with two ends directed forward. This is strong evidence in favour of the generally accepted view that this organ is formed by the fusion of two originally separate ocelli. The visual cells of the retina are arranged in sets of three. Hach set gives rise, along the inner junctions of its compound cells, to a very remarkable organ called the rod or rhabdome, which is consequently, in transverse section, of triradiate form. It is semi- transparent and of a pale yellow colour ; it is generally believed 40 THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. to be a light transmitter, that is, an organ which turns the energy of the light waves into nervous energy, and conveys impressions to the brain. : The visual cells of the proximal group appear to be much better developed than those of the distal group, the latter being considerably shorter. Mr. R. J. Tillyard, the eminent Australian entomologist, has failed to detect any rhabdomes in the visual cells of the distal group in the genus Avwstrolestes, but has found them in A‘schna. This may mean that Dragonflies, which only have rhabdomes in the proximal series of cells, can only focus their ocelli on objects at two fixed distances. In both cases the form of the lens show that objects viewed must be brought very close up to become visible. The lateral ocelli possess a structure exactly similar to that of the median ocellus, except that they are symmetrical in all sections. It is a matter of common knowledge that the compound eyes of all insects are made up of an enormous number of small divisions, distinguishable externally by means of the hexagonal facets. In the Dragonfly the number of these ranges from about 10,000 in the smaller Zygoptera, to 28,000 or more in the larger Aischninea. Each of these hexagonal facets on the outer surface of the cornea corresponds with a single element of the compound eye, known as an ommatidium. ‘This element has been compared with an ocellus, but we shall see there is sufficient difference in structure to make this comparison inadvisable. It was, moreover, until recently quite generally held that the compound eye arose as an aggregation of simple eyes, similar to the ocelli, and that the hexagonal form of the facets was produced by mutual pressure between numerous originally rounded elements crowding closely together. Such crowding would certainly produce hexagonal form, but the previous assertion as to such an origin of compound eyes is refuted on paleontological grounds, if on no other ; for the compound eye is an exceedingly archaic structure, found well developed right back to the Lower Cambrian. Moreover, in the Dragonflies at any rate, the compound eyes develop in the embryo, whereas the ocelli do not begin to develop until near or at the close of the larval life. Fach unit or ommatidium of the compound eye has a corneal lens,the external surface of which constitutes the hexagonal facet. This lens is deposited by the agency of the corneagen cells, which are easily made out in the eye of a freshly emerged adult dragonfly. The corneal lens is slightly biconvex and is made up of a thinner outer layer, representing the original cuticle, and a thicker inner layer of several fine laminze superimposed one upon another. The MIE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. 41 inner laminge are formed as a series of definite strata secreted by the corneagen cells; these latter appear to degenerate rapidly after the completion of the lenses, and their nuclei cannot be made out in the eyes of the mature insect. Beneath the corneal lens lies the crystalline cone. This is a highly refractive body formed from four elongated transparent cells, the nuclei of which lie close to their outer or distal ends, and are known as Semper’s nuclei. These very peculiar nuclei appear to be filled with small clear refractive bodies closely packed between large pigmented granules. ‘The inner end or apex of the cone does not end in a point, but the ends of the four cells stand slightly apart, forming a slight hollow into which the distal end of the retinula, or group of visual cells, of the retina, is inserted. Each of the cones is surrounded by a number of darkly pigmented cells, which form the iris. Below each crystaline cone there lies the exceedingly long portion of the ommatidium, known as the retinula. This is formed of four visual cells, placed close together with their long axes parallel. These cells are considered to be highly specialized unipolar nerve cells, placed with the pole or nervous end in contact with the fenestrate membrame. Each of the four visual cells composing the retinula bears a row of exceedingly fine fibrils, arranged like the teeth of a fine comb ; these fibrils pass inwards to the centre and unite to form the great rod or rhabdome, which is supposed to receive a stimulus from the rays of light focussed on it ‘by the dioptric apparatus of the eye, that is, the lens and crystalline cone, and to transmute this into the form of a nervous stimulus, which is transmitted to the brain. The visual cells are pigmented throughout, but especially thickly for about one-fifth of their length; this portion is the retinal pigment. The bases of the retinule rest upon the fenestrate basement membrane, which forms the inner boundary of the eye proper. This membrane is formed of a peculiar fibrous connective tissue It is pierced at regular intervals by the nerve fibres, which pass from the retinulez to the brain, and also by regular rows of larger circular holes, through which tracheae of considerable size pass into the eye. Thus the fenestrate membrane resembles in appear- ance the bottom of a colander pierced with holes of two sizes. It is generally agreed that the eyes of insects possess no power of accommodation. There are no eye muscles and the lens is absolutely fixed, both as regards position and shape. In other words the lens is incapable of being flattened for the perception of distant objects and rendered more convex for near ones. It seems that the fixed focal length without accommodation is quite 42 THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. satisfactory, and that this is supplemented by the use of the ocelli for very near objects, which would otherwise be quite out of focus. To an ordinary observer a Dragonfly would appear very short sighted, since it sees objects best at distances ranging from a few inches to five or six feet. Compared, however, with other insects the Dragonfly may be reckoned long sighted. It has been stated that no insect can see beyond a distance of six feet ; this may be true as regards perception of form, but in the case of the larger Dragonflies perception of movement extends to much greater distance. All the large British Dragonflies can be frightened by waving a net in the air at a distance of twenty yards or more, unless they happen to be looking in an opposite direction. The antennee are the next most visible sense organs, but their importance is infinitesimal compared with that of the eyes. They are of small size, both in the larva and in the adult, but appear to be slightly larger and functionally more active in the former. The reduction of their functions is clearly correlated with the increase of power of the compound eyes in the adult. The largest antenne are found in some of the older, that is, more primitive Zygoptera, such as Synlestes, whilst the smallest occur in the Libellulide and Aeschning, where the eyes reach their maximum development. The sense of smell, which has proved to be located in the antenne, has in the Dragonfly become entirely subordinated to that of sight. It is doubtful whether it was ever at all well de- veloped in the Order. The scent of carrion, which so powerfully attracts so many insects, would be a matter of no moment to the Dragonfly, which feeds exclusively on living insects. On the other hand, their well developed sense of taste is sufficient to enable them to reject any obnoxious morsel caught on the wing. In the antenne of the larva of 4ischna, Zawarsin has demon- strated the existence of a minute sense organ, known as Johnston’s organ. This may have an auditory function, but Mr. Tillyard thinks it is more probably connected with testing the purity of the water. It lies in the second segment, but is not visible unless appropriately stained, as it is purely a nervous formation. It consists essentially of a ring of large bipolar nerve-cells, whose fibres run back to form two bundles passing into the two main divisions of the antennary nerve. It is difficult to imagine how such an organ could respond:to anything except the vibration or movement of the antenneze as a whole. As it is only found in the larva Mr. Tillyard’s suggestion as to its water-testing function seems the most tenable of any. Each segment of the antennz carries a few sensille or sensory hairs. ‘These are organs of touch. Zawarsin also found tympanule on the first and second seg- ments of the antenne. These are tiny circular depressions, with eczema THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. 43 a taised wall covered over with a chitinous membrane, which acts like the drum of the human ear. Each of these minute organs is supplied with a nerve, and is responsive to waves of sound. It is the most elementary form of auditory organ imaginable. All these minute sensory structures are present in the antenne of the larva. In the imago tactile hairs and tympanule only are present. The former are far less numerous than they are in the larval form, but the latter are apparently more highly developed, as the French entomologist, Lespes, who did a good deal of work on this subject, states that they contain statoliths, that is, small solid particles suspended in a fluid. These are present in the internal ear of many of the lower animals and serve the purpose of equilibration and orientation ; as the organism moves they are brought into contact with various sensory cells lining the cavity in which they are contained, and these convey information of the direction of movement to the higher nerve centres. It has often been asserted that Dragonflies deprived of one or both of their antenne are quite unable to direct their flight. This would be expected, if the tympanule were of any importance in orientation as is suggested by Lespes. In order to test this assertion Mr. Tillyard carefully cut off, sometimes one and some- times both, of the antenne of various Dragonflies he captured and then liberated them. He treated many species in this way and in no single instance did the operation affect the insect in the least ; they continued their normal occupations of hawking for insects and so forth, just as if nothing had happened. I have myself verified this statement. This suggests that it is not loss of the antenne, but shock caused by damage to the nerve, if the operation is clumsily done, that causes them any temporary inconvenience. The organs of taste are fairly well developed and abundant. They are situated chiefly on the epipharynx, in the form of two curved rows of yellow specks, each one being supplied with a sensory nerve ; some of these are also found on the labrum. In addition to these organs of taste, there are on the epipharynx two stiff brushes of hair pointing inwards; these, in common with the hairs on other parts of the epipharynx, labium and hypo- pharynx, are generally regarded solely as organs of touch. On all the legs of Dragonfly larvae, and probably also in the imago, there are some peculiar chordotonal organs, supposed to be organs of hearing. The larva of 4schna has three sets of these organs on each leg, two on the trochanter and one on the tibia, close to the knee joint. Each set consists of a number of minute organs called otaria. Each otarium is a small slit covered by smooth chitin, under which is found a tiny rod or style: This tod is hollow and carries a bundle of excessively fine nerve fibrils. The total length of such an organ is only 1/100 mm. 44 THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. Chordotonal organs differ from tympanule in that the auditory vibration is received on a rod instead of on a stretched membrane or tympanum. Possibly such an organ only registers vibrations of a much lower frequency than those which produce sounds. Their presence on the legs of the larva suggests that they may respond to currents set in motion by other animals in the water, and thus warn the Dragonfly of the approach of either an enemy or a victim. They would be particularly useful at night time, when the eyes are probably of little use. In addition to these definite localised organs there are sensory hairs, with a tactile function, on many parts of the body. To sum up, the Dragonfly shares with the Bird the distinction of possessing the keenest vision of any animal in its phylum. In both cases the exceptional development of the sense of sight is correlated with an aerial existence. ‘The senses of taste and touch are normally developed, but those of smell and hearing are very poor, the former being almost, if not quite, absent, while the latter is confined to organs of excessively minute size. To these five senses, as ordinarily understood, we must add that of direction or orientation, which is probably located in the tympanule, with the eyes as very efficient supplements. ; The intelligence of Dragonflies, or what in insects passes under that name, is solely a function of the sense organs. ‘There are, as far as we know at present, no higher nervous centres comparable with the associative part of the cortex of the brain of higher animals, in any insects. All the movements and actions of whatever kind are simply produced as the results of various stimuli or provocations originating without or within the body. Much has been written about the intelligence so-called of various insects, such as the wasp ; and many people seem to imagine that some kind of higher sense, a diminutive form of their own, must be possessed by creatures which exhibit such orderly and deliberate actions. As far as I can see this is quite unnecessary, even on hypothetical grounds ; and actual known details of the mechanism of the sense organs and general nervous system of insects give not the slightest indication of anything more complex than ordinary unconscious reflex action, which itself is marvellously complicated. Reflex action reduced to its lowest terms may be explained as follows :—Some source of irritation is applied to the skin of an animal, a Dragonfly let us say, and the sensory nerve supplying this region conveys a sensation to one of the higher nerve centres. The stimulus is now transmitted to another nerve, within the substance of the ganglion, and this causes a set of muscles to contract and move one or more of the legs in such a THE INTELLIGENCE AND SENSE ORGANS OF DRAGONFLIES. 45 way as to remove the offending pin or other cause of irritation ; this requires no intelligence at all. Exactly the same process is involved when an insect goes out to hunt for food, only in this case many sets of nerves and muscles ate brought into action. The physical feeling of hunger has a reflex effect upon the higher nerve centres, which bring about increased activity of the creature, especially applied towards movement in search of prey. It is useless to give more examples of these phenomena. Such views as these, which of course are violently contested by many, do not surely in any way belittle the marvellous way in which insects perform the manifold duties of their daily life ; to my mind it makes them appear even more wonderful, since it involves such a complicated mechanical arrangement of cells, all of which have their appointed work to do in conjunction with their neighbours. 46 Notes on the Fauna of the Bristol Channel. By L. H. MATTHEWS. THE marine fauna of the upper waters of the Bristol Channel seems to have been almost entirely neglected by Naturalists, and the following notes may serve to draw attention to a subject which would repay a closer study. The Bristol Channel, with its muddy waters and strong tides, supports a much richer fauna than one would expect, and probably it is through the unattractive nature of the shore that it has missed the attention which it deserves. The high tides and variations in salinity (decreasing from east to west) found along the North Somerset Coast result in a fauna adapted to withstand these usually adverse conditions, anc much interesting work remains to be done in the investigation of the faunistic distribution, both along the coast and vertically on the shore. These observations, by no means the result of detailed investi- gation, chiefly record the commoner invertebrate animals that occur. Practically all these can be found on the shore at low tide, and in limiting these notes to those animals that occur above low tide line, a considerable list of Fishes has been excluded. Most of my collecting has been done at Portishead in the extreme north corner of the county, but some of my notes refer to other parts of the Somerset coast. Many species doubtless occur in additional places to those recorded here, but all localities are given from my personal observations. COELENTERATA. HYDROZOA. Tubularia indivisa Linn. Abundant at low spring tides on Battery Point, Portishead, and at the extremity of Brean Down. Obelia geniculata Linn. Common at low tide on Battery Point, Portishead. SCYPHOZOA. Aurelia aurita Lamarck. Large specimens are of frequent Occurrence in the dock at Portishead during the summer months. I think it is probable that this jelly-fish breeds in the dock and that the fixed Scyphistoma stage is to be found there. ACTINOZOA. Urticina felina Linn. Very common on rocky ground at low spring tides from Portishead Pier to Clevedon and at Brean Down. Undoubtedly also occurs on suitable ground between Clevedon and Brean Down. Actinia equina Iinn. Fairly common from half-tide to low water on rocky and stoney ground at Portishead. NOTES ON THE FAUNA OF THE BRISTOL CHANNEL, 47 ANNULATA. POLYCHATA. Polynoe wmbricata Linn. Fairly common under stones at low tide at Portishead. Nereis virens Sats. Fine specimens up to 2 feet in length are common at low spring tides at Portishead. They occur under stones partly embedded in mud and in pockets of mud in the rocks. Nereis diversicolor Miller. Very abundant in mud and under stones at Portishead. Ampiutrite sp. Common at low spring tides at Portishead. It constructs fragile tubes of mud, usually on the under-surface of stones. Sabella alveolata Linn. Common at low spring tides and below, at Portishead. Its tubes form quite large reefs. CRUSTACEA. CIRRIPEDIA. Balanus perforatus Brugiere. Very common at low water on rocks from Portishead to Clevedon and at Brean Down ; doubtless also between these last two points. ISOPODA. Ligia oceanica Tinn. Very common at high tide mark all along the coast. Idotea baltica Pallas. Fairly common amongst Fucus and Ascophyllum from half to low tide at Portishead. AMPHIPODA. Talitrus locusia Pallas. Abundant all along the coast under weeds and stones at high water mark of spring tides. Orchestia littorea Montagu. Abundant everywhere at high water mark, under weeds and stones. Gammarus locusta Linn. Abundant all along the coast among weeds and under stones between tide marks. Corophium Bonelli Milrie-Edwards. Plentiful among weeds at the inner end of Portishead Dock. SCHIZOPODA. Macropsis Slabbert van Beneden. One female specimen in a surface tow-netting in Woodhill Bay, Portishead on Aug. 17, 1921. MACRURA. Crangon vulgaris Linn. Pandalus Montagui Leach. Both common at Portishead. Pasiphea sivado Risso. Frequent in winter at Portishead. 48 NOTES ON THE FAUNA OF THE BRISTOL CHANNEL. ANOMURA. Galathea squamifera Leach. Common at low tide at the end of Brean Down. Eupagurus bernhardus Linn. Frequent at low tide mark at the end of Brean Down. BRACHYURA. Carcinus menas Pennant. Very common between tide marks all along the coast. Cancer pagurus Linn. I have met with two small specimens at low spring tide at Portishead. Portunus puber Linn. Several specimens in Portishead Dock in the summer of 1921. MOLLUSCA. PELECYPODA. Mytilus edulis Linn. Very abundant on submerged objects in Portishead Dock. Cardium edule Linn. Fairly common in the mud at the inner end of Portishead Dock. GASTEROPODA. Chiton cinereus Iinn. Very common on rocks and stones between tide marks all along the coast. Patella vulgata Linn. Very common on all rocky parts of the coast. Littornina littorea Linn. L. obtusata Linn Both fairly common on rocky ground at low tide at Portishead. L. rudis Maton. Very common on rocks and among stones high up the beach on all suitable parts of the coast. Buccinum undatum Linn. Several’specimens found at extreme low tide at the end of Brean Down. Purpura lapillus Linn. Very plentiful between tide marks at the end of Brean Down. A WINIC AWA: Botryllus violaceus H. Milne-Edwards. Common on submerged objects in Portishead Dock. 49 Spartina Townsendi in West Gloucestershire. By IDA M. ‘ROPER, F-.L.S. A PLANT new to our Gloucestershire district (v.c. 34) has been observed during the past year growing on the mud of the shore of the River Severn. It is Spartina Townsend: H. and J. Groves, one of the three species of Cord Grass found in England. We are glad to welcome its establishment at a fresh locality amongst us, and thereby make a new county record. In the ‘‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1919 and 1921 it is related how Spartina was planted about the mud below Clevedon, Somerset, as an attempt to carpet the shore by its growth, and thereby prevent the scouring away of its surface, and eventually to protect the earth saltings and sea bank from serious damage. The plant, however, appears not to be able to withstand the strong tidal currents and gales in the Clevedon locality, and the lapse of 11 years makes this clear by the uncertain and feeble growth shown. It is to be hoped greater success will come to the Grass in the higher stretches of the Severn with the conditions less adverse. There can be little doubt that some roots of the Clevedon plants are the source of the new start within our Channel, in the same way that the few clumps visible off Berrow, Somerset, had their origin from there. Examining the general aspect of the shore in the Gloucester- shire locality, and starting from near Berkeley Pill below Sharpness Point, moving westward, it will be seen that there is a sea bank erected of height varying from 6 to 20 feet, carefully faced with stonework and coping. On the district beginning about one-and-a- half miles below the Pill and extending for nearly the same distance further along, the force of the tides is particularly felt, and as an additional protection to the sea wall, boulders have been placed in large heaps, piled high and weighing several hundred tons, at distant intervals stretching from the shore to ceawards, for the (purpose of breaking the rush of water during storms. ‘These serve as large quoins, as often seen on a smaller scale on sandy beaches and placed there for a similar purpose. It is behind five of these masses of stones that the Spartina has found a sheltered foot-hold, where it appears to be growing and likely to spread into small meadows. Its success may do no service to the shore, but the carpet of Grass may help to lessen the tidal scour against the foot of the wall facing. At Severn House Farm and a short way northwards, there are at present some seventeen clumps of Spartina, and their dimen- sions vary from 12 feet by 10 feet to 6 feet by 6 feet, with a few smaller. All of these are close to the shore bank and well sheltered. 50 SPARTINA TOWNSENDI IN WEST GLOUCESTERSHIRE. About three-quarters-of-a-mile to the west there are a number of clumps scattered distantly in the mud on the shore, 30 to 50 yards from the bank, in three sheltered bights between the stone groins. ‘The effective shelter within the bights measures, one about 50 yards long with twenty-five clumps, and two of 100 yards long each with fifty clumps. It seems certain the establishment of the growths is dependent on the quieter water conditions at these spots, which meet the tequirements of Spartina. It will be recalled that the plant sends roots downwards into the mud to serve as an anchor, and another set of rootlets from the base of the stalk just below the surface, to throw up at intervals young shoots to form new plants around the first, and thus to produce circular clumps. Lower down the Severn the swirl of the tides at their unchecked speed carries off the mud close to the clumps and so leaves the young rootlets exposed to heat or cold, and consequent loss of power to produce new shoots. On this site no such effects are apparent, and the growth can go forward with the vigour that distinguishes this species. Seeds, however, may be swept away, but time will show, and this year the clumps are all flowering freely. The plants stand 4 feet high in places, with smaller ones close to the drier shore line. 51 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923. By Jas. W. WHITE, F.L.S. TONG the more puzzling problems that confront the field- botanist from time to time are those relating to mysterious appearances, disappearances and reappearances of our native plants. For these in many instances no satisfactory explanation is forthcoming, nor can one be obtained by experimental research on account of the difficulty or even impossibility of reproducing in a laboratory the conditions that govern natural processes. For a striking example one can cite the sudden arrival of a quantity of Filago minima in a frequented sandstone pasture where it had never been seen before and where, after that one season, it could not be found again. Or the equally surprising reappearance of Euphorbia Peplis on southern seasands that had been searched for it unavailingly during a long period. ‘These remarks have been suggested by a few similar, though doubtless less remarkable, occurrences which are mentioned in the following notes. Events such as these make us so loth to accept the extinction of any species when no considerable alteration of the ground has taken place. The pleasurable announcement can now be made that by the efforts of Messrs. A. G. Tansley, of Cambridge, H. S$. Thompson, and some local sympathisers, a small enclosure on the peat of Sharpham Moor has been purchased for experimental and ecological study, with a view also to the preservation of many peat-loving species of interest. This enclosure is the home of a hybrid sedge unknown elsewhere in Britain, and of Callitriche truncata, lately identified by Mr. Thompson and new to the Bristol district. In order that the plot may be permanently available for the desired purposes it has been vested in the Society for the promotion of Nature Reserves. Ranunculus radians Revel. The typical plant is most abun- dant in quarry pools at Wickwar. Revel’s original description with his subsequent emendations are quoted at length in Notes on British Batracha by W. H. Pearsall in Druce’s Report B.E. Club, 1921, p. 445. R. Flammula 1, A specimen from Nailsea provided a curious example of an adventitious flower. One of the carpels of the undeveloped ovary bore at its base a small but perfect stalked floret.—Miss Rober. Helleborus viridis . On the Roman Encampment, Leigh Woods, a plant had produced irregular flowers in which the normal staminodes or tubular petals were replaced by ten foliaceous ones, similar to, but much narrower than the sepals.—H. J. Gibbons. (1) Since writing the above an able paper by J. C. Shenstone, F.L.S., dealing with the subject has appeared in the Journal of Botany for Dec., 1923 52 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923. H. foetidus L,. Since our woodlands were opened up by felling the trees for war purposes the Stinking Hellebore has become more abundant, and this is especially noticeable on the borders of Westridge Wood, Wotton-under-Edge.—C. Wail. Berberts vulgaris 1. Between Bitton and Wyck, G.—R. C. Trapnell. Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. var. transiens Druce. A large patch is permanent in the corner of a playing field at Tyndall’s Park, Bristol. A marked feature of this variety lies in the linear basal pinne of the upper leaves that exceed the terminal lobe in width. It is a stout, branched plant with darkish yellow flowers, the pods being those of vulgaris. B. arcuata Rchb. Well marked on a ditchbank between Pucklechurch and Mangotsfield, G.—Miss Rober. Draba muralis . Is said in Fl. Brast. p. 155, to be now un- known in Gloucestershire. I learnt lately that it grows at Kings- cote, East Gloucester ; and therefore my statement should apply merely to the Western vice-county. Viola odorata I, var. sulfurea Lamotte. A good patch on Combe Down, Westbury, G., April, 1922.—R. C. Trapnell. Var. subcarnea. Strongly marked in Blaise Castle Woods, G.—Id. V. hirta x odorata. On Stinchcombe Hill and Combe Down, Westbury, G. Upper end of Brockley Combe and on Brent Knoll in plenty, S.—Id. V. Riviniana Rchb. var. diversa Greg. Very good examples in Highwood, Patchway, G.—Miss Roper. Star Common, Tyning’s Farm and above Cheddar Gorge on Mendip, $.—C. G. Trapnelil. All were confirmed by Mrs. Gregory. Dianthus deltoides 1, Has been almost destroyed by fire in our only locality. Merely the leaves of two plants could be found on a search by C. G. Trapnell and N. Sandwith. Lychmis alba xX dioica. Several very well-marked hybrids near Clapton-in-Gordano, S.—R. C. Tvrapnell. Cerastium vulgatum 1, var. holosteoides Wahl. A _ small, slender state of this variety, differing from the common form of the species by its glabrescent foliage and the paucity of hairs on the stem, has been reported from damp rocks in shade, Leigh Woods, by H. S$. Thompson and C. G. Trapnell ; and by N. Sand- with from Brockley and Goblin Combes. Moenchia erecta Gaertn. On pennant near Hanham, G.— N. Sandwith. Althea officinalis 1. ‘Two large clumps on the Severn bank near Hill, G—Evrnest Nelmes. BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923. 53 Tilia cordata Mill. Leaves of various plants are sometimes, though rarely, fashioned into ascidia or pitchers. These have been found on Tzlia cordata in Leigh Woods by Miss Roper, and are known to occur on Paulownia imperralis and Pelargonium zonale. In Journ. Bot., 1923, p. 288, it is mentioned that J. F. von Jacquin wrote to his father at Vienna, circ. 1788, that Bauer, the well-known plant artist at Prague, was drawing for him some pitcher leaves from a Lime. The peculiar formation by splitting of the leaf is explained by Worsdell in his Teratology. Impatiens parviflora DC. An alien species that was noted by Miss Agnes Fry on the Mulberry Farm, Failand, in July, 1919; and has this year been again gathered in the same spot. Ilex Aquifolium 1, A yellow-berried Holly may be seen on Durdham Down growing in the midst of a Hawthorn. Onons spinosa lL. var. mitts C. Gmel. Several procumbent, spineless and extremely viscid plants near the Severn Tunnel pumping station. Examination of stamens showed them to be mainly abortive, and no fruit could be found.—N. Sandwith and C. G. Trapnell. Medicago maculata Sibth. Is apparently sown nowadays as a fodder plant, and grows luxuriantly in grass fields near Cromhall and elsewhere.—C. Alden. Anthyllis Vulneraria I. vat. tricolor Rouy & Foucaud. Ona limestone slope near Shipham-on-Mendip, S. Calyx nearly white, teeth purple with long silky hairs. Flowers from yellow to deep orange-red. First record for the British Isles —H. S. Thompson. Mr. Thompson adds, however, that he is inclined to doubt the stability of this variety distinguished by the French authors, at least in this country. He thinks that the colour characters may change from year to year. There is certainly a no more variable species in Leguminose than the Kidney Vetch. Vicia angustifolia I, var. Bobaritti Koch. ‘The typical plant, in good quantity, grows on Wotton Hill, G.—C. Wall. Crategus oxyacanthoides 'Thuill. A second bush is reported from Yate Lower Common, G.—C. and N. Sanduwith. Mespilus germanica lL, Hedge near Almondsbury, G., and in Goblin Combe, S.; doubtfully native—C. G. Trapneil. Oenanthe Lachenali C. Gmel. Does not appear to be on record from Max meadows, S., whence Mr. Thompson reports it to be plentiful in a boggy ditch. Doronicum Pardalianches 1, On a hedgebank near Bradley Court, Wotton-under-Edge.—C. Wall. Tragopogon porrifolius 1, Adventive on the border of an allotment at Horfield, G.—Miss Roper. 54 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923. Hypochers glabra I, Old Down, Tockington, G., and Purn Hill, Bleadon, $.—C. G. Trapneil. Centaurea nigra 1, This aggregate has latterly been split by the specialists into a number of varieties and forms. Of these Miss Roper has had determined the two following, viz., C. nemoralis Jord. var. subintegra Britton f. radiata in Hallen Bog, G.; and C. obscura t. radiata by the Yeo Reservoir, Blagdon, S. Atropa Belladonna \,. Vike some other wild flowers this handsome but most poisonous plant has profited greatly by the thinning of woodlands on the Cotswolds, becoming abundant over many acres and forming masses of bushes often four feet high. Veronica agrestis 1. Since writing a note on this Speedwell last year I have come across a striking confirmation of my point— the real difficulty in separating agrestis from Buxbaumii when the corollas have fallen. On some dried specimens forwarded to the Bot. Ex. Club B. Isles in 1915, one expert reported in favour of V. Buxbaumii, while another wrote ‘‘ V. agrestis,” Mentha hivcina Hull. (M. aquatica x longifolia). Still plen- tiful in an ancient shady lane above Weston-in-Gordano, S., where it was discovered by Miss Roper in 1918. ‘The leaves are. like those of M. longifolia, but are petiolate. In size and the relative length of its teeth the calyx is intermediate between those of the parent species. Of the two forms placed under M. pubescens Willd. by British authors this is nearer to /ivcina than to Sole’s palustris, and it is stated to be much the rarer of the two. Another locality for the hybrid has recently been detected in the Chew Valley near Compton Dando by N. Sandwith. M. piperita L.. var. vulgaris Sole. Along a grassy roadside near Karthcott Green, G.—Evnest Nelmes. An addition to the county flora. From a note in the Gardeners’ Chronicle, Oct. 22, 1922, it appears that Nelmes sent a specimen to a Kew botanist, who stated that it agreed perfectly with the description by Sole and others. The writer of the note was under the impression that this plant had never been collected since W. Sole did so, and certainly it is remarkable that although he recorded it from at least half-a-dozen localities no one else seems to have seen it in any one of them. Still, the variety cannot be so rare as has been supposed, for Dr. Druce mentions it as represented in his herbarium from five stations, all far removed from the Bristol district. It differs from M. piperita officinalis in having broader, more ovate leaves, rounded or subcordate at the base instead of being wedge- shaped, and in bearing much shorter, oblong spikes of flowers. In 1883 the late Mr. David Fry found vulgaris in a swampy spring- head at Walton-in-Gordano, S., and cultivated it in his garden at Corston. Nothing more was heard of it until 1915, when Mr. * pref" BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923, 55 Bucknall reported its reappearance, and at the present time it seems to have a good hold. Statice binervosa G. E. Sm. Observed on Brean Down for the first time by T. Bruges Flower about seventy years ago, and very few persons have seen it since. C. G. Trapnell tells me that it is still there in an almost inaccessible cranny of the crumbling cliff. Chenopodium urbicum 1, In 1893 one large plant appeared neat the Avon under Sneyd Park and did not recur. Now that a new road to Avonmouth is being constructed along the river- side a quantity of this fine Goose-foot has come up during the ‘present autunm, some of it within a few yards of the original spot and more along the recently-formed embankment towards Shire- hampton. As only local stone and rubble is being used on the work it is possible that the new arrivals sprung from seeds long buried on the alluvial flat. Polygonum Bistorta L. On the edge of an old quarry at Wickwar _ G. Rumex mantimus 1, A dozen or so plants in a ditch at Hill, about two miles from the Severn, 1921. The next year one plant only in that ditch, but many in another part of the village. This summer fewer were noticed in the old spots, but there were several in still another place.—Wulliam Nelmes. A new record for our Gloucestershire division. Viscum album I, Ona Whitebeam growing on a rocky slope, Leigh Woods.—H. J. Gibbons. Quercus Robur I, The ancient Oak near Gaunt’s Earthcott mentioned in Fl. Brist. p. 547, decayed and ruinous in 1910, has at length perished in entirety and its remains have disappeared. Scirpus setaceus L. Occurs in dense turfy patches—an un- usual growth for this species—on Cromhall Common, G.—C. Alden. A large form or variety, with bracts 1”—1#” long, on peaty ground in Walton Moor near Clevedon,—C. G. Trapnell. Carex avenarnia J, var. remota Marss. On the foreshore at Burnham.—H. J. Gibbons. C. extensa Good. One tuft below the seabank between Severn Beach and Avonmouth. A first record for Gloucestershire.—C. G. Tvapnell. Spartina Townsendi H. & J. Groves. Another county record is afforded by this intrusive grass having established itself on a sheltered bit of the Severn shore near Berkeley, G. Brought up Channel by tides from the original plantation on the Somerset coast, 56 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1923. Agrostis tenuis Sibth. var. pumila 1. On Backwell Hill, $.— H. J. Gibbons. Arrhenatherum elatius M. & K. var. biaristata Peterm. Although only lately recognized in the Bristol district, this variety appears to be quite frequent. Mr. Gibbons has found it in Cranbrook Road ; in St. Philip’s ; about Patchway and Filton, G. ; and near Wraxall and Clevedon, S. Polypodium vulgare V,. var. serratum Willd. In Markham Bottom, S. An extreme and beautiful state of the variety with some of the lower pinne bifid or trifid.—H. J. Gibbons. ALIENS.—A pium leptophyllum Mill. A native of S. America that has become widely distributed in temperate countries. Madia sativa Molina. Also American. Anthemis mixta l, From Southern Europe. All at Portishead Dock.—C. and N. Sandwith. Helian- thus petiolaris Nutt. North American. At Avonmouth Dock.— Miss Roper. Rumex salicifolius Weinm, a N. American Dock, has been known in St. Philip’s, Bristol, since 1918, and still flourishes. Hordeum trifurcatum Jacq. ‘The Nepaul Barley. A specimen found on rubbish at Brislington by Mr. Gibbons and dissected by Miss Roper proved to be a known abnormal form, The outer paleze, instead of ending in long awns, have at their tips hooded appendages standing out at right angles, and often con- taining a pair of adventitious florets. ‘These hoods, therefore, are considered by some botanists to be bracts and not palee. 57 The Avonian of the Tytherington-Tortworth- Wickwar Ridge, Gloucestershire.’ By F. S. WaALLis, Ph. D, Introduction and Previous Work. Topography and General Stratigraphy. Description of the Zones. Description of the Chief Exposures. Zonal Classification of all Exposures, Physiographical Conditions of Deposition. Comparison with neighbouring areas. Summary of Conclusions. Bibliography. DOA OU CoN 1.—INTRODUCTION AND PREVIOUS WORK. The object of the present work, undertaken at the instigation of Prof. S. H. Reynolds, was to map, in terms of Vaughan’s zonal system, the northern portion of the horseshoe-shaped ridge of Avonian rocks which partly surrounds the synclinal basin of the Bristol Coalfield. Prof. S. H. Reynolds and Mr. D. E. Innes (XII.)2 have already traced the zones between Over and the Tytherington-Grovescr.d railway section, whilst the Misses E. Bolton and M. C. Tuck (1) have completed a similar work in the Wickwar-Chipping Sodbury district. The area dealt with, in the present paper, links together these two former researches and completes the Avonian Zonal map of this portion of the Bristol District. The surface extent of the Avonian was taken from the 1-inch Geological Survey Map, though new exposures have made it necessary to differ from the Survey mapping in a few cases. Maps :—6-in. O.S. Sheets LVI. $.W., LXIII. S.E. and N.E. and LXIV. N.W. (Glos.) In 1824, two papers (II. and XIV.) were published containing fragmentary allusions to the Avonian of this area. In 1839, Murchison (VIIL., p. 452) mentions that although the area between Tytherington and Tortworth appears to be of simple geological structure, in reality the limestone ‘‘is broken into a number of distinct masses by transverse dislocations.’’ He also refers to the faulted nature of the ground south of Tortworth Park and describes the ‘‘ firestone’”’ as a ‘‘ reddish sandstone.” Handel Cossham (III.) briefly notices the area and Sanders includes it in his classical map of the Bristol Coalfields (1864). Etheridge (IV.) gives a detailed map of the district (1 in. to 1 mile), but deals chiefly with the distribution of iron-ores in the Pennant Series. He maintains that Tortworth gorge is due to faulting. (1) See Abstyact of Proc. of Geol. Soc. No. i,iii., p. 25. (2) Roman numerals in parentheses refer to the bibliography. 58 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. The area is also included in the revised l-in. Geological Survey Map (Sheet XXXV.) published in 1872. Mr. H. B. Woodward (XVII., pp. 17-27) uses the old litho- logical classification in describing the area, and again draws attention to the highly faulted nature of the area south of Tort- worth. Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan (V.) describes, with a horizontal section, the fine railway section between Tytherington and Grovesend, and postulates a reversed fault between the Avonian and Dolomitic Conglomerate at the eastern end of the section. This interpretation, is not tenable when zonal methods of research are employed. The same section is also described with horizontal sections by the Rev. H. H. Winwood (XV. and XVI.). The last two authors differ in only one respect, for whilst Prof. Morgan believed that the Tytherington tunnel follows the strike and hence only cuts through some 20 to 30 feet of vertical thickness of strata, the Rev. H. H. Winwood allowed 178 feet for the beds concealed in the tunnel. The present research agrees with the former interpretation. Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan (VI., p. 29) explains the apparently anomalous course of the stream, which flows northward through Tortworth, as due to superimposed drainage, and believes that the Tortworth Gorge is not due to faulting. In VIL., p. 5, he states that he has been able to trace the ‘‘ Firestone’’ from Wickwar round the ‘‘ horseshoe’’ to Tytherington. The late Dr. A. Vaughan (XIII., pp. 219-225) gives a detailed paleontological account of the Tytherington-Grovesend railway section and compares the sequence with that at Avon, Sodbury, and Failand. A few isolated exposures in the area are also de- scribed (pp. 239-240). Prof. S. H. Reynolds (X., pp. 189-191) gives a full description of the Tytherington-Grovesend railway section, whilst in IX., p. 194, he states that the old quarries near Pump House, on the west of the Charfield-Wickwar road, are in the Syrvingothyris zone. 2.—TOPOGRAPHY AND GENERAL STRATIGRAPHY. With the underlying Old Red Sandstone the Avonian of this area forms a well-defined wooded ridge round the northern portion of the triangular-shaped basin of the Bristol Coalfield. Apart from the isolated Wick’s Hill (300 feet), the highest portion of the area (300-350 feet) lies immediately to the north-east of the Tytherington-Grovesend railway and comprises Tytherington Hill, Baden Hill and a part of Milbury Heath. The remaining portions of the ridge lie very near the 200-feet contour. Few surface streams drain the area. Three small streams, rising near Bibstone, Charfield and West End (west of Wickwar) respectively, flow mainly in a westerly direction and finally run together east of Cromhall Common. The westerly direction is then THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 59 continued to Tapwell Bridge, whence, as Dyer’s Brake, a northerly course is pursued through Tortworth Lake to the Little Avon at Middlemill. A small stream, draining the valley in which Tyther- ington village stands, flows in a south-easterly direction to the Frome. The portion of the stream from Tapwell Bridge northwards has been justly claimed as an instance of superimposed drainage (VI., p. 29), aud, in addition, the present writer believes that Ladden Brook originally flowed northwards and formed the upper reaches of this stream. Subsequently, the River Frome captured the head-waters of Ladden Brook and thus part of the original drainage of the Little Avon was diverted southwards. The three small streams rising near Bibstone, Charfield and West End respectively, and also the one draining the Tytherington valley are consequent streams of a date later than the capturing of Ladden Brook by the Frome. (These stream courses are best seen on Bartholomew’s 4-in. map of Bristol and Bath; Sheet No. 28).! It is tempting to suppose that the Tortworth gorge is due to pre-Triassic faulting (IV., p. 42), but the fault lies to the west, and the gorge, as stated by Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan (VI., p. 29), has been eroded by stream action in a similar manner to the Avon and Blaize Castle Gorges. ‘Tortworth Lake is artificial. The dependence of topography on the nature of the strata is well seen and forms an aid to mapping in an area of few natural or artificial exposures. For example, the softer Cy + S, dolomites and shales always form an area of relatively low ground between the Caninia-Oolite and S; + Se» massive limestones. About two-thirds of a mile north-east of Tytherington, the Avonian outcrop suddenly diminishes to a little less than one-half its original width. ‘This I suggest is due to the interaction of two axes of folding. Although the synclinal fold (axis north and south) of the Bristol Coalfield is the dominant feature in this area, there is a smaller anticlinal fold (axis N.N.E., and $.S.W.) lying about 1 mile to the west of Cromhall. It appears that the southern end of this N.N.E.-S.S.W. axis ‘‘ nosed’ its way into the side of the main synclinal fold and was responsible for the sudden diminution in width of the Avonian outcrop. The small width of outcrop of the remaining portion ot the western limb of the ridge is probably also due to the proximity of this minor anticlinal fold on the west. The area is affected by five faults. Two of these occur to the north-east of Tytherington and are comparable to those postulated by Prof. S. H. Reynolds and Mr. D. E. Innes (XII.) tc the south- 1. Prof. Reynolds has kindly drawn my attention to some MS. maps of Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan (dated 1908), in which similar views to those outlined above, are given. 60 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. west of Tytherington. A large fault occurs to the west of the Tortworth Gorge, whilst still further to the east there are two minor shifts. The present interpretation of the faults in this area differs from that shown on. the Survey Map. 3.—DESCRIPTION OF THE ZONES. Cleistopora Zone. EXPOSURES. There are no good sections of this zone, though its outcrop can be easily traced by numerous insignificant exposures and also by the well-marked depression it occupies. The continuity of outcrop is broken on the north-west by Dolomitic Conglomerate. The zone is best exposed in an old quarry, west of Tortworth Lodge. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. Shales, grits and thinly-bedded muddy limestones. ‘The lime- stones, many of which are crinoidal, are often much decomposed into a soft ochreous rock. | In Km grits and shales predominate, in K, the limestones are subsidiary to the shales, whilst in Ke limestones form the major part of the sequence. Heematitic limestones of a type (‘‘ Bryozoa Bed’’) have been recognised in two localities, viz., Tytherington-Grovesend railway section, and in an old quarry on Milbury Heath. FAUNA. Cleistopora aff. geometrica (K. & H.) .. common at top. Lepteena analoga (Phill.) .. 2 .. COnmtton Syringothyris principalis, North .. . do. Chonetes cf. hardrensis (Phill.) .. a do. Cleiothyridina royssit (L/Ev.) .. A do. Camarotoechia mitcheldeanensis, Vau. .. do. Orthotetes crenisivva (Phill.), mut. K, Vau. very common Productus ci. martini, Sow. common at top Spirtfer aff. clathratus, M’ Coy emend, Vau. do. Rhabdomeson, sp. .. Ls : . common Fenestellids .. Ee bie ae ae do. Crinoids ae oH a ss .. very common Zaphrentis Zone. EXPOSURES. The zone is well exposed in the T'ytherin gton-Grovecend railway section, Slickstones Quarry (N.E. of Bibstone), and in a quarry in Tortworth Park near Leyhill Lodge. 7 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 61 LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. At the base of the zone are massive limestones with intervening shales. The shales graduelly diminish, and in upper Z, and lower Ze dark dolomitised crinoidal limestones (Petit Granit type) form the whole of the sequence. In upper Z2g compact dolomite (cf. laminosa Dolomite type) alternates with recurrent bands of Petit Granit. At the base of Z, in the Tytherington-Grovesend railway section is a band of oolite. No chert has been found. FAUNA. clathvatus subzone (Z}). Zaphrentis delanouet, HF. & H. .. common Spirifer aff. clathratus, M’Coy. emend, Vau. very common Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut, Z Vau. common Leptena analoga (Phill) .. ye se do. Syringothyris cuspidata (Mart.) mut. cyrtorhyncha, North .. oa - do. Chonetes cf. hardrensis (Phill.) .. .. common Camarotoechia mitcheldeanensis, Vau. .. do. Cleiothyridina glabristria (Phill) .. 3. MCOMIMOM At atop Schizophoria resupinata (Mart.) .. re do. Rhipidomella aff. michelimi (1; Ev.) do. Cletothyridina royssw (1, Ev.), mut. B Vau. rare Productus cora, @Orb. mut. C. Vau. .. do. koninckt subzone (Z9). Zaphrentis honincti EH. & H. .. .. very common ZLaphrentis omahust EK. & H... .. common Syringopora 0, Vau. : ne do. Cleiothyridina glabristria (Phill. Ne . do. Schizophoria resupinata (Mart.) .. do. Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.), mut.Z, Vau. do. Tylothyris laminosa (M’Coy emend. eer mut. y (North) eat Chonetes papilionacea (Phill. lea eee Be do. Murchisoma, sp. . e — - do. Phillipsia, sp. (pygidia) he oe i do. Psammodus rugosus, Ag. .. a re do. In the collection of the Bristol Museum is a tooth of Psammodus yugosus, Ag. (Reg. No. C. 4936: Donor, Earl of Ducie). Although Tortworth is the only locality given on the label the matrix incicates Slickstones Quarry (N.E. of Bibstone). Careful search in that quarry resulted in the finding of two fragments of fish teeth. and hence the presence of a ‘‘ Fish Bed’”’ on the same horizon as the ‘* Fish Beds”’ in the Avon Gorge, is established. 62 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. Syringothyris zone. EXPOSURES. The beds of this zone are well seen in the Tytherington- Grovesend railway section and Ley Hill Quarries. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. In ascending order :— (1) Thickly-bedded, nearly unfossiliferous, blue-grey, finely divided dolomites (Laminosa-Dolomite). Small patches of crystalline calcite are common and appear by their shape to represent the re-crystallised infillings of the cavities of fossils. The beds appear to have been formed by the dolomitisation of crinoidal limestones. In some instances the crinoid ossicles have resisted the metasomatic change. A series of fossiliferous crinoidal limestones (the Sub-Oolite), This ban@ is non-oolitic in the lower part but becomes oolitic as the Caninia-Oolite is approached. A thick band of white oolite (Canimza-Oolite). In slice, the ooliths are seen to be congregated together in well-defined bands separated by areas of crystalline calcite. It would seem that strong, very local currents heaped up the ooliths and packed them tightly together. On a weathered surface the bands of ooliths are very resistent, and hence current-bedding is clearly depicted by the differ- ential rates of weathering of the ooliths and matrix. Evidence of pene-contemporaneous brecciation is afforded by the presence, near the current-bedded portions, of pieces of rounded and angular oolite embedded in the main mass. The uppermost surface of the Caninia—Oolite is irregular, showing that there was a short period of sub- aerial denudation before the deposition of the Caninia— Dolomite. Unfossiliferous thinly-bedded structureless dolomites with subsidiary shales (Caninia-Dolomite). The freshly-fractured surface of a dolomite from this level is often marked with curious red dendritic stains. Fauna. (Sub-Oolite band only.) Laphrentis koninchi, KH. & H. ... yee Zaphrentis omalust, HK. & H. .. a: do. Caninia cylindrica {Scouler). ie ae do. Michelinia megastoma (Phill.) .. a do. Chonetes papilionacea (Phill) .. very common Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. C. Vau. do. Tylothyvis laminosa (M’Coy emend. if Nore mut y North.. ye .. common THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 63 Seminula Zone. EXPOSURES. The zone covers a large area and is best seen in the Church and Camp quarries at Tytherington, a series of quarries on the south-eastern flank of Tytherington Hill, and the Churchwood Farm quarries. semireticulatus Subzone (4). LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. Unfossiliferous dolomites with subsidiary shales followed by massive limestones with shaly partings. At the base of the massive limestones is a band of oolite, whilst towards the top is a thin bed of Seminula-Pisolite. Owing to the absence of fossils and the presence of similar lithological types in upper C2 and lower $1 it is impossible to draw an exact line of demarcation between these two subzones. FAUNA. Lithostrotion martin, EK. & H. .. .. very common Syringopora ct. distans (Fischer) 2.) Commo Seminula ficoidea, Vau. .. a: .. very common Productus 8, Vau. .. - Mi: a do. Productus cova, d@ Orb. mut. C. Vau. .. common Chonetes papilionacea (Phill.) .. se do. Productus semtreticulatus (Mart.).. 12) tare Cyrtina carbonaria, M’Coy. i oy “hdO: cova subzone (SQ). LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. Massive limestones, sandstones, and conglomerates. The limestones include a thick bed of fossiliferous oolite (Seminula- Oolite). About 11 feet from the base is a band of calcareous sandstone (Firestone). The latter deposit is lenticular in all directions, with a maximum thickness (9 feet) at the Church Quarry, Tytherington. Vaughan placed this sandstone at the top of S, (XIII, p. 222), but as Cyrtina carbonaria has now been found 11 feet below it in the Church Quarry, Tytherington, it would seem more correct to place it at the base of Sz. Sandstones and coarse conglomerate occur at the top of the subzone, and by the gradual disappearance of the intervening limestones the deposits pass into the so-called ‘‘ Millstone Grit.” 64 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. FAUNA. Lithostrotion martini, EF. & H. .. .. very common, occuts in large masses. Lithostrotion basaltiforme (Phill.) .. common Syringopora gentculata, Phill. .. ne do. Seminula ficoidea, Vau. .. .. very common Productus cova, @ Orb. mut. Se, Vau. .. common Chonetes papilionacea (Gear DSh) eerie ae do. Productus aff. hemisphericus (Sow.) ie do. Dibunophyllum Zone. 6 Subzone (Dj). In the area under consideration a calcareous development of this subzone is either absent or non-exposed. The following details were seen in a small cutting at the southern end of the Wickwar tunnel (this lies about three-quarters mile to the south of the eastern limb of our area. Ref. 6 in. O.S. Map, Glos., Sh. LXIV. S.W.). LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. Massive highly fossiliferous limestones with few shaly partings. Some bands are strongly oolitic, others crinoidal and others are composed of a compact reddish limestone with Productus hem- sphericus. ‘These latter features are strictly comparable to certain beds in the Avon Section. Bands of Chonetes and Productus are very conspicuous. There is a perfectly conformable and gradual passage into the ‘Millstone Grit”’ phase of deposition and for a short period the calcareous and grit phases alternated with each other. FAUNA. Syringopora distans, Fischer. Syringopora geniculata, Phill. Dibunophylium 6, Vau. Cyathophyllum murchison, EK. & H. Chonetes aff. comoides (Sow.) Productus hemsphericus, Sow. Productus giganteus, (Mart.) Crinoids. From the above evidence it would appear that a D, calcareous horizon is present in the southern portions of our area. Careful search for the subzone has, however, produced negative results, and for want of evidence we must assume, for the present, that grit conditions established themselves at the end of Sj, times. It should be noted that, though at Sodbury Prof. S. H. Rey- nolds has recorded a thickness of 84 feet (Geol. Mag. 1923, p. 114), at Wickwar this subzone is only represented by about 55 feet of strata, THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 65 4,-—DESCRIPTION OF THE CHIEF EXPOSURES. (a) TYTHERINGTON-GROVESEND RAILWAY SECTION. Although this fine section has been described by various authors, notably Prof. C. Lloyd Morgan (V.) and Dr. A. Vaughan (XIII., pp. 219-225), it is desirable to re-describe it, as an attempt has now been made to delimitate the zones. At the southern end of the Grovesend Tunnel the beds are clearly of Old Red Sandstone age, consisting of massive sandstones with occasional beds of marl and conglomerate. Prof. Morgan places the first undoubted bed of Carboniferous Limestone about 270 yards south of the tunnel mouth, but at the present time no Avonian rocks can be traced until a point 320 yards south of the tunnel is reached. The Survey mapping of the junction line between the O.R.S. and Carboniferous was certainly too far north. Prof. Morgan shifted the line southwards, and though it 1s impossible to dogmatise in the present state of the exposures, it would appear that even his line is a little too far north. Although the exposures are very bad between the first Avonian beds and the bridge crossing the railway, the general succession of the Cleistopora zone up to the middle of Ke can be recognised on the northern railway bank. In some cases even the shaly bands have survived the “* grassing over.” ) 68 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. tay Lis. Shale band 5-6 Massive compact Limestone, including a band of Seminula Pisolite 50.0 Shale band 5-6 ‘“ Firestone,” 2 bands with intercalated band (3ft. to 4ft.) packed with Lithostrotion martini Did Shale band 5-6 Massive fossiliferous limestone, partly oolitic 9 0 Semtnula-Oolite 10 O Massive very fossiliferous Limestone, partly oolitic 1 O Massive Limestone with band (12!t. to 15ft.), entirely composed of Lithostrotton martint 1384 0 Approx. 143 6 The ‘‘ Firestone’’ is not entirely unfossiliferous. Recognis- able fragments of Tylothyr1is laminosa and Seminula ficoidea can generally be found after careful search. In thin section the ‘* firestone’’ is composed of a mosaic of angular and subangular quartz grains with a little interstitial calcite. Ilmenite (generally in form of leucoxene) is present in small quantities, and a few foraminifera can be recognised. It is a calcareous sandstone. A prominent feature of this quarry is the large masses of Lithostrotion martini at several horizons. Cyrtina carbonaria (two specimens) was found in this quarry about 11 ft. below the _‘* Firestone.” The sequence in the Camp Quarry is almost identical with that found in the Church Quarry. The shale bands are, however, more carbonaceous and the ‘“‘ Firestone’’ is only 7 ft. thick. Lithostrotion bassalttforme occurs in fairly large masses in this quarry. The vertical exposed zonal thicknesses in the Tytherington- Grovesend Railway Section may be summarised as follows :— Seminula Zone .. 145 feet (bottom andtop beds not exposed). Syrinegotyi1s Zoue 2 400) Zaphrentis Zone SBOE a. Cleistopora Zone BS cc Le 1,285 Both in lithological and faunal characters the Church and Camp Quarries at Tytherington are almost identical with Qu. 5at Wickwar. (XIII, p. 238 and VII., p. 3, sketch map). THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 69 (b) I'YTHERINGTON HILL. A series of quarries occur along the south-eastern flank of Tytherington Hill. All these quarries are in the Seminula zone, and many of them contain the ‘‘ Firestone.’ In the northernmost of these quarries (not marked on the 6-in. map) the ‘“‘ Firestone ”’ occurs in a weathered condition, the resultant reddish-brown sugary tock being very friable. (c) OLD Quarry, MILBuRY HEATH. The only interest of this exposure, which lies 230 yards S.E. of Cardiff Villa, Milbury Heath, is that 1t includes the best exposure of the ‘‘ Bryozoa Bed”’ in our area. The rock is of the same type as that which is poorly exposed in the Tytherington-Grovesend railway Section. 5.—ZONAL CLASSIFICATION OF ALI, EXPOSURES. Many ot the exposures are of a poor character (under hedges, etc.), and though of great importance in mapping, they have not been included in this list. All references are given to the 6-in. O.S. maps of Gloucestershire. Cletstopora Zone. Tytherington-Grovesend Railway Section, both notth and south of Bridge over Railway .. Km-Ke 63 S.E. Old Quarry, 230 yards S.E. of Cardiff Villa, Milbury Heath .. Km&Ki63 N.E. Old Quarry, W. of Boathouse, Tortworth Lake Ki 56 S.W Old Quarry, W. of Tortworth Lodge .. aS 56 S.W Zaphrentis Zone. Tytherington-Grovesend Railway Section— Grovesend Quarry (not marked on 6-in. map) and part of railway cutting to N.W. of quarry Zi1&Ze2 63 S.E. Small copse 400 yards N.W. of Barmer’s Lands aria ©... Zed 63 N.E. Old Quarry on N. W. side of Badenhill Common Z1 63 N.E. Small exposures around Tortworth Lake (ex- treme northern portion is K zone) .. 7; 64 N.W. Quarry $.W. of Leyhill Lodge, Tortwotth Park ZA 64 N.W. Slickstones Quarry, N.E. of Bibstone oie 64 N.W. Old Quarry, S. of Hammerley Down pemee 64 N.W. Ley Hill Quarries Ze .. 64 N.W. Old Quarries, E. of Charfield Wickwar Road, and 300 yards S.E. of Churchwood Farm Ze 64 N.W. Syringothyris Zone. Tytherington-Grovesend Railway Section-— Hardwick Quarry and railway cuttings both FE. and W. of the Tytherington Tunnel .. C1&Ce2 63 SE. 70 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. Exposure at point where footpath crosses the road (not marked on 6-in. map) N.E. of Hill ‘Covert, near Tytherington .. Co 63 S.E. Quarry 500 yards N.W. of Tytherin eton Church ¢ 1 63 S.E. Old Quarry 500 yards N. of Tytherington Church Ci 6a, S-E. Old Quarry 300 yards N. of Tytherington Church (not marked on 6-in. map) . Ne 63 S.E. Old Quarry on E. side of Badenhill Common.. Ci 63 N.E. Old Quarry W. of Jones’s Wood i. Og 63 N.E. Old Quarry on S.E. margin of Stanley Wood Ci 63 N.E. Ley Hill Quarries i Cet’ GANG NN Old Quarries, Poor End Ca 64 N.W. Old Quarries, on W. side Wickwar-Charfield_ Road and 260 Lice S.E. of Churchwood atm: ; é er 64 4 = Seminula Zone. Tytherington-Grovesend Railway Section .— small exposure at S.E. end of section and Church and Camp Quarries, Tytherington .. Si&S2 63 SE. Series of Quarries on S.E. flank of i Tytherington Hill Ae Bs -81&S2 635.E.& 63 N.E. Old Quarry N.E. corner of Priest Wood (not marked on 6-in. map) Ais .. 91&82 63 N.E. Old Quarries at Churchwood Farm .. S1&S82 64 N.W. 6.—PHYSIOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS OF DEPOSITION. For convenience the scene may be opened at the end of Old Red Sandstone times. Sandstones, shaies and conglometates were being deposited, and our area was either the actual scene of fluviatile conditions, or was situated near the mouth of a river. Land lay to the north whilst the open sea stretched southwards. The waters of the southern ocean now gradually spread north- wards, and with these waters came a large influx of animal life into our area. This marks the commencement of Avonian times. As in the other parts of the Bristol District, the change was perfectly gradual and for some time the sandy sediments of the Old Red Sandstone alternated with the calcareous deposits of the Avonian. It is probable that during Km times the area formed part of a large, shallow lagoon, although *he only direct evidence of this is the ‘‘ Bryozoa Bed.’ During the remainder of the Cleistopora period our area was occupied by shallow muddy seas. _ At the beginning of the Zaphrentis neriod we find the muddy waters of Cletstopova times being replaced by clear, deeper waters with an abundant coral and brachiopod fauna. In our area, THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 71 however, there was a recurrence to the shallow-water conditions, for near the base of the clathratus subzone is an oolitic band evidently deposited in shallow water. After this temporary shallowing, standard marine conditions were finally established and the Zaphrentis limestones with their abundant invertebrate life were laid down. The entrance of the Syvingothyris fauna appears to have been coincident with a general shallowing of the Avonian sea throughout the Bristol District. This period is now represented by the laminosa-Dolomites, which, though originally deposited, as crin- oidal limestones, suffered almost contemporaneous alteration into dolomites. During the remainder of Ci times a thick series of oolites were deposited, and from the evidence of current-bedding and also from pieces of angular or rounded oolite being found embedded in the main mass of dolite, it appears that shallow waters with strong and eddying currents prevailed. At the end of Canimia-Oclite times the sea retired to the south for a short time and the area suffered sub-aerial denudaticn. The effects of this short denudational period are well seen in the Grovesend-Tytherington railway section. In the Avon Gorge isa -similar junction line between Ci and Ce, though here Prof. Rey- nolds believes that subsequent solution is the correct explanation | (XL, p. 224). This difference is only to be expected from the geographical position of the two places, for throughout Avonian times our area was nearer the northern coast-line than the re- mainder of the Bristol District. The thinly-bedded shales and. dolomites of C2 and $1, appear to have been laid down in a second calcareous lagoon area. In upper Si and lower Se times standard marine conditions once more asserted themselves and limestones, sometimes oolitic, were deposited. Up to this point there has been no feature of outstanding interest differentiating the physical history of this area from that of the remainder of the Bristol district. At the beginning of Se times, however, the coast-line advanced towards the south, and in-shore conditions prevailed in our area. The ‘‘ Firestone ”’ was formed during this period. Though the total length of time of this in-shore period was short, it includes a standard-marine phase. The deposit may indicate the first appearance of the large southward-flowing river of ‘‘ Millstone Grit”’ times, and represent a large sand-bank. Normal marine conditions re-asserted themselves at the close of this episode, though they only lasted for a comparatively short time, and towards the close of the Seminula period, permanent in-shore conditions were established. This latter phase is the ie THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE,’ GLOS. so-called ‘‘ Millstone Grit,” and probably represents a time when our area was near the mouth of a southward-flowing river. At the Manchester Meeting of the British Association (1915 Trans. of Sects., pp. 429-431), Dr. A. Vaughan roughly sketched out the extent of the ‘S.W. Channel” during the Avonian Period. From the evidence of previous writers and the present paper it appears that during Avonian times there was a progressive movement of the northern shore-line of this ‘‘S.W. Channel” in a southerly direction. This movement can be regi:tered by noting the level in the Avonian sequence at which “‘ Millstor.c Grit ’’ condi- tions were established. In the Clee Hill District the ‘‘ Millstone Grit’ appears at the end of Ze times (Dixon, G. M., 1910, p. 458), whilst further south in the Forest of Dean, it did not appear until towards the end of the Syringothyris zone. (Sibly, G. M., 1912, p. 420). In our area and also at Chepstow (XIII, p. 251) nearly the whole of the Seminula zone was deposited before the advent of the ‘€ Millstone Grit,’ whilst in the southerly prolongations of the sides of the ‘‘ horse-shoe”’ the Dibunophyllum fauna had time to make its appearance (I., p. 31, and XII., p. 100). South of these areas, however, the whole of the Dibunophylium zone was deposited before the ‘‘ Millstone Grit’ conditions asserted themselves. Thus in- shore conditions began at approximately the same time in both our area and the Chepstow area, and from a consideration of the geographical position of these areas it appears that the Avonian coastline at this period had an east and west trend and was not very far north of our area. | There is a marked thinning of the Avonian deposits in a | northerly direction in the Bristol District. At Burrington the estimated thickness is 2,610 feet (Q.J.G.S., 1911, pp. 344-352), and in the Avon Gorge 2,540 feet (XI., p. 242), whilst at Tytherington the beds are reduced to 1,280 feet. This attenuation is due to paucity of calcareous sediments as the northern shore-line is approached, and not to any intra-formational unconformity or non-se quence. 7.—COMPARISON WITH NEIGHBOURING AREAS. The area shows a very close resemblance to the type section of the Avon Gorge, the most striking difference being :— (1) Non-differentiation of horizon y owing to the absence of | Caninia immediately above the konincki-subzone. | (2) Greater thickness of the Sub-Oolite band (C1) and the Caninia-Dolomite (C2). (3) Absence (or non-exposure) of chert in any part of the sequence. THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. We: (4) Apparent in-coming of ‘‘ Millstone Grit’’ conditions at top of S2 and the absence of Se (top) Modiola Phase and the whole of the Dibunophyllum Zone. Prof. S. H. Reynolds has recently (Geol. Mag. 1923, pp. 111-119) written a paper on the ‘‘ Lithology of the Sodbury Section.” The _ general faunal and lithological succession is remarkably similar in both areas, the chief difference being the non-caleareous develop- ment of the Se (top) and D1 (base) subzones, in the Tytheringron area. ‘The existence of markec current bedding in the Caninia- Oolite and the apparent absence of chert in both areas is note- worthy. Both the faunal and lithological sequence in our area is similar to the Over-Tytherington area (XII.) and the Wickwar-Chipping Sodbury Ridge (1). By place the ~ Firestone” at-base-of Se, it occurs on the same level in both the Tytherington and Wickwer areas (XIII., p. 238 and VIL, p. 3, sketch map). 8.—SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS. The chief results of this paper may be summarised as follows :— (1) All zones, with the exception of the Dibunophyllum zone, have: been recognised in the area. (2) The great expansion and fossiliferous character of the ‘‘ Sub-Oolite Bed,’ as compared with the type section of _the Avon Gorge is noteworthy. (3) The early advent of ‘‘ Millstone Grit’ conditicns is import- ant, and especially so when considered in relation to the time of that event in the neighbouring districts. I am greatly indebted to Prof. S. H. Reynolds, M.A., ScD’, who kindly went over the Tytherington-Grc vesend railway section with me, photographed it, and ako examined my thin sections from that area. I also wish to thank the Earl of Ducie, who courteously gave me permissicn to examine the exposures on the Tortworth Estate. PLATE I.-—Zonal Map of the Tytherington-Tortworth-Wickwar Ridge. II.—Fig. 1.—Grovesend Quarry. 2.— do, 3.—Hardwick Quarry. 4,.—Railway Cutting between Tytherington Tun- nel and Station. ,» %.—Church Quarry, Tytherington. Owing to high cost of printing, Pl. II. has not been reproduced. The photographs have been placed on record in the Geological Note Book of the Geological Section of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society. 2) 74 THE AVONIAN OF THE WICKWAR RIDGE, GLOS. 9.—BIBLIOGRAPHY. The following papers are referred to in the preceding text by their I, II. ITI. XIV. XV. XVI serial numbers only :— Bolton, Miss E., and Tuck, Miss M. C., ‘‘ The Carboniferous Lime- stone of the Wickwar-Chipping Sodbury Area, Glos.”’ Abstract of Proc. Geol. Soc., 1920-1, pp. 30-1. Buckland, W., and Conybeare, W. D., ‘‘ Observations on the South™ Western Coal District of England.’ Tyvans. Geol. Soc.» Series 11, Vol. 1 (1824), pp. 210-316. Cossham, Handel, ‘‘ The Northern End of the Bristol Coalfield.’ Trans. N. of Eng. Inst. of Mining Engineers, Vol. X. (1862), pp. 97-104 and 113-116 (discussion). Etheridge, R., “On the Physical Structure of the northern part of the Bristol Coal-Basin, chiefly having reference to the Iron Ores of the Tortworth Area.’”’ Proc. Cott. Nat. F.C., Vol. IV. (1868), pp. 28-49. Morgan, Prof. C. Lloyd, “‘ Geology of Tytherington and Grovesend.”’ Bris. Nat. Soc. Proc., New Series, Vol. VI. (1888-91), pp. 1-17. Handbook to Brit. Ass. (Bristol, 1898), pp. 11-37. Excursions Brit. Ass. (Bristol, 1898). Tortworth (No. 17). Murchison, R. I., ‘‘ The Silurian System ”’ (1839). Reynolds, Prof. S. H., ‘““ A Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District,’? 1912—First Edition. Do. 1921—Second Edition. “The Lithological Succession of the Avonian at Clifton.’ Q.J.G.S., Vol. LU XXVITI. (1921), pp. 213-243. and Innes, D.E., ‘‘ On the Carboniferous Limestone of the District between Over and Tytherington, Glos.” Bris. Nat. Soc. Proc., Fourth Series, Vol. IV. (1914), pp. 99-103. Vaughan, Dr. A., ‘‘ The Paleontological Sequence in the Carboniferous Limestone of the Bristol District.” Q.J.G.S., Vol. LXI. (1905), pp. 181-307. Weaver, T., ‘‘ Geological Observations on part of Gloucestershire and Somersetshire.”’ Tvans. Geol. Soc., Series II., Vol. I. (1824), pp. 317-368. Winwood, Rev. H. H., ‘‘ On the Tytherington and Thornbury Section.” Report Brot. Ass. (Bath, 1888). Tvans. of Sections, pp. 658-9. | ‘“ Notes on a Geological Section between Tytherington and Thornbury.” Proc. Cott. Nat. F.C., Vol. IX. (1890), pp. 325-333. XVII. Woodward, H. B., ‘ Geology of East Somerset and the Bristol Coal- fields.” Mem Geol Surv. (1876). ---0$~ (}99J UJ) S4N0JUOD eUu0Z S [re] RS] 2407 Z PM) PHOT KY we BueD jog "0:0,| oft t sdig ney =4 SOTA JO aT29S ITIYHNOdYD 00 (% 2} r ss ' BY yamneades \ Snojedia \ SEQ Neon Y 75 The Avonian of the Western Mendips from the Cheddar Valley to the Sea. By AGNES E. BAMBER, M.Sc., F.G.S. CONTENTS : 1. INTRODUCTION. (a) Previous Work. (b) Geographical Extent. 2. GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE and Physical Features. 3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ZONES. (a) Surface Extent and Lithological Characters. (b) Faunal Lists and Notes. DESCRIPTION OF THE BEST EXPOSURES. LIst OF THE CHIEF EXPOSURES. COMPARISON OF THE AVONIAN OF THE WESTERN MENDIPS WITH (a) The Avon Section. (b) Burrington Combe. 7, CONCLUSIONS. S Oe 1.—INTRODUCTION. (a) PREVIOUS WoRK. The Western portion of the Mendip Area is covered by the _ 1” Geological Survey Map published in 1863. Principal T. F. Sibly in his paper ‘‘ On the Carboniferous Limestone of the Mendip Area’”’ (Q.J.G.S. vol. Ixii., 1906) includes this area and has determined the zones exposed in many of the quarries. The exposures at Uphill, Brean Down, Little Down Quarries, Bleadon and Banwell have been described by Prof. S$. H. Reynolds in his Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District. The present work embodies the results obtained from detailed mapping of the faunal zones of the Carboniferous Limestone. (b) GEOGRAPHICAL EXTENT. The area is 9 miles long in an E. to W. direction, and has a maximum width of 24 miles in a N. and S. direction. It forms the western portion of the Mendip uplift. It includes five isolated Carboniferous inliers, which passing from west to east are as follows :— (1) Brean Down. (2) Uphill. (3) Bleadon Hill. (4) Banwell Hill. (5) Wavering Down. Along the northern side of our region are the villages of Banwell, Hutton and Uphill, and on the southern side those of Bleadcn, Loxton, Compton Bishop and Cross. On the E., in the Triassic | 76 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. valley between Winscombe Hill and Banwell Hill, lie Winscombe and Christon. The area is served by two lines of railway, the main Great Western Railway and its Cheddar Valley Branch, and can be reached from Bristol (distance 15-20 miles) by the main Bridgewater road or by the Weston and Uphill road. 2.—GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE AND PHYSICAL FEATURES. The area forms the western half of the most westerly of the four Mendip periclinal uplifts. Its axis is elongated in an E. and W. direction. The hills rise abruptly from an almost perfectly level plain, composed in the E. of Triassic deposits, mainly Red Marl, and in the W. of alluvium and blown sand. Brean Down is nearly surrounded by the sea. ‘The gently rising ground in the gap between Uphill and Bleadon Hill is formed of Liassic deposits, which with the Keuper have been faulted into their present position. Dolomitic Conglomerate wraps round the bases of the eastern hills. The dip and consequently the dip slopes are everywhere steeper on the northern than on the corresponding southern side of the pericline, the folding force being directed from the S. The filling, wholly or partially, of most of the gaps, valleys and even gullies with Triassic deposits proves conclusively that they are pre-Triassic in origin. The presence of small patches of Keuper on the tops of the hills, and of Triassic deposits in hundreds of pipes and cavities in the limestone, shows that the area was once submerged under the Triassic sea. Subsequent erosion has done little more than remove the covering of Secondary rock, and is revealing at the present time a landscape fundamentally pre-Triassic. To the E. of Purn Hill, as the pericline approaches its minor axis, the curve of its N.—S. anticlinal arch becomes less sharp. On Bleadon Hill denudation has exposed the lower portion of the Zaphrentis zone, and has reduced this part of the uplift to a low plateau with steeply sloping sides. Between Banwell Hill and Wavering Down, where a long broad valley bounded on all sides by steep scarp faces has been formed, the whole Avonian series has been worn away from the central portion of the uplift, ex- posing the Old Red Sandstone. To the W. of Purn Hill the whole of the southern limb of the anticline has been reduced below the present level of the alluvium and Brean Down and Uphill stand as detached portions of the notthern limb. The area in the neighbourhood of Hutton Combe and Elborough has a somewhat complicated structure. The eastern and main part of Elborough Hill is a small denuded anticline, the axis of which runs almost E.—W. Sy, beds appear at the surface on both limbs of the fold and beds rather low in y are exposed in the centre. A fault brings y-beds against this anticline on the 8.W. THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. vay On the west of this fault the rocks which have been following the general W. to E. strike of Bleadon Hill curve sharply round to the N.W., and are thrown against the above-mentioned anti- cline by a N.—S. fault which shifts their outcrop northwards. To the south of the anticline y-beds have been faulted in between it and the Z»o-beds of Bleadon Hill. Fossil evidence obtained from exposures at Walborough, Uphill shows that the same horizon is exposed there as in the cutting immediately to the north, the repetition being probably due to a strike fault. A fault in the quarry north cf Bleadon and Uphill station is in line with this, and it is possible that the two faults were originally continuous. The post-Triassic faulting in the district, however, makes this uncertain. An overthrust fault parallel with this is seen where the rocks are considerably crumpled at the northern end of the cutting. Brean Down supplies evidence of faulting of a similar kind. On the south side there are numerous small faults characteristic of a shatter belt, and a strike fault can be seen in the Raven’s Cave. The dolomites of the south-eastern shore are repeated on the north-eastern side of the Down by a fault perhaps the continuation of one seen to the south of Uphill Quarry, which repeats a similar series of beds. Post-Triassic faulting has brought the Lias and Keuper against the limestone between Uphill and Bleadon Hill. There are no surface streams or springs on the limestone anywhere in the area, the K-shale, when exposed, being well above the saturation level. The River Axe flows south of the uplift in a westerly direction until it turns rather sharply north and utilizes the gap between Brean Down and Uphill. 3.—DESCRIPTION OF THE ZONES. The zonal notation of the late Dr. A. Vaughan has been adopted throughout this paper. The dividing line between the Tournaisian and the Visean has been placed at the top of Ce (as in the Belgium paper)*. The persistence of the Ze fauna through- out hor. y makes it reasonable to include hor. y in the Zaphrentts zone. TOURNAISIAN. Cleistopora Zone, K. Ko—Perplicata subzone. SURFACE EXTENT. The upper part (Kg) only is exposed. It is seen in the railway cutting and portion of the tunnel on the Cheddar Valley Railway south of Shute Shelve. Its outcrop is everywhere grass covered, but there is no reason to suppose that it does not pass downwards conformably to the Old Red Sandstone which is occasionally seen in very small exposures on the north side of Wavering Down. * Correlation of Dinantian and Avonian Q.J.G.S., vol. 71, 1915. 78 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. No exposures of the K-zone have been previously recorded from this area. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. In descending order the sequence is as follows :—. (1) Thickly bedded limestones, crinoidal often fossiliferous, with a considerable amount of chert. The limestones are partially stained red and have red shaly partings. (2) Thinly bedded black limestones and shales. In the former series there is'considerable silicification and dolomitization of the rock, and fossils are often silicified. The red stain is due to haematite, which in the dolomitised band re- places the fossils in the cavities left by their solution. Microscopic examination shows that the metasomatic and other changes occurred in the following order :—(1) dolomitization, (2) intro- duction of hematite, (3) silicification. In the lower series the limestones are as a rule hard and very crinoidal, some bands are, however, very shaly, the limestone passing gradually into a hard calcareous shale which does not split well, and has a tendency to conchoidal fracture. In the lower parts the limestone bands are less marked and the shales softer. Zaphrentis Zone Z. horizon y Zo—konincht subzone Z 4—Cclathratus subzone | horizon B Including SURFACE EXTENT. The main part of the zone is exposed only on Bleadon Hill, where it forms the top of the down, and on Wavering Down, where it forms the highest portions (excepting Crook Peak). B and Z are both poorly exposed and have not previously been recorded in this area. The outcrop of the former is found only along the notthern side of Wavering Down, and that of the latter on Waver- ing Down and a small area on the east of Bleadon Hill. Horizon y forms the southern portion of Brean Down, all but the northern portion of Uphill, and the southern portion of Banwell Hill. It is further seen both to the N. and S. of the Zz outcrop on Bleadon Hill and to the S. of that on Wavering Down. It forms the upper end of Hutton Combe. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. Horizon B is exposed in two small quarries (see list of exposures, p. 87), and in both cases a few feet only are seen. A complete account is therefore impossible: In the lower part (Shute Shelve quarry) there are thickly bedded red and grey crinoidal limestones THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 79 with bands of shale. Lithologically these form a continuation of Ke. In the upper Hill Farm Quarry, there are thinly bedded, black or grey crinoidal limestones, which show a marked tendency to split parallel to the bedding. Between the limestones are thick bands of light coloured shale with limestone nodules. Micro- scopic examination of these reveals finely broken material with organisms, including Arche@ocidarts spines. The upper portion only of Zi is exposed and there is no continuous section of Ze. The best exposures of both occur at Wringstone Rocks and Webbington Quarry, where the rocks consist in the main of thinly bedded black dolomitized lime- stone, much of which is of the ‘ petit granit’ type, but there are marked bands of brachiopod limestone at certain levels. Purn Hill provides an exposure of y which is practically complete. Parts of this horizon are also excellently exposed at Uphill, Brean Down (south side) and at various points on the south-east of Elborough Hill. The horizon consists of thickly bedded fine grained, black or grey limestones of the ‘ petit granit’ type, often slightly dolomitized. Throughout the zone silicification is common. At certain levels in the upper part of B and in Z, the fossils are silicified, while nodular and lenticular chert-masses are found in Z1 and in abundance in y, where masses are frequently arranged parallel with the bedding. Certain scars, notably Wringstone Rocks and Purn Hill, owe their prominence to the presence of chert. For the same reason steep strike slopes are found wherever the out- crop of the upper part of y occurs. Syringothyris Zone. C. SURFACE EXTENT. The zone is exposed in every mass in the area. It forms the northern portion of Brean Down, of Uphill, and of Banwell Hill, the greater part of the northern and southern flanks of Bleadon Hill, and most of the southern slopes of Wavering Down. ‘The topmost beds form scars, e.g., White Cliff on Bourton Farm and Crook Peak. The best exposures are to be seen:at Crook Peak, Little Down Quarries, Bleadon Quarry and Uphill Quarry. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS, Although this zone consists mainly of oolite, the rocks show considerable variety of lithological character. ‘The sequence given in descending order is as follows :— (1) Massive thickly bedded very fossiliferous oolites, partly crinoidal and foraminiferal. (2) Massive white oolite in which the bedding planes are often obliterated and which contains few fossils. ‘ ) Oolites partly crinoidal and foraminiferal, with dolomite ands. 80 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. (4) Massive white oolites with few or no fossils. (5) Dolomites over and underlain by slightly dolomitised crinoidal and foraminiferal limestone At a level immediately above (4) the limestone is very hard, largely crinoidal, and is much stained with hematite. It contains Chonetes cf. comoides, Bellerophon and Euomphalus. This band is found wherever the horizon is exposed and forms a useful deter- mining level. It is on the same level as the ‘ Bellerophon-beds’ found elsewhere in the Mendip and Bristol district. It is well seen at the Fort Quarry, Brean Down, the most westerly of the north- eastern quarries of Brean Down, at the Little Down Quarries, Bleadon, and in the quarry at Hutton Combe. ‘These beds rest upon a fine white oolite, which passes down into crinoidal and foraminiferal limestone. The thickness of the lower white oolite is not great and it varies in different parts of the area, thus at Brean Down Point it is thinner than at Hutton Coombe, where it is about 20 feet thick. The dolomite is ill-exposed, but is more fossiliferous at the base, where dolomitization is incomplete, than in the upper portion. Since there is no continuous section of the dolomites, and very few fossils have been found in them the dividing line between Ci and Ce has been placed as in other areas immediately above them. y) VISEAN. Seminula Zone. §. Si or semireticulatus zone. The outcrop of the Seminula zone is limited in extent. The lower beds only are exposed, and these come to the surface on the extreme N.FE. and S.E. corners of Bleadon Hill, on the N.E. of Banwell Hill, and on the $.W. and $.E. of Wavering Down. LITHOLOGICAL CHARACTERS. The rocks exposed consist in the main of massive, thinly bedded limestones, many of which are more or less completely dolomitized. The limestones are mainly fossiliferous and oolitic, but vary considerably in the character of the ooliths. Many of them show pene-contemporaneous brecciation. The oolite which fills the interior of the brachiopods is as might be expected, of a finer character than that of the rest of the rock. This helps to give a characteristic patchy appearance to some of the bands. Where dolomitisation has attacked the rocks it often affects the matrix, but not the ooliths. Again within the patches of finer oolite the matrix is almost undolomitised, though the dolomitisation may be complete in the calcite or aragonite originally enclosing these patches. It is possible that some of these patches may have been of the nature of pebbles (probably soft) formed during the breccia- THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 8l tion of the original bed. Whatever their origin they seem to point to the relatively great resistance of the finer oolites to dolomitiza- tion, a conclusion which seems to be confirmed by the tesult of acid tests on the coarse and fine oolites. There are also bands of fine oolite with a calcite matrix, the grains having sometimes been formed round fragments of foraminifera. Associated with the coarse oolites are china-stones, some- times banded. The development of these is very local, and in some places they are very narrow and soon die out. (b) FAUNAL LISTS AND NOTES, KEY. A = abundant. r = _ rather rare. a@ = very common. R == rare. C = common. 1 = _ one specimen only. c = fairly common. x = at certain levels. FOSSILS. ZONES. K Z C | $s ESSE eae rae (eee PON (aon | eee, | Kel B | Z1| Ze) ¥ | Ca CalSy Zaphrentis delanouet, KE. & H. ... aie ve Rolle Zaphrentis omaliusi, H.& H. ... ae Ree aallaa Zaphvrentis omaliusi vat. densa, Catruthers oe C Zaphrentis konincki, H.& H. ... ae On Alvan Niello Ambplexus coralloides, Sow. eos on se Cl xr Amblexus sp. (small with short septa) ca Cc Amplexus sp. (vermiform) or tak | . Caninia cornucopia, Mich. sath sii ate ACA Caninia cornucopie var. ane oe sa é at base Caninia patula, Mich. ae C Caninia cylindrica Scouler mut. y Vaughan ne Rea R Caninia cylindrica Scouler mut. Sy; Vaughan r Cyathophylium @ Vaughan if R Cyathophyllum Y Vaughan Cc Cyathophyllum QP small form r |e at Carcinophylium mendipense, Sibly ae at Lithostrotion tvregulare (Phill.) Bs Lithostrotion martini, EK. & H. ... e | | a Lithostrotion basaltiforme, Phill. var. bristolense Vaughan Cc Michelinia favosa (Goldf.) sibs seg one oR Michelinia megastoma (Phill.) ae ae Cia Syringopora Vaughan ae Sat CarG Syringopora ci. reticulata, Goldf, ae Car Cane Syringopora cf. distans (Fischer) oe se CAce Camarotaechia mitcheldeanensis, Vaughan ...J A | c top Camarotaechia pleurodon (Phill.) Vaughan... oe Actinoconchus lamellosa (1, Eveillé) ... Aes Actinoconchus planosulcatus (Phill.) ... sista R Cliothyris voyssii (1, Eveillé) —... sisi tee Carer ce tk a CROFT e Chothyris glabristria (Phill.) 82 FOSSILS. Cliothyris cf. glabristria (Phill.) Chiothyris cf. expansa (Dav.) Seminula ambigua (Sow.) Seminula ficoidea, Vaughan Small Athyrids seminuloid in form “ Spirifer aff. clathratus, M’Coy,’”’ Vaughan Spirifer aff. clathvatus var. cf. attenuata, Sow.. Spirifer ? cf. styiatus, Martin Spirviferina berplicata, Nort hai ss2 Spiriferina probably insculpta, North | Syringothyris principalis, North : Syringothyris cuspidata mut. cyrtorhyncha, North Syringothyris cuspidata mut. exoleta, North Tylothyrvis laminosa, M’Coy, mut. North Tylothyris laminosa, M’Coy, emended North as Leptaena analoga (Phill.) Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. K Vaughan _ do. mut. Z Vaughan ... do. mut. C Vaughan ... Reticularia cf. veticulata (M’Coy) te Rhipidomella aff. michelini (1 Eveillé), Schizophoria vesupinata (Mart.) as Productus bassus, Vaughan ate “ Productus cf. martini, Sow,” Vaughan Productus sp. near martini, Sow. : Productus (Pustula) subpustulosus, Thomas Productus cf. semireticulatus, Mart. Productus cf. concinnus, Sow. Productus aff. cova d’Orb. mut. c ! Veughen i Productus aff. cova d’Orb. Productus § Vaughan Productus corrugatus, M’Coy Productus aff. hemisphericus, Sow. ** Chonetes cf. crassistria, M’Coy,”’ Chonetes cf. laguessiana, de Kon. Chonetes cf. havdvensis, Phill. Chonetes aff. papilionacea (Phill.) Chonetes aff. comoides (Sow.) Fenestella spp. . Ihabdomeson spp. Modiola sp. ote Conocardium sp.... Euomphalus sp. ... Pleurotomaria Bellerophon sp. Phillipsia tail... Psephodus tooth... Vau ghan : K Ks CG COO ‘owe! THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. ZONES. y4 fi bs $$$ | — | B Zt] Zsl VY | Cy] CalSe Oo Qo ou Cc top only eC top only R Cc top only Cc c 1 a Cie ty c jeu a ax |ax Care Cre Ca re A Yr a Cc Cx top pa i top 1G Cc Cx Ala ax |ax a a cx cxjax|ax|C ax|ax|Cx]C Cc atl lev’l 1 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 83 HORTHER: NOTHS ON THE FOSSILS. (1) For the following reasons it is considered in this paper that the entry of large Caninids though presumably somewhat earlier than in the Avon section, marks the base of hor. y:— (a) With the exception of the presence of C. paiula and C. cylindrica hor. y is faunally continuous with Zo. (b) C. patula and C. cylindrica have not been found at levels far below Syringopora ct. reticulata, a characteristic y and C, form. (c) The only continuous section of the top of Ze and y is at the N.W. end of Purn Hill, where the exposures are too poor to provide much useful faunal evidence. Horizon y is characterised by the extreme abundance and co-occurrence of Zaphrentis konincht, Zaphrentis omaliusi, Caninia cornucopiae and Canima cylindrica, and by the abundance of Productus (Pustula) subpustulosus. ‘The variety of Caninia cor- nucopiae has steeply sloping tabule and a well-marked fossula. The occurrence of Conocarduim sp. and Spiriferina cf. insculpta is interesting, since they were mentioned by Vaughan as occurring in y in Belgium. (2) The lowest beds of Cy are characterised by the very common occurrence of Chonetes cf. comotdes, Pleuratomaria sp. and Euomphalus sp. and the maximum of Schizophoria resupinata. Zaphrentis koninckt persists into Cg, but is not common. The large Caninias so abundant at the base die out rapidly as the . series is ascended, in a manner which suggests that the cause is the shallowing of the sea and the resulting change in conditions. (3) The most interesting points in the fauna of the C2 beds are the presence of Bellerophon and other large gastropods in the middle portion and the incoming of Viséan forms at the top. Cyathophyllum g is represented by small forms in the lower beds. Productus cf. concinnus and Productus aff. cora occur in the middle beds and soon become common. Productus @ enters near the top, where also Productus corrugatus occuts very sparingly. Seminula ambigua, Cliothyris ci. expansa, Camarotaechia pleurodon, Carcinophyllum mendtrpense, and Lithostrotion cf. wregulare all enter at the top, rendering the C-S division somewhat artificial. DESCRIPTION OF THE BEST EXPOSURES. In order to avoid unnecessary repetition only special points of interest will be described. Purn Hill. Uphill Quarry to Walborough. Brean Down. Little Down Quarries, Bleadon. Cross. Bleadon and Uphill Station Quarry. Hutton Coombe. Seo et So 84 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 1) PuRN aaa. Purn Hill shows a series of exposures in which it is possible to examine almost every bed from the top of Ze. to the lowest beds of Ce On the western face of the hill the limestones, particularly when cherty, form prominent scars, probably remnants of old sea cliffs. The rocks are mainly highly crinoidal limestones and provide an excellent collecting ground, although the fossils do not show up well either on the weathered or on freshly broken rock surfaces. In the quarries by the road there is a considerable amount of faulting, but the throw of these faults is very small. Good specimens of Chonetes cf. comoides and Schizophoria vesupinata can be obtained from the road quarries. 2. UPpuHiILL CUTTING TO WALBOROUGH. Uphill Quarry is the best exposure of lower C and the top of hor. y in the area, and shows the following section :— Dolomitised limestone with shattered bands 47 ft. Ca Light grey limestone, crinoidal and fossi- liferous ee sf He .. AA ft. y Crinoidal limestone (Petit granit) A vas OTE 167 it: Part of the quarry south of the engine shed shows hor. y in which Canina cylindrica mut. y, Caninia cornucopiae and Michelimia megastoma ate abundant and stand out with diagrammatic dis- tinctness. The shattering referred to by Prof. Reynolds of the rocks in the northern part of the quarry is confined to certain beds in the dolomites. These bands are almost unfossiliferous, and they show a marked regularity in their occurrence, which gives this end of the quarry a striped appearance. ‘The shattering is probably due to earth movement subsequent to the deposition of the rocks, but may be contemporaneous with their deposition. Immediately south of the quarry is a very small gully, produced by a strike fault which repeats about 100 feet of the rocks exposed in the quarry. On the S. side of this gully the rocks, which have been dipping in the quarry at an angle of about 25°, are turned almost on end. A high dip is maintained for some distance §., but it becomes less on approaching Walborough. ‘The exposures are not very good owing to the weathered state of the rocks, but sufficient fossil evidence has been obtained to show that these beds belong to y and not to Z,, as has formerly been stated. Horizon y with abundant Caninia cylindrica is exposed at Walborough. I saflu Yystsuy :aleos ) AQ eur suojye dew ssoise UO0l}D9G wydaq (9) sop ysysuq | | 0 eS K KZ ee eee Ge ae d \ ES 3 X 0 WWE. SESE BPTI SSIES ARIS sh TT ss vy loo9 J dq 399 J Jay eu suoje deur ssoise uoly9¢ ItH vopeerg (®) "SUOT}PIIG [EyUOZTIOLY Il ‘BIJ Aye herarny Aye oY 5, POPs One THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 85 3. BREAN DOWN. The quarries on Brean Down and the southern shore have already been described very completely by Prof. Reynolds and there is little to add here. ‘The exposures east of the fort in rocks below those of Fort Quarry show the same development of dolomites, crinoidal limestones and oolites as is met elsewhere at the same horizon. On the southern side of the Down shattered dolomites, similar to those at Uphill, are seen where the blown sand against the face ends. Patches of breccia on the face of the cliff are pre- sumably fault breccia. The cliffs on the south of the Down are horizon y, but the greater portion of the Down lies in C, and Cp. Syringopora ct. distans (Fischer) is found in the Fort Quarry (Co), ie., at a lower level than elsewhere in the area. 4. LITTLE DOWN QUARRIES, BLEADON. In the Little Down Quarries 210 feet of the upper part of Ce is finely exposed. The small quarry, now occupied by a cottage, to the S. of the main quarry, is in $j, and has in its upper part bands crowded with Productus aff. cora. ‘The following table gives the lithological succession :— White oolite .. .. 96 ft. Limestone, oolitic crinoidal, fotummeral Co and partly dolomitised ae .. 49 ft. Oolite:-.. an i? ou: a sia cd0Ete Dolomite ks; eS, we bs ws GUO hte 210 ft. The white oolite is similar to that on the same horizon at Burrington!. The quarry is riddled with pipes containing Triassic material and often lined with calcite crystals. 5. CROSS QUARRY. This quarry lies just north of the Bridgewater road, about a mile due east of Axbridge. It shows about 58 feet of $1 on which rest, in the eastern part of the quarry, about 15 feet of Dolomitic Conglomerate. ‘The following table shows the succession :— Oolite showing penecontemporaneous brecciation ce tat Ou Oolite showing — penecontemporaneous brecciation with china stones oe om tbe Dolomite containing Ss a ia OTE: Si Fine oolite .. ; & Ae Sit: Dolomite ind See har iu, Oolite showing penecontemporaneous brecciation ot es ie sy, 50) Ee Dolomitised limestone a3 rae en de dt. 56 ft. 1. See Burrington paper, pp. 348 and 369, 86 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. China stones are thin and non-persistent. The oolite with which they are associated shows penecontemporaneous brecciation. At certain levels there are Chonetes and Productus bands, and in the middle of the series is a bed containing abundant Euomphalus and Pleurotomaria. All the fossils with the exception of Lithostrotion basaltiforme mentioned in this paper as characteristic of S, have been found in this quarry. In the mass of Dolomitic Conglomerate on the east side the lower beds are of the usual type, but the upper ones are coarse and contain large blocks of oolitic limestone surrounded by red marl. 6. BLEADON AND UPHILL, STATION QUARRY. This quarry is in many ways the most interesting in the area, showing as it does post-Triassic faulting and an exposure of volcanic rocks. The Great Western Railway main line has been cut through the quarry leaving a small portion containing the volcanic ex- posures on the western side. The eastern part of the quarry shows no volcanic rock. The limestones form a syncline, dipping northward on the southern side of the quarry, and sloping upward to the post-Triassic fault which brings the Iias and Keuper down on the northern side. The cutting to the north shows a series of Red and Tea Green Marls and succeeded non-sequentially by the Lower Lias}. 1. Hurron CoomMBe. The quarry in Hutton Coombe shows a level in Cg, including the Gastropod beds and the Cz beds below it. ‘The Cy dolomites are for the most part overgrown, but the topmost beds are fairly well exposed. The white oolite immediately underneath the Gastropod beds is almost entirely unfossiliferous and fossils are scarce in the more foraminiferal limestones below. The beds are dipping at a high angle of 50°—60° S.S.W. and striking N.N.E. (V.) LIST (OP (THE EXPOSURE >: (Small holes dug for stone walls, and all very small exposures are omitted). 6in. Ordnance K ZONE. Horizon. Survey sheet Old well in field S. of Barton Drove and N. of Broad Knoll) 1.2 Ko XVI | oe: Hillside exposure, Shute Shelve vest of railway) Bs ei A} i y 1. L. Richardson, Q.J.G.S., vol. xlvii. (1911) p. 55. THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 87 Horizon. Railway cutting, Shute Shelve Cutting in road (east of railway) .. Z ZONE (including hor. 6 and hor. y). North Side. Hillside exposure on Elborough Hill im- mediately N. of Christon Plantation Quarry in Hutton Coombe $.E. of Yew Tree Cottage and E. of the road Ditto (west of the road) .. Quarry in Hutton Coombe W. of Canada Neher) eae Hillside exposure S. of Roman road and S. of Christon Plantation Roadside exposure S.E. of Christon Plan- tabion .. Small cave in mode Ss. of eamrell Womu- Ment... Quarries on Bleadon Hill, ‘S of ‘Roman road Quarries on G. W.R. main line N. of Blea- don and Uphill station Uphill quarry and Walborough Shore exposure S. of Brean Down South side. Small quarry by road S. of Bleadon and Uphill station .. gx Purn Hill : Ravine in Hellenge Acte, Bleadon Pathside exposure on Bleadon Hill, near Christon Quarry N. of Crook Peak « on n Webbington road a8 Wringstone Rocks Old Me in field §. of Barton Drove and N. ot Broad Knoll -. Old quarry on Hill Farm, S. of Winscombe C ZONE. North side. Quarries on Banwell Hill, N.-W. of Ban- well Castle Old quarry W. of Plantation House, Ban- well Cutting on Banwell toad S. of Caves Farm 3) 9) 6in. Ordnance Survey sheet 9) 99 y SVL NAW : XVI. NE ‘ | NW. XVI. SE. Ze SaNOt wy) ws, ” Zy +>3 eae) Li &ls, XVI SW is es S.E pb +9 23 p 2? ”? Cs XVII N.E N.W. 88 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 6in. Ordnance Horizon. Survey sheet Small quarry W. of Higher Leaze : : Quarry in Hutton Coombe and sides of coombe .. m8 th we Cpreenea * a Quarries N. of Lower Ganda Re ans Co i Ny Hillside exposures S. of Hutton quarry .. ) vi 4 Old quarry near Uphill Farm... Cy SOV Ds aN, Exposures on yea road N. of St. Nicholas’ Church 3) 223 9?) Uphill quarry ; a 3 si Rf Quarries on EF. & N. E. of Brean Down - u 8 ce Old quarry near Fort, Brean Down Ay Co 3 i Cliffs around Brean Down ay se, Coes ys a South side. Quarries S: of Purn Hill By Ly Cy VEY SB, Ravine in Hellenge Acre, Bleadon 5 As He ah Cutting and quarry, Wonderstone re x it Ps Old quarry on Manor Farm, Shiplate .. Co XVII. S.W. Old quarry behind School, Loxton ME ,, (EOD Wie a Old quarry N. of Manor Farm, Loxton .. ed ae i Old quarry by side of path, N.-W. of Lox- tom quatries -... Cy 7 i Top of Crook Peak, and S. sides of the hill eure Co An ay Hillside exposures 0 on iS flanks of Waver- ing Down * o. Ca SCs " S.E. White Cliff on Bounten Farm ne Co * Ne Fore Cliff and Yew Tree Cliff (N. of Cross) 2 i 83 S ZONE. North side, Old quarry E. of Banwell Wood .. Si XVIL. NUE: Old quarry on path from Elborough Baa a XV 1 NW: Cutting on road N.W. of Elborough Wood 4 bi Old quarry S.W. of St. Mary’s, Hutton .. us me me South side. Old quarry E. of Shiplate House .. , XVII. S.W. Quarries and hillside exposures on road S. of Crook Peak a Ae om a i ne Denny’s Hole bel sas ny i. sh S.E. Quarry N. of reservoir at Cross .. ies ‘ * " Roadside exposures, Post Office, Cross .. ° Be 3 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 89 VI. COMPARISON OF THE AVONIAN OF THE WESTERN MENDIPS with (a) THE AVON SECTION, (b) THE BURRINGTON SECTION. (a) THE AVON SECTION. Dr. T. F. Sibly has compared the Avonian of the Mendips with that of the Avon, having regard more especially to the paleontological sequence. The work carried out in the Western Mendips confirms his observations and conclusions, though detailed mapping shows the levels of the Hutton Coombe district to be somewhat higher than he supposed. Only special points therefore need be mentioned here. Cleistopora Zone—Kgy subzone. The lithological characters are similar to those of the Avon Section, but dolomitizaticn is more general and silicification is more frequent. ZLaphrentis Zone. Lithologically and paleontologically similar to the Avon Section and others in the South-west Province. Silicification is again more prevalent than in the Avon Section, being common in Z 4, occurring occasionally in Z, and abundantly in y in the West Mendips, while in the Avon Section cherts are found only in Z. Other evidence that the conditions of deposition were not absolutely identical is found in the greatly increased thickness of this zone (due to the tremendous increase in thickness in y). Points of interest regarding the fossils fourd in the Z beds of the Western Mendips are the following :—(1) the occurrence of a small Amplexus in 6B; (2) the abundance of Productus (Pustula) subpustulosus, of Cammia cornucopie and its variety with steeply sloping tabule in y; (3) the common occurrence of Zaphrentis densa in y. Syringothyris Zone. In common with the rest of the Mendip area this zone shows less dolomitization in the lower part than is seen in the Avon Section, while the Caninia dolomites of the Avon are represented by a series of oolitic and foraminiferal limestones with subsidiary bands of dolomite or slightly dolomitised limestones. Oolites occur on the same horizon as the Canimia oolites of the Avon. Though china-stones have been found at Broadfield Down, 10 miles to the N.-E., and calcite mud-stones in the Avon Section at the top of Ce, neither has been found in C2 of the W. Mendips, typical lagoon phase conditions being absent. 90 THE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. Seminula Zone—S, subzone. In the W. Mendips, oolites sometimes showing penecontem- poraneous brecciation, with subsidiary bands of dolomite and a small and local development of china-stones occur on the same horizon as the calcite mud-stones, china-stones and dolomitized limestones of the Avon. It is evident that lagoon phase conditions extended to the area, but were established later and less com- pletely than in the Avon Section. Oolite bands sometimes pass laterally into china-stones. Dr. Sibly in discussing the relative acceleration of the Mendip coral fauna, as compared with the brachiopods, gives a list of corals which appear at lower levels in the Mendips than in the Avon Section!. To this list may be added Syringopora cf. distans low in Ce, Lithostrotion basaltiforme at the base of S,, and L. irregulare at the top of Cg. (b) THE BURRINGTON SECTION. As might be expected the lithological and paleontological characters in the Western Mendips are very similar to those of Burrington, in fact to a large extent identical, so points of difference only will be noted here. Cleistopora—K 9 zone. Siliceous rocks and dolomitised limestones, while present in the Western Mendips area, have not been recorded at Burrington. This can probably be accounted for by the incompleteness of the exposures there. Zaphrentis Zone. Some chert occurs in Z,g in the Western Mendips, but it is by no means characteristic of the subzone. The development of chert elsewhere in the zone is similar to that of Burrington. Spirifer aff. clathratus is common in Z», in the Western Mendips, but not at Burrington. Pyvroductus (Pustula) subpustulosus is abundant throughout y in the Western Mendips, but common only at one level at Burrington. Pvoductus cf. semireticulatus, on the other hand, is common at Burrington, but not in the Western Mendips. Syringothyris Zone. The most important differences lie in the greater amount of dolomitisation in the zone, and the more varied fauna at the top in the Western Mendips; thus Caninia cylindrica mut. $1, Camaratechia pleurodon, Syringothyris cuspidata mut. exoleta occur in addition to the white oolite fauna of Burrington. Seminula Zone—S, subzone. The portion exposed is similar in type to the Burrington Section, except that china-stones present in the Western Mendips are not recorded at Burrington. 1. Q.J.G.S., vol. 62§(1906) p. 355. t t eo Sng Seca? FR, ‘ied | | «iil Weston Bay yeaa A e * f ROO nh ieee ages Te apt RE 10) 50 2A] Walborough .. 8 Line of Section &Y Bridgewater Bay Scale of Miles ee Eee oes es y) ES hi, oS Sen: N eS os fj tion > Line of Sec Alluvium. 4Secondary Rocks. Carboniferous { Limestone. }O/d Red Sandstone. Ao Tai — =Christon Wee REX oS a EERE Ne os S = ia RS OX x3 \ 20° Indicates Direction and Angle of Dip Poh Pauit. Fl.--F’ Probable Fault. Other signs are those used on the Ordnance Survey maps. we ay om ——_— 1 Pia aa fom! = ? = o 400~-—> 7 a oo . ‘ F ri i : 1 —_— { one : = = i fi oe ES 7 < i : om i f j —25 fo... 4 J Se : a i E: Weston Bridgewater Bay Bay Line of Section 3 Scale of Miles ae ty IN ad ie fom — AAD ae 4 00 | v 1,9, Denny’s=Hole*—>. Bees > OIE —w_ By condary Rocks. ¥ 20° Indicates Direction and Angle of Dip Rl farboniferous FOF Fault. imestone, F.=--F’ Probable Fault. I 2 3 , (0) | Other signs are those used Old Red Sandstone. on the Ordnance Survey maps. ; ig t e $ # ay Jp gs il Soda tah as eA a csc UNS teers aitea asin aa wo LRN NON OMe Trae giao tsnbepomee HE AVONIAN OF CHEDDAR VALLEY TO THE SEA. 91 CONCLUSIONS. (1) The detailed study of this small area of the Mendip country affords a further proof of the applicability of Vaughan’s zonal classification of the Carboniferous Limestone. (2) The conclusions arrived at by Dr. T. F. Sibly and stated in the summary of his Mendip paper have been confirmed. (3) Comparison with the Avon and Burrington Sections show the following similarities and contrasts :— — | (a) With the exception of the Cy S, beds an essentially similar lithological sequence occurs. (b) The lagoon phase conditions of $; in the Avon Section are met with in the Western Mendips, but were not completely established there. (4) Ke, B and Zj,, hitherto unrecorded from the area, have been proved to be exposed. (5) Conocardium1 and Spiriferina, probably an early form of S. insculpta, have been recorded from a level low in y, and Cyathophyllum 62 from the lowest beds of Cy. 1 Conocardium has been recorded from y of Belgium, but not previously from the Bristol area. 2 Cyathophyllum 6 has been previously recorded only from y in the Mendips. In making the above comparisons and arriving at the con- clusions stated, the following papers have been used :— A. Vaughan.—‘‘ The Paleontological Sequence in the Carboniferous Limestone of the Bristol Area.’ Q.J.G.S., vol. xi. (1905). T. F. Silby.—‘‘ The Carboniferous Limestone (Avonian) of the Mendip Area,” ibid. vol. lxii. (1906). A Vaughan.—‘‘ The Avonian of the Avon Gorge,’ Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 1906. S. H. Reynolds and A. Vaughan.—‘‘ The Avonian of Burrington Contbe,”. O.J.G.S., vol. Ixvii, (1911). 9. H. Reynolds.—‘‘ The Lithological Succession of the Carboniferous Limestone (Avonian) of the Avon Section at Clifton,” ibid. vol. Ixxvii. (1921). In conclusion I should like to thank Professor S$. H. Reynolds and Dr. Stanley Smith, the former for his help and advice at times which could not always have been convenient, in all matters relating to the work, the latter for his help in the field and with the palzeonto- logical details, and both for their kindly criticisms and sug- gestions in the preparation of the manuscript and for the encourage- ment they have given me. I must also thank Dr. F. S. Wallis for help of a similar kind. For naming some of my specimens my thanks are due to Miss H. M. Wood, M.Sc., Dr. F. J. North and Dr. Stanley Smith. I am also indebted to Mrs. Whitby, T. Bisdee, Esq., and others, who have very kindly allowed me to examine exposures in private grounds. 92 The Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous Limestone of the Portishead-Clevedon Area. By S. H. REyYNo.ips, M.A., Sc.D., F.G.S., and E. GREENLy, D.Sc., F.G.S. |e a communication read before the Geological Society of London an account is given of the geological structure of the Portis- head—Clevedon area, but details as to the exposures are in the main omitted. They are given in the present paper. I. THE PORTISHEAD AREA AND THE RIDGE VEE OM PORTISHEAD TO LADYE BAY, CLEVEDON (Ss Bu): OLD RED SANDSTONE. These rocks are exposed at intervals all along the coast from Ladye Bay, Clevedon, to Woodhill Bay, Portishead. Of the inland exposures on Weston and Portishead Downs attention may be drawn to one in a small quarry west of Farley, and to others about midway between Charlcomb Wood and Weston Lodge, also to one by the Down road } mile east of Hollywood Lodge. Old Red Sandstone is seen near the top of both the Fore Hill Lanes, and in the old quarry at Portishead station, and is well exposed in the grounds at Fircliff, Woodhill. The best section is that behind the factory at Portishead Pier station, the details of which are given in the next paragraph. CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE SERIES. Km. By far the best section of these beds is in the old quarry at Portishead Pier station. The succession is :— Ft. Ins. Bryozoa-bed red crinoidal limestone to top of section .. 18 0 Red calcareous sandstone, sandy ‘limestone and shale) 4/2: 25 0 Massive, red, highly ‘ferruginous ‘limestone with crinoids, ostracods and ill-preserved lamel- Km libranchs va) meena 50ft.3in. | Red calcareous sandstone and sandy shale pera | | ig Red sandy limestone ! 1 0 Red calcareous sandstone and sandy shale, mostly in thin bands .. a ne a oot eG Massive red sandstone... 4 0 Shale with thin sandstone bands, “ill exposed . 16 0 Old Red |Massive red sandstone .. 8 0 Sand-— / Highly fissile, thin-bedded micaceous sandstone 140 stone | Massive thick-bedded red sandstone .. 2 Sb @ 154 ft. Gap, no exposures, about .. : 60 0 Red and yellow sandstones and shale, somewhat disturbed A be .s ie HE E2080 OLD RED SANDSTONE, ETC., PORTISHEAD-CLEVEDON AREA. 93 BryozoA BED.—This is seen at the following points :— ). Inthe old quarry at Portishead Pier Station ). Forming the small cliff at the southern end of the shore section to the south of Battery Point. (3). In the section at the northern end of the road round the Marine Lake. Here the rocks are intensely disturbed. Part of this section is repeated at the northern end of the Esplanade. (4). In the small quarry at the Knoll, where there are signs of disturbance and slickensiding. (5). Of the three little old quarries on the eastern slopes of Woodhill, south of Royal Terrace the two northerly ones are in the Bryozoa bed, which in the most northerly is folded into a sharp anticline. The rocks are now very ill exposed. (6). There is a small exposure of red limestone, probably Bryozoa bed, at the bend of the road near the top of St. Mary’s Lane. (7). The small quarry standing back from the road, near the top of Nightingale Valley, shows 8 feet of Bryozoa bed— red highly crinoidal current bedded limestone. (x). At the west end of Lawn Ripple, Bank Hill. K,. The most southerly of the Woodhill quarries is in Kj, fairly massive limestone partly dolomitized, from which a normal series of K, fossils has been obtained. The base of Ky, including the ‘‘ palate bed’’ with Psephodus laevissimus, was formerly ex- posed above the Bryozoa bed in the most northerly quarry. Another exposure of the K, beds is in the small roadside quarry near the top of Nightingale Valley, where 5 feet of very fossiliferous, rather thin-bedded, grey limestone with shaly partings overlie the Bryozoa bed.: Several specimens of Cleistopora were found here. There are small exposures of K, near the western end of Lawn Ripple. K., The well-known section to the south of Battery Point is in Ky. It is briefly described by Vaughan (Q.J.G.S., vol. 61 (1905), pp. 228-230). He records a considerable list of fossils. Abundant Kg fossils were collected from a hillside exposure and debris about } of a mile W.-S.-W. of Capenore Court. The upper part of Kg is exposed in the Walton Castle section. B and Z,. The exposures at Eastwood, Portishead, are on this horizon. The best are :— (1). Inanold quarry by the road above Portishead Pier station, where the rocks dip 40 N.-W. (2). In an old quarry west of Royal Terrace, where the rocks are practically vertical. (3). I have a record of a visit with Vaughan in June, 1905, to a section of 6 and Z,, which was then visible at the bend of the road east of Battery Point. (1 (2 94 OLD RED SANDSTONE, ETC., PORTISHEAD-CLEVEDON AREA. (4). There is a fine section of B and Z, at Battery Point and along the shore to the east. The fossils show much beekitization. é Fore Hill Quarry affords a fine section of B and Z,, the lower beds being noticeable for the very large amount of chert present. The same type of limestone with silicified crinoids is ill-exposed on the hillside to the north-west of St. Mary’s Well. B and Z, containing the usual fossils are ill-seen in exposures by the side of the road leading up to Nightingale Valley, and Z, is expesed on the hillside below Manor Farm. Plumley’s quarry, Walton-in-Gordano, affords a good section of Band Z,. The lower beds are very fossiliferous, the fossils being much beekitized. The upper beds, which are partly dolomitized, contain much chert. The beds are a good deal disturbed and show folding and probably overthrusting. The scarp of Castle Hill overlooking the golf course is formed of Z,, and there is a good section of B and Z, between the Farm and the Castle. Ze and y. The best sections of these rocks are those in the Weston Big Wood Quarries. Vaughan (op. cit., p. 230) gives a list of fossils from this locality. In the eastern quarry now in work a thickness of over 200 feet is seen, in the western quarry only about 110 feet. The rocks are throughout massive crinoidal limestone, largely dolomitized and highly fossiliferous. The rocks are vertical or overfolded to the north-west, in part of the western quarry to as much as 20°. The same rocks are seen in small excavations recently re- opened and enlarged just north of the large quarry at the lower end of Nightingale Valley. They are again well exposed in the small quarry at Walton-in-Gordano and in the crags above the. road north of the quarry. In all these exposures the rocks consist of the usual highly fossiliferous dark dolomitized crinoidal lime- stone. C, Laminosa dolomite. ‘The best section of this horizon is at the large quarry near the southern end of Nightingale Valley. The big bedding plane forming the northern wall of the quarry may be taken as the top of the Laminosa dolomite, and a section chiefly consisting of rather massive red dolomite is poorly exposed in the approach to the quarry. There are poor exposures of Laminosa dolomite in Holly Lane. C, Caninia-Oolite. This is well seen in the quarry at th€ bottom of Nightingale Valley, where a thickness of about 95 feet isseen. ‘The upper beds, which show well-marked current bedding, are traversed by close-set parallel joints at right angles to the bedding. At about 25 feet from the base is a band full of Orthotetes crenistria1 and crinoids. Small ill-preserved brachiopods 1. Vaughan (op. cit., p. 230) records Orthotetes and Chonetes as abundant at the base of the Caninia oolite. OLD RED SANDSTONE, ETC., PORTISHEAD-CLEVEDON AREA. 95 are common in the overlying limestone for a thickness of about 20 feet. There are many small exposures of the Canimnia oolite in Weston Big Wood, and in the woods which fringe the Down from Weston-in-Gordano to Walton Castle. The Holly Lane Quarries are in Canimia oolite much shattered. Cy Caninia dolomite. The highest beds exposed in the old quarry at the bottom of Nightingale Valley are Canima dolomite. Coal Measures (Pennant) red or grey micaceous sandstone or grit. These rocks are only seen along the northern shore. The largest exposure is north of the Royal Hotel, Portishead. Three small patches appear through the Trias on the shore near Eastwood and Woodside. Il. THE CLEVEDON AREA (E.G). OLD RED SANDSTONE. This formation consists mainly of red micaceous sandstone often rather pale, and frequently false-bedded ; alternating with more deeply coloured red and green-mottled mud-stones, locally calcareous. A well-defined corn-stone is exposed in a shallow cave just beyond Ladye Point. In the sandstones there are pebbly bands, whose pebbles (rarely exceeding an inch in diameter), include venous quartz, quartzite, and red jasper, all of which might have been derived from the Mona Complex. The formation is seen for a few yards at the north end of Clevedon Beach close to the Pier, but the best section, which is about 100 feet in height, is at Ladye Bay. There is also an inland section behind Severncliffe. The zone of passage to the Carboniferous rocks does not appear to be exposed. Even at Clevedon Beach, as the strike of the Old Red Sandstone diverges from that of the adjacent K-beds at an angle of some 20°, the passage must be cut out by a small fault. THE CARBONIFEROUS LIMESTONE. As the K-beds, owing to their crumbly character, are apt to elude observation, it will be useful to record even small and poor exposures of them.* Beginning at Walton, they are well exposed for a few yards at the corner of Hillside Road, 90 yards north of St. Mary’s Church, and on the roadside bluff 100 yards west of the Church, while crumbling shale can be detected in the upper banks of the churchyard, near a spring which is evidently thrown out by them. They have been reported in the hotel garden (Walton Gar- dens),and along Argyle Road,as wellas to the north of the Rectory. Green shales can also be detected just at the base of the Triassic rocks near B.M. 147-7 in Park Lodge Lane, as well as at the adjacent pond. Where the foundations of the Franciscan Friary have been * For the coast-sections see Proc. B.N.S., 4th Ser., vol. v., pp. 138-9. It may be added, however, that Prof. Re ynolds has found that the landing stage on Clevedon Beach is built upon the outcrop of the Bryozoa bed. 96 OLD RED SANDSTONE, ETC., PORTISHEAD-CLEVEDON AREA. cut back through the Triassic beds into the hill they may be seen tolerably well at the back of the buildings. Finally they reappear from below the Trias in the floor of Stancliff old quarry, and at a small but interesting exposure on the path at the south endof that quarry, where they can be seen dipping south-eastward at high angles, with their upturned edges roofed by the Triassic dolomite. The existence of Clevedon Bay, and of the closely-built-over hollow behind it, are due to the easy erosion of the K-beds. The Z-beds, highly fossiliferous limestone, usually rather massive, and irregular upon the bedding planes, rise above the K-beds of the Beach in a sharp escarpment some 40 feet in height, which, running-on inland, enabled me to trace their boundary along Sea Vale Road, and (with less accuracy) under Bellevue Road as far as the Hill Road Crag disturbance. ‘They are well seen on the Hill Road Crag itself, from Newton House to where it overlooks the Alexandra Gardens, also on the road along the Crag’s brow, and on the escarpment of Dial Hill as far as Old Park House. In Channel Road there is an excellent section in the Rectory Garden, extremely rich in brachiopoda, and another (not so good) in the stable-yard opposite. At the back of Stancliff House they again rise above the K-beds in a low but sharp escarpment, which can be traced all the way to the Ladye Bay fault. On the other line of strike ; they are finely seen on both sides of East Clevedon Gap, and can be traced by their debris north-west of ‘‘ The Arches ’’ House. Reappearing beyond the Trias of the Fir Wood, they are well seen in the grounds of Mount Elton (in the drive of which they are some- what sharply folded), and of some of the houses to the west. There are good roadside sections in the steep curve of Park Road, also between Christchurch and the passage-bed crag of Highdale Avenue. A quarter of a mile further on there is a good section at the house called ‘‘ The Quarry’’ in Jesmond Road; beyond which are the fine sections on the Old Church Headland, as described by Vaughan. The Laminosa Dolomites are, normally, fine, grey, saccharoid rocks (sometimes with a very faint rosy tinge). The beds appear on the Hill Road Crag at Newton House, and are seen on the road above the crag on either side of Hallam Hall. Thence they can be traced as far as Holly Lane, and roughly separated from the adjacent outcrops of the Z- beds and the oolite, by means of weathered rubble in ploughed land. The rocks are well seen on the brow above the thickets just before descending into Holly Lane and along the southern cuttings of the lane. Along the southern line of outcrop; they can be traced down through the — steep woods on the eastern side of East Clevedon Gap to near the Court Farm, and, beyond the Gap, round the steep dip-slope south-east of “‘ The Arches’’ House. ‘They reappear in the southern grounds of Mount Elton and on the dip-slopes of Highdale Hill, in the Avenue section, and on the steep road near the School. Hang- stone quarry is a steep dip-slope section, and there is a similar OLD RED SANDSTONE, ETC., PORTISHEAD-CLEVEDON AREA. 97 though much smaller one in the grounds of Clevedon Hall, after which they are seen again at a small outlier on the dip-slope of the Church Hill, where the junction section is described by Vaughan. The Caninia-Oolite is conspicuous on the Hill Road Crag behind Hampton House and is well seen on the open ground above, where its highest beds are softer and somewhat darker than usual, though the Caninia-Dolomites have not been observed here. A long old quarry at Hillcote, and some poor exposures towards Hillside Lodge bring us on to the wooded crag under Woodside, on which, and along the steep dip-slope of Bennet’s Ripple, there is almost continuous exposure all the way to the great quarries of Holly Lane, where there are signs of thrusting, and an extra- ordinary development of calcite veins. In the eastern quarry there is a fossiliferous band which cannot be far from the base, and both quarries have now been cut back to beds which appear to be the top of the underlying dolomites, though only for a few yards. There is also a fine crag in Bella Vista Woods. ‘Triassic denudation has reduced the oolite on the southern outcrop to three masses, all of which are outliers on a steep dip-slope. The first, nearly overstepped by Triassic conglomerate, is at the Court Farm and in the adjacent woods ; the next, above East Clevedon crosstoads, is exposed in Coombe Hill behind the cottages, and in the grounds higher up. The third is first seen in the cellar of Mr. Turner’s house in Highdale Avenue, then in the Avenue itself, and among the cottages lower down, with a final good roadside cutting in the steep street close to Clevedon Triangle. Every- where the rock is characteristically massive, but the true bedding planes may often be detected by means of a regular interbanding of slightly differing oolitic texture. A massive limestone which occurs on the Hill Road Crag and on the Dial Hill outlier appears to be a modification of this oolite which is produced in the vicinity of disturbances. + THE COAL MEASURES. These are usually referred to the ‘‘ Pennant’’ division of the group. They are highly false-bedded medium-grained sand- stones of a clear grey tint where unstained, with abundant flakes of carbon and with some pebbles here and there (mainly of vein- quartz with a few of quartzite). Obscure plant-remains are not uncommon. The best exposure (just outside the mapped area) is at the large quarries of Conygar, but the rocks are well seen on the escarpment and at the north end of Court Hill crags and again in Bella Vista Woods. There is also a quarry close to Park Cottage, whence the rapidly narrowing outcrop is traceable by weathered tubble in ploughed land to its disappearance near the lower-level reservoir. + For the overlying ‘‘china-stone”’ of the Caninia Dolomite see Pree. B.N.S. 4th ser., vol. v., p. 139. T. O. ELWORTHY & SON Printers and Stationers NEWMARKET AVENUE BROAD STREET, BRISTOL Price Four SHILLINGs. _ ANNUAL REPORT PROCEEDINGS Meet oe). ae OF THE A 1 é 9 eg A NS a if { il | ‘BRISTOL. . PRINTED. FOR THE SOCIETY. Dart hides 2 4 _MCMXxXv. ibe eee eee HOURTEH, SERIES, VOL. V1., Part II., 1924. PRICE Four SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. BRISEBOL: PRINDE DS POR: DHE SOCIETY. MCMXXV. eas We idle TABLE OF CONTENTS. HOUR “SE RINS.”: VOL. VI., (PART IL. (1924). PAGE Officers for 1924 oa eh high ae at 22 N02 Officers of Sections for 1924 wa ae ay aya ane Be GLOZ List of Members ot. ne ue ce ath i vet ee slOS Honorary Members ... wh ae a ihe om be we LOSES Report of Council _... iat baat sh. ee oe ae OG ireasurer’s) Xkeport ... me at at ae any W. oe LOW, Librarians’ Report... 3 ies on ae ie sara ee LOS Report of Entomological Section se ahs i hte ae ee elOS Report of Geological Section af wate as Sin a: weer ee Report of Ornithological Section ... ae och wr Wore oe ele Account of the Annual and General Meetings ... ay as ee ANZ, The Diamond Jubilee of the Entomological Section ... ee ee “ Adaptation in Plants and Animals,”’ 2 the President, Prof. OG? Darbishire Aap : ihe aha “The Aculeate Peter of Cteesenie and Poet by ieee Perkins, FUR.S. a e. ws, SS * Recent. Earthquakes,’’ by T. V. T. Baxter, M.A., B. Se. ee eae s) “The Apterygota of the South-West of sig oe ve Part etly soy JE Womersley sash . : testa! OG “ Bristol Botany in 1924,” a Tas Wee White, ob Te. S. sae Ree ee ke: “Old Red Sandstone at St. Monica’s, Durdham Down,” by F. S. Wallis;; Ph.D. .... ae ae se oe bce LS, For information concerning the Bristol Naturalists’ Society generally, or concerning its meetings, please apply to the present Hon. Secretary and Editor :— Miss IDA M. Roper, 4, WooDFIELD ROAD, REDLAND, BRISTOL. All Books, Pamphlets, Reports of Proceedings sent by way of exchange, gift or otherwise, and all correspondence relating thereto should be addressed to :— Hon. LIBRARIAN, BRISTOL NAT. SOC., THE Musreum, BrRIsrot. 102 OFFICERS FOR 1924. President : Prof. ©. V. DARBISHIRE, (Ph.D, (Rages: Past Presidents : Dr... C.; Luova MorGAN, LED. °F:RS. 3 Grae Prot; SYDNEY YOUNG: D.Sc; Fakes: A.’ Bu. Prowse. .M.D.) EURCS, Ck Rupee, LE RiGee Rees. Jo W.. WHITE, FoLS; Miss. Ipa M. Roper, -£.L.S. Sin VRNEST Cook, ESE, H. WOMERSLEY. Vice-Presidents : Sin ERNEST Cook, D:Se-. J. W. TutcHer. Council : T. CHARBONNIER C. HUNTER J. RAFTER F. W. Evens Dr. M. NIERENSTEIN Mrs. VAUGHAN ib. GA J. V. PEARMAN DSC. HOM ARETON Hon. Treasurer : W. A. SmitH, M.A., M.B., 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton. Hon. Auditors : Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. CHARLES BARTLETT, A.C.A. Hon. Secrstary and Editor : Miss Ipa M. Roper, F.L.S., 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol. Hon. Reporting Secretary : W. GRIFFITHS. Hon. Librarian : KB. PROWSE, VIDS ERC. Miss I. M. Roper, F.L.S., Hon. Sub-Librarian. Officers of Sections. Entomological : President—G. C. GriFFiTuHs, F.E.S., 3, Leigh Road, Clifton. Secretary—CHARLES BarTLETT, 8, Woodhill, Portishead, Somerset. Geological : President—S. H. REyNotps, M.A., Sc.D., F.G.S., The University, Bristol. Secretary—F. S. WaL.tis, Ph.D., F.G.S., 15, Ravenswood Road, Redland. Ornithological : President—Prof. C. LLtoyp-MorGAN, F.R.S. Acting President—A. L. FLEMMING, M.B., Ch.B. (Bris.), 48, Pembroke Road. Clifton. Secretayvyy—COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Down. A 103 List of Members, December, 1924. A Associate Member. * Has contributed Papers to the “ + Life Member. Proceedings.”’ Adams, Miss S. E. Alexander, D. A., M.D. Amory, T. H. Audcent, H. L. Badock, Stanley H. ... Baker, B. A.,’F.G.S. Barke, H. ie B.C. Barrow, L., M. I.Mech.E. Oe GS Bartlett, Che c ecker, lee V.) DL.) M.A. B. Sey Blood, B. N. M.D. a ae Boley, A Beau ss. Bolton, Miss E., M. sy a : orton Et. D. SC ik: 3 io F.G.S. : Bowen, Miss M. ‘IBS Se: 4: Brebner, Mrs. G. Carter, Miss F. . Cay, Arthur Chamberlain, R. E. Chamberlain, W. Charbonnier, T.. Charbonnier, Mrs. any City Librarian . Clarke, A. ae Cogan, Miss R.. ‘ Cook, Sir Ernest, ‘D. Se Cooper, His ee Cottle, A. W. Darbishire, Prof. O. V., Ph.D., ELS: Lys omnis Darell, D., eGS. Davies, Lady Pe Davies; 'A. T., FR. M. S. Davies, T. jou Dear, G. L. A Drew, Miss H., M. AL, Dunscombe, Miss Evens, F. W. Fitzjames, R. H. Flemming, A. L., M.B., ChB. Ford, Roger ue Francis, Ha AGS Gait, R. P. Gibbons, H. J. . Goodall, Rev. Canon R. Ww. Redland House, Durdham Park, Bristol 30, Berkeley Square, Clifton 29, Beaufort Road, Clifton 34, Belvoir Road, St. Andrew’s, Bristol Holmwood, Westbury-on-Trym 37, Clyde Road, Bristol 27, Berkeley Square, Clifton Wolverley, King’s Norton, Birmingham 8, Woodhill, Portishead 95, Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol 5, Brynland Avenue, Bishopston 508, Stapleton Road, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol The Museum, Bristol 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park, Bristol 22, Victoria Road, Cotham, Bristol 14, Charlotte St., Park St., Bristol Lyndhurst, Leigh Woods, Bristol 19, Brecknock Road, Knowle, Bristol 157, Whiteladies Rd., Clifton 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol Central Library, Bristol 16, Woodstock Rd., Redland, Bristol 2, Bellevue Rd., Clevedon 27, Berkeley Square, Bristol 43, Station Rd., Ashley Down, Bristol Black Horse, Kingswood, Bristol The University, Bristol Hillfield House, near Dartmouth 77, Pembroke Rd., Clifton Avon House, Keynsham, Bristol Down House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol 10, Canowie Rd., Redland, Bristol Colston Girls’ School, Bristol 4, The Quadrant, Redland, Bristol 8, Rokeby Avenue, Redland, Bristol 17, St. Martin’s, Knowle, Bristol 48, Pembroke Rd., Clifton Hartfield, Cotham Park, Bristol 10, Victoria Square, Clifton 51, Howard Rd., Westbury Park 8, Nugent Hill, Cotham, Bristol 19, Elmdale Rd., Tyndall’s Bristol Park, 104 LIST OF MEMBERS A Goulding, Thomas...) ...... 6, Nelson Street, Briste! * Griffiths, G. C., F.E.S. (dec’d.) Penhurst, 3; Leigh Rd). tanictol Griffiths, Miss D. M..... ... ....» Penhurst, 3, Leigh Ra] Bacto! Griffiths, (Go qi See, 73, Kingsdown Parade, Bristol Griffiths, William 23, Beaufort Rd., Clifton Griffiths, Miss G. 23, Beaufort Rd., Clifton Gummer, Horace Herbert Lodge, Cotham Park, Bristol Harding, Miss E. M... Bower Ashton, near Bristol Helly arti Ea. 18, Redland Grove, Bristol A Heslop, aipaage: 34, Henleaze Gardens, Westbury-on- Trym *A Hewer, T. F. 24, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol Hodgson, €C."J. .-. 5, Cotham Terrace, Bristol Hooper, D, EL-D. 11, Greenway Rd., Redland, Bristol Horder, Miss M. G. Highweek, Brislington, Bristol Howard, C. K: S. Glenavon, Long Ashton, Bristol Humifrey, C. 3, Madeira Mansions, Weston-super- Mare Ehuimphries, Lady 945.5). Eastfield Lodge, Westbury-on-Trym iy Hunter’ C) M:Se.FiMe.S: The University, Bristol Ivens, H. P. 18, Alexandra Rd., Clifton, Bristol A Ivens, W. B. 49, Ravenswood Rd., Bristol Jenkins, Mrs. 10, Napier Rd., Redland, Bristol Jenkins, F. G. 6, Brandon Villas; Charlotte ’)St.7S. Bristol Jervis, W. W., M.Sc., F.G.S...... The University, Bristol itnight; EH, Ei p..4 The Lodge, All Saints Villas, Chel- tenham Knowlson, Mrs. 9, Downfield Rd., Clifton A Lee, Miss E. M., M.Sc. 55, Logan Rd., Bishopston Linton, Dr. Marion, M.B. 21, Oakfield Road, Clifton Llewellin, W. M.. C.E. 8, Cotham Lawn Rd.. Bristol Mappin, S. W. ... 100, Pembroke Rd., Clifton, Bristol *4 Matthews, L. H. Hillcroft, Nore Rd., Portishead Miller, M. ... ‘ 7, All Saints Rd., Clifton ** Morgans, Thos., “M. if fo E. 7, Elton Rd., Tyndall’s Park, Bristol Morgans, Mrs. ... 2s 7, Elton Rd., Tyndall’s Park, Bristol A Mountfort, G. R. 8, Royal Park, Clifton Nierenstein, M., Ph.D. 30, Cavendish Rd., Bristol Norgrove, J. W. 22, Alma Rd., Clifton Nuell, F. H. 63, Springfield Road, Bristol + Palmer: 4S: MSc: erp: The College of Technology, The Uni- versity, Manchester Pearman, J. V. Aust Farm, Lawrence Weston, Glos. Pepperell WR: Ormond House, Russell Grove, West- bury Park, Bristol * Prowse, A. B., M.D. 5, Lansdown Place, Bristol Rafter, J:, M.A: a 6, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol ** Reynolds)" S. Elyse De F. ie S) 13, All Saints Rd., Clifton Richardson, F rank E i /.' 15, Percival: Rd. Clittom Robbins, F. ‘i 38, Tyndall’s Park Rd., Clifton + Roper, Missi: M., oe Oo 4, Woodfield Rd., Redland, Bristol Rose Ee Renee ee * Rudge, C Ku URC Pow Be 6. Rad ge; Wiss ee Ay eee ae 8, Chantry Rd., Clifton 145, Whiteladies Rd., Bristol 145, Whiteladies Rd., Bristol LIST OF MEMBERS Rutter, Miss E. M. 105 Cambridge House Schwol, St. John’s Rd., Clifton A Salmond, P. W. 20, Tyndall’s Park Rd., Clifton Sampson, Miss D. 30, St. John’s Rd., Clifton Samson, F.. ; 4, Woodfield Rd., Redland, Bristol * Sandwith, Mrs. ... 26, Canynge Square, Clifton wa poandwith, N.Y. Vis Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Selman, Miss M. M. ... Kington Langley, Chippenham A Sinnott, Jas. : 15, Beaufort Rd., Clifton A Smith, Miss A. M. 70, Pembroke Rd., Clifton A Smith, Miss E. J. 70, Pembroke Rd., Clifton Smith, Stanley, D. Sc., ees. The University, Bristol Smith, W. A., M.A., M. B. 70, Pembroke Rd., Clifton ae Simithy, Rev. W.. 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton A Smith, Mrs. W. 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton Stanton, DW. 42, Alma Rd., Clifton Stanton, Mrs. 42. Alma Rd., Clifton Sully. H. ¥. Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym Mayior. ies... Fonthill Villa, Keynsham Thompson, H. S. 33, Southleigh Road, Clifton duckete, C. es Su jse-> 0, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Muugaer, Els. NWV.,. B. A. meen): EGS: Pee eee: University... DMStol e Duteher, J. W. 57, Berkeley Rd., Bishopston, Bristol Vaughan, Mrs. 42, Fernbank Rd., Redland, Bristol * Walliss FS. Ph.D, F.G. s. 15, Ravenswood Rd., Bristol Walton, T. C. Veal Bee 18, West Park, Bristol White, E. Barton, F.E. ge Mental Hospital, Fishponds, Bristol *% Wihite: jasew., F.L.S. 18, Woodland Rd., Clifton, Bristol White, Mrs. : 18, Woodland Rd., Clifton, Bristol = Wickes, W. H. .. 16, Oakfield Grove, Clifton Wills, Sir George, Be Burwalls, Leigh Woods, Bristol ‘i Wills, W. Melville Bracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol fot. George S! ‘Brady, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., Wilson, E. A. ei Womersley) FE... Wingate, Miss H. M., M.A. Worsley, Miss I. ; Nabbicom, i) .H., MICE. Southey House, College Green, Bristol] Sunny Meads, West Town, nr. Bristol 40, Alma Rd., Clifton Rodney Lodge, Clifton 23, Oakfield Rd., Clifton Honorary Members. Endcliffe, Sheffield. HOR Se Pals Parks Erunse, Henry J. Charbonnier, Rose Cottage Bungalow, Olveston, Gloucestershire. ae ae ae LED RS) b.GS. 3) |Victora Square, ‘Cliton, ristol. R. M. Prideaux, F.E.S., Brasted Chart, near Sevenoaks, Ws G. Scott, 25, Duke Street, Cardiff. Eero. S. tHele-Shaw, M.I.C.E.; LL.D., F.R.S., 64, Victoria Street, West- minster, S.W.1. “ae Lo MEA ED) ORS. Keo.) b.G.S., University Museum, xfor Sir W. A. Tilden, D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Imperial College of Science, S. Kensington, SWVi7e William Whitaker, B. ie F.R.S., F.G.S., Wellesley Court, Wellesley Road, Croydon. Prof. Sydney Young, D.Sc. Kent. LR S.iamaty College, Dublin. 106 REPORT OF COUNCIL To December 31st, 1924. NDER the new President, Prof. O. V. Darbishire, the usual activities have continued, and in order to make the Society’s existence known more fully to the public an advertisement has been inserted this year in the loca! newspapers to announce in advance the holding of each Meeting, and to invite the attendance of anyone interested to the annual open night. On this occasion we welcomed Prof. W. M. Tattersall of Cardiff University College, who gave us a Paper with illustrations on “‘ Rhythm in Nature,” which was listened to with pleasure by members, and a limited attendance of the public. To bring forward the objects of Natural History in the possession of many members the hour before each meeting is now used for the exhibition of such, when it is felt that the social spirit of Naturalists may be increased, and encouragement given to the younger recruits. To make a success of this departure it is hoped that a greater effort will be made to send exhibits, with short descriptive labels, if the extuibitor cannot be present to describe them. The Summer excursion to Berrow and Brean Down had to be abandoned, because the limited number of members who were prepared to attend did not justify the completion of the arrangements made. This is to be regretted, because excursions were asked for, and one of the aims of a Society, such as ours, is to go together into suitable surroundings to study and discuss the ways in which Nature carries out her handiwork. The Geological Society of London has honoured Mr. J. W. Tutcher, one of our Vice-Presidents, by conferring on him the Lyell Fund Award, and to celebrate the occasion the Geological Section held a dinner in his honour. The Society has suffered seriously from losses by death during the year, and with much regret we record the death of Mr. George E. Blood, for 49 years a member; Mr. E. A. Wilson; Mr. A. D. R. Bacchus, a worker on Conchology and Hemiptera; Col. T. Jermyn, a keen Entomologist, and an authority on Indian Lepidoptera; and within the last month, Mr. G. C. Griffiths, for 52 years a member, a past President, and since 1898, not only the President of, but an enthusiastic worker for, the Entomological Section. We have only added 7 new members, and start the new year with a membership of 121, and the Society is losing the valued services of its Hon. Librarian and its Hon. Treasurer. Dr. A. B. Prowse has laboured for 21 years to make the Library the success it is, and the Council has paid him the highest honour in its power by making him an Honorary Member. Dr. W. A. Smith has managed the financial side of the Society so successfully that in spite of a limited income, the balance has always been substantial. IDA) M.) ROPES Hon. Secretary. 107 Vov Tlatlava saliva SA01PN ‘MOOO ‘H ISHN ‘4001109 punoy pue poyIpny FEB =FSTE toquiso0(] 1 9 027 1 9 037 O2-GL-L$ puey ur ysey * Ge LVS sulpuiqyoog =“ & Io L yysnog syoog “ O:-0=£ Ee ‘ gnsofe}eg IOF spieg xoepuy “ 9 0° €9 ri ee SuIpuIqyoog s9ouR[eq “ OL FI F cosuadsg aes pue SUISTZIOBApyY I OL $9 : es ose ee pieMioy oourreg ° O 0+ I a sorpinzein, “ Oran Pe e 2S sree ae 9 8 0 QouvINSUT OIL pue quay “‘ (alae Gea Fae el oa : suorzeuog “ Ona) =7, : ; soseysog pue sunuug “ 0= =O sr at ie ate peyoa][oo siesliy “ 9 FI 09 E61 ‘sdeu YQIm _, SsuUIpss00Ig ,, JO SOD “ O- OL as ae Bi ou epe ur suorydiiosqns “ 0 FILO UOIUY) ,SISIFEINJEN “AA'S O--0F 6 oe a es : sooyq oouelqjuq 9 O10 sqyedyoo. PRE SUOUIUOZ) QO: St-g§ ae Sse a8 ex pe yeloossy faa ates | an Avy 0 S ZF vee wee wee see soe Axeulpig —-: Sa1}a100G 03 suOT}dLIOsqus Ker | —: suoijdiosqns siloqtoyy OL ms. 7, pss 7 ws) ‘P06 UVAA AHL WOU LNNOOOV TVYANAD as @ | “ALIIOOS SLSIIVUNLYN TOLSINA FHL GM Jnosoy Ur YAYASVAUL NOH FHL 108 LIBRARIAN S REPORT For the Year 1924. HE Library from its central position, continues to be well used, and it is noticeable that this is largely for reference to the books on the spot, rather than for borrowing them to study at home. The general members, although they do not read the books as much as might be desired, have not overlooked the advantages of the Library, because the donations to it of modern books have shown a marked increase this year. After holding the office of Hon. Librarian for 21 years Dr. A. B. Prowse has felt obliged to resign, but before giving up it has been a pleasure to him to see the books well arranged on the shelves at the Museum, and many valuable current publications prepared and passed through the binder’s hands. This desirable improvement has been made possible by the liberality, at the end of last year, of Mr. Horace Gummer placing funds for bookbinding in the hands of the Treasurer. The money has been all spent, and there are still arrears waiting to be bound, so that a further sum of £25 from members could be spent to advantage. The Society had the pleasure to give to the Bristol University a long series of publications issued by the U. a A. Geological Survey numbering 317 bound and 150 unbound volumes with 5 atlases, and for this gift Council has received appreciative thanks. To add to the usefulness of the Library, Council decided to appoint a small Committee of sectional members to prepare a Card Catalogue of the Articles contained in the numerous publications on the shelves, in order to secure ready reference to any subject therein likely to be of assistance to individual study. The work is progressing, and some advantages from it may be available shortly. The Sections continue to present various monthly publications and several other useful books. Gifts, too, have been received from Mrs. Bacchus, in memory of her late husband, from Mr. T. Charbonnier, Dr. A. L. Flemming, the late’ Mr. G. C. Griffiths; Mr. William Griffiths, Dr. A. B. Prowse, Miss Roper, Royal Colonial Institute, and Mr. H. S. Thompson, as well as a col- lection of MSS. of scientific Papers prepared by the late Mr. W. W. Stoddart, whilst an active member of our Society. Thanks are given to donors for their welcome contributions. By subscriptions we have received :— The Ray Society, ‘“‘ The British Charophytes,’’ Vol. IJ, by Groves and Bullock-Webster. “The: Zoological Record. Voetwoo A922: ARTHUR B. PROWSE, Lt.-Col., Hon. Libranan. IDA M. ROPER, Hon. Sub-Librarian. 109 ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 1924. HIS Section having been formed May 12th, 1864, celebrated this year T its Diamond Jubilee. Our President, who died December 2nd, had written its History, which is published in the present issue, and points out that only two Presidents have held the office in the long period of sixty ears. ; The abnormally wet year was very unfavourable for Entomology, and no field excursion was held, but it is evident from the attendances and exhibits at the meetings that interest is being maintained, and good work done ; many rare and some new species have been exhibited, amongst the most noteworthy being :— DipTeRA. Tipula ivrovata, from Lawrence Weston, and Orthocladius n1vel- pennis, Charterhouse, Mendip, by Mr. H. Womersley. HemIPTERA. Pachytonella parallela and Atpophilus bonnaiveit, Mr. A. D. R. Bacchus. LEPIDOPTERA. Sterrha sacvaria, male. Fort Efford and Heliothis peltigera, Paign- ton; Mr. A. H. Peach; Colias edusa var. helice, Tickenham; Mrs. Sandwith ; Chrysophanus phieas var. Schmidii1, Lyndhurst; Mr. R. E. Chamberlain; Limenitis sibylla var. nigyina, New Forest; Mr. G. C.Gmithiths. OpoNATA. Zitschna grandis, Devizes; Mr. C. Bartlett. ProtTurRA. Acerentomon doderoi; Mr. H. Womersley. PsocopTERA. Cecilius corticis, Winterbourne and Leigh, a new species ; also Pseudopsocus Rostochi Kolbe, new to the British list, and the second European record; Mr. J. V. Pearman. On November 14th, the President read a Paper upon a subject to which he had given research, viz.: ‘“‘ The Frenulum of the Lepidoptera,”’ illustrated by photographs, microscopic slides and the Australian butterfly Euschemon Rafflesia. The Section especially, and Entomology in Bristol and district, has suf- fered very serious losses by death during the year. A. Douglas R. Bacchus, a victim of the Great War, was a student of the Hemiptera, and his enlarged coloured drawings of the various species showed his ability in this direction ; his collection is now in the Bristol Museum. Turenne Jermyn, F.E.S., passed away on August 29th after a few days illness. In India he formed a fine collection of butterflies, and settling in 1913 at Weston-super-Mare, he continued to do splendid work amongst the Diptera and Hymenoptera especially. It will be difficult to tind a successor, and as a hard working, genial and popular member of the Section he will be much missed. George Charles Griffiths, F.E.S., joined the Society in 1872, was President of it in 1917-19, and President of the Section since 1899, and Hon. Curator for Entomology to the Bristol Museum. A man of quiet and retiring disposition, with much kindness of heart, and a true naturalist, he was particularly interested in the Lepidoptera, of which he had a fine collection of foreign Rhopalocera, especially Papilionineg. A Paper on his special study of the frenulum of the Lepidoptera read at the Entomological Society of London appears in their Transactions for 1898; this was followed by further inves- tigations, which were recorded in Tutt’s British Lepidoptera, vols. I, II and V. The Section is indebted to their late President for kind hospitality for some years, the meetings having been held at his house, where his ex- tensive collections were always available for exhibition and study. Those who have passed away leave a high example, and to those bereaved our sincere sympathies extend. CHARLES: BARTLETT; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 110 GEOLOGICAL SECTION. 1924. 8 Tutcher as Vice-President. Under the new regulations whereby individuals may join a Section without of necessity becoming a member of the Society, the membership has increased to 45. It is hoped that during the coming year many of these new members will seek the fuller privileges of the Library and ‘“‘ Proceedings.” Gita Officers of last year were re-elected, with the addition of Mr. J. W. Our Vice-President was awarded the Lyell Fund by the Geological Society of London, and at a dinner arranged for the purpose, Mr. Tutcher received the congratulations of the Section on this well-deserved recognition. The Section continues to place the Geological Magazine and Paleon- tographical Society’s Monograph in the Library, and with vie subscriptions paid has a credit ‘balance of £1 3s. 2d. At the opening meeting of the year, Dr. H. Bolton gave a thoughtful paper on “ Palzontology,’’ and showed how a new era was dawning in that science. He urged the greater use of imagination in dealing with fossils. Mr. E. K. Tratman, B.D.S., gave an interesting account of a visit to some Derbyshire Caves, and dealt with the problem of the formation of Blue John. The lecture on “ Earthquakes,” by Mr. T. V. T. Baxter, M.A., B.Sc., was repeated to the Parent Society, and a summary of that will be printed in the “Proceedings.” Dr. S. Smith showed how geology has played a leading part in the movements of races and ventured the opinion that all wars were ultimately traceable to mineral resources. Mr. E. B. Tyrrell, B.A., traced the depen- dence of Geography on Geology, illustrating his remarks by well-chosen examples, while Mr. G. E. Bush detailed the recent growth of the Kilve oil-shale industry. In the subsequent discussion the need for more exacting work on the Lower Lias of this area was emphasised. The joint excursions with the Bristol Field Club (Geological Section) included visits to Fishponds (Pennant Quarry), Yate, Portishead, Avon Gorge, Swildon’s Hole and Aust, and have been unusually well attended. B.S. WALES; Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 111 ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 1924. It is with the deepest regret that we have to record the death of Colonel Jermyn. Living at Weston he did not attend the Sectional meetings. but in many other ways helped on its work. Another of our most active members, Miss Selman, has left Bristol, and we can ill afford to lose one who took so practical an interest in Ornithology, and who was always ready to do anything for the Section that she could. After the foregoing it may seem rather an anti-climax to refer to the weather, but at the same time it has consistently contrived to step in just at the critical moment throughout the bird-season and destroy the effects of weeks of observation. if some respects the past year has been an unfortunate one for the Section. However, on the other side of the scale we can set some very definite achievements. Two of our members, following up previous years observa- tions, established the fact that the Curlew is still to be found breeding on Mendip. The last record of which we are aware is that of Dr. D. Munro Smith in 1909, but we think there is no doubt it has bred there regularly. The confounding of certain confirmed sceptics was in itself pleasant, but what certainly added to the pleasure was the fact that a well-known “ Bird- Man.”’ spent some time on the Mendips this year with the main object of observing the Curlew, but was unsuccessful in hitting up a pair. In the 1923 Report it was stated the Section was about to take up the Witherby Marking Scheme for Birds in order to try and help discover more about their life-histories. Three members have between them ringed 62 birds. The average returns of marked birds varies with different species from about 2 per cent. to about 5 per cent., but it may well be some years before any of the birds marked by the Section are reported. There have been five meetings during 1924, and amongst the many exhibits shewn at each meeting were the following :—Transverse section of the eye of the Lesser Horseshoe Bat (Rhinolophus hipposideros) by Dr. Flem- ming, specimens of the Barbastelle (Barbastella barbastellus) and Natterer’s bat (Myotis natterert) by Miss Selman, a photograph of the Stormy Petrel (Hydrobates pelagicus) by Mr. Gait, and a specimen of the Little Auk (Alle a. alle) by the Honorary Secretary. The subject matter of the meetings varied as usual from points of structural interest to matters that dealt with purely field work. The Section aims to have first a short paper occupying about 15 minutes which should raise as many debateable points as possible, to be followed by discussion and exhibits illustrating the paper, and then by other discussions on any point of Ornithological interest. The success of meetings depends therefore on individual efforts, and members can bring out their own points of interest apart from the giving of papers. One way of attaining these objectives might be by making more use of the books in the Library where (amongst others) one may see last year’s volume and current numbers of British Birds, subscribed for by the Section. COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 112 Account of the Annual and General Meetings. THE O6lst ANNUAL’ MEETING, January 17th, 1924. Professor O. V. Darbishire, Ph.D., F.L.S., was elected Pre- sident, and Mr. J. W. Tutcher a Vice-President, with minor alter- ations in Council. The retiring President, Mr. H. Womersley, gave his Annual Address for his year of office, 1923, entitled, ~ “The Modern Study of Entomology,” (See Page 28). THE. 507TH GENERAL MEEVING. February 7th, 1924. ‘Modern Views on Evolution,” by Prof. O. V. Darbishire, Ph.D. The lecture was an account of de Vries’ Mutation Theory. It referred to the story of how de Vries found (fnothera Lamarck- iana in 1875 in a field near Hilversum in Holland, and his discovery of two species in the same field. In 1886 de Vries transplanted 9 plants of O. Lamarkiana to his experimental garden at Amsterdam, in the hope of actually observing the origin of new species. His hopes were realised when during his breeding experiments, he came across a number of Sports or Mutations, which bred true from seed, and have continued to do so. The Mutation theory of de Vries has been the subject of extensive research all over the world, and has resulted in a flood of literature. His original material has been criticised as being not a pure plant, but a hybrid. At the same time there is no doubt that mutations of the constancy described by de Vries do occur plentifully among animals and plants. The occurrence of a mutation we have good evidence to believe, is accompanied by a more or less profound change in the Nucleus of the plant or animal cell. It is a phenomenon totally different from hybridi- sation. de Vries believes that by mutation new species may originate. There is evidence that this is the case. At the same time, we must admit, that to define the word “species’’ is not an easy matter. Supposing even that de Vries theory could account for the origin of species, using this term in the conventional Linnean sense, we cannot even then be sure that mutation plays any part in the evolution of new genera. ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS I-83 Members congratulated Mr. J. W. Tutcher, one of the Vice- Presidents, on the honour conferred on him by the award of the Lyell Fund from the Geological Society of London. THE 508TH GENERAL MEETING. March 6th, 1924. “Rhythm in Nature,” by Prof. W. M. Tattersall, D.Sc., (Unsver- sity College, Cardtff). Rhythm is one of the most widespread phenomena in nature, so general and so familiar as almost to escape notice. The earth itself is part of a rhythmic universe. The regular alternation of night and day, the phases of the moon, the rise and fall of the tides, the succession of the seasons and all that they mean to plants and animals, seedtime and harvest, are rhythmical pheno- mena with which we are all familiar. Our very lives are almost dependent on rhythm. The regular alternation of sleep and activ- ity, the regular hours for our meals, our work, our pleasure, in fact the very orderliness and rhythm of our very existence, are sufficient evidence of the fundamental importance of this pheno- menon. From a biological point of view two classes of rhythm may be distinguished. (1) Those due to response to an external factor. (2) Those not dependent on environment, but of a vital nature corresponding to something inherent in the organism. Examples of the latter class may be cited in the rhythmical beating of the heart and the action of the lungs. Rhythms of the first order, while not more important than those of the second, are more inter- esting because it is possible to discover the primary causes of rhythm and to speculate on the possible meaning and results of the whole phenomenon. Examples of this kind of rhythm are very numerous, and include the periodic nature of the luminosity of some marine organisms; the formation of wood in trees in temperate climates; the growth of fish scales; the rhythmic behaviour of Convoluta, and the migrations of birds and fishes. Examined in detail, the rhythmical behaviour of these organisms is found to be due to some external factor, such as light, tidal movements, and so on, and analysis shows that the rhythmic nature of the external stimulus results in the rhythmical response of the organism. Rhythms can therefore be regarded as tropisms, 1.€., obligatory responses to regularly applied stimuli. Obser- vations on certain organisms exhibiting rhythmical behaviour have shown that an established rhythm in a physiological process often persists after the original stimulus has been removed. For instance, Convoluta will exhibit rhythmical movements for a time after removdl from the shore to an aquarium where it is freed from the effects of the tides to which the rhythmical behaviour is due. In other words, the organism ‘‘ remembers,’ and automatically 114 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS responds. May we not see in these observations the beginnings of what are known as instincts, and possibly though this is much more speculative, the beginnings of conscious memory? It is at least an interesting speculation. Life is essentially a rhythmic phenomenon, and it seems almost inevitable that, with the progress of time and research, all important biological phenomena, whether concerned with the inner functioning of the organism or with its behaviour in relation to its environment, will be shown to be rhythmic in character, or at least evolving in that direction. The lecture was illustrated by a series of admirable lantern slides. THE 509TH GENERAL MEETING. April 3rd, 1924. “some Key Features in the Structure of Birds; {by ne Flemming, M.B., Ch.B. (Bris.). The task of classification was difficult from the fact that something like 19,000 species of birds had been described, but owing to the scientific work of men like Pycraft, Chalmers-Mitchell, Beebe, Garrod, and Nitzsch, much of the existing confusion had been cleared up. The work was highly technical, and based on fundamental anatomical data, and not on superficial features, which might be so misleading. There were certain tits, for instance, exactly alike in anatomy and in the pattern of their plumage although totally different in colour, and, on the other hand, two varieties of woodpeckers existed, indistinguishable as regards colour and yet possessing differently formed feet. And adap- tations to similar surroundings might lead birds of such different origin, as the diver and the auk, to be erroneously classed together. Classification, he said, was based on such things as anatomy of skull, arrangements of muscles, variations in intestinal coils and feather tracts. The reptilian origin of birds was suggested by many points in their structure, such as skin, articulation of skull with jaw and with spine, brain, and claws cn wings of certain nestlings. The features peculiar to birds were their lungs and air sacs, their crop and digestive system, and the structure and composition of their feathers. Exhibit by Mr. W. Griffiths of a male specimen of the moth, Lycia Murtaria, bred so early as 2nd April. THE 510Ts GENERAL MEETING: May Ist, 1924. I. “ Homeeomorphy * by Mr: J. W. Tuteher: Homeeomorphy might be described as the imitation of one species by another, and was the phenomenon of species nearly alike in superficial appearance, but unlike in structural details. ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 115 Phylogeny was the history of the race, ontogeny was the history of the individual. The science dealt with the tendency of different stocks to develope in similar ways. The modern procedure of tracing phylogeny by ontogenetic methods had resulted in the detection of numerous cases of homceomorphy amongst fossil organisms. Unrecognised homceomorphs, occurring at different dates, might be responsible for the misidentification of strata to such an extent that serious economic and financial loss might be caused in mining or well-sinking operations. The development of ornament on the shells—taking ammonites as an example— illustrated one of the numerous ways in which homceomorphs were produced. Different stocks tended to develope ornamen- tation in the following order—smooth to striate, then to costate (or ribbed), then to tuberculate (that was, with tubercules on the ribs)—in progressive series (or anagemesis) and then to reverse the order from tuberculate back to smooth in a retrogressive series (catagenesis). At some point of the development (in either direc- tion) species of different stocks might reach a similar stage of orna- mentation. In such cases, other characteristics being equal, these would have superficial resemblances, thus becoming homceomorphs. ii) Wiysteries of Seeds,” by Mr. J. W. White, F.L-S. Although the persistent application of biological research to botanical problems during the last few decades had solved many riddles, there still remained in Nature’s processes plenty of in- comprehensible things. Some plants produce a prodigious quantity of seeds. Such an example was the teasle-headed trifolium found near Shirehampton, and if all its seeds germinated, there would not be standing room between Bristol and the sea in a few seasons. And yet, owing to some unknown restrictive law or influence, a little-varying average number of such species perpetuated the race year after year by a germination limited to a minute proportion of the seeds available. More information was also needed on those mysterious appearances of flowering plants after deep excavations of the soil; luxuriant crops, often new to the locality, that had been attributed to spontaneous germination or to special creations, but which undoubtedly pointed to a prolonged vitality of wild seeds when buried under certain conditions. Then there was the question of the masses of vegetation that sprang upon deposited dredgings from harbours and tidal rivers, and the occupation of burnt woodland in temperate countries by particular species. Another undoubted mystery is that while the most aggressive weeds in the New World are immigrants from Europe, no American weeds in turn have invaded our cornfields. As to the nature and duration of seed vitality, some Orders of seeds deteriorate more quickly than others; seeds of wild plants remain fertile longer than cultivated ones; and seeds buried in the soil deepest retain their vitality longest. 116 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS Tit. “ Psocids,” by Mr, J..V. Pearman These small orthopterous insects are characterised by the presence of prominent globular eyes and of horny appendages on the first maxille, the mandibles also not having an equal number of teeth. There are two to three joints in the feet. There are winged and wingless species, and some in which the males are winged, and the females wingless. When present, the wings are four in number. Colouration varies very much. The psocids feed on algz, lichens, and dead insects, and are in the main, woodland animals. The eggs, laid in batches of six to nine, hatch out into wingless insects, much resembling the adult forms. The two well-known “ book lice’’ are minute whitish psocids, which feed on dust. There are 50 British species, the classification of which in the insecta is a matter of great difficulty. Quite recently Mr. Pearman has himself added three new species to the British list of psocids, of which one, new to science, was found at Winterbourne, and named by Mr. Pearman Ce@cilius corticis. This species is pecu- liar, as the young insects continue to reside beneath the egg-covering web until mature. THE 5lltH GENERAL MEETING. October 2nd, 1924. “Recent Earthquakes,* by Mr. T. V. T. Baxter, MAS Cam © BSc. ond! (Abstract printed on page 161). Exhibits by Prof. O. V. Darbishire of Lichens from N. Wales ; by Miss Roper of fungi and mosses; by Mr. H. S. Thompson of a flower of the Fringed gentian to show mimicry of a species of Primula. THE, 512TH GENERAL | MEETING November 6th, 1924. Exhibits of Natural History by the Members. All sections were well represented. In geology may be men-. tioned one to show the six systems of the crystallisation of minerals by Mr. H. W. Turner, giving a clear understanding of the specia- lised work of nature; local fossils attractively set cut from the Rhetic and Lower Lias of Aust Cliff by Mr. J. W. Tutcher; and others by Mr. H. F. Barke from the Cotswolds near Cheltenham ; and a fine fossil of the wing of an insect, obtained from the coal measures of Coalpit Heath, by Dr. H. Bolton. In Entomology among other exhibits was a long series by Mr. H. A. Francis, of British wild bees, a more brilliant coloration © ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 117 by Mr. G. C. Griffiths, of day-flying moths and of swallow-tail butterflies from the Tropics, and another of butterflies from Hamp- shire by Mr. R. E. Chamberlain, while the injury suffered by eco- nomic culture was exemplified by Mrs. Sandwith with the living grubs of a hover fly, a pest of daffodil bulbs. In Bird Life, Mr. R. P. Gait illustrated by excellent photographs the doings of the stormy petrel, tern, and various gulls in their natural haunts on the Scilly Isles, supplemented by photographs by Miss G. Griffiths, of other birds at the Lizard; and Mr. C. Tuckett had micrographs of numerous lice which, as parasites, worry living birds. In Botany were exhibited some of the results of summer rambles by the members, including Mrs. Sandwith’s beautifully- preserved specimens of many species of the clovers collected locally ; Miss Roper’s instructive lot of the poisonous plants of the countryside; Miss Bolton’s various fruits to illustrate the marvels of ingenious means of fruit dispersal; and Prof. O. V. Darbishire’s examples of seaweeds, living and mounted. Among other items was an exhibit by Mr. H. S. Thompson, of a beautiful edition of Curtis’s “ Flora Londinensis,’’ of 1777— 1798, with the 342 hand-coloured plates of the wild flowers Curtis was able to gather for the most part round London before it became suburban ; although Bristol contributed some share to the charm of the volume by several rage plants collected here, and for the first time described and figured in the book. Coffee was served during the meeting. THE 513TH GENERAL MEETING. December 4th, 1924. I. “Geological Methods of Water Finding,” by Mr. H. F. Barke, PEC: Underground water exists mainly in a state of rest, saturating porous rocks and filling all pores and fissures, and not in the form of underground streams, as frequently seen in caves. Rocks classify themselves into two classes—-the permeable, such as loose sandstones, which hold and yield water; and the impermeable, such as clay, which do not yield any, but serve when lying below a permeable rock to prevent the water from sinking further. By means of diagrams thrown on the screen it was shown that when porous strata lie on clay springs occur on the line of junction, and that where a ridge or hill is composed entirely of porous rock the line of springs is in the bottom of the valley, and that in conse- quence wells sunk on such hills have to reach to a depth equal to that of the valley below, so that no villages have been built on them. A failure of geological methods to find water in certain cases was on account of hidden foldings and faulting of the im- pervious strata. 118 |= ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS Il, \“ Some Local ‘Birds, by: Mr C7 fucker The lecturer showed some remarkably intimate lantern slides of his subject, and gave his audience a very fair indication of the extreme delicacy of the ornithologist’s task. To secure a view of a bird under its natural conditions, he said, required no little skill and patience. One invaluable way of locating a bird was by getting to know its call note, and once that was heard, it was then mainly a question of settling down somewhere in the neighbour- hood of where the bird was. Time would then give the desired opportunity of catching a glimpse of it, but the utmost quietness was essential, as birds disliked movement intensely. Exhibits by Mr. F. W. Evens of three species of Mycetozoa from Leigh Woods, Arcyria incarnata, Trichia persimilis and T. scabra ; by Miss Roper of the Truffle root gall from the base of an oak. | i th aeeiil 119 The Diamond Jubilee of the Entomological Section By THE LATE GEORGE C. GRIFFITHS, F-.E.S. HE formation of Sections in the Bristol Naturalists’ Society took place in 1864. In May of that year the Society passed rules for the registration of objects of Natural History, the subjects suggested being Zoology, Botany, Paleontology and Mineralogy. On the 12th of that month the Entomological Section was founded, and is therefore the senior of the group. The first President of this Section was Mr. Stephen Barton, F.E.S., whose residence in Australia had enabled him to add many new species of Coleoptera to our lists. The “ beetles’ were always his favourite order, and of these he amassed a vast collection, but he also took great interest in the other groups of insects, and was respected and beloved as President of the Section until his death in 1898. He was succeeded in the office by the writer, who at the present still holds it. The first Secretary of the Section was Mr. Edwyn C. Reed, who, however, only held the post for a few months, as he left for South America in 1865. He became Curator of the Museum of Santiago, and afterwards of that of Concepcion, Chili, and was the author of a Monograph of Chilian Butterflies, ‘‘ Mariposas Chilenas,’’ and lists of Chilian insects. Copies of these works he presented to the Entomological Society of London, of which he was a Fellow until his death in 1910. Throughout his life he re- tained his interest in the Bristol Society, and when in England -would read papers to the Section on various subjects. ‘Mr. John Barber was elected Secretary of the Section in January 1865, but resigned in July of the same year, when Mr. George Harding, F.E.S., succeeded him, and retained office until 1896. He did much good work in local Lepidoptera, and also col- lected Exotic Coleopiera. He was succeeded by the present Sec- tional Secretary, Mr. Charles Bartlett, who collects both Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, and has done much valuable work in arranging the collection of British Coleoptera in the Bristol Museum. Looking through the older records of the Section, one must be struck by the magnificent enthusiasm of its members for col- lecting locally. Many were the prizes found round Bristol for the first time, and the care bestowed on the lavve and pupe enabled fine results to be shown at the meetings, and at the British Asso- ciation, when at Bristol. The large collections in the possession of the two Presidents gave opportunities to gain a wide knowledge 120 THE DIAMOND JUBILEE OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION of exotic and foreign Insects, and the affinities of these were often discussed from the formation of the Section until the end of the - last century. After that date short Papers on the structure, life-history and nests of various insects were added to the scope of the meetings, and all the time Entomological books and maga- zines were being purchased and circulated. The study of special Orders received sympathetic encouragement, and if certain seasons proved insects to be scarce locally, the probable causes were jointly discussed. Altogether the members were clearly a happy family, carrying out regularly active work and urged on by high aims. The late Mr. A. E. Hudd, F.E.S., was the author of a “‘ Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of the Bristol District,’ published in the Pro- ceedings of the Society between 1877 and 1884, and in this he was assisted by other members of the Section. To the close of his life, Mr. Hudd preserved notes of additional records of Lepidoptera to the district, and these are now in the possession of the writer. To Mr. Hudd also we owe the excellent list of the Lepidoptera of Somerset, which appeared in the Victoria County History in 1903, and was followed by two supplementary lists. One of our Hon. members, Mr. H. J. Charbonnier, is the author of a List of Diptera of the Bristol District (ProesB Nese Ser ely: Vol. III, Part II, 1912) and some of our present members, Messrs. Womersley, Audcent, Pearman and Bartlett, with others, have helped in adding to our knowledge of local Diptera. Dr. C. K. Rudge has attended the meetings over many years, and once astonished the members by showing an insect living and breeding in cayenne pepper! If the past history of the Section shows vigorous life amongst a moderate number of citizens in pursuit of recreation, the modern account can be regarded equally with. admiration and encouragement. The members of the Section, now numbering 26, are not content with the well trodden paths of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, still pursued by some, but are seeking out ‘‘ fresh fields and pastures new.”’ Mr. A. D. R. Bacchus, F.E.S., whose recent death is much to be deplored, devoted his principal attention to the Hemzptera, which he illustrated with beautiful enlarged drawings, Mr. H. Womersley is working on the Thysanura, and Mr. J. V. Pearman on the Corrodentia, each of whom have added new species to our records, Mr. C. Tuckett on the obscure and difficult group of the Mallophaga, whilst Miss Ida M. Roper, F.L.S., has given special attention to the Gall-gnats, and Miss M. M. Selman to the Dragon- flies. With these branches added to enlarge its interests the continued success of the Section is assured, and will equal in its work that of the previous sixty years. THE DIAMOND JUBILEE OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION 121 Sn Hlemortam GEORGE CHARLES GRIFFITHS, F.E.S. Entomology in Bristol and the West of England has suffered a serious loss through the death of the writer of the above article. Our esteemed President, Mr. George Charles Griffiths, F.E.S., died at his residence, 3, Leigh Road, Clifton, on December 2nd. Mr. Griffiths spent all his business career at the Old Bank, Corn Street, Bristol, as their accountant, until his retirement, about 12 years ago. His life-long hobby was entomology, and he had amassed a large and fine collection of British Lepidoptera and butter- flies of the world. On his special subject he had the fullest know- ledge, and was ever ready to help and encourage students ; at the same time, his kindly disposition endeared him to everyone with whom he came in contact. He was a past-President of the Society, having been a member for over 50 years ; President of the Entomological Section, succeed- ing the late Mr. Stephen Barton in 1898 ; a member of the Entomo- logical Section of the Somerset Archeological and Natural History Society, and of the South-Western Naturalists’ Union, being their referee for the Lepidopiera. Mr. Griffiths was also the honorary curator of the insect collection in the Bristol Museum, and its arrangement and care were largely the work of his hands, as the Greville Smyth Room bears witness. The deceased leaves a widow and daughter to mourn his loss. The funeral was at Portbury Church, the Rev. Charles Sutcliffe, late vicar of Holy Trinity, Stalybridge, officiating, and the following public bodies were represented: The National Provincial and Union Bank; Bristol Museum and Art Gallery; Bristol Natur- alists’ Society, and the Entomological Sections of the Bristol and Somerset Societies. Crise PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1924. ‘“* Adaptation in Plants and Animals.” By ProF. O. V. DARBISHIRE. SHORT time ago Professor Lloyd Morgan gave the field naturalist, especially the ornithologist, some idea as to how to proceed in his work. He should study in detail the habits and behaviour of some particular bird, and thus make out its biography. Observations made in this way in the field and possibly rather mechanically recorded, should then be analysed biologically, and studied in reference to those conditions, external and internal, which in any way appear to effect that particular bird. This method, biographical first, and then biological, can be applied with equal purpose and interest by the field naturalist who is not an ornithologist in particular, or even a zoologist in general, but say, only a botanist. May I explain this by reference to a simple example taken from the plant world. Everybody is familiar with the ivy-leaved toad-flax. It occurs on walls, and has its root organs hidden in the crevices between the stones of the wall. It is a plant characteristic of this particular type of locality, and it is evidently well adapted to growing there. Careful study of this one species, or preferably one or a few more individuals of this species, throughout one whole year at least, will give us its biography. We next analyse the biographical notes biologically, and we may then be able to see in what respect certain characteristic features of this plant, as regards structure and behaviour, can be interpreted as being adaptations to the special surrounding conditions. It is about such adaptations that I wish to speak to-night. We examine the leaves of our plant, all of which expose their upper surface to the light. The leaves are succulent and fleshy. Succulent leaves we find are of common occurrence in other plants growing in the same locality, such as the stonecrop, navelwort, and other species. This succulence is, in fact, an adaptation to the water shortage, one of the conditions prevailing in the wall. There is little soil and vegetation, which might store rain-water. The succulent leaves are able to store water and thus prevent it being given off too rapidly by transpiration. We will further observe the plant flowering in the summer, when the flowerstalks carry the flowers well into the light into such a position that they can be seen by the insects, like the honeybee, the visits of which are ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS 123 necessary for pollination. Later in the autumn the flowerstalks, now bearing little capsules containing seeds will bend away from the light and push the capsules into the darkness of some recess or crack in the wall there to burst and shed their seeds. This is again an adaptation to the conditions under which this species is growing. The seeds are shed in a place where on germination the seedling will find suitable conditions for growth. The following are some simple and striking examples of adaptation exhibited by animals; the white protective colouring of the fur of the arctic fox and hare, the spreading toes of the camel of the sandy desert, the protective mimicry of the leaf— and stick—insects, and so on. _There is no difficulty in understanding the meaning of the word adaptation in the case of the few examples here cited. In studying cases of adaptation we will come across one remarkable fa¢t. In most localities we find many animals and plants often very unlike in appearance to one another, yet clearly all well adapted to living under identical conditions. Adaptation to the same prevailing surrounding conditions need in fact not be the same in all animals and plants. Thus the navelwort makes sure of its seedlings ob- taining a foothold in some cranny of the wall by having very numerous and very light seeds, which are carried easily by the wind to which they are exposed when the capsules burst. The seeds are thus blown into the cracks of the wall when germination com- mences very soon. Navelwort and toad-flax grow under similar conditions but each has its own particular method or adaptation for securing a suitable locality for the seeds to germinate in. In the case of the outer limits of a saltmarsh we have only one plant completely adapted to the adverse conditions obtaining there, namely the glasswort. But generally speaking we find many plants and animals characterising one particular locality. These organisms are adapted not only to the physical, chemical and climatic conditions of the locality, but also to living in close asso- clation with other animals and plants. You will see then how complicated the study of adaptations really is. It necessitates careful observation not of the plant or animal taken each by itself, but on the contrary in close reference to its surroundings. This forms the subject of Ecology, another name really for Biology. We can easily analyse our observations made in the field to the extent of saying what are the typical adaptations exhibited by the animals and plants of any particular locality, without necessarily being able even to suggest the advantage to the living organism of any one modification. It is, forexample, easy to under- stand the long roots of the marram grass in the salt water—free sand of a sand dune area, in view of the shortage of water near the surface of the sand. But it is not so easy to explain the leaf 124 ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMATS succulence of plants like the searocket growing in the generally rather narrow strip occupied by succulent strand plants between the outer area where the sea wheat grows and the inner one occupied by the marram grass. All representatives of the flowering plants show an adaptation to their dry-land-and-air habit. They possess pores or stomata by which air has free access to the interior of the plant, and water in the form of watery vapour can pass out by transpiration, though under the control of the living plant. Leaves, stem and root have their air passages, all of which are connected with the pores just mentioned, and air has thus access to every internal part of the plant. In seaweeds, as typical water plants, pores and air passages are entirely absent, and air is obtainable only when dissolved in the surrounding water. The bladders found in some seaweeds are not comparable with the air passages of the land plants. Pores and airpassages are thus an adaptation to the dry-land-and-air habit of the land plant, their absence to the water habit of the true water plant. When a land plant descends completely into the water and makes the water its home, what happens to its pores and air pas- sages ? Does it discard all these structures and assume the struc- ture of the typical water plant? No. It does not. Tradition and historical prejudice of the race, 1.e., phylogenetic traditions inherited by every plant: from its ancestors prevent this. We may get a modification of the characteristic adaptation to the land habit. The pores generally go, it is true, but the air passages remain, because the plant has not quite learned to breathe air dissolved in water. So the land plant in descending into the water to become submerged suffers from a shortage of air, mainly oxygen for breathing purposes, and has adapted itself by increasing the extent of the air passages in order to store the oxygen, which is liberated during the chemical processes that go on in the green plant. We can see this very well in the case of the mare’s tail, a plant which now of aquatic habit has descended from land plants. We may say that the mare’s tail has adapted itself to living in the water, but what it has really done is to modify an old land plant adaptation. Portions of our plant which are not submerged but stand out of the water have pores just like an ordinary land plant. Aquatic flowering plants which have all descended originally from land plants are still unable to carry out their sexual reproductive processes when submerged, and therefore come to the surface to flower. Land plants descending into the water cease to form cork and root hairs. They reduce the amount of vascular tissue developed. But these structures make their appearance when the plants return to the land. Experiments carried out in this Laboratory by Mr. Norris, and reported on in the “ Proceedings ’”’ of this Society, show how fai ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS 125 a plant can be made to change its structure according to the nature of its surroundings. Maize seedlings grown in well aérated soil, like sand, will exhibit a certain but limited number of small air - spaces, as Shown in a section of the root. If we grow such a seedling standing in water where there is much less free air available than in sand, air spaces will increase considerably. According to the kind of soil we take we can get varying degrees of adjustment of the volume of air space to the needs of the plant. All this is adaptation or rather modification of an already present adaptation. The ‘maize plant exhibits in the first place an adaptation to the land-and-air habit, but it possesses an extraordinary adaptability, and it is thus able to live in soils of a varying state of aération. This adaptability itself is then really a most valuable adaptation. Instead of being adapted to one particular and narrowly limited condition of aération only the maize plant can grow in soil of almost any degree of aération. Only a thorough biographical study of the plant will show us this. May I take another example, namely that of the beech leaf. An ordinary green leaf shows below the epidermis of the upper side one or more layers of narrow palissade cells containing nu- - merous small green starchbuilders or plastids. The green colouring. matter which they contain is very sensitive to light. The small starchbuilders therefore move to the long side walls of these palis- sade cells in strong light so as to be as little exposed as possible to this light. They move to the ends of the cells in diffused light in order to catch every ray of this hght. In the case of the beech the leaves on the sunny side of the tree have two layers of palis- sade cells, and thus they have considerable power to protect the plastids against the strong light. The leaves of the shady side of the tree have one layer only, as there is not the same need to protect the plastids against the light. So here again we have a wonderful modification of an adaptation. The quality of the adaptation does not change, but only its quantity. The seedling leaves of the beech have an adaptation suited to diffused or weak light, as the young plants will generally at first be growing in the darker portions of the forest. The shade condition occurs in seedlings even when the parent plants have been growing fully exposed to strong light. The first leaves of a twig too are shade leaves, but during the summer the later leaves, if necessary, modify the general adaptation in accordance with the degree of strength of the sunlight. The value of this adaptability or power to modify an already existing adaptation is of course very great. It enables the beech leaf to deal with strong light. It enables the maize root to grow in almost any type of soil. It has enabled certain flowering plants of the dry land successfully to invade the water, and not only freshwater, but to a more limited extent, brackish water. like the 126 ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS horned pondweed, and, even pure seawater, like the grass-wrack. Seaweeds, true water plants as you will remember, cannot modify their narrowly limited adaptation to their water habit, and have . therefore not really succeeded in invading the land. There are a few plants which might be called exceptions however. A small species of Fucus is found on saltmarshes near the sea, and Pelvetia canaliculata grows above ordinary highwater mark where it is but rarely submerged. But neither of these plants have adopted any of the adaptations characteristic of dry-land-and-air plants, nor have they really modified any of their typical water habits. Nothing new comes in when the land plant first made itself at home in the water. It merely modified an adaptation already there. This great power of secondary adaptation, this adaptability places the flowering plants on a higher plane than the seaweeds in this respect. However the latter may be as perfectly adapted to their life in the sea as the former are to theirs on the dry land. Con- ditions on the latter are more variable and increased adaptability is a great asset. Let us now take an example from the animal world. The whole shape and structure of the fish represent adaptations to a completely submerged form of life. The lung-fishes are, of course, excluded from this generalization. The fish is a water animal proper, just as the seaweed is a water plant proper. But just as dry-land-and-air plants have invaded the sea so have land- and-air animals. The whale is a land animal the ancestors of which invaded the sea. The whale has not freed itself of its land-and-air traditions, and has not learned to breathe when submerged. But it has so far modified its limbs suitable for progress on land as to be externally as like a fish as possible. The tail of the fish stands vertically up, it is true, and that of the whale horizontally. But that is a minor detail. The whale has not adopted any new organ, but only modified its old organs adapted to life on the land. Tra- dition is so powerful that it has not been able to get rid of the necessity of coming to the surface of the water to bréathe. ‘This shows again the paramount power of tradition in evolution. It is this phylogenetic tradition which has such a fatal effect on a race when it has become so all-powerful in the life of any species that the latter has lost entirely, or almost entirely, the power of adaptability, that is of modifying old functional adaptative struc- tures. A change of climate, or of other surrounding conditions, a slow and gradual change of course, may effect deeply the well established fauna and flora of any district. We know that great changes have occurred. In the carboniferous period there was no alternation in the seasons as we have to-day. This we can see from the absence of annual rings in the stems of fossil plants. The climate was uniformly warm and damp in this epoch. Again ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS ea the slow shrinkage of the earth causes its crust to give rise to higher hills, deeper valleys, and more rapid streams, thus producing altered, and often quite new conditions. Those organisms which were incapable of modifying their structural adaptations in accor- dance with any climatic or other change will gradually have died out. This may account for the disappearance of most, if not all, animals and plant types, known now as fossils only. Many of the fossil and extinct animals and plants appear to have been as per- fectly adapted to their environments as those of to-day are to theirs, but with their perfect adaptation may have been associated a loss of adaptability. Almost every area of the world is inhabited to a greater or lesser extent by animals and plants, and these must have spread from certain common points. This transmigra- tion to new localities, often probably with new surrounding con- ditions, could only have been successful if the plants and animals thus migrating to fresh fields and pastures new had to some extent at least the power of adaptability. The evolution and ancestry of the horse is fairly well-known in outline, and it would, I think, be instructive to refer to it at this point. The Eohippus of the Eocene period, was a small animal about the size of a whippet, that is about 12 inches high. It lived in the forest, and in the grass, and had four perfect toes on each fore- foot, and one rudimentary one, the five digits indicating the five- toed fore-foot of an ancestor. The hind-feet had three proper toes, and one rudimentary bone each. The, Mesohippus of the Oligocene still lived in the forest, and had three functional toes on fore and hind-feet, though an additional rudimentary one on each fore-foot. The animal was 18 inches to 24 inches high. The smaller number of toes reaching the ground indicate increasing fleetness of foot. The Hipparion of the Miocene, still had three proper toes on each foot, and still a rudimentary one on each fore-foot, but of the three properly developed toes only one in each case actually reached the ground. The presence of a solitary digit touching the ground we know to be an adaptation to fleetness of foot, a necessary and important adaptation in the open and exposed prairie which this animal, now more of the shape of the horse of to-day, in- habited. Its milk-teeth still preserved the ancestral form with little or no cement, the permanent teeth, however, already showed the heavily cemented condition of the horse of to-day, an adap- tation to the special food obtainable on the prairie. The Hipparion migrated all over the world from its cradle in America, leaving no successors however, there. The race died out in America. It continued to develope, or its successors continued to develope, in the Old World. The horses in America now are recent intro- ductions from the old Old World. 128 ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS The Pliohippus of the Pliocene was the first really one-toed horse, though each foot still had two more rudimentary, but quite functionless toes. In shape and size of body and skeleton, this horse was almost like the horse of to-day. Its height was about 40 inches. Then in the Pleistocene came the Equus, the species of which were the immediate ancestors of the recent horse of to-day, with its long head and big cemented teeth, and height up to 60 inches. The whole structure of body and shape are most perfectly adapted to fleetness of movement. This sketch of the pedigree of the horse of to-day, all the an- cestors of which have died out, except those developed since the Pleistocene, shows clearly how the five toes of the hypothetical earliest slowly moving ancestor of the horse living in the forest, and probably actually on the trees have gradually by a modi- fication of the foot well adapted to the forest habit given rise to the one-toed foot of the fleet horse of the open prairie. In this area none but the fleetest could survive, and only in those forms in which a modification of the many-toed foot occurred was sur- vival possible. Nothing really new came with the horse of to-day, and we can only trace modifications of already present adaptations. Not the best adapted, but the most readily adaptable, the best able to modify old adaptations, survived. The example of the horse illustrates the development of a morphological feature in | close correlation with a special functional adaptation to new surroundings in the case of a single animal. Living together in communities ants, both in their bodies and in their activities, represent a very high state of social evolu- tion. There are between 3,000 and 4,000 species of ants, many of which appear to be very highly adapted structurally and func- tionally to living together in very special ways. Not only are their limbs highly specialized and adapted, but the ants have learned to carry out certain communal activities which have become the inheritable property of the various species and races. Thus the driver ants of Brazil march in the form of well organized armies, led by big-headed officers and scouts, and raid the nests of other ants to secure their larve and pupz as food. Certain slave-making ants have got so used to having everything done by their slaves that they have quite forgotten how to do anything themselves. The herding ants live in close symbiotic association with other insects, as aphides, the latter serving as domestic cattle serve man. We have agricultural ants which in the case of the harvester ants are known to sow the seeds of their favourite grass, the ant rice, and so on. These communal activities are really very special functional adaptations of the ants and serve the purpose of obtaining food for themselves and their offspring. These adaptations are closely connected with structural adaptations, and have become de . a > a ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS 129 traditional, and are now instinctive or automatic in nature. A certain amount of adaptability is noticeable, but only within very | narrow limits. This communal organization of the ants appears to be most complete, and this has made them the most widely spread of animals. But it is an inherited property, and not an organization that is undergoing development and steady im- provement at the hands of an intelligent and thinking race. Now let us take a sudden jump—-to man, by way of contrast to the smallant. Isman very highly specialized, and very well adapted ? He certainly is, but in a quite different way from the ant. Let us for example look at his hands. Are they specialized, like the hands or fore-feet of the horse, or the wings of the bird, or the fins of the fish, or the fore-feet of the mole? These organs are all functionally adapted and specialized to do some one very special thing. But we can do almost anything with our quite unspecia- lized hand. We can swim on the sea in ships, and below the water in submarines, we can fly in aeroplanes, we can move quickly on bicycles, or in motorcars, we can dig furrows in the soil by mechanical ploughs. Yet we have only an unspecialized hand to do all these things, a hand which still has the original five digits - of our ancestors, ail in working order. How are we able to do all these wonderful things? When man first took into his hands a rough stone to use as a weapon, instead of catching his prey with his hands, and when subsequently he fashioned this stone in various ways, and thus made his first stone implements, he had started on his career as man the inventor. The evolution of the hand had reached its end. The evolution of the tool had begun. The aeroplane is only a very highly developed tool which enables us to fly. The bird had to develope wings in order to fly, but by this very specialization of its limbs its other activities became limited. Our most prized possessions are the organs of our body fixed by long tradition, which are, however, able to control the tools which are indefinitely adaptable. Our tradition does not take the form of highly specialized organs adapted to one purpose only, but it has handed us simple organs that can do almost anything, and then not only what we as individuals have learned in the course of our short lives, but the gigantic store of learning of the whole race handed down from generation to generation is at our disposal. Education, knowledge, inventions, art, literature, all these we are adapted to learn from our parents, and pass on to our children, because we can speak and learn and teach, and store up and pass on experience. No other animal can pass on cultural achievements as man does. Our mind is sufficiently independent of traditional instinct, and we can control and develope outside our bodies tools by our intelligence and imagination in direct response to externa! influences and problems. Side by side with the want of specialization of our limbs has gone the development of 130 ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS the brain of man, a modification only of an adaptation already present in our ape-like ancestors. We are adapted to learn and to be trained. Education plays an important part in our lives. We are adapted to profit by it. We can pass on what we have learnt by books or by word of mouth. , Education is teaching and training the boy of to-day. Education is not necessarily im- proving the race. It may succeed in doing so however, by edu- cating the parent under the influence of whom the next generation is going to grow up. I hope now that I have made it clear what I mean by an adap- tation and by adaptability. Increased specialization means loss of adaptability. Man’s greatest adaptation lies in the loss of special- ization in his limbs accompanied by unlimited adaptability. But what is the origin of an adaptation ? The appearance of a quite new adaptation would mean an advance in the history of a species, in its evolution. When therefore we solve the question of the origin of a new adaptation we will have learnt of the method along which evolution proceeds. Let us return for a moment to the beech leaf. The first leaves on the seedling you will remember are shade leaves. Expose the plant to strong sunlight, and we get sun-leaves. The influence, the direct influence of the strong light, has given us the two palissade layers. This is a case of direct adaptation, but it is only a quantitive adaptation of a kind or quality of adaptation which is already there, the palissade layer. In fact we will find that every so-called direct adaptation we can observe in animal or plant is in reality only a quantitative, and often, a very slight modification of an old quality or less specialized adaptation. The quality of the adaptation is very largely a matter of tradition inalienably connected with, and inherited by every member of a particular race. Races tend to diverge from one another, and can be distinguished by certain traditional “ family ”’ characters. The quantity or degree of adaptability of an adap- tation is often more or less dependent on the direct influence of external conditions, and is not necessarily inheritable. Under this heading plants and animals under similar conditions tend to exhibit the phenomenon of convergence. The Cactacez are characteristic of the deserts of Central America, the Euphorbiacez of the deserts of Central Africa. Cer- tain species of Ceres and Euphorbia are in their adaptation to the adverse conditions of their surroundings, almost indistinguishable in their general external development. Intense adaptation to severe local conditions has led to a morphological evolution along convergent lines. Historically all organs are, however, controlled by traditions which have led these two Natural Orders along divergent lines. This is clearly shown in the general structure of their vegetative organs, and the detailed structure of their reproductive organs. Examples of this divergence and conver- Baek te ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS 13] gence respectively can be found to a still more striking extent in the animal world. The Mollusca and the Vertebrates show a morphological development along divergent lines. In the func- tional adaptation to light, in the development of the eye, they exhibit evolution along convergent lines. There is no evidence that direct influence of the surrounding conditions can produce in a race a new adaptation qualitatively. If this were so, and the new adaptation were inheritable we would have to believe in the inheritance of acquired characters. This means that characters acquired quite newly during the life time of the individual under the influence of external conditions are transmitted to succeeding generations. There is no evidence that this occurs at all. Some recent work by. Kammerer of Vienna has proved to his satisfaction that characteristics acquired during the hfe of an individual can be transmitted to the offspring. But his evidence is not convincing. What he calls a new character is really only a modification of a character, or adaptation already present. He appears to be talking of adaptability really, and not new adaptations. But we should observe an open mind in this ‘matter as we know so little about it. Lamarck (1809) the first great evolutionist believed in the direct adaptation of the living organism to external conditions. Every variation occurring in a plant or animal to him was purposeful and of advantage to the particular organism. Such an adaptation if inheritable might become so well established as to give rise to a new species. The purposeful elongation of the neck of one of its ancestors gave us the giraffe, according to Lamarck. Every change would therefore already represent an adaptation. : Darwin (1859) imagined a large number of slight variations arising by chance in an organism. The most useful variation out of many useless ones would be picked out by natural selection in successive generations till it had become an important adaptation. This too might lead to the formation of a new species. Samuel Butler named one of his books: ‘‘ Luck or Cunning.” Is it luck and chance variation that gives us a new adaptation, that may develope into a new species, as Darwin thinks, or is it purposeful cunning in the species, as Lamarck believes? Butler supports Lamarck’s view. Both processes would be so _ slow, however, as to be undetectable by us. There is not much evidence in favour of either. Most evidence is in favour of a more sudden change in plant or animal, whereby a new but big chance variation makes its appearance suddenly, a mutation, as de Vries (1900) calls it. A sudden mutation, if yielding a useful adaptation, and if inheritable would pass on to the next generation. Selection would weed out any unsuitable mutation. Whatever the method may be it results in plants and animals becoming gradually better adapted to their surroundings. 132 ADAPTATION OF PLANTS AND ANIMALS: There still remains an unanswered question. What originally started the mutation or variation? No answer can be given to this question yet. The appearance of a mutation appears however to be connected with a. more or less profound change in the nucleus. That is really all we know. The power of the green plant to pick out the red rays of the sun-light, and to absorb them, and in the twinkling of the eye to build up from the water supplied from the root and carbon obtained from the air, sugar and starch, is a most wonderful adaptation to the conditions obtaining on this earth. Plants are in this way storing up energy from the sun. This we in turn get from the plant directly by taking plant products as food, or indirectly when eating | meat. Thus we are able to work and walk. The green plant is adapted to obtaining its energy directly from the sun, we indirectly by feeding directly or indirectly on plant material. What I have called an adaptation here is really a most complicated system of adaptations deeply correlated, and it is impossible for us at present to picture their beginning or their mode of origin, though we may recognise and appreciate their value. We can collect animals and plants and we can determine the conditions under which they live. We can determine by careful observation and study what the chief adaptative characters of cer- tain animals and plants are. We may even be able to show what advantage any particular adaptation confers on its owner. I would like to sound a warning note here. We should be careful not to endeavour to give a meaning to every structure we find in animals and plants. There are many striking structures in both the advantage of which to the owner are quite unclear. We must also beware of interpreting plant and animal structures in terms of human activities. Not every spine we find in plants is a protec- tion against the grazing habits of animals. Thorns in the haw- thorn are closely connected with exposure to cold winds and to shortage of water. We do not know how adaptations arose in the first place. It is the keen, observant, and studious field naturalist who in the end may show the experimentalist of the laboratory along what lines to proceed in order to settle this question. Even if he does not succeed in doing this he can still provide the experi- mentalist with a great deal of most valuable observational material. I hope that my disconnected remarks will give at any rate, to some of you who are mostly field naturalists, some food for thought. —— ee a The Aculeate Hymenoptera of Gloucestershire and Somersetshire. bake Cov re PRKINS.« MeAc DeSci FARIS... BVZ'S. HE following list of species of Aculeate Hymenoptera is made up of those which have been, or now are recorded from the two counties of Gloucester and Somerset. These counties have been taken together for the reason that a number of the old records give as a locality “ Bristol,’ and it is well-known that this included species captured on each side of the Avon, while in a number of cases it is not known whether the actual locality of a species was in Somersetshire or Gloucestershire. Some of the species obtained by the old Bristol collectors are so extremely local or rare in England, that it was considered inadvisable to leave these out of the list, as must have been done had the . counties been dealt with separately. Between 1830 and 1860 Bristol and Clifton produced two of the most successful collectors of this group of insects of that or of any other period. Apparently both were specially attracted by the group. Dr. Thwaites appears to have begun his collecting somewhat earlier than. Walcott. At any rate he is several times mentioned as having been the first to obtain some particular insect. What became of his collection I do not know. Walcott’s collection is incorporated in the general collection of the Museum of Zoology at Cambridge. The writer examined this collection with considerable care about 25 years ago. It was remarkable for the fine series of many species then considered extremely local . or rare and contained specimens of almost all the species known as British in Walcott’s time. The specimens were nearly always in beautiful, fresh condition and clean, and their general condition, I should say, superior to those in the collection of F. smith, who often collected indifferent examples, and was less clean in his manipulation. Walcott had fine series of some species poorly represented in Smith’s collection, and so far as I remember the naming was not more incorrect than in the latter. Unfortunately hardly any individuals of this model collection had any label of locality or date, but a few supposed British, but really foreign species, which were received in exchange from the British Museum, and were probably derived from Leach’s collection were marked “in ex- change British Mus.”’ 134 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF ‘GLOSS. AND SG: The late Prof. Alfred Newton put himself to some trouble to find out whether some further details might not be obtained con- cerning Walcott’s specimens, but except that the collection was presented to the Museum by Walcott’s widow, and, if I remember rightly, that he himself died abroad, nothing was discovered. If one assumes that the greater part of the collection was made at ‘“ Bristol’”’ then this must be an extremely rich neighbourhood in Aculeata, but it is certain that either Walcott himself, or others for him, must have collected in very different localities, for he had fine series of species then only known from Scotland and the North of England. It is remarkable that Smith, who received many specimens from Walcott, should not have taken the trouble to obtain from him a list of all the rare and local species that he possessed, and to record them in his books. As a matter of fact he is almost never mentioned, except in connection with some “ Bristol insect, though once he is said to have collected a certain stylopised bee near Brighton, and in other cases to have received specimens of rare species from Brighton. Considering the number of rare and local species that we know to have been obtained by him at Bristol, it is fair to assume that numbers of others well represented in his collection, yet not included in this county list, may still be obtained in that district. Before leaving the subject it may be mentioned that several species unknown in Britain in Smith’s day could have been found in Walcott’s collection, either unindentified or wrongly named. The most important of these was, I think, the wasp Odynerus tomentosus. Specimens of this were found mixed with O. pictus in the collection itself and others in a drawer of duplicates and unidentified material. O.pictws so common in the West of England, was not so in Smith’s localities, and Walcott sent him specimens, having superabundant material himself. That these tomentosus were British can hardly be doubted, for though they have no locality label, some of them had a small label with the actual date of capture in Walcott’s writing, and some of the pictus had similar labels with the very same date. The mere fact that he had taken the trouble to use such a label at all, as, he very rarely used any, might perhaps be a slight reason for supposing that he obtained these in some place other than Bristol, but on the other hand some Bristol insects, which he sent Smith, had quite similar labels with date of capture only. Probably no collector in the two counties since the days of Walcott and Thwaites has paid such particular attention to the Aculeata as they did. V. R. Perkins, though interested in all Orders of Insects, collected the Aculeata, for which he had a special fondness, for more than 40 years in the neighbourhood of Wotton-under-Edge. Te ee ea THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 135 This locality, as he justly observes, is not one which the special student of these Hymenoptera would select as a collecting ground, nor is it likely that it would compare favourably with the Bristol district, and moreover he did not go far afield. His observations, and the list itself have a real value from the fact that the former were practically continuous for so long a period. During two recent summers I have had the opportunity of collecting on some 6 or 7 days of August in the same locality, and in the very same spots, in which V. R. Perkins did most of his collecting, and where in 1885-90 we frequently collected together. One fact impressed me considerably, viz.: that the Aculeata fauna must have con- siderably changed in the last 20 years, though the condition of the locality was on the whole little altered. There is no reason to suppose that many, if any, of the formerly existing species had been lost, for many of these were obviously present, and for the fact that some were not seen the unfavourable weather may have been responsible. But the incursion of new species was quite remarkable. In the 1902 list there is no record from Wotton-under-Edge of the following: Halictus decipiens, common in 1922, with H. levigatus, Andrena ovatula (2nd brood), Bombus soroensis (abundant everywhere), Cevatophorus morio, Blepharhipus nigritus (in numbers), Cuphopterus signatus, Metacrabro lituratus, Vespa norvegica (abun- dantly), all in the same year, while Megachile ligniseca was found in a neighbouring village, and V. R. Perkins had himself in his later collecting found Sapyga clavicornis in some numbers, and a few years ago Nyson dinmudiatus appeared for the first time. Collectors, who happen to be restricted to some home locality for most of their collecting may therefore feel some assurance that at any time new and desirable species are likely to turn up, even in very well worked places. I imagine that similar changes or addition to the Wotton fauna have taken place in the Lepidop- tera, for Polta cht, unknown there in earlier days, had become a common and widely distributed species, and other similar cases were noticed. Above I have spoken in depreciation of Wotton as a collecting ground for Aculeata in general. It is therefore pleasing to be able to refer to its richness in Crabronide. Those species peculiar to light sandy soils and sandhills are naturally not found there, but within an area of a few acres on a stiff clay have been found the following: ¢tbiale, clavipes, capi- tosus, styrius, leucostoma, cetratus, podagricus, gonager, palmipes, varius, anxius, elongatulus, dimidiatus, signatus, cribrarius, vagus, mcrostictus, A-cinctus, lituratus, chrysostomus, sexcinctus, and cavifrons. There cannot be many localities, which have yielded sO many species in so small an area. Contrast this with the Bee genus Andrena, where of the species which emerge from mid- 136 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. June onwards, whether as first or second broods, only three very common species have ever occurred in the district, viz.: minutula, gwynana and (once only) ovatula! It is to be regretted that the Wotton collection should not have been secured by some local Museum, since it takes a prominent place in the Gloucestershire list. I should have been glad to have examined the specimens of some of the species that I suspect of being wrongly determined, but I have been unable to learn the name of the purchaser. The collection of the Bees which filled about a dozen cabinet drawers was within the means of most Museums, as the whole was bought for five shillings. The other Hymenop- tera, seeing that the boxes were included in the price, were prac- tically given away with these ! Nearly all the labour of compiling the Somersetshire list was undertaken by my friend the late Col. T. Jermyn, who was for some years the chief collector of these insects in that county, at any rate since the time of Walcott and Thwaites. All the species in his collection, and I think all the specimens, have been submitted to me for naming, or for confirmation of the names, and his col- lection included many specimens which he received from friends, Capt. R. D. Troup (abbrev. in list R. D. T.), and Messrs. H. Aud- cent (H. A.),.and 1. Slater (H..S,). - He also furmished Gem ten an extensive list of species of the Bristol district, drawn up by Mr. H. J. Charbonnier (H...J..C.), with Col. Linley Siarameaiie county list (L. B.), and with one enumerating the species collected near Weston-super-Mare by Mr. H. M. Hallett (H. M. H.). Col. Jermyn’s death is a severe loss to Entomology in Somersetshire, and especially so to his friends. A box of insects received from him shortly before his death, which I have only now been able to exa- mine, contains at least three species which I had not seen before from Somersetshire, Bombus muscorum, and latreillellus, and Psithyrus distinctus. By far his most important capture was the Bee Sphecodes scabricollis in 1919, of which only a single example (without special locality) in the Kirby collection of the British Museum, caught some !20 years ago, was known as British. This specimen he most generously added to my collection. The first of the initials (T. J.). is sometimes varied in the list, when the specimens were collected by some other member of his family. Other initials used are (E. 5.) for Edward Saunders, and (A. T.) Rev. A. Thornley. I have also received a short. list from Mr. A. H. Martineau of Crewkerne, including both Glouces- tershire and Somersetshire species. The Wotton-under-Edge species were collected entirely by my uncle and by myself, usually by both of us. For a complete list of Ants of both counties I am greatly indebted to Mr. H. Womersley. THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 137 In the recently published list of Devonshire Aculeata I have remarked that large areas are still quite unexplored by collectors of these insects, but this list is probably far more nearly complete than that of Gloucestershire and Somersetshire, which have been still less collected over. Of the two counties the latter may be expected to considerably exceed the former in the number of species represented. It is safe to say that in each large additions are sure to be made. In this list of the two counties the Apordea number 125, the Sphecoidea 62, the Vespoidea (including Chrysidide) 53, and the Ants 16 species, a total of 256. In the recent Devon list I enu- merated 324 species, and as the common Cevopales maculatus was accidently omitted, and I became aware of the occurrence of 3 or 4 other species too late for inclusion, the total should be some- what increased. It is quite certain that the apparent richness of Devonshire is due to the fact that more extensive and intensive collecting has been done there, than in the other two counties. APOIDEA. HYLACIDZ. HyL2&us (PROSOPIS). 1. #H. spilotus Forst. (masoni). G. Recorded from Stapleton (Hen yerc.). 2. H. communis Nyl. A common species in both counties, often resting on gate-posts and visiting flowers of Rubus, Sedum, Reseda and onions. 3. H. pratensis Geoffr. (signatus). The largest species of the genus often found on Reseda in gardens, but apparently local or rare in either county. G. Wotton-under-Edge, tonmerly abundant, but not recently. S. Freshiord (H. VEUCSE 4. H. hyalinatus Sm. A very common species in many locali- ties. ara wconmusus Nyl. G. -Wotton 3. Olveston (HB. J., C.). -S. islemistewers (R. C.’L, P.).. Kewstoke Woods (H.-M. H.). Oy Bee minuius VF. (brevicorms). G. Wotton and Kilcot. 5S. Minehead (L. B.). Usuaily found on Rubus and white Umbelliferee, and will occur in many other localities. fei ee picwpes Nyl. Hirst recorded as British frem “ Bristol ” by F. Smith, who described it as a new species (varipes Sm.). Smith’s type of the male was the present species, but the female was a variety of hyalinatus. The bramble stems from which he bred the species were sent to him by Dr. Thwaites. 138 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. COLLETIDZ. COLLETES. 1. C. glutinans Cuv. (succincta). JI have only one record for Gloucestershire, but the species is common in Somerset- shire in places where heather or ling are abundant, fre- quenting these flowers. It is an abundant moorland insect and Epeolus rufipes its parasite usually occurs with itie Go elanham, (He hareae 2. C. marginata Sm. G. Olveston in June y(n ge ea Minehead (L. B.). 3. C. fodiens K. An abundant species in sandhills and partial to the flowers of ragwort, yarrow, etc. Very common along the coast near Burnham; Dunster (H. a.). Not recorded from Glos. 4. C. daviesana Sm. Probably the most widely distributed of the genus, not only burrowing in sandy soils, but some- times forming large colonies in the soft mortar of walls. G. Wotton; Hanham and Olveston (H. J. c.).. S. Fresh- ford: (Hy J.'¢:). @ Crew kemie se ©. gra: ANDRENID&. ANDRENA. 1. A. albicans Mull. Probably the commonest species of the genus, and found in all kinds of localities. 2. A. carbonana L. (pilipes). S.. Only reeorded arom Wein Wioodsy (Eames): 3. A. flavipes Panz. (fulvicrus). S. “ Common locally ~ about Weston-super-Mare (T. J.); Wembdon (Rr. D. T.). In Glos. recorded only from Wotton, I believe erroneously. I have seen none thence which were correctly named. (A. tibialis K. is recorded only from Wotton, but was probably wrongly determined. (Rhediand ia). S. Sand Bay, very numerous with its host M. circum- cincia (H. M. H.). C. acuminata Nyl. G. Wotton and Hawkesbury; Redland (4. J. c.). S. Leigh Wods (A. E. Hud); Wesicmiiaw gs). Common at Crewkerne (R. C. L. P.). Parasitic on M. cen- tuncularts and versicolor. ANTHIDIUM. A. mamcaium L.. G. Wotton; Redland Giregecs as. Cheddar (H. J. c.); Cannington (H. s.); Weston-super- Mare, common and sometimes very abundant (T. J.). STELIS. S. aterrima Pang. G. Bristol (H. A. Francis); @litton (ide F.. Smith) S.° The’ Mendips (i: Sammdersy S. pheoptera K. Wotton district, rare. Taken also by the old Bristol collectors. S. ornatula Kl. (8-maculata). Bristol. First obtained by Dr. Thwaites, who bred it from the nest of Osmia leucome- lana; Walcott also collected it, I believe in Leigh Woods. . OSMIA. O. yufa L. An abundant and generally distributed bee. ar re THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 147 O. pilicornis Sm. G. Wotton, formerly common, scarcer recently ; Durdham Downs (Thwaites) ; Painswick (Mar- tineau). S. Leigh Woods, taken abundantly on Bugle by the old collectors. Kewstoke Woods (H. M. H.); Bun- combe (R. T.) ; Brockley Combe, Flax Bourton and Weston ep.) Peer onelais IG, Wotton (V-R:. P: about, 50: years age, but not since). Bristol taken freely by Walcott about 1840, but not recorded since. O. cerulescens L. Common and widely distributed. O. ventralis Panz. (leatana, fulviventris). G. Common, often in gardens. S. Jermyn’s, and other lists fail to record the species for Somersetshire, but I observed it in a garden near Crewkerne in August 1924 on garden Composites, and it must occur in many localities. OO aurlena Panz. S. Sand Bay (H..M. H.); Uphill (Tt. J.). Recorded by V. R. P. for Wotton, Glos., but if this is correct, it must be very irregular or rare, as ] have never seen it there. O. bicoloy F. G. Common on the Cotswolds both on the open hills and in woods. Stroud and Selsey (Martineau). Scam bay (H. M. H.); -Polden Hills (7. j.). It was found very numerously by the old Bristol collectors on Durdham Downs and in Leigh Woods. On the open hills at Wotton it covers the snail shell, in which it nests, with cut lengths of grass stems; in woods with the scales that fall from beech twigs. O. leucomelana K. G. Wotton and the Forest of Dean ; amowiel (H-' 1. C.); Stroud (Martinean). S. Taken ‘by old collectors in abundance in the Leigh Woods and both Walcott and Thwaites obtained its parasite Stelis ornatula thence. Sand Bay (H. M. H.). It will be found in many localities in the county. O. spinulosa K. Abundant on the open hillsides of the Cotswolds in some seasons, frequenting knapweed, cistus, and other plants. We have found tts cells in the smaller snail shells on the hills near Wotton (R. c. L. P.); Stroud (Martineau). BOMBID. BOMBUS. B. muscorum L. This name is now applied to the pale Southern form of B. Smithianus of the Shetlands. S. A worker, belonging without doubt to this species, was taken by Col. Jermyn at Shapwick August 1919. B. helferanus Seidl. (venustus). Common and widely distri- buted in both counties. ] ~ 5: mse ~ I he iS) 14. 16, B. agrorum F. Common everywhere. B. ruderarius Mull. (derhamellus). Common in both counties. . sylvuarum L. G. Abundant and generally distributed. 4 oS: 4 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. S. Shapwick and Ashcott commonly, and Nailsea, “‘ seems to be a local species ” (T. J:); Shepton Mallet (anjmeie Very common at Isle Brewers and Crewkerne on Bartsia (R. c. L.) Psy B. pratorum L. Very common. B. jonellus K. G. Occasionally at Wotton. S. Banwell and Weston (T. J.). Numerous at Shapwick in August PO24 (RNC) BMS B. lapponicus F. G. A stray specimen of the female twice taken at Wotton by V. R. P. No doubt the species will occur on Exmoor, being abundant on Dartmoor. : B. lafidarnus L. Abundant. B. sovoensis F. Very abundant on the Cotswolds for some miles on either side of Wotton in recent years, though formerly unknown there. S. Near Crewkerne August 1O24 VAR. (Cob. Pa). : B. lucorum L. Common everywhere. B. terrestris L. Equally common. B. hortorum K. A very common species. B. ruderatus F. (subterraneus). Common. Jermyn remarks that the all-black var. harrisellus is the commonest form in Somersetshire, and he has not found the brightest varie- ties. On the Cotswolds the palest var., resembling hor- torum, is frequent, but all the other varieties are also com- mon. B. subterraneus L. (latreallellus). G. ather common in the Wotton. district in some seasons. S. Ashcott, a single maley (te gi B. distinguendus Mor. G. Much rarer than subterraneus L. in the Cotswold district, and not observed at all round Wotton in most seasons. I have no record at all for Somersetshire, but it is almost certain to occur in the Exmoor district at least. (B. cullumanus K. G. According to Smith this species was obtained by Walcott, as also was sovoensis, on the Downs near Bristol. The latter species (Cat. Brit. Hym. Ed. 1) he calls collinus Sm., considering cullumanus (on the authority of Schiodte) to be the true male of soroensis. It is curious that Smith makes practically the same remark about the specimens of either species, viz. that Walcott captured both near Bristol, and also received both from the Brighton Downs. Both are represented in Walcott’s collection, but one wonders whether some error may not have been made in the localities.) THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 149 PSITHYRUS. 1. P. vupestris F. G. Very abundant in the Cotswolds dis- trict in good seasons, and no doubt generally distributed. S. Freshford (uw. J. c.); Nailsea, Ashcott, Banwell and Nvestom (1, J.) ;. Isle Brewers (R: C. L. P.). Pie westais Kourc. G--Very common. 5S. ~ Abundant and generally distributed ’’ (T. J.). | 3. P. distinctus Perez. G. Wotton, and near Badminton, irregular, not noticed at all in most seasons (R. C. L. P.) ; Dean Forest (Rr. J.). S. Weston-super-Mare and Banwell ey if) 4. P. barbutellus K. G. Abundant and generally distributed. Smeauneaston (UB); Cheddar (Hy Jj. ¢.); Banwell, Weerom and Shapwick (7. J.); Crewkerne (R. C..L. P.). 5. P. quadncolor Lep. G. Abundant and generally distri- buted. S. Shapwick, Banwell and Weston-super-Mare vine. isle Brewers and Crewkeme (R:‘C..L. P:). 6. P. campestris Panz. G. Very abundant in some seasons : on the Cotswolds. S. Shepton Mallet and Freshford fEyiece, yisle Brewers and Crewkerne (R. C. 1. P.). SPHECOIDEA. SPHEGID&. SPHEX (AMMOPHILA). ie eesaumiosa LL. 5... Burnham:(1. B.); Sand Bay (#. M. H.); Berrow (H. s. and T. J.); Shapwick, commonly including a var. with 2-cubital cells (T. J.). No doubt common in many localities. | Paonia) ocop. >. ‘Burnham. (L. B.);.Berrow’ (H..'S.). Neither of these two widely distributed species appear to have been recorded from Glos. at present. MIMESID. PsEN (MIMESA). 1. P. yumcolor v.d. L. S$. This species, which often abounds on coast sandhills, has only been recorded from Taunton (H. J. c.). The male without dissection is hardly distin- guishable from P. dahlbomi, which is generally a woodland insect, and I have not seen the Taunton specimens. 2. P. dahlbomi Wesm. G. Not rare in woods: at Wotton in some seasons, but none could be found in 1922 and 1923. Se trmham! (A. J. ¢-).4 One would rather expect it to be umnicolor, q.v. PSENULUS. P. pallipes Panz. G. and S.. This small and common insect is not recorded from many localities, but it is no doubt common in both counties. It frequently abounds in gardens. () THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. PEMPHREDONID. PEMPHREDON. Three species of this genus are common and generally distributed in the S.W. of England, and special localities need not be given. The other P. wesmeli is not at present. known from either county, and seems less rare in N. Britain. WI = P. iugubnis F. P. shuckard: Mor. P. lethafer Shuck. CERATOPHORUS. C.. morio v.d. L. Bristol (Walcott). G. Wotton for the first time in 1922 (R. Cc. L. P.);.\Redland (mayen: DIODONTUS. BD. tristisi.v.dy Lind: -sG: . Wotton: — . 2. D. mnutus F. G. This sand-loving species has been re- corded from Wotton, burrowing in banks and the mortar of walls (v. R. P.), but I have not seen the specimens, and the species burrowing in the mortar of the walls of V. R. P.’s garden was tvistis; Redland! (mH: J) ¢))) oy gpemean Down (T.J. and, H. M. H.); -Axbridge (Rev. "51 Oe maiaicy, inveljeh. Cis MSs. -tetes): 3. D.duperus Sh. G. Wotton. (v. RB. P.), probably im vemor: University gardens, Bristol (H. J. C.). The great confusion of species in this and the following genus, even in good collections such as S. Smith’s and many others, renders the records very uncertain, unless the specimens have had a very close examination. PASSALGSCUS. 8 P. cormger Sh. G. Abundant at Wotton in good season. S.. Wembdon (R. D. T.); Crewkerne (Martineau). XS P.cansignis v.d. L.. Gr. Wotton; Olverstom..(aaaene an: Batheaston (L. B.); Freshford (a. J.°c:) ; ‘Crewkeme (k 7e pee.) ; P.c grachs (Curt: G.. Wotton; Redland? (oie) ae ee Crewhkemmenie, C40) P.) 4. P.monilicornis Dahl. G. Wotton, not rare. S. Mendips (E. Saunders) ; Crewkerne (Martineau). STIGMUS. S. solskyt Mor. G. Wotton, in gardens and in the woods ; Olveston (H. j. c:). S. Burnham (2... B.) 3. alvertem (ROGCi tee THE ACULEATE HYMENO PRERA OF GLOSS: AND ‘SOM. et SPILOMENA. S. troglodytes v.d. L. G. Kilcot, near Wotton 1888, in old gate posts (R. Cc. L. P.); Filton, in pierced bramble stems (ig. C.). -S. Leigh Woods (H. J. c.); Crewkerne (Mar- tineau). CRABRONID&. CLYTOCHRYSUS. | C. sexcinctus. F. (saunderst). G. Wotton in some numbers on one or two occasions (R. C. L. P.). S. Wells, burrowing in an old willow, in company with cavifrons, 4-cinctus and others, August 1907 (R. C. L. P.). C. cavifrons Th. G. Wotton, sometimes common; Redland (Eemie2c i 5, batheaston (tL. B.)'>’ Preshford (a. jj.) ¢:)\; Kewstoke Woods (H. M. H.); Shapwick (T. J.) ; Crewkerne Martineau) ; Wells, very commonly (R. C. L. P.). C. chrysostomus Lep. Common in both counties, and gener- ally distributed. METACABRO. M. lituratus Panz. (kollart). G. Wotton, first noted in 1922 (pene. 2.) S. Minehead) (Rothney); , Banwell (7. J.); Bridgwater (R. D. T.); Crewkerne (Martineau) ; Hazelbury near Crewkerne, common on white Umbellifere, August [924° (R..C.°L: P,). M. 4-cinctus F. (interruptus). G. Common in some seasons in the Cotswolds. S$. Burnham (L. B.) ; Minehead (Roth- ney); Cannington (H. Ss.) ; Kewstoke Woods (T. J.); Wells (R: ©. L. P.)., Taken freely in the Bristol district by the old collectors. SOLENIUS. S. vagus L. G. Wotton, much more abundant in 1922 than hesed LO be: Nediama: (Haj. .c.)) 2S.) Burmham (iy B.): Weston, Nailsea, Shapwick and Ashcott, common (T. J.). S. microsiictus H.S. G. Wotton, August 1922 (R. c. L. P.). In my earlier collecting between 1885 and 1890 I captured several specimens in this district, and they were the sole representatives of (supposed) S. vagus in my collection at that time, this common species apparently being then absent from the spots where I collected. CRABRO. Cs cyibrarius’ EF... G., Wotton. S.; Batheaston., (L.. 8B.) ; Cheddar (H. J..c.); Brean Down (H. M. H.); Exford and Minehead (T. J.); Crewkerne (Martineau). Evidently of general distribution in suitable places. C. peltartus Schr. S. Burnham (L. B.); Kewstoke Woods (Ba Te). . 152 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. ACANTHOCRABRO. A. vagabundus Panz. Is recorded from Wotton by V. R. P., but it does not appear a likely locality for this insect, and there is probably some error. F. Smith, who named some of his earlier captures, had specimens of other species mixed with the few vagabundus that were in his own collection. ~ HOPLOCRABRO. H. 4-maculatus ¥. G. Forest’ of Dean\ (Richie ae. Dulverton. A huge colony amongst the roots and adherent earth of a large elm tree that had been blown down (R. C. L. P. CUPHOPTERUS. 1. C. dimidiatus F. G. Wotton, sometimes common. Red- land and Olveston (H. J. c.). S. Kewstoke Woods (T. J.). 2. C.signatus Panz. G. Rare at Wotton, where it has occurred, usually singly. BLEPHARIPUS. 1. B. leucostomus L. Common in both counties. 2. B. mgritus Lep. (pubescens). G. Wotton and Alderley, not rare in 1922; only a, single male found \previously,) 3. Freshford (H. J. c.); Backwell 14th June 1924 (T. J.). 3. - B. cetvatus Sh.. G: Wotton, rare... S. Dulverton) and isle Brewers (R. 4G, L4P:). 4. B. capitosus Sh.- G. Wotton, but not common m 1922 (R..C. L. P.)....S. . Freshford \(H...J. ¢.) ;) (Dulvemongenium- Gan tly 1(R Cele eae B. gonager Lep. G. Generally common at Wotton; Alder- ley and Badminton (R.'c. L. PB). S.\ Freshfora) (a es). - ABLEPHARIPUS. A. podagncus v.d. L.¢ G.. Very abundant -anyWVoresg: Bristol (Hw, J..c.). SS: Brean Down, (Uae Hair paner occur in many localities. CROSSOCERUS. |. C. palmmpes L. G. Wotton, abundant im ‘some seacans. Painswick (c. J. w.). S. Only recorded from Taunton (H. J. c.), and Brean Down (H. M. H.). 2. C. varus Lep! G. Often common’ at “Wotton enero: (@. J. c.). S:) Brean’ Down (H. M. Hi); Wemibdoqs im: a: are) 3. C. ovalis Lep. (anxius). G. Occasionally at Wotton and Alderley (Re. qnP THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. ES36) 4. C. wesmelt v.d. L. A common sandhill species. S. Brean Down (1. Mi H.);, Berrow (Rk: D.7T.)) The’ Glos. record Wotton is almost certainly a mistake; probably the sup- posed wesmeli was ovalis, the old record of which was based on captures by myself. 5. C.) elongatulus v.d.-L... The commonest of the genus and generally distributed, found in most gardens on leaves of currant bushes, etc., often in company with less common species. IRHOPALUM. P. tibiale Lep. G. Wotton, but many years ago (Vv. R. P.). I believe this species was obtained in numbers by the old Bristol collectors. PHYSOSCELIS. P. clavipes L. G. Common in the Cotswold district, and no doubt elsewhere. S. Only recorded from Batheaston (L. B.) and Shepton Mallet (H. J. c.), but it is probably to be found in all districts. LINDENIUS. LE. albilabyis F. S. Brean Down (H. M. H.); Crewkerne (Martineau). This common insect is not recorded from Glos. at present. ENTOMOGNATHUS. EB. brevis v.d..L. G. Wotton; Redland and Olveston Gey. @-).\)o. )Minehead (L.B,). OXYBELIDZ. OXYBELUS. ire O.wuelums |. S. Burnham (L. B.); Berrow (T. J.). \ This common insect does not appear to have been recorded from Glos. Zum wargentaius) Curt. (mucronatus). 5S. Burmbham (Lv. B.); Berrow (T. J.). NYSSONIDZ. GORYTES. G. mystaceus L. Not rare in either county, and common in some places. HOPLISUS. This genus is not recorded, but its parasite Nysson trimacu- latus was found at Minehead by Rothney. ARPACTUS. A. tumidus Panz. G. Wotton, but not common. S. Only recorded from Kewstoke Woods (T. J.), but its special parasite is noted from Minehead. 154 ay THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. DIDINEIS. D. lunicorms Fab. Bristol (Walcott). NYSSON. N. spinosus F. I have no record for this common parasite of G. mystaceus from Glos., but Jermyn reports it as common at Burnham, and from Kewstoke Woods. N. trimaculatus Rossi. S. Minehead (Rothney). N. dimidtatus Jur. G. Occurred for the first time in 1922 at Wotton. S. Minehead (L. B.). [tie arasnieon Arpactus. MELLINIDZ. MELLINUS. M. arvensis L. G. Wotton (v. R. P.). I teelsomercoubnr about the correctness of this record, which might have been an error of observation, and Crabvo dimidiatus or some such species observed. I feel sure the insect has not been found in Wotton in my time, or for about 40 years. S. Common in many places from Leigh Woods to Exmoor, and at Crewkerne. M. sabulosus F. S._ Burnham: (L. B:)) TRYPOXYLONIDZ. TRYPOXYLON. T. figulus L. Common in both counties. T. clavicerum Lep. Also common. T. attenuatum Sm. Not rare. G. Wotton; Bristol, com- mon to the old collectors. Redland (H. J. c.). S. Cleve- don (Watkins); Taunton (H. J. ¢.); Ashcotey@. 73) PHILANTHIDA. CERCERIS. C. ornata F. S. Portishead (H. J. C.’s liste y Nomspecies is yet recorded from Glos., and at least two others should be found in Somersetshire. LARRIDZ. TACHYSPHEX. T. pectinipes L. G. Wotton; Painswick and Olveston, (H. J.C). S. Burnham (L. ‘B.): 9 Berrow™ Genes doubtless in many other localities. Ts nicole, Panze" S.’ Birnham in 1923° (7.92). ASTATIDZ. ASTATA. A.” boops Schr... G. . Wotton: (Vv. R):P)))) pute aa occurred there for many years. S$. Minehead (Rothney). —-. i. ae nN =_— © OC =, BO Oo oR w& THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 155 VESPOIDEA. PSAMMOCHARID#. PSAMMOCHARES. ® ieearigepes IL. -S. Shapwick 1922 (R. J.). P. cinctellus Sp. G. Willsbridge, on an old wall (H. J. C.). S. Minehead (Rothney). Peagernmus Sc. G." Wotton, not rare. S. Shapwick (ke q.) 3; Wembdon ((R. T.). weaconauy, Perk. G.. Forest of Dean (R. €-1: P.). S. Shap- witke(T"J.)' P. plumbeus F. S. A common sandhill species, very abun- dant at Burnham (various collectors). Berrow, abundant se a pe blebs L. This species so common generally in Devon, and frequent on the moor, as elsewhere, appears to be unrecorded from Somerset. It must surely be found in the county, and the much more local consobrinus ought to occur on the North coast sandhills. The female is markable from the fact that it hibernates as an image, and is often seen in March. P.~spissus’ Sch. G.’ Wotton, commonly in woods. Not recorded in Jermyn’s Somerset list, but it must certainly occur in the county, being a common insect in the S.W. of England, and was taken by the old Bristol collectors at Bristol. P. chalybeatus Sch. A common sandhill species. S. Burn- hemiy{L: B.);° Sand -Bay (H.°M: #))’; \Berrow (R. T.). P. gibbus F. A common and generally distributed species. P. unemcularis Th. G. Occurred freely in the woods near Wotton about 1885. ie pecinipes yaa) G. Recorded by V. RK. P. as rare at Wotton, but a few years ago it was common, and a female was captured with only two cubital cells on either wing, so that it greatly resembled Evagethes bicolor (R. Cc. L. P.). SALIUS. S. fuscus L. Common in both counties. S. exaltatus F. G. ‘Not common in ‘the Cotswold district ; Morest, on, Dean (Ryjz and R. Cc. U.P.). (S.,. Extord: (t. 7.) ; isle oirewers and Crewkerme (R.\C. lL: P.). S. notatulus ES. 'G. Olveston (Hw. A.).*° S: «Shapwick (R. J.). S. “obtusivenitnis Sch. S. Near Crewkerne, ‘August 1924 Pere. P.), S. pusillus Sch. G. Wotton, numerous in 1914, and Kilcot ; Horest OF Wean-(RY*e."1, P).° S.’ Only recorded from Minehead (Rothney). Generally a common species. 156 6. na Core THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. S. parvulus Dahlb. G. Kilcot (R. C. Li Ply aS ae — corded from Minehead (Rothney), and I have myself captured it at Isle Brewers. CALICURGUS. C. hyalinatus F. G. A single specimen was captured at Wotton by V. R. P. many years ago. AGENIA. A. vanegata L. G. Common at Wotton in. some seasons, Alderley and Badminton (R. c. L. P.) ; Selsley (Martineau). S. Sand Bay (M. J. and H.M.H.); Mendips (E. Saunders) ; Minehead (Rothney) ; Clevedon (Watkins). A. hurcana F. G. Wotton, Alderley, Badminton, etc. ; Stapleton (H. J. c.); Selsley (Martineau). Often with the preceding. I took dozens of the two mixed in a single morning on old hawthorn trees in Badminton Park in 1886. CEROPALES. C. maculata F. G. Common locally in the Cotswold district. S. Only recorded from Minehead (Rothney) and Shap- wick (T. J.). It is a common insect, and will be found in many localities. VESPIDZ. VESPA. V.crabro L. G. More or less local and irregular in appearance in the county, but occurs in many places. It used to be very common in the Forest of Dean. S. Batheaston (L. B.) ; Weston-super-Mare (T. J.) ; Crewkerne (Martineau), and no doubt in many other localities. V. vulgaris L. Abundant. V. germanica F. Abundant. V. rufa L. G. In some seasons as common as the preceding. S. ‘Commion “(1 9.)) V. sylvestris Scop. Common in both counties. V. norvegica F. G. Notin V. R. P.’s 1892 list, but abundant throughout the surrounding hills in 1922; Stapleton and Olveston (H. J. c.). S. Batheaston (L. B.); Quantocks (ee ! V. austriaca Panz. (arborea). G. Once captured many years ago by V. R. P. I have seen one or more other old records for G., but cannot remember the exact locality or author now. EKUMENIDZ. ODYNERUS. O. crassicornis Panz. One specimen at Shapwick in 1916, but not found again (T. J.). THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. eave 2. O. gracilis Br. G. Wotton and Alderley, sometimes common fe sey.) ‘Olyeston(E jy) C.j2" S. Ereshtord (H..7.'C.),: Minehead (L. B.). A common species always attracted by the flowers of Schrophularia, when this grows in its localities See Orsmuaius F. G: .Not common at Wotton. ‘S. Burnham (E.B.); Sedgemoor (rR. T.); Shapwick (T. J.). ANCISTROCERUS. Ieee cavosus Th.) Abundant in. both counties. The only British species of which the female hibernates. 2 A. pies Curt.. A common species in the S.W. of England, occurring freely in both counties. 3. A. trimarginatus Zett. Especially common on sandhills. G. The record for Wotton must I think be an error. The species was collected freely by V. R. P. in North Devon and there may have been a confusion in the localities, Wotton being a very unlikely place for the Wasp. S. Minehead, abundant and Weston (T. J.); Sand Bay (H. Mev:); Burnham (L.'B.): 4. A. panietimus Curt. A common species, abundant in Glos. >. -batheaston -(L. B.)'; Freshford (H)\y. C.); Weston (7. ieee Crewkerne (R. Cc. L: P. and Martineau). 5. A. antilope Panz. G. Wotton, common in some seasons, often flying over raspberry canes in gardens. S. Not recorded in Jermyn’s lists, but I found it, with all the common species of the genus in my brother’s garden at Crewkerne’ (R: Cc. L. P.). 6. A. trifasciatus Oliv. G. Irregularly at Wotton, but not very searee im some Seasons (R. C. L.'P.); Redland. (Hw. J: C.). S. -Freshford (H. J. c.); Weston, Banwell and Shapwick (T. J.). 7. A. panetum L. This variable species is very common and generally distributed. HOPLOMERUS. 1. H. spimpes L. G. Formerly there were large colonies in the woods at Wotton, but I could not find any in the last few years; Alveston (H. J. c.). S. Numerous localities ; Wembdon, Weston, Dunball, Sedgmoor and Brean Down. 2. H. melanocephalus Gm. S. Freshford (H. J. c.); Mendips (Saunders). Taken freely at Bristol by the old collectors. Walcott sent specimens captured in May 1839 and 1840 to). Smith: 3. H.levipes Sh. Bristol, taken commonly by the old collectors. I believe the actual locality was Leigh Woods. S. Blag- don (R. T.); Shapwick (T. J.); Batheaston (1. B.). 158 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. SAPYGIDZ. SAPYGA. 1. S. 5-punctata F. G. Wotton, rare; parasitic on Osmia cerulescens. S. Only recorded from Sand Bay (H. M. H.). 2. S. clavicornis F. G. Found in some numbers by V. R. P. near Wotton during the later years of his collecting. It is, as he observed, parasitic on Chelostoma florisommis. | TIPHIIDZ. TIPHIA. T. femorata F,.) S:, Burnham +(y.B)). 2. 1. mnuta v.d. L. G.. Not rare in, the peighbounieed yor Wotton 1888-1890 (rR. c. L. P.). This small insect is easily overlooked, and has not been recorded from Somerset, though it is common to the West in Devon. — THYNNIDZ. ’ METHOCA. M. wchneumonides F. G. Forest of Dean (F. White). MyYRMOSIDZ. MyYRMOSA. M. melanocephala ¥. G. Wotton and Alderley; not rare in some seasons, the male sometimes on white Umbellifere. 5) iBerrow (0. lial MUTILLIDA. MUTILLA. M. europea L. S. Shapwick, where it has been captured by Miss May Jermyn, Mr. A, H.-Martineau and others ; Weston (H: F c.’s list.). CHRYSIDIDZ. This family of small but beautiful insects must have been sadly neglected by collectors in these counties judging by the records I have seen. Walcott of Bristol had a very fine collection of Ruby Wasps, but how many of them were captured in that neighbourhood is quite uncertain CLEPTES.., C. pallipes Lep. G. Common in gardens in Wotton. ELAMPUS. E. auratus L. G. Wotton, not very common. Bred from burrows of Pemphredon lethifer. S. Shepton Mallet (H. J. c.)):) Isle Brewetsi( 36 Ca ie) HEDYCHRIDIUM. H. ardens Curt: \3-| Bemowy (yaa): THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 159 CHRYSIS. iC. wma L_.--Common everywhere. Pew sweit Sh.) 5.’ Shepton Mallet (a. J. c:). Sour. wrtauia LG. Wotton.’ S. Shepton, Mallet (Chrysts ornata Sm. captured by Hewitson at Bristol, has been supposed to be an extraordinary variety of this species). FORMICOIDEA. PONERIDZ. PONERA. (P. punctatissima Rog. This species is rarely found at any great distance from houses, and very often in hothouses, and has little claim to be indigenous. It has been recorded from Minchinhampton G. by Farren White). MYRMICID&. | MYRMECINA. M. gramimmcola Latr. G. Wotton (v. R. P.); Stinchcombe Hill and Stonehouse (Farren White); Durdham Down (Bacchus). S. Batheaston (D.). TETRAMORIUM. I. cespitum L. S. Batheaston (D.); Bossington Hill, Hawkecombe (Crawley). LEPTOTHORAX. L. tuberum F.. G. Durdham Down, Bristol (Bacchus). 2. L. nylandert Forst. G. Near Stonehouse (D.); Sea Mills, near Bristol (Bacchus). 3. L. acervorum F. G. No doubt common in many localities, as at Wotton and near Badminton. Stonehouse, Leonard Stanley, Forest of Dean, etc. (Farren White); Bristol on the banks of the Avon (Bacchus). S. Porlock Hill and Horner Valley (Crawley). med e MYRMICA. M. levinodis Nyl. A common and generally distributed aepecies, — . 2. M. ruginodis Nyl. Common and generally distributed. 3. M. scabrinodis Nyl. Abundant. 4. M. lobicorms Nyl. S. Exmoor (Farren White); Leigh (Smallcombe). FORMICID2. LASIvs. 1. L. fuliginosus Latr. G. Wotton, common; Selsey and Cheltenham (Farren White). S. Porlock (Crawley) ; Shep- bom Waller i.) J, 'C:)'; Batheaston(i. B.). 160 THE ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA OF GLOS. AND SOM. 2. L. umbratus Nyl. G. Stonehouse, abundant, and Forest of Dean (Farren White); Olveston (H. J. C), Race mixtus Nyl. G. Common at Dursley (Smallcombe). S. Long Ashton and Leigh (Smallcombe). L. flavus de Geer. Abundant generally. L. niger L.* Very common. L. alienus Forat. G. Stonehouse, Stinchcombe Hill and Symonds Yat (Farren White); Durdham Down (Small- combe and Bacchus). S. Minehead (Farren White) ; Steep Holm (Hudd). ae FORMICA. F. rufa L. Common in many localities. F. fusca L. Abundant and generally distributed. Race glebaria Nyl. G. Common. Brinscombe, Minchin- hampton Common, Stinchcombe Hill and Haresfield Beacon (Farren White); Stroud (W. B. Davies); Hulls round Wotton, frequent at Kilcot 1887-1890 (rR. c. L. P.). S. On marshes near the seashore at Porlock (Crawley). We BET 161 Recent Earthquakes. pia bo BAXTER MCA. CAMB: BSC: LOND. (Read October 2nd, 1924) HE object of this Paper was to consider a selection of those recent major earthquakes which have been studied by seismo- logists, and to illustrate the chief results established by modern seismology. An earthquake is caused by a portion of the inner crust of the earth giving way under increasing stress. The stress may accumulate slowly or rapidly, and its own cause is conjectural. Although earthquakes are probably but a minor accompaniment of vast continuous slow processes within the earth, yet an enormous flow of energy is liberated from the focal space of a major seism, perhaps as much as fifty billion kilowatts. This energy is transmitted by the rocks deep within the earth, in the form of waves or tremors, some of which travel through the earth in 21 minutes. Rocks transmit tremors because they are elastic, 7.e., a cube of rock resists an effort to change its volume, or an effort to change its shape. Rocks have two elasticites ; and since the volume or compression elasticity exceeds the shape or screw elasticity, (while the speed of transmission depends partly on elasticity), we shall not be surprised when we find evidence that there are two kinds of tremors from distant earthquakes, of which one kind outstrips the other in the race through the earth from the focus of a shock to the more distant part of the earth’s surface. When an earthquake occurs, accurate records can only be obtained by automatic instruments, whether in the epicentre, where human attention is temporarily otherwise occupied, or at the antipodes, where tremors are too feeble for human observation to record. The modern seismograph consists essentially of a base to conduct the tremors, a frame, a steady point or line, a recorder, and a damping device. In a typical instrument a horizontal boom rests with an end socket against a pillar, and near the other or distal end carries a weight ; a certain line in this weight remains steady during the seism. The distal end is supported by a wire, fixed to the pillar at a point not quite vertically above the socket, but a little towards the weight ; the outline much resembles the mast, boom and stay of a ship. Ifa jerk is applied to the pillar, opposite ends of the boom move in opposite directions, and the steady line justifies its name. In the Milne-Shaw instrument, the recorder consists of a thin vertical blade of light, reflected by a mirror coupled to the distal end of the boom. 162 RECENT EARTHQUAKES Supposing tremors to be in transit, we see that the mirror vibrates about its own fixed vertical axis, and the reflected blade of light moves to and fro. This wandering blade always falls upon a horizontal cylindrical lens, which compresses the blade into a pencil, whose point.of light always falls within a very narrow slit in the lid of a box. This box contains a ribbon of sensitized paper moved by clockwork athwart the slit; and, as long as the earth tremors are passing, the point of light traces a train of waves on the paper. Development renders the waves visible. Tremors from a shock up to eight thousand miles distant through the earth are feeble on arrival, and the Milne-Shaw instrument magnifies up to 400 times. There yet remains the damping device. The principle of resonance, which causes the unpleasant vibration of the omnibus floor when the vibration period of the top gear approximates to that of the floor as the vehicle labours uphill, causes the steady line of the boom to err from its steadiness, and to be disposed to take up certain of the earth’s vibrations as they pass. In order to keep the line steady, a copper disc projects from the boom and lies between, without touching, the poles of an electro- magnet. The least motion of the disc is resisted by the action between eddy currents and magnetic field, and the steady line is enabled to fulfil its function. The seismograph records enable the observer to determine the direction of travel of tremors, their time of arrival, range and time of vibration, the angle of emergence from the earth, and indirectly their speed of travel through the earth. By com- bining the records of three arms of the instrument, an estimate of the actual path of vibration of a particle of rock can be made. It is important to realize that an arm which records horizontal vibrations will only record motion to and fro across the arm, and will ignore any motion directed along the arm. We will now consider four. well-established inferences, which can be deduced from the study of seismograph records: The vecord presents a triple division. The photograph shown of the Petrograd record of the Asia Minor shock of 1909 displays first, a set of short waves, then a jerk and a set of rather longer and wider waves; next, a band of very wide and more open waves. These are P (primary), S (secondary), L (long) waves respectively P waves precede S by a definite interval of time, which increases with distance from the focus or origin of the shock. Paths of the tremors. Prof. C. G. Knott gave reasons why the conclusion is drawn that P and S tremors travel through (not round) the earth along slightly outward-bent chords. The L waves travel round the earth. Briefly the evidence consisted of seismo- graph time-readings, which show that, while times of transit for P and S are practically proportional to chord distance from focus ——— = RECENT EARTHQUAKES 163 to observer, the times for L are proportional to distances round the earth’s surface. The speed of P probably increases from 5 miles per second to 8 miles per second, while L travels at 2 miles per second. Rapid determination of an epicentre. An epicentre, or area of greatest intensity, is usually of considerable size. An observer, whose seismograph begins to record a distant shock, reads the seconds by which P preceded S. The tables of Prof. Milne and Turner at once tell him the distance of the shock. He draws on a map a circle having himself as centre, and that distance as radius, and often his knowledge of seismic distribution, will fix the prob- able epicentre, a few minutes after he observed the P waves to arrive. As soon as he obtains the observations of two other ob- servers, suitably situated, he can draw two more circles on his map; and their common area will be very near to the epicentre. Other methods exist, in which two sets, or even one set, of obser- vations will yield the epicentre. P tremors are pull and push, S are screw tremors. The slide of the Kingston, Jamaica, shock of 1907 indicates that at Washing- ton, D.C., 1,400 miles N. of Kingston, the seismograph arms pointed one E and W, and one N and S. The E and W arm recorded P tremors 44 minutes before the N and S arm began to move. When the N and S began to move, there was a slight jerk on the record of the E and W arm. Now the arm only records motion across its own direction; hence the P tremors had N and § vibration only. But this was the line of travel from Kingston to Washington, and therefore P tremors are compressional, or pull and push vi- brations. Further, S tremors moved the N and S arm; and so S tremors contain vibrations athwart their line of travel, or screw tremors. This argument is based here upon one case only, for conciseness, but other corroborative cases exist. A conjecture. Now S tremors are sometimes absent from records taken within the antipodes, of radius about 60 degrees, opposite toa focus. Since P and S tremors travel through the earth, it has been concluded that a central core exists impervious to S. Now S are screw tremors, and a liquid has no screw elasticity ; hence arises the conjecture that the rigidity of the earth disappears about 2,400 miles from the surface, and the inner core behaves like a liquid. Safe buildings and safe sites. The San Francisco earthquake of 1906 occurred at an hour when many workers had lit their morning fires to prepare a meal before going to work, and the damage by earthquake was apparently inextricably entangled with that by fire. The careful survey instituted by the United States Government succeeded, however, in gathering a large body of accurate obser- vation whose analysis reveals several useful principles. 164 RECENT EARTHQUAKES It appears that for ordinary houses, not specially designed or strengthened, the damage was divisible into four classes, charac- terized by degree of intensity, which was found to depend on the nature and environment of the ground. On bare rocky ridge tops the damage was slight ; on slopes of rock, covered with thin soil, the danger was rather greater; the gravelly soils of valleys seemed to convert tremors into slow waves of increased range, with the result that buildings, particularly those freshly built, or ill-tied, or top-heavy, suffered more severely, though collapse was rare; the made ground and swampy soil, occupying the low lying parts of San Francisco, bordering and encroaching upon the old creeks near the bay east of the city, proved to be a disastrous foundation for all buildings, except those of special design and construction. it was observed that even on deep loose and marshy foun- dation, structures of steel frame, founded on very deep piles, withstood the shock, and that well-bonded buildings of brick and cement, some years of age, on similar deep piles, stood equally well, excepting weakly-tied corners, and tall chimneys and chimneys tied to walls. The most treacherous foundation was of made ground filling old creeks ; and in such cases there appeared to be bodily sinking and sliding of blocks of ground. Tectonic and volcanic earthquakes. One theory attributes the stress, which ends in an earthquake, to a shrinking of the outer crust on cooling, and consequent cracking along planes of weak- ness; another has it that the inner core cools and shrinks away from the outer crust, which proceeds to fall inwards. A third theory asserts that a viscous liquid subterranean ocean of lava extends round the world at a depth of some scores of miles, that the rocks of the sea-beds are heavier than those of the highlands, and so the roots of the sea-beds float deeper in this lava ocean than those of the continents, that from time to time, at intervals of perhaps millions of years, the viscous lava becomes heated to fluidity through radio-activity, and large redispositions of land and ocean result. These are the major seisms of which our ex- perience is happily ignorant, while our earthquake phenomena are very minor incidents, which arise out of restricted activity in isolated corners of the lava ocean. However the truth may be, some seisms are obviously vol- canic, and some are not; the latter are called tectonic, unless there is a doubtful volcanic connection. The epicentral area of a vol- canic shock is restricted, on account of a very localized and shallow origin; but the intensity within the epicentre may be of the greatest order, and the tremors detected at the Antipodes. Tectonic shocks are often associated with relative movement between opposite faces of faults, which may extend over scores or hundreds of miles. This causes the focus to be very long, and ae RECENT EARTHQUAKES £65 often very deep. The epicentral areas of great tectonic shocks are therefore usually very large, and such great shocks are in- variably of the earth-shaking class. The geographic effects of a volcanic earthquake were well illustrated by the Sakurajima shock of 1914 in Japan. Four thousand acres were covered with lava, ash was deposited to a distance of 30 miles from the origin, with a maximum thickness of 70 inches thinning out to zero, and several villages were des- troyed. The loss of life was very small, because Dr. Omori had for three years received increasing warning from his .seismographs that the district was becoming acutely seismically sensitive, and through his representations preparations had been made to remove the people in good time. | The topographic effects of tectonic shocks may be illustrated by the San Francisco seism of 1896, and that of Mino-Owari in 1891. The latter shock was of the same order as that of Tokio in September 1923. The Tokio earthquake originated, perhaps through collapse of blocks of sea-bed, at a distance of 60 miles S.W. of Tokio; the focus according to Dr. Davidson was shallow and 12 miles below the floor of Sagami Bay. Most of the nearer coast was lifted to a maximum of six feet ; but the sea floor of the Bay was depressed in one place by 230 feet, and raised elsewhere by 270 feet. A high sea wave come in from the elevated bed. Distribution of setsmic areas. From a study of the records of 160 thousand earthquakes, de Montessus de Ballore in 1903 concluded that 53 per cent. of all known shocks have originated along a. zone from the Alps through the Caucasus and the Hima- layas, and 38 per cent. along the shores of the Pacific Ocean. In fact 91 per cent. have originated along one or other of these two belts of discontinuous seismic activity. It is interesting in con- nection with a theory mentioned above, to note that along these two zones we also find some of the steepest gradients, and the youngest mountain ranges in the world. Conclusion. The introduction of accurate seismographs has enabled much mapping of seismic centres to be performed. Safe and unsafe areas and types of buildings can be indicated. A limited degree of prevision has been achieved by the late Dr. Omori, and it may be hoped that continued effort in this direction will meet with further success. 166 The Apterygota of the South-West of England. By H. WoOMERSLEY. Pari fe INCE the publication of my first list of interesting insects in the Proceedings of the Bristol Naturalists’ Society, 4 S., Vol. VI., p. 28, 1923, I have continued to collect and observe them in the area covered by the activities of the South-Western Naturalists’ Union, viz.: Gloucestershire, Wilts, Somerset, Dorset, Devon and Cornwall, and more especially in the immediate neigh- bourhood of Bristol. In addition to my own, I have received a number of specimens from other Naturalists whose names I have duly mentioned. Although no species new to Science can so far be recorded for the area, yet a number of our species are of great interest to the student of Insect Distribution. We now have on record | species of Protura, 9 of Thysanura, and 71 species (one only in its varietal form) and 11 varieties of Collembola. | Again I gratefully acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S., F.E.S., for his continued yaluable Help. Class — ), INSECTA. Sub-Class — APTERYGOTA (Oudemans). Order — Protura (Silv.). Family — Acerentomide. Genus — Acerentomon. 1. A. doderoi (Silv.). Under old bark, Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, February 23rd, 1924. Also in similar habitat at Oldbury Court, Fishponds, Bristol, March 15th, 1924. This is the first record for this inter- esting order of insects from the West Country. Order — Thysanura. Family — WMachilide. Genus — Proemachilis. 1. P. hybernica (Carp.). This seems to be generally distributed around Bristol. I now have additional records from Tyntesfield, July 6th, 1924, Brockley Combe, July 12th, 1924; also from Nympsfield, near Stroud, June 28th, 1924; Evens. Genus — Petrobius (Leach). THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 167 2. P. carpentari (Bagn.). This appears to be the characteristic Rock jumper of the Bristol Channel, at any rate, on the English side. I have no records from the Welsh side. It is far more widely distributed than P. maritima, reaching as my previous records show, almost to Bristol, along the Somerset side of the Avon. Search for it in suitable localities, higher up than the mouth of the Avon, so far has been negative. I have also taken it at Sand Point, Somerset, July 5th, 1924, mostly immature, but a few adults, and Mr. C. W. Bracken has sent me specimens taken at Fistral Beach, Newquay, August 28th, 1924. 6. P. maritima (Leach), Carp. Specimens of this species, so far, I have only received from Fistral Beach, Newquay, August 28th, 1924, through the kindness of my friend Mr. Bracken. These specimens, however, differ in minor details from the original description of Carpenter. Family — GCampodeade (Lubbk.). Genus — Gampodea (West). 7. G. devoniensis (Bagn.). Desembed from Torquay by Bagnall, EH. M. M. 1918, p. 277. 8. G. gardneri (Bagn.). Two specimens along with C. lankesteri under stones, Law- rence Weston, Bristol, May 24th, 1924. Family — Lepismatidz (Burm). Genus — Thermobia. 9. T. furnorum (Revelli). This species is recorded from Great Bedwyn, Wilts., by Mr. C. P. Hurst, in the Report of the Marlborough College Society for 1923. Order — Gollembola (Lubbk.). Sub-Order — Arthropleona (Borner). Section — Poduromorpha (C.B.). Family — Hypogastruride (C.B.). Sub-family — Hypogastrurine (C.B.). Genus —- Hypogastrura (C.B.). (xXchorutes: emp. Lubbk. Wb.) 3. H. purpurascens (Lubbk.). On cliff-face along with S. aureus, var. ochropus, Oldbury Court, Bristol, 1924. Under stones, Lawrence Weston, Bristol, May 13th, 1924. H. purpurascens var. trispina (Axels.). Under bark, Leigh Woods, Som., November 18th, 1923. 168 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 4. H. viaticus (Linn.) Tullb. Abundant on wet farm yard ruts, Lawrence Weston, May 24th, 1924. Genus — Xenylla (Tlbg.). 8. X. grisea (Axels.). Under bark and in moss, Cadbury Camp, Tickenham, Som., April 6th, 1924. In moss, Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, April 5th, 1924. On shore under wood debris, Minehead, June 8th, 1924. 58. X. humicola (O. I.) Tlbg. Under bark in farm yard, Lawrence Weston, Bristol, May 24th, 1924. Genus — Willemia (Born.). 59. W. anopthalma (Born.). One specimen of this species occurred in moss from Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, February 23rd, 1924. Sub-family — Achorutine (C.B.). Tribe — Pseudachorutini (C.B.). Genus — Pseudachorutes (Tlbg.). 60. P. suberassus (Tlbg.). Several specimens were found at Leigh Woods, Som., Novem- ber 21st, 1923. Genus — Friesia (D.T.). 61. F. claviseta (Axels.). One specimen under bark along with Acerentomon doderoi at Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, July 19th, 1924. 62. F. mirabilis (Tlbg.). In moss Charterhouse on Mendip, Som., April 19th, 1924; also from similar habitat, Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, July 19th, 1924. Genus — Anurida (Laboulb.). 10. A. maritima (Guer.). _ Additional to previous list, I have found it at Exmouth, Devon, June, 1924; .Sand. Point, Som), July;oth, (1924 ame specimens were sent me from Lansallas Bay, Cornwall, August Sth, 1924, bythe late Col.Jermyn. 63. A. granaria (Nic.). I found specimens under stones in Banwell Caves, Som., February 3rd, 1924, and also under stones in the open at Bristol, 1924. Family — Onychiurine (C.B.). Genus — Onychiurus (Gerv.) Born. SA - THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 169 14. O. armatus (Tlbg.). Under stones in Banwell Caves, Som., February 3rd, 1924, and under bark, Oldbury Court, Bristol, March 15th, 1924, 15. O. fimetarius (Linn.) Lubbk. Under stones in Banwell Caves, February 3rd, 1924. Section — Entomobryomorpha (C.B ). Family — Isotomidz (Schffr.). Sub-family — Isotominze (Schffr.). Genus — Isotoma s. str. (Bourl. C.B.) 17. |. viridis (Bourl.). Oldbury Court, Bristol, March 15th, 1924. 19. 1. maritima (Tlbg.). A number of specimens of this small greyish I[sotoma were taken amongst marine debris on the shore at Portishead, Sep- tember, 1924. 64. I. notabilis (Schffr.). This interesting and delicate spring tail I have taken in moss by means of the Berlese funnel, Cadbury Camp, Tickenham, Som., April 6th, 1924; Kewstoke Woods, Weston-super-Mare, April 13th, 1924; Charterhouse on Mendip, April 19th, 1924; Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, July 19th, 1924. Genus — Archisotoma (Linnaniemi). 24. A. besselsi (Pack.). Abundant on the shore at Sand Point, nr. Weston-super-Mare, July 5th, 1924. Probably occurs on the coast throughout our area. Genus — Folsomia (Willem.). 26. F. quadrioculata (Tlbg.). Abundant in moss, Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, April 5th, 1924; also at Cadbury Camp, Tickenham, Som., April 6th, 1924. Family — Tomoceridz (Schafir.). Genus — Tomocerus (Nic.). 28. T. minor (Lubbk.). Oldbury Court, Bristol, March 15th, 1924. 30. T. (Pogonognathus) longicornis (Lubbk.). Oldbury Court, Bristol, March 15th, 1924. Family — Entomobryidz (C.B.). Sub-family — Entomobryine (C.B.). Tribe — Entemobryini (C.B.). Genus — §Sinella (Brook) Burm. 170 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 65. §. cavernarum (Doniez.). This cave-inhabiting species I found under stones in the caves at Banwell, Som., February 3rd, 1924. Genus Pseudosira (Schott) Born. 66. P. domestica (Nic.). Mr. J. V. Pearman took several of this indoor species at Aust Farm, Lawrence Weston, Bristol, July, 1924, and I took one myself on my study table August 10th, 1924. This genus differs from Sira in having the dentes scaled ventrally. tripe — Orchesellini (C.B.). Genus — Orchesella (Templ.). 47. ©. flavescens (Bourl.). This, in my opinion, the most magnificent spring-tail, was again taken in its previously recorded habitat amongst dog’s mercury at Flax Bourton Combe, Som., May 17th, 1924. Sub-Order -— Symphepleona (C.B.). Family — Neelidz (Fol.). Genus — Neelus (Fol.). 67. WN. murinus (fol.). These minute creatures may be obtained in moss by aid of the Berlese funnel. J have taken them from Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, January 26th, 1924, and since. Genus — Megalothorax (Willem.). 68. M. minimus (Willem.). This species, which is even smaller than the last, approx. 0.2mm., occurs in similar habitat. I have it from Blaise Castle Woods, March 2nd, 1924; Oldbury Court, Bristol, March 15th, 1924; also Kewstoke Woods, Weston-super-Mare, April 13th, 1924. Family — $§minthuridg (Lubbk.). Sub-family — Sminthuridinz (Born.). Genus — §minthurides (Born.). 69. §. maimegreni (Tlbg.). var. elegantula (Reut.). One specimen of this usually aquatic species I took under a damp stone, Banwell, Som., February 3rd, 1924. Genus Sminthurinus (C.B.). 50. §. aureus (Lubbk.). The type of this species occurred at Bristol, November 2nd and 7th, 1923; also at Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, November 10th, 1923. THE APTERYGOTA OF "THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND Lot S. aureus var. ochropus (Reut.). This black variety of S. aureus occurred plentifully on rock- faces in Oldbury Court Grounds, Bristol, March 15th, 1924, along with H. purpurascens. A few were also found in similar habitat at Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, April 5th, 1924. Sub-family Sminthurinz (C.B.). Genus — Bourletiella (Bank) C.B. (Deuterosminthurus, Bérn.) 52. B. bicinetus (Kock.). On dog’s mercury, Flax Bourton Combe, Som., May 17th, 1924. B. bicinctus var. repanda (Agr.) Axels. Abundant everywhere on dog’s mercury in the Exmouth district, June 1924. On clover, Lawrence Weston, Bristol, Sep- tember 6th, 1924. B. bicinctus var. pallipes (Lubbk.). A black to violet variety—was plentiful but localised along with var. repanda between Woodbury and Exmouth, Devon, Jame 7th,- 1924; also on clover, Lawrence Weston, Bristol, September 6th, 1924. | 70. 8B. bilineatus (Bourl.). This small, but prettily marked Sminthurid was fairly numerous on heather Woodbury Common, near Exmouth, Devon, June 19th, 1924. 71. B. hortensis (fitch.). In moss, Blaise Castle Woods, July 19th, 1924. Sub-family — Dicyrtomine (C.B.). Genus — Dieyrtomina (C.B.). 96. D. minuta (O.F.). The type of this insect occurred amongst herbage in Blaise Castle Wocds, Bristol, May !1th, 1924. ADDITIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHY CONSULTED. BROOK ‘Notes on some httle known Collembola and on the British species of the Genus Tomocerus,’’ Jour. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), Vole Veli) 9; 1884: SSS “ A Revision of the Genus Entomobrya Rond. (Degeeria INTC) at hbid pe 270), Ve2 THE BAGNALL BUCKLE COLLINGE COLLINGE AND SHOEBOTHAM FOLSOM HURST SHOEBOTHAM SILVESTRI WILLIAMS € APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND ‘“Protura,’’ Knowledge, 1912. (-Probura.33 Vasculum, Vol. V3 19 tae “On the Ecology of Soil on Agricultural land ”’ (Apterygota, p. 94), Jour: E¢ol, May; 1923, ‘““ Notes on Amerus Normani,”’ Jour. Econ. Biol. “Description of Two new species of Collembola,’’ Jour. Econ. Biol., Vol. IV, 1909. “Description of a new genus of Collembola of the Family Neelide, Fol.” Ibid. ““ Notes on some Collembola new to Great Britain,’’ Ibid. “ The Apterygota_ of Hertfordshire,’ -Jb7d., Vol. VY, 1910. ““Neelus murinus, representing a new Thysanuran Family,” Psyche, Vol. VII, pp. 391-392, 1894496. “ Review of the Collembolan genus Neelus and description of N. minutus n. sp.” Psyche, Vol. IX. pp. 219-222, 1901. “ Apterygota’’ Williams Galapagos expedition. Zoologica, Vol. V, No. 4-16. “Annual Report of the Marlborough College Society for 1923. ‘““Some records of Collembola new to England with des- cription of a new species of Oncopodura,’’ Annals Mag. of Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, 1911. “Thysanura, Termitide, and Embiide collected in Meso- potamia and N.W. Persia by W. E. Evans, B.Sc., and Dr. P. A. Buxton,’’ Proc. Entom. Soc. of London, 1923, Pe. vaud 11.5... 208; “A Summary of the Present Knowledge of the Protura.”’ Entomologist, August 1913. Tike: Bristol Botany in 1924. Baas. WV WHITES be. FEW months ago there passed away a life-long lover of plants, whose observations had been of service in the compilation of the district Flora. David Williams was gardener on the Failand House Estate for more than forty years, and during the whole period it was evidently his delight to make friends of the flowers that grew upon and around the property on which he was employed. In his annotated Catalogue of British Plants, one finds a mention of practically all the flowering plants—if the more difficult genera which he did not attempt to deal with be omitted—that have been recorded from the Failand neighbour- hood, he being the first to notice some of the more interesting. Assuredly no part of the Bristol area has been more closely exa- mined. Among the entries are a few that should have had a welcome in the Flora. Thalictrum flavum, in a field off the lane from Failand to Portbury from 1886 onwards, had disappeared by 1912. Ranunculus hederaceus, too, in a streamlet near Failand House, seemed to die out after many years. Fragaria elatior was found “wild” in 1884 between Failand and Charlton House. Caucalis daucoides grew between Shirehampton and Avonmouth, 1886—1892. Of Chenopodium urbicum he writes, with acute discernment, “Two plants in Durbins, Failand, 1907. Growing with C. rubrum, but distinct with seeds much larger.’ A quaint story under Solanum nigrum makes interesting reading seeing that the berries of this species are commonly banned as poisonous. “ Constant as a garden weed at Failand House where a gentleman visitor ate them freely. As he was fond of black currants, and could not get the bushes to grow in Natal where he spent twelve years, he said he took to eating Solanum berries because they resembled currants, and got to like them.” The garden weeds Williams encountered, and that persisted often for many years, in spite of a fairly intensive cultivation make a surprising list that includes many rarities, British and foreign. Their source could seldom be traced, unless it lay in imported manure, and chicken- corn, but their occurrence was always recorded with a kind of sympathetic interest, and it can be imagined that they were regret- fully destroyed. How far more complete would be the knowledge of our flora if here and there among his fellows there were some who could take such notes as these with the care and industry that characterized our friend. In the Journal of Botany for January there appeared another ecological study of our Channel coast-line from the pen of Mr. 174 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1924 H.S. Thompson, who on this occasion discusses in scientific fashion the vegetation and other features of Steart Island and Steart Point, two unattractive bits of salt-marsh, sand and alluvial mud lying at the mouth of the Parrett. The facts revealed are not of peculiar importance botanically as no species or variety was noted that does not occur on the neighbouring seaboard between the Brue and Brean Down. But it is cheering to find that some hand- some flowering plants—Horned Poppy and Sea Holly in particular —that have become lamentably scarce on the more frequented mainland still survive in fair quantity. It has been assumed hitherto, on good authority, that Steart Island pertained to the vice-county of North Somerset, and belonged accordingly to our botanical district. But Mr. Thompson contends that as the main channel of the river Parrett actually separates it from the coast at Burnham, Steart Island should be attached to the southern division of the county. A more detailed account and analysis of the Steep Holm flora than had been availabe has been published in the June num- ber of the same Journal by Dr. R. C. McLean and Mr. H. A. Hyde, as the result of a visit to the island by a party of Cardiff natura- lists. Whereas the total number of flowering plants and ferns had been previously estimated at 150, these botanists give a list of 220, so far recorded from the Holm. This list includes, however, a few errors and extinctions. Draba muralis L. Very sparingly on Kingdown Crags, Mendip; H. S. Thompson. It was gladly noted also that the entire-petalled form of the Cheddar Pink is persistent on those rocks. Lepidium latifolium 1. Naturalized in a lane near Tocking- ton, Gi “Veiss Roper. Sagina ciliata Fr. Abundant at Sand Point, S., on the grassy top of the ridge; all very glandular; H. S. Thompson. S. nodosa Fenzl. The form of dry limestone, in one spot on Hampton Down, Bath; Rev. E. Ellman. Geranium sanguineum L. A fine plant on a ledge in Cheddar » Gorge; B. A. Lowe. Long known at Ebbor, but this is the first report from Cheddar. G. purpureum Vill. (G. modestum Jord.). On the north side of St. Vincent’s Rocks: C. Wail. A new record for West Glou- €eSter: Evodium neglectum Baker and Salmon. Sand dunes, Burnham, S.; W. Watson. Probably the plant previously recorded from the locality as E. cicutarium var. glandulosum. Melilotus arvensis Wallr. (M. officinalis Lam.) Well estab- lished between Burnham and Highbridge; Lady Davy. Trigonella ornithopodioides DC. By the top of a wood at Han- ham Green, G. Stems up to 10 inches long; H. J. Gibbons. BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1924 175 Agrimoma odorata Mill. Charlton Woods, Portbury, ols Rev. E. Ellman and Noel Sandwith. Rubus. In reviewing the work of an American botanist (Journ. Bot. LXII, pp. 83-86) the Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell writes some pertinent paragraphs well worth the attention of field- workers who attempt to deal with bramble problems in this country. The suggestion that variations in the genus may be often due to an inherent fluidity which arises from some unknown cause independent of crossing, and that forms are actually changing from year to year, well expresses what has long been a supposition of my own. For I can conceive no more likely explanation of pecu- liar loss of recognized varieties and the appearance of others in our own area. Sedum sexangulare L. Looks more than ever like a native plant at Wyck Rocks, where it now covers large spaces of exposed lime- stone on both sides of the valley ; Colin Trapnell. Bidens tripartita L. Growing as a strand plant at the mouth of the Brue. Doubtless carried down by drainage from the peat moors; H. S. Thompson. Sonchus arvensis var. glabrescens Hall. A rare form of the Corn Sow-Thistle. Casual at Avonmouth Dock, G.; C. and N. Sandwith. Cnicus ertophorus Roth. var. anglicus Petrak. Frequent on hillsides and field-borders between Marshfield and Cold Ashton, G.; H. S. Thompson. Rather rare in West Gloucester, and unrecorded from this locality which has been seldom visited. Evythrea pulchella Fr. (E. vamostssima Pers.) Is still quite scarce on our coast line. It may be worth noting that while in the dry summer of 1915. Mr. Thompson saw plants | inch high bearing a single flower, he gathered in the same spot during the late abnormally wet season specimens of 11 inches. Solanum nigrum. L. In view of the poison-taint that still sullies the reputation of this plant the quoted note by David Williams is of some value. This is a cosmopolitan weed. In America, where the “stubble-berry’’ is abundant throughout the Northern States, its leaves have been commonly used as a resolvent, and the plant is classed among the non-poisonous medi- cinal herbs of the country. In Equatorial Africa it is equally prevalent. Mr. E. Brown reports from Uganda that the natives do not uproot it from their cultivations, but eat it as a potherb, cooking the leaves and young shoots like Spinach. There is indeed no unassailable evidence that berries of the Black Nightshade are more deleterious than those of its relative, the Tomato. A suggestion has been made that the toxic alkaloid of the family (solanine) may be erratic and uncertain in its distribution; but the opinion expressed in Fl. Brist, that whenever unpleasant 176 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1924 symptoms follow consumption of these fruits the trouble is due to idiosyncrasy of the individual, is more likely to prove correct. Cynoglossum officinale L. Persistent in fields to the south of Lansdown above Weston, S., but never more than two plants in the same place; B. A. Lowe. A new locality. The peculiarity stated, with others pertaining to this species, is mentioned in LS BIASE, Lithospermum officinale L. A clump near the Chewton end of Workhouse Lane, Keynsham, S.; W.H. Stephens. The extreme scarcity of the plant in the Keynsham district, pointing apparently to its intense dislike to Lias, renders this note of interest. Lysimachia vulgaris L. In the Avon Gorge near the Black Rock, G.; Miss Roper. 7 Verbascum Blattaria L. Plentiful and Juxuriant in thickets on a steep slope of Purn Hull, Bleadon, S.; A. S.” Thompson: The finder writes that he has never seen so many plants together nor any in so secluded and wild-looking ground, difficult to ap- proach. | V. virgatum Stokes. In two or three spots among the sand dunes at Berrow; and on the site of old glass works at Nailsea, . S.; C. and N. Sandwith. Like other Mulleins this rarity is a pro- lific seeder. One hopes, therefore, that it may become perma- nently established in the localities given. Chenopodium polyspermum L. var. spicatum. Waste ground near the Bishop’s Palace, Redland; H. J. Gibbons. Myrica Gale L. Is generally described as dicecious, but the careful examination of a number of plants on Shapwick Moor by Miss Roper in the early spring showed that four other variations exist in the arrangement of the sexes. Staminate and pistillate catkins grew on adjoining twigs, or together on the same twig of a bush; while a third mingling of the sexes was noticed one above the other in the same catkin. In addition, catkins were found consisting solely of hermaphrodite flowers. Pinus sylvestris L. The largest of those ancient and interesting Scotch Firs in the peat of Walton Moor near Clevedon, (see F1. Brist. p. 552) have lately been felled. It was grievous to see their big boles being hauled away in May last. Orchis hircina Crantz. In the Report of the Botanical Section of the Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Society presented in January by the Secretary, W. D. Miller, is this entry: ‘“ Orchis lircina Crantz, Burnham; Miss Stewart.’ On enquiry for details of so astonishing a discovery in Somerset of a rarity hitherto known to occur solely in two or three south-eastern counties, the matter was found to be shrouded in an impermeable veil of secrecy, such as, happily, is seldom encountered under like circumstances. It must not be thought there was the least wish for unrestricted BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1924 Lag publicity, but as Burnham lies within the Bristol district it seemed imperative that those who for the time are responsible for local botanical history should be acquainted with the facts. The veil was ultimately raised, and in early July I had the pleasure of seeing this splendid orchid for the first time. There were many fine plants upon the site—so many as 84 have been counted— some at least three feet in height. They grow within the fencing of a private domain, on an artificially made bank adjoining the gar- den, and under trees that were planted say 40—50 years ago. Their number and luxuriance shew that the soil and situation, where it is surmised they must have flourished for some years, is entirely congenial. Although so extremely scarce in Britain this Orchis (Satyrium and Himantoglossum are its synonyms) is frequent throughout France, Belgium and Central Europe, whence the seed could be readily procured. O. wncarnata L. The true plant in a boggy field near Falfield, G.; Miss Roper. Habenana bifolia Br. On high ground above Cheddar Gorge ; F. Samson. In this district the plant is usually found in moist peaty soil. | Potamogeton panormitanus Biv. Bern. A pondweed gathered on Walton Moor some years ago by Mr. H. S. Thompson was submitted to Mr. Arthur Bennett who thus named it, “a species which all Italian botanists simply regard as a synonym of P. pusillus L., but which Hagstrém has clearly shown to be distinct.”’ It is possible that much of our so-called pusillus is really this plant. See Bristol Botany in 1920-21. Aponogeton distachyon Thunb. Is still thriving in the pond at Englishcombe, where Dr. Prowse and I have lately seen it in flower, (See Fl. Brist. p. 612.) Here we have a subtropical species adapting itself to our climate, and doing quite weil in waters that must be sometimes frozen. Ins feetidissima L. var. cityrina Bromf. Near Kelston, S. ; Rev. E. Eliman. A single clump, that may have been planted. Narcissus poeticus L. Sparingly in woodland on the Battle- fields, Lansdown; B. A. Lowe. Carex muricata L. The plants included under this name in Fl. Brist. are now known to comprise two species, viz. C. contigua Hoppe and C. Paivei F. Sch. The latter has been identified near Keynsham by N. Sandwith, and may certainly be expected else- where about Bristol. C. extensa Good. In fair quantity at a spot on the Channel shore between Portishead and Walton Bay; H. J. Gibbons. This. new locality for a rare sedge is most welcome. C. pseudo-cyperus L. var. minor Hampe. Peat moor: near Shapwick, S.; N. Sandwith. A very distinct and pretty variety. 178 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1924 Alopecurus bulbosus Gouan. Between Highbridge and Burn- ari) 3) 7 a Govons. Festuca arundinacea Schreb. Seems to have gone from the shingly shore at New Passage, but a larger colony has been ob- served higher up the Severn at Aust Cliff. While quite distinct in this, its typical form, there are intermediates that connect it with F. elatior. ALIENS. Lotus stiliquosus L. (Tetragonolobus Roth.). In July the Rev. IK. Ellman reported this leguminous perennial to be abundant in a rough hilly pasture S.W. of Marshfield, G.—so plentiful in fact over several acres as to suggest that it must have been sown, although no mention can be found of its cultivation either at home or abroad; and observation tends to shew that cattle do not like it. This field is said to have been in cultivation until 1915, when it was laid down for grazing on account of scarcity of labour ; but the plant is remembered there for at least forty years. The adjoining fields, in which the plant also occurs in less quantity, had likewise borne crops for a long period. L. siliquosus has only lately been noticed in this country. It occurred in Berkshire in 1913; and Dr. Druce tells me he has recently found it quite naturalized near the Thames at Henley in a chalky pasture, and very plentiful. Nothing is known of the methced of importation. On the Continent this Lotus is not uncommon in damp meadows near streams. Iva xantlifolia Nuttall. Twenty plants or more on some waste ground near Wee Lane, Stapleton, G.; H. J. Gibbons. A North American composite. Annual, often eight feet high. Com- mon in the N. Western States, and known as Marsh Elder or Half- breed Weed. This seems to be its first appearance in the Bristol area, though it has been met with once or twice elsewhere. 179 Note on an Exposure of Old Red Sandstone at St. Monica’s, Durdham Down, Bristol. By &..S. Wats, PhD. (Bristol Museum). N 1921 (reappointed 1922, 23 and 24) a British Association Committee, with Dr. H. Bolton as chairman, was formed “ To investigate the stratigraphical sequence and paleontology of the Old Red. Sandstone of the Bristol District.”” During the course of this investigation an exposure of more than usual in- terest was observed at St. Monica’s, in that, besides displaying the junction beds between the Old Red Sandstone and Carboni- ferous strata, an interesting Fish-bed was noted. This research has been carried out under the auspices of the Bristol Museum and Art Gallery. | The quarry is situated on the northern edge of the Durdham Down plateau, in the north-west corner of, and abutting a north and south footpath to the west of the Hospital grounds (O.S. 6-in. map. Sheet LXXI. Glos.). Operations were commenced in 1921, and the whole of the stone required for the Hospital buildings, with the exception of the freestone dressings, was supplied by the exposure here noted. The upper beds of Avcnian age are shortly to be described by Prof. S. H. Reynolds and Dr. Stanley Smith in the Geological Magazine. The Old Red Sandstone is conformable to these Avonian rocks, and a gradual transition between the typical deposits of both periods is clearly shown. The actual line of demarkation has been determined arbitrarily in consultation with the above mentioned authors. The descending sequence (Dip. 38°N. 120°E) is as follows: ttt) WS) Carboniferous | Red shales with bands of decalcified (Avonian K,,.). | limestone 180 NOTE ON AN EXPOSURE OF OLD RED SANDSTONE iy ins. ( 1. Slaty-grey fissile shale, very persis- | tent and weathering to a deep- | red colour ... nS eee) te ALO) | 2. Thinly-bedded reddish (weathering | green) Gduartzites .. oa gt ees 4 | 3. Red and green sandy shales ets 0) | 4. Two soft sandstone beds with inter- | vening shaly band Bros oO) | 5. Soft thinly-bedded shaly sandstones OLD | passing laterally into red shale ... 1 10 RED < 6. Massive greenish sandstone .. 2 sa 0 SANDSTONE | 7. Massive sandstone, with intervening | shaly bands, becoming shaly and | fissile towards the tOP) aoe ee? aha 0 | 8. Conglomeratic sandstone... 2) 0 | 9. Fossiliferous quartz - conglomerate. | (Fish-Bed) . i 4 0 | 10. Conglomeratic sandstone, with shaly | partings 11. Soft muicaceous shaly sandstones L (Base not visible) ... co srt als 0 Total are shee : AOE ee Additional points of interest have been summarised in the following notes (numbering as in above tabulation) :— 1. This distinctive fine-grained shale, containing no ad- mixture of sandy particles is clearly of a different origin to the other Old Red Sandstone rocks. Though apparently formed under deeper water conditions than the remaining rocks in the section, Avonian life had not yet made its appearance, and hence the bed is classed with the Old Red Sandstone. 2. Bands | and 2 are the only deposits in which calcareous material is absent. The quartzite is composed of a mossaic of quartz grains of uniform size (0.4 mms.), closely interlocking and crowded with inclusions. Rounded fragments of a fine-grained quartz mosaic, riddled with hematite are common. Muscovite and felspar are present in small quantities. 3. Small thrust planes occurring within these sandy shales give rise to swellings in the band and arching of the immediately overlying strata. 7 4. The fine-grained, micaceous sandstones are chiefly com- posed of angular to sub-angular quartz grains of uniform size (0.08 mms.) devoid of inclusions. Abundant muscovite, and a few flakes of a green, pleochroic (darkest when its length is parallel to the light vibrations) mica. The mica flakes are often bent and twisted against the resistant quartz grains. The cement is com- posed of small rhombs of dolomite with scattered grains of calcite. NOTE ON AN EXPOSURE OF OLD RED SANDSTONE 18] 5. The sandstones are very similar to 4, except that, the more abundant cement is indeterminable. 6. Coarse-grained sandstones with varying amounts of soft greenish cementing material. In thin sections the quartz grains are seen to be of two types—large (0.40 mms.), well rounded, abundant inclusions, many of vein quartz, and some showing strain shadows, and smaller (0.8 mms.) angular to subangular, and de- void of inclusions. A green pleochroic mineral with high inter- ference colours (Ottrelite ?) occurs as pipes and strings in some of the larger quartz grains. Grains of calcite, rounded fragments of fine grained quartz mosaic, and a coarser-grained gneissose quartzite, flakes of muscovite and grains of microcline are fairly common. The cement is composed of small dolomite rhombs, with scattered calcite grains (differentiated by micro-chemical staining methods). The cement also occurs as small rounded included pebbles. 7. Symmetrical: or oscillation ripple marks occur in the shales at the base and top of this division. At the base the ripples are parallel to the strike, whereas at the top they cross the strike at right angles. They probably denote wave action in the absence of currents. The sandstone is reddish and compact, but in the portions immediately adjacent to the shales a number of lenticles (measuring up to 10-11 cms. in length) and rounded pellets of a fine-grained sandy micaceous shale occur. The lenticles are always arranged with their long axes parallel to the bedding planes. This feature is paralleled by the occurrence of mud pellets on the sandy fore- shore at Uphill, Som., and other places. The mud pellets are generally oval shaped (from 1-6 cms. in length) or may be spherical. The coast at Uphill is sandy with mud flats exposed at low tide. The incoming tide picks up small quantities of this mud, rolls it into lenticles or spheres and finally deposits it on the sand area. Some pellets are taken back by the receding tide, but many come to rest on the sandy foreshore, generally in a small depression formed by the swirling action of the retiring waters. The rock is chiefly composed of closely packed quartz grains of varying sizes from 0.12 to 0.65 mms. Rounded fragments of a fine-grained quartz mosaic, a coarser-grained gneissose quartzite, small calcite plates, a cement similar to that found in 6, and a small cavity filled with chalcedonic quartz are all present. : 8 and 10. Both are termed conglomeratic sandstones, the quartz pebbles not being sufficiently abundant to justify the term conglomerate. Otherwise the rock is identical with 9. 9. This is the Fish-bed level, and the rock is a polygenetic conglomerate. Large rounded quartz pebbles of vein and milky quartz (of varying grades up to 5 cms. diameter), smaller jaspers and rounded pellets of a fine-grained sandy micaceous shale are the chief constituents. Sometimes this latter material is squeezed in between the other pebbles, and acts asa cement. In thin section the chief cement appears as a mass of interlocking quartz grains, 182 NOTE ON AN EXPOSURE OF OLD RED SANDSTONE (0.40-0.16 mms.), with numerous inclusions some of the ottrelite ? pipe variety, and generally coated with hematite. Calcite plates a coarse-grained gneissose quartzite, and rounded masses of a fine- grained quartz mosaic also occur. 11. This sandstone is composed of small angular quartz grains embedded in a hematite-stained cement. The quartz grains are approximately of two sizes, 0.04 and 0.08 mms. respec- tively, arranged in definite alternate bands parallel to the bedding planes. Muscovite and green mica are present as twisted flakes, and dolomite rhombs may be distinguished in the cement. It is a significant fact, that, as far as present research has progressed, organic remains in the Old Red Sandstone, generally occur in a conglomeratic rock which, though on different horizons, has very constant features. The only known exception is at Portishead, where fish remains have also been found in a fine- grained micaceous flaggy sandstone. Remains of three distinct fishes have been found in the Fish-bed at St. Monica’s. They all occur in a very broken state, and the unweathered nature of the freshly-quarried rock renders specific determinations difficult. The most conspicuous are the incomplete portions of the scales of Holoptychius nobilissimus, Ag. The fusiform body of this fish was covered by a number of cycloidal ganoid scales, of | which the crescent-shaped area of fine tubercles, arranged radially between the posterior ridged portion, and the anterior finely granulated area are prominent characteristics. Another feature is the concentric arrangement of the granules on the anterior portion. The furrows in the longitudinally ridged posterior part are finely pitted, whilst the ridges are slightly tubercular. A maximum width of 5 cms. was observed on one specimen in situ. The small, thin, rhomboidal scales of Glyptopomus kinnairdt, Huxley, are easily recognised. The variable sculpture consists of a system of ridges and valleys, with smooth bands on two sides to allow for the overlapping of adjacent scales. Less common are the paddle-like pectoral appendages (arms) of Bothriolepis cf. hydropmla, Ag. The proximal portions are broad and denticulated on the outer margin, whilst the distal segments are of a more slender character. No portions of the body armour of this animal have been found. In Proc. B.N.S., Vol. I, n.s. 1874-6, p. 143, Dr. S. Martyn describes two small exposures near the top of Stoke Hill in which he found fish remains in an Old Red Sandstone conglomerate. Neither exposure can now be definitely located, but from an ex- amination of the specimens now in the Bristol Museum collections there is little doubt that the exposures occurred on the same horizon as the Fish-bed at St. Monica’s. My thanks are due to Mr. E. D. Evens, B.Sc., for much helpful discussion on the mineralogical content of the rocks, and to Messrs. H. Willcock and Sons (Contractors) for kindly allowing me free access to the exposures. HR He Piases “ ld ay ah ‘ iu # Ty a j Bi! Dee eed aa UAE N es UN tenn (Ne fe rat by ‘i vy \ Rarypaiinic nay. @) 1h Saal iy od ‘FOURTH SERIES, VOL. V1., Part IIl., 1925. PricE Four SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND. PROCEEDINGS OR THE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. — HH ho ——— it | vial 1 DEC 11 1926 * | at. 14-940 i, ; ““ Rerum cognoscere causas.’’— Ve as MUSe ; Vie ; BRISTOL. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. a MCMXXVI., | POW tobe obienhs. VOW. Vi, “Part IL) :-1925. PRICE FOUR SHILLINGS. ~ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. aN \ a ic = iil HI i] Me Alls toby re — ce is ran i ! ““ Rerum cognoscere causas.’’—VIRGIES ue Ge ay es” fa? - TAHA PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETR MCMXXVT. TABLE OF CONTENTS. le erikeicey: SH RES > VOR: Vals. PARE: TES 1925, Officers for 1925 ; Officers of Sections for 1925 ‘List of Members Honorary Members ... Report of Council Treasurer's Report ... Librarians’ Report ... Report of Botanical Section Report of Entomological Section Report of Geological Section Report of Ornithological Section bee Account of the Annual and General Meetings In Memoriam: Arthur B. Prowse, M.D. “ine Plants. of the Sea,’ by the President, Prof..O. V. Darbishire bid Photography,” by RK: P. Gait “ The Apterygota of the South-West of England,” .Part III, aie Lele Womersley : ae “A Short Account of British Psocids,’ ee a V. Pearman “ist ef slugs found in the Bristol District,” by A. D: R. Bacchus oe Botany i 1925; ecks 3 Chambesiam eR E.... Chamberlain, W. Charbonnier, T.... Charbonnier Mrs. T. City Librarian Clarke, Av. =. Cogan. Miss R. Cook.Sir Ernest: De Sc. Cottle, AWW: Waspishise,. Prot. ’©O.. V.,° PhD: neat a aia Pe ee DavaessAst ) FLR M.S. =. Davies, T i Deacon; WEBER ors 2 Drew, Miss H., M.A. Dunscombe, Miss Pilis* Bb) ips Evens, F. W. Bitzjames; Rei: eho assis Va as Premmuine, Ay 1. M.B.y.eh. B. Ford, Roger Ag Saige 2 Vaca tee Redland House, Durdham Park, Bristol 63. Picton meance. otokes: Crott 30, Berkeley Square, Clifton 29, Beaufort Road, Clifton 34, Belvoir Road, St. Andrew’s, Bristol Holmwood, Westbury-on-Trym Evendine, Stoke Bishop 34, Park Row, Bristol Wolverley, King’s Norton, Birmingham 8, Woodhill, Portishead 95, Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol 18, Victoria Road, Clevedon 20% ot. Michael’s Park; Bristol 5, Brynland Avenue, Bishopston 508, Stapleton Road, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol The Museum, Bristol 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park, Bristol 12, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 22Nictoria Road, Cothani, Bristol 14> Charlotte St. Pars St Bristol iyndhurst, Leigh Woods, Bristol 15, Belluton Road, Knowle 19, Brecknock Road, Knowle, Bristol i57, Whiteladies Rd., Ciifton 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol Central Library, Bristol 16, Woodstock Rd., Redland, Bristol 2, Bellevue Rd., Clevedon 40, Alma Rd., Clifton Black Horse, Kingswood, Bristol The University, Bristol _ Hillfleld House, near Dartmouth Avon House, Keynsham, Bristol Down House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol 45, Sydenham Hill, Bristol Colston Girls’ School, Bristol 199, Redland Road, Bristol 99, Berkeley Rd., Bishopston 8, Rokeby Avenue, Redland, Bristol 17, St. Martin’s, Knowle, Bristol 48, Pembroke Rd., Clifton Hartfield, Cotham Park, Bristol 188 LIST OF MEMBERS Fox, Mrs... ceo 0s. ue. Bshington. HoOmse) areca: sea! Francis, H. As ..2 2. 1. 4.8 ) MO} Victoria, Square hae SS bey wees wae A ee ae rSING blett’s. JAS Sem @ eo maersaeereretao| Gait, KP. vis wae can 4. OL loward Rd) Wespimaya nc Gibbons, H. J. . «1.8; Nugent Hill, Cotham. daria Goodhall, Rev. Canon R. W.... 19, Elmdale . Rd Pymelalt eeeadt. Bristol A Goulding, Thomas. 4.2. <=. “6; Nelson St2 Brisa Griffiths, William ~... ...... Pembroke Hall) Pembroke Ra Cliiton Griffiths, Miss G. ep Gummer, Horace .... .... Herbert Lodge, Cotham Park, Bristcl Guppy, HB. Mob Bs. RSE: 32, Daglands Rd., Fowey, Cornwall S Hallett. .Miss-]- Jn ee Coe 3, Logan Rd) eishepsnon S Hallett; Miss Tei... Soe 3; Logan Kha isiepcren Harding, Miss E. M.... ... ... Bower Ashton, near Bristol Hellyar, R. He. 0h i 18 Redland Groves Brite) A EESIGp, ike to a, ae 34, Henleaze Gardéers MWestinty-en- Trym See) *4 Hewer, T. Fo .e0 0 ul. pa 24s West Shubbery, Redianarerictal Higham A..Pli... 2.0 J.55 21.0 “Western Darth Press Oincer trict Hodgson, C, J.°.0) 0. ee Se 8, Cotham drerrate, tise Horder, Miss M. Give > 15, Cotham: Brews Getrmama Howard, C. K; S. “23. — 2... ~ Glenavon, one Ashton) merce Humirey, C. 1. as. s+ «7 3, Madeira Mansions, Weston-super- Mare Humphries, Lady .:. ... ... Eastfield Lodge, Westbury-on-Irym * Punter C4 MSG e ers: .. ‘the University, Bristel Ivens, H. P. eee ho 8S 8S Alexandra Rae Gir omers aoe A. -Ivens, W: B.0 0s. 0. oo a 49) Ravenswood Ray riceal S .Jahans, G., B/Sev? 2) 2. 26 ep tonsa ic sane Jeffcoat, Rev. R., M.A...... ... “5, Berkeley. Square, Ciiton Jenkins, Mrs. “220... 3..2 2.2 10, Napier Rady Red heme eaenes Jenkins, FOG... 0. Wn a 31, Berkeley Square eam S Jennings, D. A. ws aes see Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Bristol Jervis, WW: MSc: -F.G.S) =. 5 «The University, Bresal S Jones, b. Gyn GS. foto 28. Chiton- Vale: Citiueas Knight, H. H., M.A. uA, “The: Lodge; : AN -Samge satis erie tenham Knowlson, Mrs. Je Oe 9 Downitield Rae hiteom S Kromler, A. fell wiv vse Seo. 45, SOE clea ze, iSite mers A -Léej; Miss E. Mi; M:Ser**.. ois 9d; Logan Rd 2 Bishepsres Liewellin, W.°Mia- GiB. 2.0 74..°--8, Cotham Lawn Rdzbmsses SS” SEATCAS feed MOO he VE TEA Walcot Paradesitecialn S » MacDonald). Bewsec.e os.) ssa50 OC, Hampton Park baseer S .Madkins; W.E., B: Aue ....... Fairfield Secondary School, Bristol Mappin, S. Won a.) 8 2100) Pembroke Kd) Glnaiome iemcner Martineau, P. E. ioctl we. 8 Hallside, Cleveland. Walk Bath A Matthews, lee Els Js 43270. 2 Soalleroft, Nore: Rd, Porshe. SS: May, J. Li on OR ae DOLSLO EG: clean ents em Melvin, Aci Dsinev. pie weee ks 10) WW eS Mat] y Golineteenta Miller Vistithiy ne) hee Seite ee All Sarton te drone lee! ** Morgans, | Thos.) SiC. i. 7, Elton Rd. Tyndall's ami, aertseo: Y nin * eNgrengees Ma He LIST OF MEMBERS 189 Morgans, Mrs. Mountfort, G. R. Nierenstein, M., Ph.D. Norgrove, J. W. NWuiell 1h) H. Onne Het Al... Painmer 2S); -M.Se..- PhD: Peach, A. H. Pearman, J. V Pepperell, ix. Pook, J. W. nae Powell, J?-J.,,M.D. Putnam S.A. Ratter; Ji, M.A. Reynolds, S. H., Sc.D., F.GS. Richardson, Frank rae Robbins, F. Robbins, G. A. Roper, Miss I. M., FE. Rudge; C.K: RC; Rudge, Miss ee 1, Rutter, Miss E. M. db Ps PevGew kw: sC: \..: Salmond, P. W. Salmond, Mrs. Sampson, Miss D. SamMsOmeit 24), ... Sandwith, Mrs.... Sandwith, N. Y. Selley, A. Seliey Rat. ps Selman, Miss M. M. ee Shaw, Miss By Sinnott, Asses Smith, Miss A. M. Siti, Miss) EJ. ..... Sith. otanley, ‘D.Sc., Smita W. A. M.A., M.B. simith, Kev: W.... Smith, Mrs. W. Stanton, D.W.. StAMcom, WITS... Steel, Miss E. M. storey, R. G. Silly. bs 1: Saylor, kos... Thompson, H. S. Trelease, C. Kr Trelease, Mrs. EGS J; Biton Rd.y Tyndall's. Park, Bristol 8, Royal Park, Clifton 30, Cavendish Rd., Bristol 22, Axle. ads, Chiton 63, Springfield Rd., Bristol Westleigh, West Town, near Bristol the College of Technology, The: Uni- versity, Manchester 5, Hanbury Rd., Clifton 6, Westbury Park, Bristol Ormond House, Russell Grove, West- bury Park, Bristol Waterloo House, Clevedon 2, Gloucester Rd. Bishopston Silverthorne Lane, St. Philip’s, Bristol 6, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 13 “All Saints: Rds, Cliiton 15, Percival Rd., Clifton 38, Tyndall’s Park Rd., Clifton 3, Lower College St., Bristol 4, Woodfield Rd., Redland, Bristol 145, Whiteladies Rd., Bristol 145, Whiteladies Rd., Bristol Cambridge House. School; -.St. Rd. -Clitton The University, Bristol John’s 20, Tyndall’s Park Rd., Clifton 20, Tyndall’s Park Rd., Clifton 30; St: John's -Rd>,-Chitton 4, Woodfield Rd., Redland, Bristol 26, Canynge Square, Clifton Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew 116°-Coronation: Rd Bristol 116, Coronation Rd., Bristol Kington Langley, Chippenham Walton-in-Gordano, Scm. 15, Beaufort Rd.,. Clifton 70, Pembroke Rd., Clifton 70, Pembroke Rd., Clifton The University, Bristol 79, Pembroke Rd., Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace. Cliftcn 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 42, Alma Rd., Clifton Ay, Alina ANd. Clitten 5, Caledonia Place, Clifton 8, Oxford Chambers, St. Stephen’s St., Bristol Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym Fonthill Villa, Keynsham 33, Southleigh Rd., Clifton 37, Fernbank Rd., Redland 37, Fernbank Rd., Redland 190 LIST OF MEMBERS Tuckett, C. : ui be. 00) Beaufort Buildines Gian OL UTMer EL. See UB A. (Oxon.), b> GUS. cece » isso es. hesUmiyersity,, bristar = 4 Litchen aea. | uae... 807, Berkeley Rds Bishopsten. sce) on) Siayane lire Bs B. A. ... «... 17, Camden Terrace; Clifton: Vale S.- Tyrrell) Miss. les fiw ering 27; Camden; Vernacee Meeemaniees Vaughan, Mrs. tine.i) 1..04 18, 42, Fernbank Rd: Rediana@eBaistel Si) Wall, -G: Hibiiteds tees de Ive SRG Ramidiails Reeane tui - Wallis; FE: S3- PhD. F’G:Ss «.2>-1d) Ravenswood hd. arisve Walton, TG. HH. sii tend ope MeAlS, West Patk israel Ss Weaver, Miss M. ... ... ... 95, Kingsdown Parade, Bristol Ss Welch; -F.- B.A}; B.Se:) 2 ert The University wemsie White, E.-Barton,F .Exs; ... Menta] Hospital, Fishponds, Bristol * White, fas.2We, JF bwS3 iaatie 18, Woodland Rd., Clifton, Bristol White, Mrs. wJowlede jose. 18, Woodland: Ra sehitontemiscer ** Wickes, W. H: ... ... 16, Oakfield Grove, Clifton ° Wills, Sir George, Bt., wee Dh Burwalls, Leigh Woods, Bristol] ii Wills, W, Melville sth n.d on. Bracken Hill, Leigh Wootls sie! Wingate, Miss H.M., M.A. ... 48, College Rd., Clifton iA Womersley, H., F.E.S. ... .... Sunny Meads, West Town, nr. Bristol - Yabbicom, 1. B, -MGLCiE wn... 223; Oaktield Rave itatan Honorary Members. Prof..George S. Brady, M.D:, LED. -D:Sc.,. FAR S33 Base tienes Endcliffe, Sheffield. Henry: J. Charbonnier, Rose Cottage Bungalow, Olveston, Gloucestershire. Prof. C. Lloyd-Morgan, LL.D:, F.R-S., F.G.S!, 5, Victoria. sq ware se nirom, Bristol. R. M. Prideaux F.E S., Brasted Chart, near Sevenoaks, Kent. A. B. Prowse, M.D., F.R.C.S., 5, Lansdown Place, Clifton (deceased). W. G. Scott, 25, Duke ‘Street,’ Carditt: Prof: H. S. Hele: Shaw, M.1:C.F:.% £0.D.,-F-R:S. 64, Victoria sstrcetey con. minster, S.W.1. Prof,-Ws}: Sollas, Vi:A SE iby URIS eke Seb a S., University Museum, Oxtord. sir W. A. Tilden, D:Sc., F.R.S:; Professor of Chemistry: im the mmpernal College of Science, S. Kensington, S.W.7 William Whitaker, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S., Wellesley Court, Wellesley Road, Croydon (deceased). Prot. Sydney Young, D.Sc.; F:R'S:, Trinity College) Dubhae REPORT OF COUNCIL To December 31st, 1925. HE activities of the working members have been well main- iT tained during the year, but it is difficult to awaken an in- creased interest in the Society amongst the general public. The Sections have attracted a number of new members at low fees, and a few of them have joined the Society as full members, in addition to ten others enrolled through the ordinary channels. A few inevitable resignations have taken place, but none caused by death, although we record with much regret the passing of two Hon. members: Dr. A. B. Prowse, who had filled so many offices during his forty years of membership, died a few months after his election, and Mr. William Whitaker, F.R.S., the veteran - geologist resident at Croydon, who had been an Hon. member for the long period of forty-seven years. The open night in March, when a Lecture was given by our Mousmemocr,. Prot. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S., of Oxford Museum, the attendance of members -and the outside public was most gra- tifying. Quite 250 were present, which must have extended the knowledge of the Society's existence amongst the citizens. The Summer Excursion, however, was not well supported, although Stinchcombe Hill has many attractions for the Naturalist. Another form of activity has been the revival of the Botanical Section, which had long ceased to be in operation, and with our President at the head of it, and Miss Bowen as the Secretary, it has great claims on those who desire a knowledge of our local Flora, and botanists should avail themselves of its advantages. Baty im the year Mr. F. W::Evens, a member of the Council, brought forward the question of the better protection of Wild Plants, and a resolution by him was carried to urge-public author- ities to encourage this effort, and if necessary to establish sanc- tuaries in appropriate places. The resolution was sent to a number of kindred Societies, and to The Times, and excited considerable interest and correspondence, stimulated by leading articles in the Press. Mr. Evens still has the matter before him, and hopes to combine with other bodies to obtain further results. The members were invited to visit in a body the new buildings of the University to show appreciation of all the University is 192 REPORT OF COUNCIL doing to encourage the Society to arouse an interest in Nature and its ways amongst the public. They inspected the arrangements and beauty of the architecture, and were joined by the Bristol Field Club, so that a good number of Naturalists took part in this pleasant function. The Secretary represented the Society at the Jubilee of the North Staffordshire Field Club, with whom we. have been long associated. The occasion was marked by a week of motor coach excursions from Stoke-on-Trent to the beauty spots of the ad- joining counties, and the fifteen delegates who attended were cordially welcomed and spent an enjoyable time together. The Proceedings for 1924 were published early in the year, and distributed to the British and Foreign Societies with whom we exchange. It contained records of much original work carried out within the district. Correspondence with scientific students in all parts shows that articles published years ago in our Pyo-— ceedings are still consulted and sought for as valuable guides, so that the sales of back parts have been exceptionally good. The Government Committee on the Severn Barrage applied for a geological paper that we published on the district affected, and the demand for Vaughan’s The Avoman of the Avon Gorge has nearly exhausted the supply. IDA M. ROPER: Hon. Secretary. 193 [ Ne Ne SAO} PN | (LHe vies Aaa i) MOOS” HH. LSANaa ‘qOIWIIOD Puno; pue pozIpny 'CZBI “ISTE toquasacy 6 Viesoly & Pl Soir tip SeaaGe teat we = ee! SUIpPUlgy Oog Be Ole Ol te he ea ne in puny surputqyoog TOE ORC. Oe: ae ‘yUNODDYW yeIoUus4y Con Gleey kee a = yUNODIOW Tereues) —_ {PUCU. ULeUSe ane: ‘—; PIPBMIOT sourleg “ OF poll bal Gl ea oy oa oi “* surpurqyoog * Ca eevalan| a apace uo ysetezuy On S160 soryinjeiyy “ Gh Ge eek ce sae a! ‘suorywontdne 7 OOS es oa ee sOUBINSUT WII pue judy ‘“ Omi Oi tere eG ea suiysyqug CO oho ie eA i sosejsog pue surjung “ Shee Eh oaeae a zone = SuTpulqyoog OueOin Ore: iS P7G 101 a SeUlLPOODOIe = Jon Desert plants and Economic fruits by Prof. O. V. Darbishire ; dried plants of Steep Holm by Mr. H. S. Thompson; and from Scotland and the Lake District by Mr. F. W. Evens; coloured pictures of Alpine flowers by Prof. S. H. Reynolds. In Ornithology, a fine series of photographs of local Birds and their nests by Messrs. R. P. Gait and C. Tuckett. Coffee was served during the Meeting. THE 520TH GENERAL MEETING. December 3rd, 1925. I." Early Man,” by Mr. KR. EL, Pitzjames: Emphasis was laid on the fact that though tens of thousands of his implements lie in our museums, there are only three fossil finds of man in Early Pleistocene deposits which are accepted by all the experts. These are: (1) Pithecanthropus, found in Java, has a skull intermediate between the highest anthropoid ape and the lowest man ; in close proximity was found .a human thigh bone, which may have belonged to the same individual. (2) Heidelburg man, found in Germany. Unfortunately, only the lower jaw was found. It is simian in character, but with human teeth. (3) Piltdown man, with an essentially human skull, which may be associated with a simian jaw close to it in the same layer of gravel. The great geographical distance apart of these three separate finds indicates the immense range of distribution of these ancestral types. Most scientists are of opinion that these three fossil men relate to three different species of man, all of which have died ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 205 out, as was indicated on a genealogical chart, and that they are not the direct ancestors of man. The distance in time separating us from that remote age can only be measured in geological terms. It was possibly at the time when the present North Sea did not exist, and England was so much more elevated that the estuary of the Thames stretched out as far as the Dogger Bank, where it joined a mighty Rhine, whose outlet to the sea was as far north, perhaps, as the Faroe Islands. The Middle and Late Paleolithic periods (the length of each of which is calculable only in geological terms) was passed hurriedly in review, and the paper ended with a reminder that there are, or were till very recently, savage tribes living, not in the Neolithic, but the Paleolithic stage of culture. There are backward races who do not know the art of agriculture, and there were in Australia in historic times people who had not the art of making fire. Hh Pb be Mycetozoa : some questions, | by. Mir.) F «4 W. vens: The Mycetozoa are a little group of living organisms, of which mainly identical species are found in all parts of the world. They flourish on decaying leaves, stems, rotten trunks, straw heaps and the lke. For fruiting they produce spore-cases, which vary greatly in form and are often of brilliant colours. } The particular feature of their strange life history 1s the for- mation of plasmodium from the swarm spores, and this may be described as a mass of’ naked protoplasm, creeping about and abounding in nuclei. The sequence of the life stages, and the world- wide distribution suggest they are a primitive type of life, which has stood aside from the main stream of evolutionary progress. They would seem to hover on the borderland of the animal and vegetable kingdoms, and this doubtful status gives rise to four questions : what and whence are they, how do they act, and the causes producing such habits and functions. These questions were examined in detail and illustrated by some fresh specimens as well as by charts and microscopic slides. Exhibits by Mr. H. J. Gibbons of the fungus Crucibulum vulgare ; by Miss Roper of an Ichneumon fly bred from gall on Willow leaves formed by the Saw fly, Pontanza salicts. $n Memoriam ARTHUR BANCKS PROWSE, M.D., F.R.C.S. ORN near Plymouth in 1856 Arthur Bancks Prowse died at his residence in Lansdown Place, Clifton, Bristol, on April 26th, 1925. He duly qualified as a Medical man, being the third generation of his family to follow that profession, and took his degree of M.D. in 1881 in London. He passed with honours in all the subjects and thus showed at the start of his career that thoroughness in all he undertook, which was a characteristic feature with him for the rest of his hfe. And it may be pointed out that Dr. Prowse undertook many subjects of study and work, shown by a long list of activities in varied directions. Setting the plans of his life on a broad base he exercised con- trol in carrying them out, as weil as using the utmost method, whereby he maintained interest in them to the last. The out standing influences, apart from his medical career, were his strong. and ever present Evangelical religion, admiration for any effort well-done, and his love for all that concerned his native county of Devon. For these no labour was too exacting or prolonged, and the benefit of such sentiments came to the Bristol Naturalists’ Society in the 42 years of his membership. He was elected a member on May 28th, 1883, and within two years started to hold every office in its service, one after another, except the Secretaryship, until within four months of his death. The chief periods were fifteen years as Hon. Treasurer and twenty-one as Hon. Librarian, with three years Presidency. 1901-1903.\ The Library tecemed his unceasing attention, and when he left it, his early desire to make it really useful to members had been attained. He arranged the books and publications under subjects, catalogued them, and found means to have much binding carried out, so that when he secured the use of the present fine room at the Museum the books were a credit to any Natural History Library. He has gone from us soon after Council had gladly conferred upon him the position IN MEMORIAM 207 of Honorary Membership, the highest honour within its power to offer, and the Society has lost a wise adviser and a sincere worker for its prosperity. Amongst the Papers he contributed to the Proceedings were two on Ancient British Remains on Clifton Downs and near Long Ashton, and he followed up in private this taste for Antiquity by a thorough search in the county to trace the line of the Wans- dyke from Maes Knoll to below Dundry, and for this painstaking set of observations he has this year been thanked in the Proceedings of the Somersetshire Archeological and Natural History Society. He also contributed a “ Retrospect ’’ of our Society on 1ts Diamond Jubilee in 1923, full of details within his personal knowledge. Flowers, however, were his chief love in the world of Nature, and of these he had an extensive knowledge, which would surprise those who were not admitted to intimacy with him. During his long churchwardenship of nearly thirty years at Clifton Parish Church he turned God’s Acre into the charming scene of beauty that we now know, decorated with its peaceful avenue of trained Lime trees, and full of the influences of Nature from the many rare flowering shrubs he reared and planted there. In his own tiny garden he cultivated curious plants, or. others gathered on his holidays to Scotland or Dartmoor, to be disclosed only to the few who overcame his reserved disposition. The methodical turn of his mind showed itself clearly during the War after he was appointed Administrator of the 2nd Southern General Hospital in Bristol, with the rank of Lieut-Colonel, and his work and medical skill caused him to be looked upon as a good friend to all the soldiers under his care. Thoroughly upright and trustworthy he formed his own well- thought out opinions, and if these did not always meet with accep- tance from others, they were genuine and did not lessen the re- spect felt by everybody for his character and personality. EM OR, PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1925. ‘* Plants of the Sea.”’ By ‘Pror: 0. V. DARBISHTRE: O-DAY I am going to talk to you about the plants of the sea. I hope that will tempt some of those present to take up the collection and study of seaweeds. Let us imagine ourselves approaching the sea from inland. Long before we reach the coast we can observe the influence of the sea on vegetation. Trees become reduced in height. Instead of growing upright they bend over, and away from the direction of the sea, and develope their foliage mainly on their landside. This is due to the seawinds. Eyen smaller herbs show us that the . area is wind-swept. The leaf of the dandelion under the influence of the seawinds is succulent and fleshy as compared with the thin papery leaf of the inland plant. As we get still nearer the sea we may find a sandhill area, if the fore-shore 1s sandy, a saltmarsh tf it is muddy, or a rocky coast. It is the latter only which is of interest to us here as the number of sea-plants growing on a sandy or muddy shore is negligible. Before we actually reach the first seaweed proper we may come across some characteristic flowering plants like the scurvy grass and others with their succulent leaves. On the bare rock we may observe the brillantly orange coloured lichen Xanthonia partetina. This may form a distinct band running along the coast. When we leave the last true land-plant behind us we enter a quite new world. The land-plant with its dependance on fresh- water in the soil does not descend into the salty sea. The more conspicuous members of the vegetation of the dry land are vas- cular plants only. We cross the frontier of lichens and enter the area which at high tide is covered by the sea, and we find no vas- cular plants (with very few exceptions) but merely non-vascular members of the lower flowerless plants. Very few sea plants venture ashore or even into freshwater. The plants in the sea live more or less submerged in seawater. They are water plants proper. The most remote ancestors of our present day land-plants are supposed to have arisen from organisms which came from the sea. When they emerged from the sea they were very simple in structure, but as they developed they became. OP AOE POLES gt + Odie tH btm enenityy «oo PLANTS OF THE. SEA 209 adapted to the land habit. Shortage of water and the threat of being dried up owing to their exposure to the air compelled them to get the water current under control. Thus they developed the epidermis, and the cork layers which are impervious to water, 1n order to reduce transpiration. They also developed pores or stomata and lenticels in order to keep in touch with the outside air. They developed vascular tissues in order to transport water and food material over long distances. Land-plants may descend into the water, but mainly freshwater, as aquatics, but they never completely give up their land characters, except in a few instances. They still retain, however, much modified, their air spaces though much enlarged, and their vascular tissues though much reduced. The remote ancestors of the seaweeds too were already to be found in the sea. But the most highly developed seaweeds of to-day have grown out of their simple ancestors without emerging from their watery cradle. They therefore represent as no other plants growing in water do, pure water plants. They have no vascular tissue. They have no air-spaces, they have no stomata and no cork. This is a list of the most important differences which separate vegetatively seaweed from landweed. Everybody knows that the sea does not cover the whole of the coast permanently. There are tides, ordinary tides, neap tides and spring tides. During the lowest neap tides some of the alge remain exposed to the air for several days, and during the: biggest spring tides some alge become uncovered which are otherwise never exposed to wind and rain. The degree of exposure naturally depends on the height at which the particular alga grows. These zones of exposure on the coast correspond very accurately with the zone-like distribution of certain seaweeds along the coast. This is very clearly seen if we follow out the occurence of the large olive brown alge (Pheophycee) from high water mark to low water mark. The budding algologist should make himself familiar with these large brown alge, and he can then see at what level he is collecting. I will enumerate these important plants and briefly describe them. Pelvetia canaliculata, the channelled wrack, occurs quite high up on the coast forming a distinct zone running along the rocky _ shore in the form of a darkish line. The plants are small and are moistened only by flying spray, and as the waves dash up against the rocks. They are 2-ins.—6-ins. in height, and form dense bunches. Fucus spiralis (or platvcarpus), the spiral wrack, is like the previous species attached by a flat disc. It has a flattened frond, provided with a midrib, and reaches a height of about 12-ins. The flattened oval shaped reproductive receptacles are winged along two sides. 210 PLANTS OF THE SEA Ascophyllum nodosum, the knobbed or knotted wrack, is the first of the big brown weeds, measuring up to nearly 10 feet on occasions. It is attached by a disc, and has bladders in the stem. These act as buoys when the plants are submerged. A small red alga, Polysiphonia fastigiata, is very generally found growing epiphytically on this wrack. The reproductive receptacles of the latter are pearshaped. Fucus vesiculosus, the bladderwrack, is found mostly below the knotted wrack, but may occasionally ascend above it, when however it loses its bladders and remains sterile. The bladders are arranged roughly in pairs on either side of the midrib. Except that they form oils and fats instead of starch the brown alge generally build up their food in the same way as the green land- - plants. They are green under their brown covering. By boiling in water the brown colouring matter can be removed, and the fronds then become a brilliant green, which is of the same nature as the chlorophyll of the land-plants. Fucus serratus, the serrated wrack, can easily be distinguished by the serrate margin of its bladderless flat fronds. Most of the plants so far mentioned are exposed at practically every tide, and they are therefore adapted to such exposure, and are not injuriously affected by rain and sun-heat. The channelled wrack is of course exposed longest. The larger weeds grow very close together and form a dense covering of vegetation under which numerous small alge and animals shelter during low tide. Their sexual cells mature in small depressions or conceptacles on specialised branches or receptacles. When exposed these branches force out the small orange coloured spermcells into the open, and also the darkish eggcells. When the tide comes up the motile sperm- cells soon come into contact with, and fertilise: the non-motile egecells. The latter soon germinate and attach themselves to the rock, at first probably sheltered by their large parental plants. This process can easily be observed by collecting some of the | spermcells and eggcells in a watch glass and keeping them a few days for examination under the microscope. There now follow a number of weeds which become increasingly less exposed. Laminaria digitata, one of the kelps or tangles, has a flat frond, and a slightly flattened cylindrical stalk. It is attached by numerous root-like fibres. The new frond arises at the junction of old frond and stalk. Himanthalia lorea, the seathongs, consists of a small button- like portion hardly more than an inch in height. From this grows out a huge receptacle which is strap-shaped in form and much branched. It may reach a length of 5 or 6 feet. Sa —_ _- ———— Poe ee SF] , "e8Sperp vesdeeq(u °79U 9dezINg(U ‘esonbttts sAiptteH(Tt BSoqTng eztTysoyooeg( x “eyuatnoss etzery(e “BUTIBYOOGS BTASUTWBT( T ee roqutadAy eTTeUTWBT( Y *"¥IBW L94eM MOT CO *snjeiIges snong( 2 “S910T BST TBYYUBUITH( J “SuSOTNOTS3eA snong( a *uMSO pou um [TAydoosy( p *B1B4TSIp BTIeutwey( o *stTeitds snong(q | “D> *SLBTNO TT eueo B8TIAATSd(B "4 *NOLLVNV TdXa PLANTS OF THE SEA Pas Laminaria saccharina, the sweet tangles or sea belt, is a flat and long kelp with a fibrous attachment organ, and an uneven puckered surface. Alaria esculenta, the eatable fucus, is a broad and very long weed, up to 12 feet and more in length, with a very marked midrib. The frond grows at its lower end, and the reproductive leaves are found laterally on the stalk. Laminaria hyperborea, the tangles or sea-girdles, a kind of kelp, differs but little from L. digitata. It has a cylindrical stem however, and exhibits a sharper demarcation between frond and stalk. It is a very much larger and stouter plant. Halidrys stliquosa, the pod-bearing fucus, has small aoe -like bladders. This plant is often found to be quite 8 feet in length. It has a small disc as attachment organ. Sacchorluza bulbosa, sea-furbelows, is but aye seen actually growing, as it occurs only well below low water mark. Even when portions of it project above the water it is not often noticed by the young collector, and distinguished from Laminaria hyper- borea. Specimens can generally be obtained fresh only by going into the water. Young plants should be got if at all possible. Young specimens possess narrow ribbon-like fronds, and a thin stalk attached to the rocky substratum by numerous fibres. Then there arises a short distance up the stem a collar-like outgrowth which gradually grows down and covers the fibres by a bell-shaped structure which in its turn sends our numerous fibrous attachment organs. It may in the end be 12-ins. across and 6 to 8-ins. high. A slight twist in the lower part of the stem which is flattened supplies the whole plant with a universal joint so that the water- currents can make it bend in any direction without injury. The life history has only been made out during the last decade. The spores escape from sporangia situated on a frill-like portion of the stem, and they grow up to female and male prothallia. The former carry the eggcells and these when fertilised give rise to the ordinary Sacchormza-plant. So we have here a definite alternation of gener- ations characteristic of the higher plants, ferns, mosses and so on. Among the larger brown alge are found too many smaller ones, which can however only be properly separated by the aid of the microscope. I do not wish to refer to these here further. The red alge (Rhodophycee or Floridee) differ very much from the brown weeds. They are generally smaller and more delicate and therefore also more sensitive to changes of temperature and saltiness of the sea water. They are for this reason only, or mainly found near low water mark. Rockpools which contain water even when the tide is out, frequently harbour good numbers of red alge, otherwise met with only at low tide and lower on the 212 PLANTS OF THE SEA coast. In the forests formed by the larger laminarians every available spot is covered by small red algee. The rocky substratum, and the lower portions of the laminarians have growing on them many specimens of calcareous alge, and then we get numerous delicate fronds of the larger but still small Rhodophycee, like. Plocamium coccineum, Hvydrolapathum sanguineum, Delesseria sinuosa, and many others. Sarcophyllis edulis, and Rhodymenia palmata are rather coarser in build, and are found higher up the coast. Some red seaweeds are found higher up, but at low tide these are generally well protected by lying under the larger brown plants. The red colour of the Rhodophycee can be removed, though rather slowly, by boiling in fresh water when the green becomes visible. Starch is formed, but it is slightly different from the starch of the potato. The green alge (Chlorophycee) are characteristic of the higher portions of the coast. In many cases we can see them practically swarming up a freshwater brook which runs into the sea, and which would interfere with the growth of red or most brown alge. We have filamentous species of Cladophora and flat species of Ulva and Monostroma, but most of these can only be distinguished by the aid of the microscope. I will leave these also. Seaweeds die, sea animals die, and much dead animal and plant matter 1s washed into the sea. This decays through the activity of numerous Bacterva and a few fungi which break up the organic compounds of the dead animals and plants and return them as simple and inorganic compounds to the sea. In this way chemical elements are kept in circulation in the sea. The area of the sea which is inhabited by seaweeds is very small when compared with the vastness of the oceans. A few fish may feed on seaweeds, but most of them obtain their food from the drifting population or plancton, animal and plant, of the upper layers of sea some miles out from the coast and beyond, over the whole ocean. According to Johnstone grazing Jand may yield 76 pounds of flesh, for food purposes, per acre per year, but the North Sea vields only 15 pounds of fish for food per acre, per year. On the other hand grazing land actually produces 1,500 pounds of organic matter per acre per year, but for the same time. and area the Baltic produces 1,350 pounds. This large amount of organic matter is produced almost entirely by certain small plant- organisms belonging to the Diatomacee and Dinoflagellate (Peri- diniee). It is the latter which give rise to the phenomenon of phosphorescence of the sea. Seaweed is used as manure 1n this country, and its rich nitrogen contents, and the absence of fungus spores make it desirable. Successful experiments have been made in France in feeding horses PRANTES Oa THE SEA 213 on sea weeds. Certain species again are used extensively in China and Japan for human consumption. Seaweeds can easily be prepared for the Herbarium. They should be deprived of all superfluous salt by rinsing rapidly in clean seawater. They may then be floated out under seawater on paper and finally pressed between absorbent paper. Some muslin should be placed over each specimen to prevent it adhering to the absor- bent paper. Slight pressure only is subsequently necessary. The use of a microscope is necessary when trying to separate some of the smaller species. Apart from Harvey’s Phycologia Britannica, published about 70 years ago, there is no good book on British seaweeds in the English language. There is every chance however of one appearing at no very distant date. There does exist however, a French book? which is modern and useful, though it does not include all British species. I can recommend it to the beginner. I hope that these few remarks will encourage some members of our Society to take up the study of seaweeds. In the Bristol district seaweeds are found at Pill, and, of course, in larger numbers at Portishead. 1 Les Algues Marines des Cotes de France, by E. Wuitner. Published by Paul Lechevalier, 12, Rue de Tourmon, Paris, VI, 1912, with 112 plates and 134 figures. Price 15 francs. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—The drawing shows an imaginary portion of the English coast, and the succession of the larger brown seaweeds. The order in which these make their appearance has been put in after careful levelling measurements carried out by the author at Port Erin, I.0o.M., and the alge are not drawn strictly in proportion as regards size, but very nearly. 214 Bird PHotapeny. By RR PAGarr. HERE are many aspects to the subject of Bird Photography, but the most important from the ornithologist’s point of view is that it affords a means by which the intimate family life of birds can be studied at close quarters, the photographic records of which can be utilized to fix the knowledge gained, or to. impart it to others. I commenced bird photography merely to obtain photographs of birds and their nests, but after a year or two I found that some other element had crept into my hobby, which it was difficult to define. There was an added attractiveness about the whole business, which had nothing to do with the mere acquisition of successful negatives. This new attraction I found to be the element of sport, the matching of one’s wits against those of wild creatures ; the alteration of one’s methods to suit individual cases and the charm of the unexpected, all helped to make bird photo- graphy as exciting a sport as most other out-door pursuits, which provide relaxation, exercise and fresh air for the city dweller. The whole appearance of a bird seen from the peep-hole of a hiding tent seems to be quite different to the ordinary view seen through a pair of binoculars, and one notices all kinds of details of plumage, which often escape the attention of the ordinary observer. For instance one finds that the oyster catcher has a red rim to the eye as well as a red bill and legs; the little dabchick seen at close quarters has more reddish brown on the breast than had been noticed before, and the kingfisher seems to be sprinkled with amethyst dust all over the crown of his head. Individuality of character is another point which impresses one forcibly. Two pairs of yellow wagtails building in the same field of horse beans were found to be very different in temperament. Against one nest, quite near a road, a small sack was placed on a stick about 20 feet away from the nest, whilst, owing to circum- stances, a full sized hiding tent had to be erected within six feet of the other nest, which was situated far away in the middle of the field. The first pair of birds deserted, whereas the second © pair took no notice of the tent whatsoever. A moorhen, quite used to passers-by, with her eggs just pipping refused to come anywhere near her nest to be photographed, but a dabchick faced a hiding tent, which had only been put up the previous night, and she could only be moved from her nest by the vigorous ejection of a cap through the door of the tent. One treasures up many a little comedy or delightful experience seen during the long waits ; the jays, which came down to try and D GULL my BLACKHEADY! ahghting on Nest. R. P. Gat. Photo. by BIRD PHOTOGRAPHY Pe) steal those moorhen’s eggs and were driven off by father moorhen ; the cock chaffinch, who tried each of his five youngsters with a -aterpillar, which was far too big for them, and then finally jammed :t down the throat of one unfortunate nestling with a “‘ Well! you have got to have it” sort of air; and that tremendous twenty foot dive, which a kingfisher did whilst we were waiting for the dab- chick to return. It would be misleading for me to describe bird photography as an easy task, for the difficulties which attend systematic photo- graphy call for an inexhaustible amount of patience, perseverance and determination. The rewards, however, are pictures which are of some definite value, a knowledge of the habits of birds un- obtainable by ordinary methods and the good health resulting from long days spent tramping the countryside in search of subjects. With regard to the apparatus required, a good strong camera of the wood and brass type, which focusses on to a screen, is ab- solutely essential, and it must. be mounted on a perfectly rigid threefold wooden tripod, which will bear both weight and the effects of high winds without moving or vibrating. The lens is of course the principal item, and should be the best obtainable (either Ross, Goerz, Cooke or others of the first- class makers) working at least at 6. After trying many lenses, including a telephoto, I have personally found a 7-in. Goerz lens working at 6, which covers a half plate, give excellent results when used in a quarter plate camera, the long focal length giving a maximum of size, and the quality of the lens the necessary sharp- ness to enable the negative to be enlarged many diameters. Great care must be taken with focussing the nest or twig on which one hopes to get one’s bird, and should preferably be done with the aid of a magnifying focussing glass, or disappointment will be the result when the negative is placed in the enlarger. Plates and developer are naturally the choice of the individual, but after a long trial I find that the Imperial Eclipse plate (backed) gives the maximum amount of detail with the shortest exposure, and is admirably suited for the purpose. The next requirement is the hiding tent, which can be either elaborate or simple as the worker requires. One that I am using at present is 34 feet square by 4% feet high, made of unbleached calico dyed in a bath of weak permanganate of potash. The framework consists of 3-in. bamboo poles, 5 feet in length, cut in half and joined by the ordinary fishing rod brass joints. Galvanised iron wire, fitting into brass sockets, form the top square, and when guy ropes are attached to the corners and pegged down, it is simply amazing the amount of rough weather and high winds that a tent of this kind will stand. The whole of the outfit collapses into a 34 foot bag. The camera lens is better for having a brass tube attached 216 BIRD PHOTOGRAPHY to it to act both as a hood and to enable the lens to be projected through the tent without fear of the fabric being blown over it ; also a hood minimizes the eye-like appearance of the lens, which has. such a disturbing effect on birds. As to general methods of working, our subjects are usually found during one week-end and prepared for photography during the next. The distance from the nest at which the hiding tent is first erected depends on the nature of the bird, and whether there are eggs or young in the nest. With a curlew 30 feet would not be too far to commence operations, but a bird like the reed bunting would tolerate a tent within less than half that distance. The tent should be moved closer once or twice before the appointed day for photography, and any cutting out of branches, etc., or removal of undergrowth done gradually, leaving the final pre- parations until immediately before entering the hiding tent. If time is of no object a preliminary observation of the site from the hiding tent is often invaluable, as it reveals the direction and the method of the bird’s approach, which is frequently the reverse to what one would expect. A factor which is of more importance in bird photography than in most other branches of the art is background. It is most annoying, after spending a couple of hours in a hiding tent, to find that one’s bird is so mixed up with the background that it is difficult to pick it out. A careful examination of the focussing screen will frequently suggest some alteration, which will bring the subject against the skyline, or the elimination of twigs, grass, etc., behind the focus point will form a space sufficient to throw the bird into relief. Before settling down in the tent be sure that you are comfort- able, everything is to hand and above all, that you can see your focus point easily. A friend to help you focus, and then to walk openly away in full view of your bird will add a hundred per cent. to your chance of success, indeed with some birds this subterfuge is the only method. Correct exposure will only come with practice, but it should not be forgotten that as the subjects are close to the lens, a longer exposure is required than in ordinary photography, especially if the bird is dark in colour. Slight over-exposure and short development with a weakened developer will usually give the best results. A favourable stop is F.11, and the exposure 1/25th or 1/10th of a second, unless the site is highly lit, when the lens may be stopped down to F.16, or even F.22, on the sand of the seashore, according to the colour of the subject. The above remarks are a rough outline of the subject of bird photography, and are intended to induce bird lovers to take up this fascinating branch of ornithology. Further information and every assistance will be accorded to any member who joins the Ornitho- logical Section of the Society. ZAG The Apterygota of the South-West of England. By H. WomERSLEY, F.E.S. Part Ill. ONTINUED working at this primitive and exceedingly inter- esting division of the Insecta has produced several notable records for the area. One species of Isotomine taken at Lawrence Weston, near Bristol, by Mr. J. V. Pearman, is new to science, and has been described and figured by myself as Protanurophorus pearmani in the E.M.M., November, 1925. The genus itself is also new, and is based on a species P. oxontensts discovered at Oxford by Mr. R. S. Bagnall, to which our own species is very closely allied. Protanurophorus is a very interesting genus. being intermediate between Anurophorus and Tetracanthella (not yet found in our area), Protanurophorus possessing two anal horns while Anuro- phorus is without and Tetracanthella has four. Another new British record L[olsomia fimetarioides (Axels) allied to the common F. fimetaria, but differing in having an additional tooth to the mucro, situated proximately, is also des- cribed in the same article. Such discoveries as these greatly stimulate the study of these lesser known groups of insects, and if others would but give some time to them, the area covered by the 5.W.N.U. should produce much of real scientific interest and value. The species so far known to occur in the above Faunal Area number 82, two only in their varietal form and 13 other varieties. My best thanks are again due to Mr. J. M. Brown, B.Sc., Rees. this. ete, and to Mr. R- S. Bagnall, F.L.S., for much valuable expert help, and also to the several members who have collected specimens for me. Order —— Gollembola (Lubbk.). Sub-Order — Arthropleona (Borner). Section — Poduromorpha (C.B.). Family _~ Hypogastruridz (C.B.). Sub-Family — Hypogastrurinz (C.B.). Genus —— Hypogastrura (C.B.). Uxchorites Remp. Eubbk. 1). 2. H. armata (Nic.). : Under bark, West Town, Som., April 11th, 1925. In nesting marerial of Nalpa, Chelvey, Som., April 12th, 1925. 3. H. purpurascens (Lubbk.). Dursley, Glos., March 24th, 1925. 218 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 82. H. strenuus (Brown). The record of H. purpurascens (see p. 30) for (a) face of cliffs, Kewstoke, October 21st, 1923, is this species, and most probably the record (6) embankment wall, Avon Gorge, November 17th, 1922, applies to the same. This species was diagnosed by Brown in 1923, and appears to favour a littoral habitat, such as occupied by species of Petrobius. Genus — Xenylla (Tlbg.). 8. X. grisea (Axels.). Under moss, West Town, Som., February 22nd, 1925. Under bark, Dursley, Glos., and in moss, Bream, Forest of Dean, March 24th, 1925. | Sub-Family — Achorutinz (C.B.). Tribe —— Pseudachorutini (C.B.). Genus —— Pseudachorutes (Ilbg.). 58. P. subcrassus (Tlbg.). In moss, West Town, Som., April 10th and 25th, 1925. Genus — Friesia (D.T.). 61. F. claviseta (Axels.). Few in moss, West Town, February 22nd, 1925; Goblin Combe, Som., March 15th, 1925. amily —- Onychiurinz (C.B.). Genus — Onychiurus (Gerv.) Born. 12. QO. burmeisteri (Lubbk.). Nursery Gardens, Cleeve, January 25th, 1925. Cannington, Som., September 5th, 1925. 14. 0. armatus (Tullb.). Cleeve, January 25th, 1925. Generally distributed. Seven Wells Combe, Quantocks, Som., September 6th, 1925. O. armatus var. inermis (Axels.). In moss, Dursley, Glos., March 23rd, 1925. Genus — Tullbergia (Lubbk.) Born. 75. TT. krausbaueri (Born.). ’ A few under stones, Backwell Quarry, Som., May 10th, 1925. 76. TT. quadrispina (Born.). A-few under stones, Backwell Quarry, May 10th, 1925; West Town, Som., September 7th, 1925. Section — Entomobryomorpha (C.B.). Family — |sotomidze (Schfir.). Sub-Family — Isotominze (Schfir.). THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 219 Genus — Protanurophorous (Bagn.). 78. P. pearmani (Womersley). Under lichen, on oak, at Lawrence Weston, Glos., by Mr. a Vv. Pearman, April, 1925. This species 1s new to science. (See E.M.M., November, 1925.) : Genus | — Anurophorous (Tullb.). 16. A. laricis (Tullb.). | Under lichen on gorse, Backwell Hill, Som., April 19th, 1925. Lawrence Weston, Glos., April, 1925. (J.V.P.) Genus — Isotoma s. str. (Bourl. C.B.). 18. I. olivacea var. griscescens (Schfir.). Plentiful in Talpa nests at Chelvey, April 12th, 1925. Under bark, Brockley Woods, Som., July 18th, 1925. 66. I. notabilis (Schffr.). West Town, February 22nd, 1925;- Goblin Combe, Som., March 15th, 1925. Bream, Forest of Dean, Glos.; March 24th, 1925. | 73. |. minor (Schafir.). inemoess,; “Goblm Combe, Som.; March 15th, 1925 ;- Dursley, Glos., March 24th, 1925, One specimen. Sub-genus -— Vertagopus (C.B.). 21. V. sensibilis (Tullb.). In moss, Dursley, Glos., March 24th, 1925. 22. V. cinerea (Nic.). Gleeve, Som., January 25th; 1925.;. Plymouth, May 29th, 1922, Genus — Proisotoma (C.B.). 23. P. minuta (Tullb.). In Talpa nests, Chelvey, Som., April, 1925. Genus —- Folsomia (Willem.). 26. F. quadrioculata (Tullb.). ; in moss, West Town, Som., February 22nd, 1925; Bream, Forest of Dean, and Dursley, Glos.,-March 24th, 1925. 72. F. fimetarioides (Axels.). Under stones in Bristol Coal Wharf, Glos., March 7th, 1925. This is the first British record. (See E.M.M., November, 1925). Family — Entomobryidz (C.B.). Sub-Family — Entomobryine (C.B.). Tribe — Entomobryini (C.B.). 220 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OFSGENGIARD Genus — Lepidocyrtus (Bourl.). 73. L. albus (Pack.). Under bark, Backwell Common, Som., March 14th, 1925. SO. Lb. sexoculatus (Schott.). One specimen under stones, Broad Plain, Bristol, Glos., July 0th, -1925\* “several the following day. Under bark, Brockley, September 10th, 1925. 65. L. (Sinella) cavernarum (Doniez.). Under bricks, Seven Wells Combe, Quantock, September 6th, 1925. Genus — §$ira (Lbk.). 44. §. nigromaculata (Lbk.). Plentiful at West Town, Som., June 28th, 1925, and since. Genus — Pseudosira (Schott) Born. 66. P. domestica (Nic.). Hot house, Cannington, Som., September 5th, 1925. Knowle, BristelSom.:..1925: fnibe — Orchesellini (C.B.). Genus — Orchesella (Templ.). 46. ©. villosa (Geof.). Plymouth (C. W.; Bracken); June 6th, 1925: 47. Q. flavescens (Bourl.). Bourton Combe, July 4th, 1925, Brockley Woods, Som., July 19th, 1925. My previous records must be referred to var. pallida (Reut.). : : 47a. @. flavescens var. pallida (Reut.). Bourton Combe, July 4th, 1925; Brockley Woods, Som., July 19th. 1925. “(See above?) Sub-Order -— Symphepieona (C.B.). Family — Neelidz (Fol.). Genus - Megalotherax (Williem.). 65. M. minimus (Willem.). Goblin Combe, Som., a few, March 15th, 1925. Family — $minthuride (Lubbk.). Sub-Family — Sminthuridinze (Born.). Genus — §minthurinus (C.B.). 50a. §. aureus var. ochropus (Reut.). One specimen on Quarry Wall, West Town, Som., April 13th, 1925. One specimen on lichen-covered rocks on Gutter Tor, Dartmoor, May 30th, 1925. THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 22) 74. §. niger (Lubbk.). In hot house, Cleeve, Som., January 25th, 1925. Cannington Beecemper oth, 1925: Genus — Arrhopalites (Born.). 77a. A. coecus var. attenuatus (Carp. and Evens). One specimen, probably this species, under stone, West Town, Som., May 10th, 1925. | Sub-family — | Sminthurinz (C.B.). Genus — Bourletiella (Banks, C.B.). 51. B. insignis (Keut.). — Common at Shapwick, Som., July 11th, 1925. 52. B. bicinetus (Kock.). Brockley, sont:,. July 19th, 1925. 52a. B. bicinctus var. repanda (Agr.). Cawsand, Cornwall, May 29th, 1925; Brockley, Som., July 19th, 1925. Genus — Allacma (Born.). 54. A. fusea (Linn.). Brockley Woods, Som., July 19th, 1925. ADDITIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHY. BAGNALL “ihe: British. species. of the Genus. letracanthella,’ a=, POUP. Econ. Bol: 1918: CARPENTER “ Zool. Results’ of the Abor Expedition, Collembola.’. Re- covds of the Indian Museum, Vol. VIII., Pt. V. FoLsoM ““N. American Achorutinc, Neanurince and -Podurine.” US. Nat. Museum. Proc:, No- 2134, 1916: ——-—_— (oN. American. Tomocerinee,’’ Ibid., No. 2037,-1913. HANDSCHIN wmbie: Onychiuninender Sciwiez, "* 920: ImMMs . Collembola from India, Burma and Ceylon.” Pyvoc. Zool. Soc. of London, 1912. LUBBOCK ~ Notes onthe “Lhysanira,’ Pt, Tib and IV. +*Lvans. Linn. See, 1867: WOMERSLEY ‘‘ Two new British Collembola.’’ E.M.M., Nov., 1925. 222 A Short Account of British Psocids. By J. V. PEARMAN. HE object of this paper is to draw attention to a neglected group of British insects, of which no connected account has been published since McLachlan’s Monograph in 1867 (Entom. Monthly Mag., Vol. III). Considerations of space have necessi- tated condensation, and the omission of much of interest ; I have aimed to be suggestive rather than informative. GENERAL. DESCRIPTION, Frequently confused with certain small insects of other orders, Psocids may be most readily identified by the peculiar inflation of the facial mid-region (clypeus) and the large globular eyes. The majority are four-winged with proportionately large wings carried along the sides of the body, but meeting by their hinder edges over the back. In these species the thorax is large and con- vex, giving the insects a hump-backed appearance, and the legs are relatively long and slender. Although capable of flight they do not readily take to wing, trusting rather to their fleetness of foot and powers of jumping. The abdomen, which in life measures about half the total body-length, is oval and soit ; it shrinks much in dried specimens. Apterous and semi-apterous species occur differing from the winged species by the relatively larger and more globose abdomen and the smaller, simpler thorax, which is not elevated above the level of the top of the head. Most species are more or less gregarious. They are to be found in almost any situation which provides growths of pleurococcus for food and crevices for lurking places, especially on the bark, and amid the foliage of trees. A few occur in dusty or damp places in houses, feeding on micro-fungi and organic detritus. Many of them are beautifully coloured and marked, but unfortunately the colours are to a great extent lost or altered after death. | All species, in all stages, are capable of producing from an organ near the mouth a silken thread similar to that of a spider, but the utilisation of this power varies among the species. With some it seems to be used merely to provide a safety line when exploring unfamiliar surfaces. One species spins a close web over its hiding place; others weave a covering over their eggs. LIFE GENS ORY: The eggs are laid on or near the feeding ground, and may be either naked or enveloped in a secretion which hardens to form a close fitting sheath. The manner of disposal varies. Some A er CCOUNT OF BRITISH PSOCIDS DIS) species place them hap-hazard, others aggregate them in smaller or larger patches, either irregularly or in neat quadrilateral for- mation, and many spin a close web over each patch. The common form of egg is a symmetrical smooth oval, but that of Hyferetes and allied genera is somewhat boat- -shaped, ridged and pitted. There are considerable specific differences in size, both absolutely and relatively to the parent, and in the number laid. Although unmistakably stamped with its psocid characters, the young insect is of a simplified form. When newly emerged immaturity is grotesquely emphasised by the disproportionately large head, small abdomen, and relatively thick legs. In the early larval condition all three segments of the thorax are small, simple, and of nearly equal dimensions, the tarsi two-jointed, and the antenne with fewer segments than in the adult. As growth proceeds, in stages marked off by periodical moult- ings of the integument, the adult proportions are gradually assumed, and, in the winged forms, the future wings develop as fleshy pads but do not acquire their true character until after the final moult. Ocelli, three simple eyes placed triangularly midway between the true eyes, are usually correlated with the possession of wings. Apterous species are, in general, very similar to larval forms. _ There does not seem to be any detailed account of the complete transformations of any species. There are probably five or six moultings (ecdyses), and the duration of each stage (imstar), and the total period of development is dependent upon weather condi- tions, and the quantity of food available. Embryonic development also awaits thorough investiga- tion. With some species the eggs hatch in a few weeks, with others they may remain unhatched for nearly three quarters of the year. As regards at least some of the latter it may possibly be found that the independent larval condition is reached at an early date, the immature psocid remaining quiescent within the shell for a lengthy period. If this surmise be correct it would help to ex- plain the occurrence of a winter larva in certain species (at least four) whereas it seems more usual for the winter to be passed over in the egg. From records of captures it is possible that there is occasionally hibernation by adults. Some species normally occur very late in the year, but the season of greatest abundance is during the months of June, July and August. The earliest appearing species are found in May. In general our Psocids are single brooded ; perhaps a few are double brooded. Immature forms are sometimes subject to attack by an ecto- parasite, probably a Chalcid,* and in all species examined the intestinal tract has been found to contain numbers of gregarines. * My attempts at rearing the parasite have been unsuccessful. 224 A SHORT ACCOUNT OF BRITISH PSOCIDS EXTERNAL’ ANATOMY: Only so much of the anatomy as is primarily of use in. the discrimination of species can be discussed. The general characters of the nead are sufficiently indicated in the figures (fig. 4). The ocella may be distinct or closely aggre- gated to form a single tubercle. The antenne have two short, stout, basal joints, and a flagellum of 11 (most winged species), 13 (Tvoctide), or over 20 (Airopide, etc.) segments. It is difficult in a line drawing to show the true form of the mandibles. . Their stout basal portion bears a ribbed molar area which in the right mandible is convex, and in the left concave with a surrounding ridge. The apical incisory part terminates in one or more pointed teeth. Internally between the two areas is a deep channel in which he the maxilla and pick when the mouth is closed. The “ pick,” the homology and functions of which are not definitely established, is variously divided at the tip. Thorax and abdomen (fig. 1-3) call for no comment. Towards the apex of the abdomen, beneath, is found the genital armature, a complex assemblage of processes differing in details among the species. Except in Tvoctes, where the hind femora are much enlarged, the legs are slender but strong. The ¢arvsz are either two—or three-jointed, the terminal joint bearing a pair of claws furnished with elongate processes (empodia). The wings (fig. 5) are shaped somewhat like those of the Hy- menoptera, and, like them, locked in flight. In the Psocoptera | this is accomplished by the engagement of two ridges formed by a bending downwards of part of the hind margin of the fore- wings, and a corresponding upward bending on the fore margin of the hind wings... (LL. fig..5): The venation, especially of the forewings, was the basis of the first satisfactory plan of classification and still affords the readiest means of separating genera. We may regard the main nervures as parts of two reciprocal systems of forked veins. The upper system consists of the Radius (Ik) with its branches (Ra, 0) and-the Stigmal vein (S), the lower comprising the Medius (M) with its branches (Ma, b, c) and the Cubitus (C) and its branch. Thus the Cubital, or Posterior, Cell (CP) 1s regarded as the homo- logue of the Pterostigma (PS), and these two areas usually undergo sympathetic modifications, though not always to an equal degree. For instance in the genera Stenopsocus and Graphopsocus {fig. 8) each is connected to the adjacent longitudinal vein by a transverse veinlet (hyphen) ; in Psocus (fig. 6) the cubital cell coalesces with the medius and the pterostigma tends towards the radius. Ex- ceptions are seen in Mesopsocus where a greatly enlarged cubital cell is associated with a comparatively small pterostigma, and A. SHORT ACCOUNT OF BRITISH PSOCIDS 225 in Pertpsocus where the cubital cell is wholly absent. (Figs. 5S The manner in which the two systems of veins are joined (R-+M) should be observed. (Fig. 12.) Examples of the three conditions sessile, hyphenate and petiolate, are shown in figs. 6—8. The keys which follow are sufficient for the determination of eenera- The nomenclature in the list of species is that most usual in British references ; some generic names of doubtful value have been ignored. Species not yet recorded from the Bristol area are indicated by prefixing the letter N. KEYS FO: GENERA. References, unless otherwise noted, are to forewings ; lettering as in figures. T=tarsal joints. A= antennal joints. I. Wings functional. GP wanting T3. PS wanting EMBIDOTROCTES 4 T2. PS clavate (fig. 9) PERIPSOCUS T2. PS oblong (fig. 10e) EcTOPSOCUS GP free T3. PS clavate GP tented, moderate (fig. 10a, 11a) ELIPSOCUS PS prolate GP tented, very large (fig. 5) MESOPSOCUS 4 PS simple GP simple (fig. 7) /_. PSYLLIPSOCUS T2. (CP usually domed) PS clavate (fig. 100, c, d,) Veins ciliated Hind wings R+-M intimate CAECILIUS Hind wings R+-Mhyphenate REUTERELLA 4 Veins bare PTERODELA PS prolate (fig. 10g) R-+M petiolate KoLpia 6 R+M hyphenate BERTKAUIA PS oblong (fig. 10f) TRICHOPSOCUS CP adherent to M. PS free (fig. 6) T2. Psocus CP hyphenate to M. PS hyphenate to R (fig. 8) T2. PS clavate GRAPHOPSOCUS PS elongate, narrow STENOPSOCUS II. Wings wanting cr much reduced 2; ; Winglets minute, ocelli present Korsia Q Winglets absent, ocelli absent Antenne long, colour pitchy black BERTKAUIA & Antenne short, colour buff brown REUTERELLA Q 226 A SHORT ACCOUNT OF BRITISH PSOCIDS T3. A 2+11. Completely apterous PSEUDOPSOCUS Winglets present, minute Mesoprsocus 9 A 2+13 (Insects minute, form flattened) Hind femora much dilated and angulated Troctrs Hind femora slightly dilated, not angulated EmBipotrocres A 2420, or more. Completely apterous HYPERETES Winglets present Body without scales, winglets rounded. Ocelli present, winglets with evident neuration NYMPHOPSOCUS Ocelli generally absent, winglets without neuration Colour whitish ATROPOS Colour pitchy LEPINOTUS Body with scales, winglets pointed PTEROXANIUM EIST SOR, BREDISE PSOCOPTERA. Psocus Laty. | CAEBCILIUS Curt. | Ectopsocus McL. longicornis Fabr. fuscopterus Laity. briggsi McL. ne bulosus Steph.| N atricornis McL. bifasciatus Lair. flavidus Steph. | PsyLiipsocus Selys. variegatus Laty. | N obsoletus Steph. ramburii Selys. fasciatus Fabr. burmeisteri Brau. sexpunctatus Linn. perlatus Kolbe.| NyMpHopsocus End. N quadrimaculatus Laiy.| N_ kolbei Tet. destructor End. N bipunctatus Linn. piceus Kolbe. N morio Latr. ATROPOS Leach. | TricHopsocus Kolbe. pulsatoria Linn. STENOPSOCUS Hagen. dali McL. | N annulata Hagen. immaculatus Steph. stigmaticus Imhoff.. KOLBIA Berth. | LEPINOTUS Heyd. N quisquiliarum Bert. inquilinus Heyd. GRAPHOPSOCUS Kolbe. ; cruciatus Linn. | BERTKAUIA Kolbe. | HyYPERETES Kolbe. lucifuga Ramb. guestfalicus Kolbe. MESOPSOCUS Kolbe. (= prisca Kolbe) | N britannicus Harr. unipunctatus Mull. REUTERELLA End. | PTEROXANIUM End. ELIpsocus Hagen. helvimacula End. squamosum End. flaviceps Steph. hyalinus Steph, | PTERODELA Kolbe. | TROCTES Burm. westwoodi McL. pedicularia Linn. divinitorius Mull. abietis Kolbe. quercus Kolbe. bicolor Banks. cyanops Rost. N formicarius Hagen. PERIPSOCUS Hagen. PSEUDOPSOCUS Kolbe.| N alboguttatus Dalm.| EMBIDOTROCTES End. rostocki Kolbe. subpupillatus McL. rectivenis Pear. pheopterus Stebh. a-a CLAVATE ef OBLONG | 2 PROLATLE (Qaeda IA. 228 A SHORT ACCOUNT OF BRITISH PSOCIDS EXPLANATION OF FIGURES: 1. Type of winged fsocid. 2. Type of larval and apterous psocid. 3. Jype of Troctes. 4. M. unipunctatus, Head, front view,—O. ocelli ; F, frons ; C, clypeus ; E,epistoma ; L, labrum ; M, mandibles ; Mx, maxilla ; Pe pick ki labium: do Lhe “same swings. 6. Psocus variegatus, apex of forewing. 7. Psyilipsocus, the. same: 8. Graphopsocus, the same. 9. . Peripsocus, the*same. 10. Types of PS—a, Elipsocus, b, Cecilius, c, Reuterella, d, Pterodela, e, Ectopsocus, f, Trichopsocus, g, Bertkauia. 11. Types of free CP—a, Elipsocus, 0b, Ceecilius. 12; Types of R+M junction—-v» petiolate, y, sessile, z, hyphenate. 229 List of Slugs Found in the Bristol District. | By ADR BAccHUS. LTHOUGH perhaps better known in Bristol for his work on ae kayncota.and the Pormicide, ‘the late: Mr. A:-D.. R. Bacchus had studied the Mollusca with equal enthusiasm. After the War, when he settled in Bristol, he recorded several species as new to Gloucester West, Somerset and Wiltshire. Several of his Notes were published in the Journal of Conchology, Vol. XVI. The following List of Slugs was compiled by him in 1921 and 1922, and will undoubtedly prove of great value to all future students of this somewhat neglected: Group. His characteristic zeal in unearthing old records is well shown in the following List. His untimely death from injuries received while on active service is an irreparable loss to Zoology, not only in the Bristol district, but throughout the South Western area.—N. G. Hadden. BRITISH SLUGS; | Glos. W. | Som. N: Pe TeStACerLA HALIOTIDEA, Drap.... | Xx | ey scururuM, 'G."B. Sowerby | | x aE NTAUGET, Férugsac | xX | x 4. Limax MAximus (Linn.) | x | Xx 5. IL. CINERO-NIGER (Wolf) | | x 6.01. TENELLUS, Miiller | 7D. Flavus, Linn. ..: eee X | X 8. I. ARBORUM, Bouch. Chee cd | x 9. AGRIOLIMAX AGRESTIS (Linn.) | x Xx [Os A. LAEVIS, Miller ... | x ii MitAx GAGATES (Drap.) | x x 12. M. SowERBYI (Férussac) | x | X 13. ARION ATER (Linn.) | x | x Pe. ee SUBRUSCUS (Drap.) - | x x 15. A. HORTENSIS (Férussac) 0) x | Xx LO, ee, CIRCUMSCRIPTUS (Johnston). .: | x | xX 17. A. INTERMEDIUS, Normand | | Xx 18. GEOMALACUS MACULOSUS, Allman | Found only in a few | localities in Ireland. X Bristol District. 1 In vice county but not in Bristol district. 230 LIST OF SLUGS FOUND IN THE BRISTOL DISTRICT Testacella haliotidea, Drap. First record, G. Garden, Carville, Alexandra Park, Bristol, May, 1888, J. W. Cundall; Kings- down Parade, W. W. Stoddart ; Clifton Gardens, Miss Jones ; Hampton Park (rare). T. scutulum, G. B. Sowerby. First record, S. Leigh Woods, rare, T. G. Ponton,. 1862, (Leipner’s Bristol Mist Sera iG. Gardens). Gliften,,.l.3G.. Pomton, e562; T. mauget, Ferussac. First record, G. Found in 1812 in Miller and Sweets’ (now Garaway’s) Nurseries by Mr. Drummond. Original site now built over. Gardens at Redland, Cotham, Horfield, etc. S. Bath, Brislington, Clevedon. One dead shell found by D. B. near allotments at Westbury-on-Trym ; am told they are common on allotments, April 27th, 1921. _var. grviseo-rubescens. Bristol, November, 1883, J. W. Cundall. | var. aurea. Gardens, Cotham, 1883, Miss F. M. Hele. Limax maximus (Linn.). First record, G. Common, Redland, T.G. Ponton, 1883';. Gardens; Cliiton, Mise jomeew lars, Sea Mills, two or three under stones, November, 1920, D. B. ; Blaize Castle, Henbury, under bark; May,2182i a>. Clevedon, October, 1920, D. B. L. cinero-mger (Wolf.). First record, (see var. maura). var. maura. 5S. Cleeve Combe, Norman (Som. Moll., 1860;. ‘p: - 139). L. flavus, Linn. First record, G. Common in Bristol gardens, EK. C. Jellie (Naturalist, 1867). 5. - Type: andy var erisce, Bath, 1884, C. J. Waterfall. S. Clevedon, common, October, 1920, D. B. G. Common in garden at 29, Abbotsford Road, April, 1921. L. arborum, Bouchard-Chantereaux. First record, S. Cleeve and Brockley Combes, Norman (Som. Moll., 1860). G. Stroud, common on beech, October, 1883, EF. |. Biot y 2S) tiege- don: October..|1920--D-B: . Agriolimax agrestis (Linn.). Common everywhere in fields. A. levis, Muller. First record, S. Among stones by side of lane from Walton to Portishead, and among decaying vegetation by side of sluice on Portishead Moor, Norman (Som. Moll., 1860). Confirmed first part of record October, 1920, D.B. Milax gagates (Draparnaud). S. Specimens in Bristol] Museum labelled Bath, J. E. Daniel. var. pblumbea. S. One sent to. J. W. Taylon Dy ar: from Clevedon, who wrote “‘ remarkably fine specimen.”’ var. benoiti. G. Three half-grown specimens found in overgrown road at Redland, D. B. Mr. Taylor writes: “if the yellow keel persists till adult, should be var. benottt.” for LIST OF SLUGS FOUND IN THE BRISTOL DISTRICT 23) M. sowerbyit (Ferussac). First record, G. Clifton, Rev. B. J. Clarke (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1843); Gardens, 1884, W. B. Waterfall. S.. Gardens, Clevedon, Norman (Som. en 1560), Confirmed by D.B., October, 1920. G. ‘Ked- land in overgrown road; Westbury allotments. Arion atey (Linn.). First record ? var. aterrima. (Body shield and creeping disc uniformly black.) G. One on roadway, Redland Green, May 11th, rat DB. var. castanea (uniformly brown). S. Bath, June, 1884, ©) 2 Watertall. ©“G.:: Blaize Castle, May 14th, 1921, D. B. var. plumbea. S. Bank above Leigh Woods, D. B. G. Overgrown road, Redland, D. B. var. aurantia. G. Under an old sack outside allotments, Westbury-on-Trym, three or four, April, 1921, D. B. vane aloa. ~S.~ Leigh Woods, fairly common. D. -B. Sub-var. cinero-nebulosa (2) is fairly common. (Foot-sole pale yellow, tentacles blackish.) var. bicolor, sub-var. scharffit (Back black, sides yellowish). S. The commonest form in fields and hedgerows at Clevedon, October’ 1920, -D:- B. A smyescus (Drap.). 5. Clevedon, October, 1920, D. B..° Flax Pomtoneapil,. 1920. D. B.-G. Stoke Bishop side, of Coombe Dingle, May, 1921. Disused road, Redland Green, very common, May, 1921. (Some grey-green in colour.) A. hortensis (Ferussac). First record, G. Too common in Bristol gancdens, 2. ©.-Jellie -(Natiuralist, . February, 1867). S. Common in Clevedon gardens. Norman (Som. Moll., 1860). Common almost everywhere. A. civeumscriptus (Johnston). First record, ©. Bristol, W. B. Waterfali, 18—. G. Bank above Leigh Woods, April, 1921, DB. 7G. . Under stones at Stoke Bishop side of Coombe pmecle, -D.;B- Blaize Castle, May 14th, 1921, :D....B. A. intermedius, Normand. 5S. Clevedon, October, 1929, D. B. Zoe Bristol Botany in 1925. By “JAS We OW ere eS WEST COUNTRY volume hitherto unknown has been brought to my notice by a friend who possesses a rare faculty for finding scarce books of local interest. The Bath and Bristol Magazine; or Western Miscellany, was published at Bath. It seems to have been issued quarterly, and to have ceased with the twelfth number. The third and last volume—1834—is the one under review. Its contents provide a vivid glimpse of provincial journalism a century ago, for they were indeed miscellaneous : theology, biography, poetry, science, philosophy, reviews and whimsicalities ’’ all being included. The “‘ Originator,’’ however, had been bitterly disappointed by the result of his adventure ; and for this failure he held Bristol to be mainly responsible. ‘ Against the people of that city,” he says, ‘“‘ we bring no other charge than this, that their past history and present habits do not warrant the expectation of success to anv literary periodical de- pendent upon them for its support and circulation. For every single copy of our miscellany sold in Bristol there is a score sold in Bath. Bridgwater, again, with its population of three or four thousand, sells quarterly more copies than does the city of Bristol, with its hundred and twenty thousand souls, in a year. Moreover, in Bridgwater the Western Miscellany is supported as a literary undertaking: in Bristol it is neglected and opposed.’ Added to this lament we have in detail—for the distracted editor was a verbose writer—a sad story of pecuniary loss, of waspish criticism, and of the ‘virulent slanders”’ that. were cutting short) tite life of his illused magazine. For ourselves as field botanists to whom the historical record has an appeal the primarv interest of the book hes in two articles. The first is a lengthy—but by no means laudatory—review of Babington’s Flora Bathoniensis, then just issued. The author's adoption of a natural system of classification in place of the Linnean sexual arrangement received half a page of condemnation! The change was intolerable to this reviewer, who in fact was not happy in what he said nor in his way of saying it. The other article is of more importance. It is a Botanical Notice of Somersetshire by “A.G.’’, a subscriber and evidently Dr. A. Gapper of Bridgwater, who later took the name of Southby. He was an acute and able observer. He assisted Hewett Watson in compiling the New Botanists Guide, 1835-1837 ; and Topographical Botany so far as the counties of Gloucester and Somerset were concerned. But BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1925 233 this list of Somerset localities begins with St. Vincents Rocks, the Downs, Sea Mills, Brandon Hill and Wyck Cliffs! Dr. Gapper, apparently, was as badly informed on county boundaries as were many other folk of his generation, who, as Turner and Dillwyn stated “had in many instances no means of determining whether localities ought to be arranged under Gloucestershire or Somer- setshire.”’ Be that as it may, and although a majority of the plants mentioned are among rarities of the district well known at the present day, it must be owned that had this list been avail- able when the Flora of Bristol was written some of its entries would have taken another form. And there can be no doubt that the authors of the Flora of Somerset and its Supplement, had they survived, would have made a like admission. The occurrence of Lactuca virosa on St. Vincent’s Rocks, vouched for by Swete, is here antedated by twenty years, and the note is probably re- sponsible for the plant being mistakenly credited to Somerset in the New Bot. Guide. The rare Orobanche elatior at the same locality is similarly antedated. The first records for Pvrus tor- minalits in Leigh Woods ; Moenchia erecta and Trigonella ornitho- podioides on Brandon Hill; Obione portulacoides near the Powder House; and Lathyrus palustris on the Turf Moor must all be wedcterbed 40 Dr. Gapper. On the Turf Moor he noted. Cicuta virosa and Rynchospora fusca, two plants that seem to have died out and are possibly now extinct in the county. Ranunculus lursutus at Cheddar; Sedum Telebhium in Leigh Woods; and Inula Helenium at Penpole are new to us. The Scirpus caricinus he detected at Burnham remained there unsuspected until Mrs. David Fry came upon it more than 50 years later. As can be seen this botanist missed very little in the districts he visited. Grateful thanks are due to Mr. H. S. Thompson for unearthing an article of such interest. No species new to our area has shewn itself during the season, though some welcome varieties have been detected. Aliens, imported with exotic food-stuffs, are still plentiful about our docks and fowl-runs. One or two plants long lost to sight have been rediscovered, and one feels that hardly anything can be more vratifying than the confirmation of an old record that after many years may have faded into doubt. Thalictrum minus L. As stated in Fl. Brist. the belief was entertained at one time that two forms of Thalictrum existed at Cheddar, though no sufficient reason was ever stated, and the view was ultimately dropped. Lately, however, Mr. A. J. Wilmott of the British Museum has revived the idea. He finds some ex- amples almost subglabrous with short, stout fruit, and others that are glandular with longer fruit ; and he will be glad to receive for further study specimens collected when the fruit is quite ripe. 234 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1925 Ranunculus Drouetw F. Schultz. Pond near Brockley, S. ; Miss Roper. Helleborus vindis 1. Between Hinton and Wellow, S.: Rev. E. Ellman. Papaver Lecogit Lamotte. Dunkerton, S.; Id. Viola Riviniana Rchb. f. villosa Neum. Densely pubescent, especially on peduncles. In quantity with V. silvestvis and Rivi- niana hybrids, in Churchill Batch Wood, S.; Colin Tvrapnell. Arenaria serpyllifolia L. var. viscidula Roth. (glutinosa Koch). =A. viscida Lois. On walls in Bleadon village, S.; Jd. Vicia sepium L. subvar. alba Rouy. Between Abbots Leigh and Lower Failand, S. A new station for this beautiful form ; Miss Bolton. Rubi. The Rev. H. J. Riddelsdell and MrijGesG) Brawva: working together, have recently observed the following in our district. R. wmbricutus Hort., Wraxall, S. R. Baker, F. A. Lees, and R. lentiginosus Lees, Clifton Down, G. R. Schlechtendalit Whe. Wood at Wraxall, S. R. scaber W. and N. (a weak form) by an abandoned colliery, Old Nailsea, S. Petroselinum segetum Koch. (Carum Benth.) Lovers’ Lane, Hatlen, G. Wraxall, 35.,; Miss Rover. Smyrnium Olusatrum L. Appears to be spreading. Abun- dant in a field-hedge and lane at Elberton; and by the Roman road at Lawrence Weston, G. Id. Hedera Helix L. var. borealis Druce. Hedge bottom, Alveston, Ge id. Sedum Telephium LL. Mr. H. S. Thompson finds in his her- - barium a sheet of this Orpine gathered at ‘“‘ Woodborough, Sep- tember, 1881’; and has little doubt that it came from the bank by the railway on the Axbridge side of Winscombe, where at the present time it is well and widely established ; a locality hitherto unrecorded. I learn that the date of Thos. Clark’s specimen from Cheddar Gorge is 1824. Drosera rotundifolia L. On the peat moor near Ashcott where Sundews are plentiful Mr. Thompson noticed one that had cap- tured and consumed a Meadow Brown butterfly. With so large an insect such an occurrence must be extremely rare. Onopordum Acanthium L. Bank of the Brue at Bason Bridge, S.;: W. Watson. Matricaria inodora L. flore pleno. Mrs. Sandwith found a double-flowered Mayweed among the double Pyrethrums culti- vated in her garden at Tickenham. BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1925 235 Tanacetum vulgare L. This aromatic herb, partial to water- sides, and local in distribution, is abundant in a damp meadow by the Little Avon at Middlemill, G. Cnicus Forstert is the hybrid between C. palustris and C. pratensis. Boggy field, Churchill, S. With the parents; Mzss Roper. C. pratensis var. polycephalus. On Ashcott Moor, S.; Id. Tragopogon porrifolius L. Railway bank, Keynsham, S. ; 8 or 10 plants flowering in May; R. E. Taylor. Orobanche minor L. Parasitic on Sedum album (locality not given); C. Wall. No published record of this host is known, but about the same time Mr. N. G. Hadden noticed a similar asso- ciation in his garden at West Porlock. Verbascum Blattaria and V. virgatum. We are glad to know that these conspicuous flowers still survive by the railway near Winscombe, S., where they were established before the construction of the line. The less common creamy-white flowered form of V. Blattar1a has a rosy flush on the underside of the two upper corolla segments, a peculiarity that has been mentioned by writers in Journ. Bot. and elsewhere. V. phlomoides L. “A Mullein shown to me by Mr A. T. Davies from quarry ground at Tytherington, G., first noticed in 1924, proved to be this handsome continental species. On visiting the locality this year I found upwards of 20 plants, some of them over six feet in height;’’ Mzss Rober. Euphrasia Kernert Wettst. Limestone cliffs, Avon Gorge G., 1924; A. E. Wade and G. C. Brown in Report B. E. Club. First record for the Gloucester division of the district. Mentha longifolia Huds. (sylvestris LL.) Has re-appeared at Walton-in-Gordano after being apparently lost for 40 years. See Fl. Brist. p. 466. Streamside near Keynsham towards Queen Charlton,S.; Myrs. Bell. By the Upper Frome near Gurney Slade, S. M. piperita L. var. officinalis Hull. By the Upper Frome at Gurney Slade with the last species. In small quantity with M. Iurcina above Weston-in-Gordano, S.. M. rubra Huds. Streamside below Queen Charlton, S. ; Mrs. Bell. M. arvensis var. Alliont Bor. Cog Mill, Frampton Cotterell, G.; Miss Rober. Rumex sanguineus L. Two large plants on a laneside at the foot of Stinchcombe Hill, G. ; Uytica dioica 1.. var. angustifolia Wimm. and Grab. Bank of the Frome at Fishponds, G.; H. ]. Gibbons. This variety was originally described by Fischer in 1819 (pro specie) as having ‘‘ upper leaves linear-lanceolate.’’ These should also be ‘‘ rounded but hardly cordate at the base,’’ Bab. Man. Mr. Gibbon’s specimen 236 BRISTOL BOTANY IN 1925 closely corresponds. The plant by the roadside at Stone Edge Batch, Tickenham, of which I have an excellent specimen, is said to be no longer there. I last saw it in 1917. Orchis Morio L. Two plants on Durdham Down; C. Wall. An interesting survival. Ophrys muscifera L. About a dozen flowering stems were seen in May in another part of the same woodland above Tickenham where the plant was discovered some years ago; D. H. White. Habenaria bifolia R. Br. (Platanthera Rich.) One plant on Stinchcombe Hill, G., during the Society's Summer excursion ; Mrs. Sandwith. Narcissus biflorus Curt. Several clumps by the Chew above Stanton Drew; not the locality recorded by Mr. D. Fry; Miss Roper. ! Ornithogalum umbellatum L. A fair quantity in a meadow at Bishport, S., verifying a record made 75 years ago by Dr. Thwaites in Swete Fl. As the leaves were narrowly linear, not recurved but erect when young, this may be the var. angustifoliwm Boreau, but as the plants did not blossom the number of flowers on a stem could not be counted in confirmation: Jd. Gagea lutea Gawler. Border of wood by Markham Bottom, S.; Colin Trapnell. Scirpus sylvaticus L. By the Chew below Compton Dando, S.; H.S. Thompson. The sedge has long been known on the upper reaches of the :m Ven. Chara fragilis Desv. Pond at Rudgway, Alveston, G.; very rare in our Gloucestershire-division; C. Tvapnell, C. delicatula Agardh. Now classed as a full species. Large quantities this year in rhines on Walton Moor, S. Approved by Migtel AG roves: a. AMTENS: Lepidium graminifolium L. A common weed in central and southern Europe. Some stout bushy plants by the Avonmouth Docks! C. and N. Sandwith. Brassica adpressa Boiss. and B. juncea Coss. Both plentiful with the preceding! Jd. Staphylea pinnata L. The bushes recorded by Capt. Gordon from a stream- side near Wickwar still flower sparingly though very closely trimmed; Miss Roper. Tngonella fenum-grecum L. Garden weed, St. Michael’s, Bristol; Mys. Bell. Carum coptucum. Unknown to me. ‘‘Bristol’’; C. and N. Sandwith. Linana dalmatica Mill. A native of Eastern Europe ; has escaped from cultivation on the Burnham sand-hills, where it was first noticed in 1913 (Herb. Kew.). Artemisia btenmis Willd. North American. Avonmouth Docks, G. and Gas Works, Bath, S. Amaranthus deflexus L. Fowl run, Syston, G.; H. J. Gibbons. Nectaroscordum siculum Lindl. Still exists on ‘St. Vincent’s Rocks where it was planted years ‘ago. “See PI. “Brisip. o9t 23 The Avonian Succession between Wickwar and Chipping Sodbury (Glos.). Bye VarcArer Cluck: Misc... F.GS, I. INTRODUCTION AND SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS WORK. Il. STRATIGRAPHY AND TOPOGRAPHY OF THE AREA. Iii. LiItHoOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF ZONES. yee LISTS -OF FOSSILS. V. DESCRIPTION OF EXPOSURES. VI. COMPARISON WITH OTHER AREAS AND CONCLUSIONS. LE ANTRODUCTION AND-SUMMARY OF PREVIOUS, WORK: HE Avonian or Lower Carboniferous which forms the rim of the Bristol Coalfield is exposed between Almondsbury and Chipping Sodbury, as a narrow but continuous outcrop of limestone, the ferm of which is that of an irregular horseshoe open to the south. At the places above mentioned, the hmbs of the horse shoe are overstepped by Mesozoic rocks, and the rim is concealed both on the west and on the east for scrae miles. The present paper is concerned only with the eastern hmb—the part of the outcrop between Wickwar and Sodbury. The limestones of Wickwar and Sodbury were mentioned by Buckland and Conybeare as far back as 1824,! and the area is allu- ded to by H. B. Woodward in the Geological Memoir on the District in 1876.2, The Wickwar quarries were described in detail by Prof. €.Eloyd Morgan in 18983 and by Prof.\S. H. Reynolds in 1921.4 A general account of the faunal zones of the Lower Carboniferous within the area was given by the late Arthur Vaughan in 1905.5 The present paper amplifies with further detail the work already done by the authors named, and hnks up the Tytherington- Wickwar area fully described by Dr. F. S. Wallis® with the Sodbury Railway Cutting the faunal succession of which has been worked out in detail by Arthur Vaughan7 and the lithology minutely exammed Dy krot..S. H. KReynolds® -The author's earlier work Mela Geol. SOG, oer 2,. VGA, pp. 215 and:249. 2 Geology of East Somerset and the Bristol Coalfields (Mem. Geol. Survey) pp..17 and 21. Handbook British Association, Bristol, Excursion 17, Tortworth. Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District, pp. 192—4. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LXI, pp. 236-9. LOC VeDWtSi< INGL.. SOG) och, 4,, Vols VI, pp. 97-74. boc. cit. Geol. Mag., 1923, pp. 111-119. mana nu B Yd 238 AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY was carried out in collaboration with Miss Edith Bolton. This work was considerably extended by Miss Bolton, and published in abstract.t Since the publication of this abstract the inves- tigations have been further extended both in scope and detail. Ii. STRATIGRAPHY AND TOPOGRAPHY Oi. fet ace. Between Wickwar and Chipping Sodbury—a distance of about four miles—the outcrop of the Lower Carboniferous is where fully exposed nearly a mile wide, but the unequal extension of the Lias over the Paleozoic on the eastern side, and the patches of Trias on the western, partially conceal the boundaries and render the width of outcrop very irregular. The underlying Old Red Sandstone is only exposed in the northern part of the area west of Wickwar, and in the immediate vicinity of Brimsham Bridge; between these places the Lias oversteps both the Old Red Sandstone and Tournaisian and finally rests on the Seminula-zone. The junction between the Carboni- ferous Limestone and the Millstone Grit is concealed by Trias, except between Yate Court and Yate Rocks, a distance of three- quarters of a mile, and for a similar distance east of Sodbury. To the south of Sodbury the Carboniferous entirely disappears under Lias, but the G.W.R. cutting half a mile west of Chipping Sodbury Station exposes a fine section from the base of K to the top, of Dr. The Lower Carboniferous rocks dip westwards at angles varying from 28 degrees to 45 degrees. A complete calcareous succession extends up to the top of Dz, but D:z is represented by an arenaceous facies since Millstone Grit conditions here come in earlier than in the Avon Section. The limestones form nearly level country standing about 300 feet above sea level, but rising slightly to the south. The Lias occupies gently rising ground, but gives place abruptly to the steep scarp of the Cotteswolds which at a distance of about 23 miles to the east runs parallel to the low Avonian ridge. III. LITHOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF ZONES. Dr. Vaughan’s zonal notation is used throughout this paper. TOURNAISIAN. CLEISTOPORA-ZONE. K. The beds of this horizon are not well exposed at any point in the area since they weather easily and tend to hecome overgrown by vegetation. Where seen their junction with the underlying Old Red Sandstone is a conformable one. A fine grained sandy —— I The Pre Geol. Soc., 19207 p--30,31- ae na mmm a = trans SopBun) a D ZONE o ZONE iM rd Koon C ZONE Z ZONE K ZONE = ‘ - ca : ¢ 2. if a ir a a . = os Me 4 ‘ 7 i i <. s, my fn = AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY 239 iimestone which weathers yellow and probably iies low down in the series is exposed a little to the north of Wickwar Church in a lane leading from the Railway Station. The slight depression at the junction of the road from the Station with the Charfield Road is due to the presence of these soft K-beds. The zone is again exposed 24 miles further south near Brim- sham Bridge. By following the stream eastwards from the bridge, blocks of highly fossiliferous K-material can be obtained from its bed. The lowest K-beds immediately overlying the Old. Red Sandstone are thin-bedded sandy limestone. Exposures of horizon a (the Bryozoa bed) have not been found although they have been particularly looked for. ZAPHRENTIS ZONE. Z. Wickwar.- Zi. Whe lowest Z-beds are exposed in an old quarry (qu. | on map) north of the village and east of the Char- field Road by the side of a copse. They consist of dark crinoidal limestone weathering to a yellowish grey. The beds are much weathered and overgrown. Z, and y. The higher part of the zone—Z,. and y is well exposed in a quarry (Qu. 2) west of the Charfield Road. The Z2-beds are highly crinoidal, dark and often dolomitized limestones, in places of “ petit granit ’’ type, similar to beds of the same horizon in the Avon Section. Small round patches of crystailine calcite, due to the recrystallization of calcareous mud are a prominent feature,* The highest beds exposed (Hor. y) are strongly dolomitized, and therefore not very fossiliferous, nevertheless, crinoids and a few zaphrentids which have escaped dolomitization have been obtained. Bnmsham Bridge. Z-beds are only poorly exposed here. The lower beds consist of thinly-bedded dark crinoidal limestones which proved highly fossiliferous. No satisfactory exposures of Z2 were found. Chipping Sodbury. Coarse crystalline limestone succeeded by beds of the petit granit type are exposed on the north bank | of the Frome, north of the main street. Z-beds have not hitherto been recorded here. SYRINGOTHYRIS: ZONE. C. Wickwar. About 10 feet or so of the lowest beds of the Syringothyris-zone are exposed in quarry 3. These are dolomites in which only a few crinoidal ossicles have escaped destruction. eesce EEL. Dixon and A. Vaughan, Quart. Jouvn. Geol. Soc., Vol: Peeve (LOl1), pp. 483, and S. H. Reynolds, 2bid, Vol. LX XVII (1921), pp: 221. CHIPPING SODBURY BETWEEN WICKWAR. AND AVONIAN { a 240 "MVMMOIA\ LV SAIMUVNG AO WVAOVIC, Uasoy SPW w AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY 241 Quarry 4 exposes the “sub-oolite’’ bed, a fossiliferous level below the Caninia-oolite which is a constant feature throughout the district, and specially thick in the Wickwar-Tytherington area to the north.t The overlying white oolite is less markedly oolitic, and is more fossiliferous than in the Avon Section. The higher beds of the zone (Caninia-dolomites) occupy the hollow between the quarry and quarry 5, but are not exposed. Brnimsham Bridge. The laminosa-dolomite level is repre- sented by fine grained unfossiliferous dolomites, followed by hght coloured crinoidal dolomitized limestone. Above this comes the .Caninia-oolite which has the usual white, current-bedded, unfossl- iferous character. The Wickwar-Sodbury road runs in a de- pression formed by the rapid weathering of the oolite and on the west side of this, in a field sloping southwards to the stream, light coloured dolomite (Caninia-dolomite) is exposed as bare patches outcropping through the soil. Chipping Sodbury. Limestones of the Syringothyris zone are now being quarried on the east of the Wickwar road, opposite the Church. The beds mainly belong to the laminosa-dolomite, and they consist of dark crinoidal, dolomitized limestones and _ fine grey dolomites and include an algal band. The “‘sub-oolite’’ occurs as a fossiliferous band at the top ot the quarry. On the opposite side of the road a path leading westwards to the large town quarries exposes bands of dolomite and algal limestone. SEMINULA ZONES: ©. M“ickwar. lhe top of S: and lower Sz are exposed in Qu. 5. The lowest beds consist of dark limestone with thin black shale partings, followed by massive lhmestone, chinastone, oolite, an unpersistent development of pisolite, and an algal band. A thin bedded grit band (firestone) is taken as the base of S2. Above the grit occurs about 40 feet of massive limestone with well marked bands of Lithostrotion, and some oolite. No further good expo- sures of S-beds are met with until Bury Hill, 2 miles south of Wickwar is reached, but the outcrop of this zone-is easily traced in isolated exposures, under hedges, etc., not meriting detailed description. Bury Hill. The section seen in the Bury Hill Quarry includes the upper fifty feet of S:, and the whole of Sz. The S; beds consist of oolitic limestone algal in places, and S2 of a varied series including limestone of various types, as well as shale and grits. At the base of the S2 series is fairly massive limestone with shale partings, this is followed by the Seminula-oolite, with its algal bands and penecon- temporaneous breccias. The highest part is often strongly algal, and is more argillaceus than the rest. Above this thick develop- mE. S. Wallis, Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., Series 4, Vol. VI, Pt. I (1923), p. 66. 242 ~AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY ment of oolites comes a remarkable development of red and green grits, often laminated and ripple marked, and inter-bedded with brightly coloured shales, and thin bands of concretionary (algal) limestones. Chipping Sodbury. The large town quarries at Chipping Sodbury show beds from practically the base of Si, to the highest calcareous D beds. Sr: consists of Concretionary (algal) limestones and calcite mudstones, with some oolite and shale partings. A bed of gritty limestone is taken marking the base of S2, this is suc- ceeded by more massive limestone and oolite. The upper beds as at Yate Rocks and Bury Hill are thin bedded grits and shales often ripple-marked. There appears to be no chert present in Sz in the Wickwar-Chipping Sodbury area. DIBUNOPHYLLUM ZONE. OD. The early advent of Millstone Grit conditions in this area limits the calcareous development to fifty-five feet only. The base of the Trias, here very massive and calcareous, is seen to overlie the D-beds in the railway cutting south of the Wickwar Tunnel. The calcareous D-beds are massive, highly fossiliferous limestone, including crinoidal and oolitic bands with a few shale. partings. The limestone passes gradually into grits, and for a short period the calcareous and grit phases alternate with each other. To the west of Qu. 5 at Wickwar are small exposures in a field behind the Meads Farm buildings. Grit bands and a massive red limestone in part oolitic, occur there. | | Old quarries at Bury Hill expose reddish oolitic limestone with many fossils. Underlying these beds, although not well exposed there appear to be a very white pure limestone containing Pyvo- ductus hemisphericus (very similar to a band occuring at the base of D at Wick Rocks 7 miles further south), and below this white oolite. A disused quarry at Yate Rocks exposes oolite and crinoidal limestone separated by a band of red and green shale, and following the stream westwards Millstone Grit 1s found immediately after crossing the ford. The Ridge Quarry, a mile further south, is in coarse reddish oolite and gritty limestone, and again a little to the west Millstone Grit crops out through the soil. To the right of the path leading from the west of Chipping Sodbury into the large town quarries, lower D: is exposed in a sloping face of rock, consisting of oolitic and rubbly limestone enclosing masses of pebbly grit. An exactly similar band is des- cribed by Prof. S. H. Reynolds! in D beds in the Sodbury cutting. A new quarry north-west of the large town quarries exposes slightly higher beds including very white limestone, containing Productus hemisphericus followed by coarse white fossiliferous oolite. : {; .Geoly M agi 1923) ol Lo. le AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING By List OF FOSSILS: SODBURY 243 Zaphrentis konincki E. & H. Zaphrentis konincht E. & H. var. Zaphrentis omaliusi E. & H. Caninia cylindrica Scouler Caninia cylindrica Scouler mut. y Vaughan Caninia cylindrica Scouler mut. S Vaughan whe Paleosmilia (“‘ Cyathophyilum ’’) murchisoni E. &.H Carcinophyllum 6 Vaughan Dibunophyllum 0 Vaughan Lithostrotion ivvegulare Phiil. Lithostyotion martini E. & H. Diphyphylloid Lithostrotion Michelinia megastoma Phill. Chetetes septosus (Flem.) Syringopora distans Fischer Syrvingopora geniculata Phill. Syringopora 9 Vaughan ... me Rhipidomella michelini (L’ Eveillé) i Schizophoria vesupinata (Mart.) Leptena analoga Phill. Productus bassus Vaughan Productus cf. semireticulatus (Mart. - Productus (Pustula) subpustulosus Thomas : Productus hemisphericus Sow=P. cova d’ Orb.— Vaughan Pais ees Productus giganteus (Mart. i Chonetes aff. comoides (Sow.) .. Chonetes cf. hardrensis (Phill.) ... Chonetes paptlionacea SMe chip ekgens sol a a Orthotetes crenistria (Phill:) mut. K. Vaughan Orthatetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. Z. Vaughan Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. C. Vaughan Camarotechia mitcheldeanensis Vaughan Chiothyris glabristria (Phill.) Chothyvis roissyi (L’Eveillé) Seminula ficoidea Vaughan Reticularia cf. lineata Mart. ie sce Pag aie Sigg Fes Spirifer tornacensis de Kon. (Sp. aff. clathratus Vaughan): ... RV ge Sen a eee Lk een Ae Spiviferina perplicata North Tylothyris laminosa M’Coy ace Bae Si he Syvingothyris cuspidata Mart. mut. SBN at North EO Sea ae A Cyrtina carbonaria MW’ Coy .. ? Modiola sp. Bellerophon sp. Euomphalus sp. . Loxonema sp. BEER tore en LE Crinoids BE esa = pels cvs i ee ee Soe gh Polyzoa ane fasiy reeth’ ... Tt | ox | 1z 3) ES * GE 244 (1) Ou. Ou. Ou. wy Nw ROD sod AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY V~ DESCRIPTION. OF (EXPOSURE a= WICKWAR. (For position of quarries see p. 240). 1. is in Old Red Sandstone which dips to the west at 35 degrees. 2. exposes about 70 feet of Z2 and 10 feet of Hor y. Weathered specimens of Zaphrentis are common amongst the loose ma- terial at the foot of the quarry. 3. 1s on. the same strike as Qu. 2, but higher beds are exposed in the west ofthe quarry A little above the conspicuous bedding plane at the entrance to the quarry, fish teeth have been found, and may be taken as indicating the existence of “ fish beds’ comparable to those at the same level in the Avon Section. Rare specimens of Caninia cylindrica mut ¥ are found about 10 feet below the top of the quarry. The remaining 10 feet are unfossiliferous, only crinoids having. escaped dolomitisation. The division between Z and C has been drawn here. . 4, exposes C beds. The large bedding plane which forms one ce side of the quarry is in the “ suboolite’”’ bed, and is crowded with Chonetes aff. papilionacea and Orihotetes crenisina. , In S contains a large amount of loose material in which fossils are well weathered out. Cyrtina carbonaria and Diphy- bhylloid Lithostrotion are very abundant. The succession from the top of the quarry is:== =< ct ae =) a Massive limestone : Massive limestone crow ded witht Lathosty otion Oolite Rad Massive dark ieniesione Be Limestone crowded with Senta Limestone crowded with Lithostrotion ... Dark massive limestone ... Thin bedded grit band ; Massive dark ‘limestone with Lithostrotion (weathers yellow) Algal limestone : eS ao ee development in oolite Oolite 5 nes ee Pisolite a es White bolic: with ‘Lie Str Brion pie Limestone ; Limestone crowded ein Sen nias Produce Litposvouon Massive limestone Shale Limestone Shale Dark limestone Shale ae Dark massive limestone with thin shale partings Ss oe on ae i) IDUMOOCOWMNWON KKB KB OMe OK WONG — _— — DROW DWDOnNNONAKOCONCONDOCWSO Total ge 3, 0) AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY 245 The Grit band (16) is taken as the base of Sn. ee bURY TILL. (2 miles south of Wickwar to the west of the main road to Chipping Sodbury.) The quarries which are now worked are chiefly in Sr and afford a fine section of the grit and shale that are developed at the top of Sz, including a band of shale with lamellibranchs. Well-marked algal bands are present in the limestone. Crumpling and faulting in the top beds give evidence of some disturbance at this level which is seen also at the same level at Yate Rocks, and in the large Town quarry at Chipping Sodbury. The following gives the succession from the top of the quarry :— ft ans; 60. Grits Soa ae we: fee ies sg i a sa Ae ih oA 09. Shales and grits ... Sos: Pa en te ihn Paogiag 6!) 58. Green and red grit ee ee ae on cs 57. Green and red shale : 96. Shale and thin limestone bands" 55. Algal limestone .... 54. Gritty limestone, current bedded 53. Shale and limestone 92. Nodular concretionary limestone 51. _Red and green shale 5 90. Shales and grits 49. Grit 48. Shale in 47. Calcite mudstone 46. Chinastone : 45. Oolite with shales 44. Shale with algal limestone bands 43. Pisolite ee rere 42. Shales and erits 41. Green and red laminated orit 40. Shale and limestone 39. Limestone 38. Red and black shale Bey 37. Limestone with shale partings ... 36. Black and yellow shale ... Aes 35. Limestone 34. Algal limestone and shale — SS) DPRHOOSCSSOSANRDSSTCOWOAMMWHAWDOMOCOAMODSOCOOUWwODcCSCS 33. Shale 32. Algal limestone te a ee 31. ‘‘Cotham marble ”’ (concretionary) beds 30. Concretionary limestone 29. Shale and limestone 28. Algal limestone 27. Limestone and shale : 26. Thin bedded algal limestone ... 25. Light coloured algal shale with limestone bands 24. Limestone ae ve st nae 23. Black and brown Shale 22. Limestone Zi. Shale ae at 5 4% oe 20. Thin limestones seal shales. Limestones include chinastones and oolites 19. Calcareous and nodular shale band — SB NK SUIUNWORFNNWNNEK KKH NRK DUNNER HONNUINYRKE HER BNOH mm D 246 AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY fi ans’ 18. Dark algal and oolitie limestone . 2 6 17. Massive oolite with breccia and Py Here and ‘Seni pete 10 Q 16. Massive limestone, oolite and brecciated, and with shale : partings sp a: =p oe A) 16 0 15... Shale 1 6 14. Limestone 8 6 13;: .Shale 1 0) 12. Limestone 4 0 11. Black shale eis 2 0) 10. Fine grained dark Tacsteae fi 6 6 9 Massive dark limestone—well dev eloped algal nodules 14 ts 36 8. Black shale ; 0) 10 7. Massive limestone with Sri = tae 16 0 6. Impersistent band of shale and limestone 1 6 8. Massive limestone 3 8 4. Black shale ©) 4 (Break of a few ft. not quarried), coe 3. Massive limestone ee IRE Lees a8 es 2 ae 0) 2. Shale and thin limestone Se ae cae ra + 1 0) 1. Massive limestone ee 7H digs a rar =i 9 0 Total ae PS 0 Professor Reynolds contributes the following note on band 52: “This band forms one of the most remarkable developments of algal limestone known in the Bristol district. The algal material occurs in the form of spheroidal nodules generally about 2 inches long, very evenly distributed throughout the band. A section showed the structure to be concentric, and that the nodule chiefly consisted of successive layers of Mitcheldeama and Spongiostroma. There are old quarries in D to the N.W. of these which yield well weathered out fossils, especially “ Cyathophyllum”’ (Pale@os- militia) murchisont. (3) YATE Rocrs (hal mile(s of Burry Hull The section of S-beds exposed in the quarries at Yate Rocks is very similar to that of Bury Hill, but upper S2-beds are not so clearly seen. The quarry at present working is in S-beds, and les to the north of a stream which flows across the outcrop from east to west, and which is responsible for the removal of the Lias from the lower Avonian and Old Red Sandstone. A disused quarry lying on the south side of the stream is on the same strike as that in operation while two others expose slightly higher beds. . The succession in the large working quarry on the north bank is as follows :— fh > 30. Limestone 29. Red and yellow shale 28. Oolite 2 nee aoe se oe 27. Limestone with Binie partings. “I band markedly oolitic . 26. Oolite oer Hes 25. Algai limestone with shales 24, Shale a 23. Concretionary limestone 22. Black and red shale with algal nodules. — rODDDOOrL OS — —OONnNND Ov am AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY 247 Ltrs TSS 21. Massive dark hmestone ... ie 5 0) 20. Shale—black and red with Chisned Cees of Pyoaucits nals 0 3 19. Massive dark limestone ... ex Ae 4) et 6 6 18. Red limestone with shale partings ee cs eile an: 0 17... Wed and green shale Se ie ae an ro ine 1 10 16. Massive etcone ; 4 0) 15. Thin lmestone and red ane yellow anate 1 O 14. Massive limestone . 12 10 13. Pinkish grey limestone including one “band _ crow ded with Producus and Seminula decalcified near bedding planes = 5 12. Algal limestone (nodular) showing signs of brecciation at top) 7 Pi. Grey massive limestone... ees ei nots is crue} ey, 0) 10. Shale parting . ae 0 9. Massive dark limestone ... Ah io Ge peters 8. Limestone—black on a freee riace weathering white, with Lithostrotion, Productus and Seminula ae a alo 0 in eeme grey oolite:-... ota cis ne Age nis SG 0) 6. Fine grained grey limestone nS wn ie ith LUNES 0 © ees Baie al bedded limestone... aa ae Hts oan ae 3 6 +. Eine grey fossiliferous oolite . ©... is i ae A AG 0 3. Fine grained limestone calcite veined = is ey ae 8 6 ae fine grained limestone Mig poe Ae 0 1 Grey fine grained slightly gritty limestone. forms beddieg plane at east end of quarry a see Total fags: 6 There is no exposure at Yate of the grits and shales at the top of S2, nor of D:, but immediately west of the ford, Millstone Grit occurs in the bed of the stream. A very white pure limestone crowded with Productus hemisphericus is exposed along the road- side about 150 yards south of the ford. This is very similar to a band occurring at Wick (7 miles to the south) at the base of D. Working eastwards from the large quarry exposures are met with of strata ranging from C to K. Thus Canznia-dolomite is seen in isolated outcrops in a field leading from Brinsham Farm down to the stream ; Canzinia-oolite and laminosa-dolomite are exposed in old quarries to the east of the road from Wickwar to Chipping Sodbury, and still further eastwards loose blocks of fossiliferous Z and K material may be found on the banks of the stream. (4) CHIPPING SODBURY. No exposures of K have been found along the banks of the Frome. Z-beds are exposed on its north bank behind the main street of the town. The quarry east of the Wickwar road exposes the following succession in Cy, 4. Limestone with crinoids, Orthotetes and Chonetzs the fit: ins, “suboolite’” «bed. : «.. ie £8 th oak bain TO 0 3. Fine grained grey dolomite at loini vas eS 0 2. Dark calcite-veined algal limestone Ae = St Sr 1. Dark, dolomitized crinoidal limestone} “CO™™® ... mine! akte0 Potatoes 7S ®) 248 AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY The most easterly of the quarries W. of the Wickwar road exposes Sr: and part of S2 as follows :— 5 aoe moa gee 16. Oolite very fossiliferous ... ee Yass ae pe roa. 0 15. Massive limestone sa ee af at re rte) 0 4, Gretty limestone <: a et sigs Prt 6 13. Black limestone (Chinastone type) a ae Noe eerie 0 12. Shale parting na a Fh ae 3 11. Compact limestone, algal ‘and banded . oe ae: es) 9) 10. Limestone with pisolite ... th: awe re Be ates 0 9: - Oolite ae ae Be be the ae te ees) ) 8. Oolite, patchy distribution of grains, especially at top where it passes into Chinastone with Conn ea ie SULIACE. «sas yk. 7. Grey limestone with Seminula ... Bs ig ie sae aaa 0) 6. Shale parting ve ae cet aoe sae Rae ps) 2 5. Dark fine grained limestone i <8 a Rey 3p ee 4. Calcite mudstone. Top band ‘‘Cotham marble” with mammillated surface ae ihe ao ie ge eeplte 0 3. Calcite mudstone with shale... < ae ste ae nea 6 2. ‘“‘Concretionary ’’ limestone _... ak ay: i Saran 4 1. Black shale ies cee sae Pee on sod on 2 Total 32 WOO 7 The main quarry slghtly further west. shows the following succession (upper Sz) :— Lt cf SOUS. 6. Ripple marked grits, shales, and subsidiary limestone ig. 4 6D 6 5. Mainly massive fossiliferous limestone, oolitic and algal in parts... 24 6 4. Algal limestone and shale with one gritty limestone band at the base. ..- 23 0 3. Argillaceous and algal limestones and red and green shale 38 6 Z, GLY. calcite—veined limestone with subsidiary shales ge 0) 1. Massive limestone, mainly oolite seis i i <0) OE 0 Total ... 240 6 The Stub Fadine Quarry a third of a mile further north is mainly in lower S2, whilst a new opening to the north-west of the main quarry exposes Dx. VI. COMPARISON WITH OTHER AREAS AND CONCLUSION 1. As would be expected, the succession between Wickwar and Sodbury bears a strong resemblance to that of the Tyther- ington-Tortworth Ridge, but in the former area the calcareous tacies extends into Dr, whereas © in the latter arenaceous beds succeed Sz. 2. The Wickwar-Sodbury succession differs from that in the Avon Gorge in the following respects :— CPA at eras AVONIAN BETWEEN WICKWAR AND CHIPPING SODBURY 249 (@) the absence of chert in Z and S. (6) the more fossiliferous and less markedly oolitic character of of the Caninia-oolite. (c) the thick grit and shale development at the top of Sz. (d) the coming on of Millstone Grit conditions in Dy. (é) the rare occurrence of Caninia in ¥. ) the abundance of Cyrtina carbonarta in 2. Pr oue presence of a distinct band at. the top of Sz, yielding lamellibranchs. For comparison the thickness of the zones in the Avon and Sodbury sections are given here, with the estimated thickness at Yate Rocks. The zones at the latter are not fully exposed, but boundaries have been placed as accurately as possible, and the thickness calculated from the map. Avon Sodbury Yate Rocks feet. Teet: Leet. D Oo Osis 84 ae 150 S 707 ane 574 nie 950, 3 420 ae 422 ae 410 iS Oe i vos: Zio in 280 K 463 390 350 In conclusion I wish to thank Prof. 5. H. Reynolds and Dr. 5. Smith for help and criticism, and Dr. F. S. Wallis for giving me the results of his examination of the Wickwar cutting. The cost of publication of this paper has been partly defraved by a grant from the University of Bristol Colston Society. 290 The Avonian Succession of Spring Gardens and Vallis Vale, Frome, Somerset. | ByG. 1s Buse. Bsc. CONTENTS. I.. INTRODUCTION AND PREVIOUS WORK. II. GENERAL DESCRIPTION. [11 “CONCLUSIONS: I. INTRODUCTION AND PREVIOUS. Wome HE inliers of Upper Paleozoic Rocks at Spring Gardens and Vallis Vale, Frome, are the most easterly exposures of the Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous Limestone in the South of Britain. They lie at the eastern end of the Beacon Hill Pericline—the most southerly, and at the same time the most easterly of the four main periclinal uplifts which form the Mendip’ Hills. The area is contained within sheet XIX of the one-inch Geo- logical map, and sheet XXX, S.W. Somerset, six-inch Ordnance Survey map; the Geology of the district has been dealt with in the following works :— DE LA BECHE — Memoirs of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, Vol. I, 1846. di. Sipuy ‘The Carboniferous Limestone (Avonian) ot the 7 Mendip: Area,” O.7.G:S.; Vol ExT isuey, Alluded to as “ Mendip Paper.” S. H. REyNoLDs Geological Excursion Handbook for the Bristol District, 2nd Ed., (1921), pp. 147—150. To the general account of the Carboniferous Rocks that these works have furnished, the present paper adds a more detailed description of the structure, lithology and paleontology. The two inliers between them expose an almost, but not entirely, complete succession of Lower Carboniferous beds from the base of the Cleistopora- -Zone (Km.) to the Lower Part of the Seminula-Zone (Sx). Il. GENERAL, DESCRIPIION. (1) Sprinc GARDENS INLIER. This small inher of Old Red Sandstone and Carboniferous Limestone is situated about one mile due north of Frome, and extends from Whatcombe Farm north-eastwards to a little beyond the cottages at the foot .of Cuckoo Lane. The Strata are eae great extent concealed by alluvium, and only four exposures have been observed. ‘VAUV HIVA SITIVA GNV SNACUV) DNINdS AHL AO dvIN Nn ° os, <= ° 5 noe Ss busadc Suapleg : 7 is i -_ i a> és : ; 4 “a | , fh, A - ~ a ‘ Dae ae SF = t i oes oe 2- — ad : —_——— > oe coins, > AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE 25] (a) Road-side exposure, 400 yards east of the Dolphin Inn. About ten feet of Old Red Sandstone are here seen consisting of compact, highly micaceous, red sandstones, evenly bedded with thin shaly partings. (Gis Creed:s Farm. An.excellent exposure of beds very low down in. the Cleistopora-Zone is seen behind the outbuildings of this farmstead. The beds strike almost due E—W but are much disturbed and display considerable thrusting and even inversion. Lithologically they closely resemble the Km beds as seen in the Avon Gorge,! and St. Monica’s Home, Westbury. The following succession was measured at the N.E. end of the farmyard :—. fee ESE HO. ohaly limestone ... tet geaiset a I 0 9. Compact gritty limestone with shaly partings is Dkcahan 4 0 8. Compact gritty limestone, more shaly ie 0 2) 7. More massive, coarser grey limestone ... bah HS oe 1 6 6. Shaly beds : 4 0 9. Thin bedded limestone and shales ne a 6 0 4. Calcareous shale with thin bands of limestone. 5h sta AO 6 3. More massive compact limestone it aes af} ghecuw ae 0 2. Shales with thin limestone ps as as Sena 0 1. Soft micaceous shales—to base of section ee ae Stee 0 Total ean: ~) (c) Footpath leading to Selwood Farm from Coalash Lane, [90 yards N:E. of the Dolphin Inn.. The limestone is exposed in the path close to the wicket gate. The highest bed here seen is a much decomposed, very crinoidal limestone, containing abundant bryozoa. Below this is a dark grey or bluish, compact, crinoidal limestone crowded with Eumetria sp. identical in character with specimens collected by Dr. Stanley Smith and Prof. $. H. Rey- nolds from Ki beds at St. Monica’s Home, Westbury ; (d2) Selwood Farm. A disused quarry at the S. end of the outbuildings afforded the following section of Ki beds which were seen dipping N.W. at 20° :— t 9. Platy red limestone : foe att ee Race 4. Platy fine-grained grey limestone st ie ie Seow 6) 9 3. Massive red crinoidal and bryozoal limestone 8 0 2. Well-bedded grey limestone with bryozoa 5 0 1. Alternate bands of red and grey limestone thin- bedded—to base of section oe Bt ie Ae ee ae a 0) Total Seo its: 3 Peo pyauchan, Proc, Bristol Nai. Soc:, Ser..4, Vol..2 (1906), p. 98, pee. keynolds, ‘O:/.G.S., Vol. 57 (1921); p. 216. S) mii tveynolds: and. S. Smith, Geol. Mag,. Vol. LXII (1925), p. 467. 2 252 AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE LISHOLOGM OF KG: The chief interest lies in the bryozoal limestone (band 3 in the above section). On comparing thin sections with others from the Avon Gorge and various Mendip localities these differences are. seen. The bryozoa are unusually abundant, forming, together with crinoid ossicles, the bulk of the rock. Further, in this rock it is the matrix which is picked out with iron, whilst the bryozoa are clear. Sections from the “ Bryozoa Bed,’’ of the Avon Gorge, and from elsewhere in the Mendips, show the matrix clear and the bryozoa iron-stained. (2) VALLIS VALE. Vallis Vale is a steep-sided valley or combe, a mile anda half north-west of Frome, which has been excavated by the Egford Brook and Mells stream. These streams have cut through the overlying, almost hori- zontal Mesozoic strata (Bathonian, Lias and Rhetic) and have exposed the strongly inclined Carboniferous beds beneath. The latter dip to the north, and the dip becomes increasingly steep as one ascends the series until at the north-west end of the area the beds are vertical. The strike at the south end of the valley is S. of W.—N. of E., but swings round slightly until at the northern end it becomes almost due E. and W. The tilted beds of Carboniferous Limestone have been planed down to a level surface, and this surface has been much bored by molluscs and other organisms. The Lias rests on the Carboruiecone at the southern end of the exposure, and the Rhetic at the northern end, but these are overstepped by the Bathonian which throughout the greater part of the exposure hes directly upon the Paleozoic platform. The lowest beds of Carboniferous occur at the southern en- trance to the combe, and in working upstream the succession is traversed in ascending order. SUBZONE OF SCHIZOPHORIA RESUPINATA (Zz) 240 FEET. The beds of this subzone are exposed by three quarries, the first situated on the right bank, and the second and third on the left bank of the Egford brook. The base of the subzone is not exposed. The upper limit of Z. is taken as marked by the incoming of Camma patula. LITHOLOGY OF Z2--DEDS. Bands of very dark encrinital limestone, comparable with the “Black Rock’ of the Avon Gorge, but not strongly dolomitised, alternate with lighter red bands. The most remarkable feature of the exposure is the great development of bands of nodular chert. AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE 253 In addition to the bands of nodular chert there is a large lenticular mass of strongly banded chert seen at the foot of the quarry-face in the first quarry. The maximum thickness of this mass is 10 feet. The surrounding limestone is also strongly siliceous. Mr. H. C. Sargent very kindly examined photographs and speci- mens of this chert for me and is of the opinion that the occurrence is of a similar kind to that described by him from North Flint- shire.! These stand out well in the weathered face of the quarry, showing whiter than the limestone, and contain in addition to crinoid ossicles, ostracods and spines of Productus and Palechinus. A minor thrust traverses the beds just above this chert mass. There are also two prominent, almost vertical, joint cracks ter- minating against the upper surface of the mass. ‘These are largely filled with ochreous iron, in varying stages of oxidation, and with large radiating masses of crystalline barytes. Charles Moore has described “‘ infillings ”’ 5 of Lias trom the Same quarry 2 HORIZON y. 280 FEET. In this paper the term “ Horizon + "’ is used in the same sense as Dr. Sibly uses it in his “‘ Mendip Paper.’’ That is, it is regarded as being the top of the Zaphrentis Zone. It is characterised es- pecially by the entrance and acme of Caninia patula, and by the abundance of C. cylindrica. he beds are poorly exposed in several small disused quarries on the left bank of the stream. LiTHOLOGY oF HORIZON ¥. The incoming of C. fatula corresponds with the occurrence of gocks.of Petit Granit structure. The matrix of this is black and almost completely dolomitised. In the second quarry on the left bank small quantities of galena occur in the fault breccia of another minor thrust. Towards the top of this quarry the rock has a peculiar banded structure suggesting the flow-structure of some rhyolites. The harder grey bands are silicified whilst the lighter yellowish bands are dolomitised. Penecontemporaneous brecciation with subsequent silicification and dolomitisation is suggested as a probable explanation. Towards the top of Horizon + dolomitisation is less complete and organic remains, such as ostracods, Productus spines, and crinoid fragments form the bulk of the rock. ii. €. Sargent. Ihe North Flinishive Cherts, Geol- Mag. 1921, p. 265; 1923, p. 168. 2 C. Moore. On abnormal conditions of Secondary Deposits, &c.,Q.].G.S. Vol. XXIII (1867), pp. 488-91. 254 AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE FAUNAL LIST... 25 and y- Psammodus vugosus, Agz. Zaphrentis delanouet, E. & H.... rare Zaphrentis konincht, E. & H.... rare: Z5, common! + Zaphrentis omaliusi, E. & H.... very common. Caninia cornucopie, Mich. common. Caninia patula, Mich. Caninia patula var. densa, Saleé do. Caninia cylindrica, (Scouler) do. Syringopora 8, Vaughan common. Cyathaxonia sp. rane. Michelinia favosa (Goldt.) common y. in y only. Michelinia megastoma (Phill.) do. Cyathophyllum 0, Vaughan rare ¥. Leptena analoga (Phill.) ae ad ey common. Spirifer torvnacensis de Kon. (=‘'S. aff. clathratus ’’) Vaughan ; rae do. Spirifer tornacensis var. attenualus Sow, rare. Syringothyris cuspidata mut. cyrtorhyncha North common. Rhipidomella michelini (L’ Eveillé) do. Chonetes hardvensis (Phill.) rare. Schizophoria vesupinata (Mort.) +87 be i common. Cliothyris voissyt (L’Eveillé) ... ae x ee do. Cliothyris glabristvia (Phill.) ... eS vee 5 Ree do. Orthotetes cvenistria mut Z., Vaughan com wos do. Reticularia lineata (Mart.) za Bb ta Si do. Productus ‘‘ aff cova’’ mut. Z., Vaughan ie so do. Productus subpustulosus Thomas pe e very common. Productus fimbriatus (Sow.)... Ee: ey ae rare. Productus aculeatus (Mart.) ... 4 sar ace do. Edmondia sp., ... MA oa .o ne ae do. Conocardium sp. ba iac Poke Ie ae ue a do. Euomphalus sp.... ae eo ee oy are do. FAUNAL NOTES Z2 AND ¥. Z2 beds form a poor collecting ground, fossils are not numerous and are badly preserved, the corals especially are usually replaced by sulica. Caninia cylindrica’ appears low in the sub-zone, but does not become common until the top of y. Spirifer tornacensis is by far the most abundant of the brachiopods, and reaches its maximum towards the top of the sub-zone. In Horizon y corals are becoming commoner, Mzichelinia favosa and M. megastoma appearing for the first time. Zaphrentis konincki becomes very abundant towards the top as does also Productus subpustulosus. SY RINGOPHY RIS: ZONE. (0)) 2939 FEE: The provisional base of C is here taken as denoted by the incoming of Chonetes comordes associated with large Canima cylin- drica, Michelinia favosa, \{. megastoma and a small Syringopora, S. cf. reticulata, which is the form obtained low in C. at Burrington Combe. Unlike the Avon Gorge Section there is no sub-division into laminosa-dolomite, Caninia-oolite and Caninia-dolomite. It is convenient in this paper to use the terms Upper Syringothyris 2 obey xe baal AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE 255 Zone (Cz) and Lower Syringothyris Zone (C1), each defined by its characteristic assemblage of fossils. PimOHeGy OF THE.C: BEDS. _ The Cx beds consist mainly of very massive dark grey lime- stone, less crinoidal, but more dolomitised than that of Z. and y. The dolomitisation is very irregularly developed. Ostracods and foraminifera are abundant and well-preserved throughout C; and Ca. The C, beds are similar massive hmestone but lighter in colour than those of C:. Narrow and inconstant bands of breccia are common. These may be due to penecontemporaneous or desi- cation brecciation, and if so are an indication of the shallowing of the sea’ shown at this horizon throughout most of the South Western Province. MAINA LIST. = Cxvand ©, Caninia cylindrica (Scouler) ... a ee i) Very -ColMmon at base: Amplexus coralloides Sow. ree me Na ae: common. | Amplexus sp. nov. ae wie ao ey do. Zaphvrentis koninchi Eee fe cy: ty very common. Michelinia megastoma Phill. ... ve bis sae Tare: Michelinia favosa Goldf. 524 Ee ie oe a common. Syringopora reticulata (Goldf.) ace eo var do. Chisiophylloid corals... ca re. fe: sel do. Cyathophyllum @, Vaughan... am ane Be: do. Palg@osmilia (Cyathophyllum) ans eu a TAT. Chonetes papilionacea (Phill.) ... os re ae common. Chonetes comoides (Sow.) a is be a common at base. Orthotetes crenistria mul C. Vaughan OK ie very common. Syringothyris cuspidata Mart. Re oe us common. Schizophoria vesupinata (Mart.) ae ae an do. (at base) Martinia glaber Mart. ... obit? an: do. Rhipidomella aff. michelini (L ‘eyeillé) ee ie do. (at base) Cliothyris glabristyia (Phill.) ... a ay ae ei Vd Ox Spirifer tornacensis de Kon. ... ane ey ore do. (at base) Tylothyris laminosa (Mc.Coy) ate ee nee rare. Reticularia lineata (Mart.) cog A ae aie common. Productus subpustulosus Thomas ae 1s nee do. Producius fimbriatus Sow. ae Ras oa Ae do. Productus hemisphericus, Sow. (including P. aff. cora Wamehan) ... ne we en ee he rare. Productus costatus Sow. a, vad Ree he do. Bellevophon sp. ... na ae =e ek ce common at top. Euombhalus sp.... ae a ere oe ae common in bands. FAUNAL. NOTES C. Large typical Caninia cvlindrica are very common near the base. Towards the top of C: C. evlindrica approaches the S. mu- tation. Orthotetes crenisiria attains a very large size, and is very common at the base of Cr, it becomes less common towards the top. 256 AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE Chonetes comotdes 1s very abundant near the base of the zone and attains a large size. ZLaphrentis koninckt is extremely abundant towards the top of C2, and attains a diameter of half an inch, it quickly dies out, and is not recorded from §:. A very large form of Amplexus is abundant at two levels, near the base of C2, and again near the top. The common occurrence of many Clistophylloid corals, and occasionally of Pal@osmilia @ foreshadows the oncoming of the Viséan fauna. SEMINULA ZONE (S.). These beds are well seen in the last quarry at the Hapsford end (N) and in the quarries in the Mells branch of the Se Only the lower part of the zone is exposed. SUBZONE OF PRODUCTUS SEMIRETICULATUS (Sr). 324 FEET.. In the first quarry on the left hand side of the Mells branch of the Vale the light-grey foraminiferal limestone of the upper- most C2, beds gives place to distinct calcite-mudstones and china- stones. Lithostrotion martint occurs abundantly in these whilst it has not been found below them. The base of these mudstones thus forms a convenient line for the base of Sz. SUCCESSION - OF : THE °S;, {BEDS 4. Oolitic limestone with bands of chert nodules ... ae sage 20 feet. oa... Oohticimestone ..: ore “ti uh he Sd ee: 2. Limestone with shaly partings ee ire aie te zc isk wae 1. China-stones and calcite mudstones B48 A ia ar 30 324 feet. The china-stones when fractured smell strongly of petroleum. The mudstones and china-stones (band (1) above) contain bands very rich in bryozoa, as in the Avon Gorge Section; they are immediately succeeded by normal limestones (2) much dolo- mitised in patches. The beds are separated by thin red shaly partings, and one of these is crowded with remains of P/ullipsia. The oolitic limestone (3) was originally a fine white oolite, but subsequent dolomitisation has largely destroyed the oolitic struc- ture, and only a few perfect ooliths, which show good radiating structure, have escaped. The uppermost 20 feet of limestone (4) is only shghtly oolitic and contains numerous bands of chert nodules. These alternate with bands of limestone packed with Lithostrotion martint. Near the archway at Bedlam the beds are vertical, and even appear slightly overfolded. 4 b! y F- = AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS PAUNAL, ELS? -S;. Caninia bristoiensis Vaughan ... AND VALLES VAGCE Zoi common (at base). Syrvingopova distans (Fischer) ... do. Lithostrotion martini E. & H. very common. Palgosmilia sp. common. Clisiophylloid corals do. Koninchophyllum sp. rare. Spirifer trigonalis (Mart.) by : Orthotetes crenistvia mut. C. Vaughan» common in one band -very common. Chonetes papilionacea (Phill.) . do. Cliothyris cf. glabristria (Phill.) common. Athyris expansa Phill. ... do. Seminula ficoidea Vaughan doe, Productus aff. cova d’Orb. do. Productus semireticulatus (Mart.) do. Productus elegans McCoy iane: Phillipsia scabra H. Woodw. ... rare: Phillipsia eichwaldi Fischer common in one band. Bellerophon sp. ... common. Euomphalus sp.... do. FAUNAL NOTES Si. Lithostrotion has now become the dominant coral genus, and associated with it are many as yet undifferentiated Clisiophylloid forms. Koninckophyvllum. The specimens differ from the typical D form! in having well-developed, long minor septa, and a long well developed fossula recalling strongly that of Cvathophyllum @ Vaughan, Troi GC: iii “be interesting to note that Vallis Vale is the type locality of P. scabra, H. Woodward. TLE, CONCLUSIONS. The detailed work done in this small area confirms the con- clusions, and amplifies the work done by Principal T. F. Sibly in his Mendip Paper. In the vertical sections the development at Vallis is compared with those at Burrington Combe and the Avon Gorge. The thicknesses of the two latter are taken from the diagram in the “ Burrington Paper.’? The progressive increase in thickness of the Z. and y beds referred to by Dr. Sibly, is brought @ut,vat Vallis this may be due in part to minor thrusting. The most striking feature is the swelling out of the S: beds. Comparing the total thickness of the Vallis sequence (from Z2—Sx) with that of the corresponding beds at Burrington, and mm the Avon Gorge the figures are: Vallis 1,377 feet, Burrington Ijoo0 feet, Avon. Gorge 822. feet. & Nich. The Avonian of Burrington Combe. I Koninchophyllum magnificum, Thom. a9, Ht. Reynolds and A. Vaughan: we es:, Vol. LXVII, 1911 258 AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE Avon Gorge. Burringlon. Va tins, Gap NO €Xp.. K Oo KaS: Vertical scale: 1ineh= (oe reee AVONIAN BETWEEN SPRING GARDENS AND VALLIS VALE 259 The faunal peculiarities may be stated as follows :— 1. The common occurrence of Chsiophylloid corals of a simple type at the top of the Tournaisian and base of the Viséan. 2. The enormous abundance of a large species of Amflexus in the Syringothyris Zone. 3. The recording of Cyathaxonia sp. from Zz. 4. The early occurrence of certain Productids—Overtonia fim- briata, and forms near P. hemisphericus (=P. corrugato- hemisphericus) in the Syringothyris Zone. Lithologically the main differerce between the Vallis sequence and that of the Avon Gorge is the absence in the former of con- spicuous oolites and dolomites from the Syringothyris Zone. A’ further peculiarity of this area is the great development of massive, banded chert, and of bands of chert nodules in the Z. beds. Piame-ereatly indebted to Prot..5.:H. Reynolds, M.A., Sc.D,, and Dr. Stanley Smith, M.A., D.Sc., for constant help and advice, fo Wee A. Welch, B.Sc., for help inithe field, and. to Mr. T, me Ikeyder, .5c., for help in naming specimens. The cost of the publication cf this paper has been defrayed by a grant from the University of Bristol Colston Society. Nato GB _DATHS? BRISTO Sy ei Si el aay 1 SAR aD LR ay ce SY geal e OMIA, ©. itl See i Hil Mei ities 252 id a at # " + > , re Sess i ( FADE 4 i FOURTH SERIES, VOL. VI., Part IV., 1926. PRICE Four SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS { . / OF THE j ‘Bristol Naturalists’ Society. 5 “h g “a i ae ‘ Rerum cognoscere causas.’; , Wy BRISTOL. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. | MCMXXVII. 7 ax 1, A) Wage “4 BOUIN ssh nits »VOL. VIL; Part 1V., 1926. PRICE FOUR SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS OD TEE Bristol Naturalists’ Society. TT ME ey i | int : WA DN rel iN e RilN wi { pe = pie i ig “ Rerum cognoscere causas.’’—VIRGIL, ~ . , olseee ae BRISTOL. S Warionay WOE PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY. MCMXXVII, TABLE OF CONTENTS. OUR E Si EES yi VOL, Nin y PART. TV, 1926: Officers for 1926 : Officers of Sections for 1926 List of Members Honorary Members Report of Council Treasurers ‘Report Librarians’ Report Report of Botanical Section Report of Entomological Section . Report of Geological Section Report of Ornithological Section au: Account of the Annual and General Meetings .. In Memoriam: Charles King Rudge, M.R.C.S. Report of the Delegate to the British Association we / Form: and Function,’ by the President, O. V. Darbishire . xe Bird irip to the Scilly Isles,”. by RK. P-. Gait “Insect Pests and their Biological Control,’’ by H. nee EES. “The Hornworts and their occurrence in Britain,’’ by Cecil Sandwith (ristol Botany in 1926,” by Jas. W. White, F.L.S. “The Effeet on the Avon Section of the Construction of Portway,” pyro, Keynolds;; M.A. Sc.D, - f “New Sections of .Avonian Rocks in the “neighbourhood of (Bristol, byen. W. Coysh, B.Sc. : ay Bi saa of Rhaetic and Lower Lias in S. Bristol,’ by A.W. S cear PAGE 264 264 265 268 269 271 212 273 274 275 273 276 282 284 285 292 297 303 312 318 324 328 For information concerning the Bristol Naturalists’ Society generally, or concerning its meetings, please apply to the present Hon. Secretary and Editor :— Miss IDA M. RopkEr, 4, WOODFIELD ROAD, REDLAND, BRISTOL. All Books, Pamphlets, Reports of Proceedings sent by way of exchange, gift or otherwise, and all correspondence relating thereto should be addressed to :— Hon. LIBRARIAN, BRISTOL NAT. Soc., THE MUSEuUM, BRISTOL. 264 OFFICERS FOR 1926. President : Prof: O. V. DARBISHIRE, Ph.D., B.A. (Oxon), Bie Past Presidents : Dr: C. LroyD MorRGAN;, LL.D:, FoR SEG. Protos YOUNG, 2).0c,, Fakes: Miss IpA M. Roper, F.L.S. jit Woe WHITE, eS: H. WomERSLEY, F.E.S. Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. Vice-Presidents : C. BARTLETT. Dr. W. A. SMITH. Council : B. A. BAKER Dr. M. NIERENSTEIN Miss RUTTER F. W. EVENS J. V. PEARMAN J. W. TuTCcHER R. H. HELLYAR J. RAFTER T. C. H. Wanton Hon. Treasurer : R. P. Gait, 51, Howard Road, Westbury Park. Hon. Auditors : Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. CHARLES BARTLETT, A.C.A. Hon. Secretary and Editor : Miss Ipa M. Roper, F.L.S., 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol. Hon. Reporting Secretary : Mrs. VAUGHAN. Hon. Librarian : Miss I. M. Roper, F.L.S. T. CHARBONNIER, Hon. Sub. Libranan. . Officers of | Sections. Botanical : President—O. V. DARBISHIRE, Ph.D., B.A. (Oxon.), F.L.S. ® Secretary—Miss Bowen, B.Sc., 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park. Entomological : President—CHARLES BARTLETT, 8, Woodhill, Portishead, Somerset. Secretary—J. V. PEARMAN, 6, Westbury Park Road, Bristol. Geological : President—S. H. Reynoips, M.A., Sc.D., F.G.S., The University, Bristol. Secretary—F. S. Wattis, Ph.D., F.G.S., 15, Ravenswood Road, Redland. Ornithological : President—Prof. C. Ltovp-Moragan, F.R.S. Acting President—A. L. FLEMMING, M.B., Ch.B. (Bris.), 48, Pembroke Road. Secretary—-COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Down. List of Members, 1926. A Associate Member. S Section Member. * X¥—- * nan * Has contributed Papers to the + Life Member. ' Eroceeqiness | GI) 1: Caen Alexander, By AG MD. ExWIOInye le) EL. * feucieemt, Et. 1... Badock, Stanley H.... Baker.) A, F.G:S: iBarke Ei F., Ful:cC: Barke, Mrs. Barrow, It. Bartlett, Chas. Ipasater, I. Vi. r, M.A., BSc. Beck, Re : Bell, Mrs. A. Ge Blood, BON: M.D. bole yer. E... say Bolton, Miss E., M. Sc. a F es. Bolton. HD. iso. FURS E F.G. S, te Bowen, Miss M.. ‘Ba Se Bowland, J. zn Brebner, Mrs. G. Bush, poe. S. Carter, Miss F Cay, Arthur Chamberlain, R. E. Chamberlain, W. Charbonnier, T.... Bt Charbonnier, Mrs. T. City Librarian Clarkes (A... Cook, Sir Brnest, 10) Se. Cottle, A. W. Coysh, A.W. Darbishire, Prof, O:-V., Ph.D. Darell,.D:,; F:G.S. : Davies, AY eBags RMS. Davies, T. EY Deacon, IMIS rene Rt Drew, Miss H., M.A. Dunscombe, Miss BMISOR, 2. Evens, F. W. bitzjames, RK: HH! . Hlemming, A. 1.; M.B., Neiaey Ford, Roger , Fox, Mrs. “MelMech E.. F.C.S. 63, Picton Lane, Stokes Croft 30, Berkeley Square, Clifton 29, Beaufort Road, Clifton 34, Belvoir Road, St. Andrew’s, Bristol Holmwood, Westbury-on-Trym 37, Clyde Road, Redland 34, Park Row, Bristol 34, Park Row, Bristol Wolverley, King’s Norton, Birmingham 8, Woodhill, Portishead 95, Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol 18, Victoria Road, Clevedon 25, St. Michael’s Park, Bristol 5, Brynland Avenue, Bishopston 508, Stapleton Road, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol The Museum, Bristol 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park, Bristol 12, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 22, Victoria Road, Cotham, Bristol Bishops Knoll, Sneyd Park 14 Charlotte sts. Park St. bristol Lyndhurst, Leigh Woods, Bristol 56, Brecknock Road, Knowle, Bristol 157, Whiteladies Road, Clifton 10: West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol Central Library, Bristol 16, Woodstock Rd., Redland, Bristol 40, Alma Road, Clifton Black Horse, Kingswood, Bristol 15, Belluton Road, Knowle The University, Bristol Hillfileld House, near Dartmouth Avon House, Keynsham, Bristol Down House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol 45, Sydenham Hill, Bristol Colston Girls’ School, Bristol 199, Redland Road, Bristol 59, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 8, Rokeby Avenue, Redland, Bristol 17, St. Martin’s, Knowle, Bristol 48, Pembroke Road, Clifton Hartfield, Cotham Park, Bristol Brislington House, near Bristol 266 nAnnN aN AS yee DF) OG) us) i) S LIST OF MEMBERS Prancis Herat aa Bye: Gatos. Gibbons, H. J. Goodall, Rev. Canon Re W. Goulding, Thomas Gummer, Horace Hallett, Miss J. Hallett, Miss L.. Harding, G. Dermott Harding, Miss Dermott Harding, Miss E. M.... leliviar jak. Ee ie HMesiop, ji ik. PB. Higham), “AWE 0s.. Hodgson, Colter. ka Horder, Miss M.G. ... Humphries, Lady Ivens, H. P. Ivens, W. B. Jeffcoat, Rev. R., M.A. Jenkins, Mrs. : Jenkins, F. G. Jennings, D. A. be Jervis, W. W., M.Sc., Jones, “hG,, Gis: Knight, H. H., M.A. Knowlson, Mrs. Kromler, A. Lee, Miss E. M., M.Sc. Llewellin, W. M., C.E. Loyd. i. iucas, EL... MacDonald, T. : Madkins, W. E., ee Mappin,)S..W- ... Marshall, Miss D. Martineau, P. E. May; jets: Miller, M. Morgans, Thos., M. P; 8: E. (dec’d.) Morgans, Mrs. Morris, Deis: Nierenstein, M., Ph.D. Norgrove, J. W. Nuell, F. H. : Onn HAL PiCSh, 10, Victoria Square, Clifton 1, Niblett’s Hill, St. George’s, Bristol 51, Howard Road, Westbury Park 8, Nugent Hill, Cotham, Bristol 19, Elmdale Road, Tyndall’s Park, Bristol 6, Nelson Street, Bristol Herbert Lodge, Cotham Park, Bristol 3, Logan Road, Bishopston 3, Logan Road, Bishopston 10, Royal York Crescent, Clifton 10, Royal York Crescent, Clifton Bower Ashton, near Bristol 18, Redland Grove, Bristol 34, Henleaze Gardens, Westbury-on- Trym Western Daily Press Office, Bristol 5, Cotham Terrace, Bristol 81, Redcliffe Street, Bristol Eastfield Lodge, Westbury-on-Trym 18, Alexandra Road, Clifton, Bristol 49, Ravenswood Road, Bristol 5, Berkeley Square, Clifton 10, Napier Road, Redland, Bristol 31, Berkeley Square, Clifton Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Bristol The University, Bristol 8, Clifton Vale, Clifton The Lodge, All Saints’ Chel- tenham 9, Downfield Road, Clifton 45, Summerleaze, Fishponds Villas, 55, Logan Road, Bishopston 8, Cotham Lawn Road, Bristol The University, Bristol 14, Walcot Parade, Bath 50, Hampton Park, Bristol Fairfield Secondary School, Bristol 100, Pembroke Road, Clifton, Bristol 54, St. John’s Road, Clifton Hillside, Cleveland Walk, Bath 25, Abbotsford Road, Bristol 7, All Saints’ Road, Clifton 7, Elton Road, Tyndall’s Park, Bristol] 7, Elton Road, Tyndall’s Park, Bristol 15, Charlotte St., Park St., Bristol 30, Cavendish Road, Bristol 22, Alma Road, Clifton 63, Springfield Road, Bristol Westleigh, West Town, near Bristol Mars isan oe * LIST OF MEMBERS 267 Parker, J. Peach, A. H. Pearman, }. V. Pepperell, R. Pook, J. W. Powell, ale M.D. Rattver,, ]., M.A. 5 He Reynolds, Se ier Se i G. S) Richardson, Frank re Robbins, G. A. ; Roper, Miss I. M.., F. Te oe Rudge, C. K., b.R.C.P. Rudge, Miss E. L. Rutter, Miss E. M. Salmond, P. W. Salmond, Mrs. ... Sampson, Miss D. Samson, F.. a Sandwith, Mrs. : Seley. A. Selley, F. Shaw, Miss T. Sinnott, Jas. Sisson, J. E. Skene, Macgregor, Slee, Miss W. .. Smith, Stanley, Ds Sc., nes Smith, W. A., M.A., M. B. Smith, Rev. W.. Smith, Mrs. W. Stamton, D. Ww. Stanton, Mrs. storey; K. G. Sully, H. T. taylor, RE. ... Thompson, H. S. Trelease, 'C. a Trelease, Mrs. Tuckett, C. 2 Muckett, K.E. ... iunwer, Hi.. W.; BeAr (Oxon.), 1 € ey Tutcher;-J..W. iyarell . B., B.A. Tyrrell, Mrs. Vaughan, Mrs. ... MWalhs, F..S., Ph.D, B.G.S. Walton, dee o FL. Weaver, Miss M. hd White, E. Barton, FE. So (dec’d.) 12, Conway Road, Brislington 5, Hanbury Road, Clifton 6, Westbury Park, Bristol Ormond House, Russell Grove, West- bury Park, Bristol Waterloo House, Clevedon 2, Gloucester Road, Bishopston 6, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 13, All Saints’ Road, Clifton 15, Percival Road, Clifton 3, Lower College Street, Bristol 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol 145, Whiteladies Road, Bristol 145, Whiteladies Road, Bristol Cambridge House School, St. John’s Road, Clifton 20, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 20, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 30, St. John’s Road, Clifton 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol 26, Canynge Square, Clifton 116, Coronation Road, Bristol 116, Coronation Road, Bristol Walton-in-Gordano, Som. 15, Beaufort Road, Clifton Heath House, Gadshill Road, Eastville The University, Bristol Hazeldene, Glastonbury Road, Wells The University, Bristol 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 8, Oxford Chambers, St. Stephen’s St., Bristol Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym Fonthill Villa, Keynsham 33, Southleigh Road, Clifton 37, Fernbank Road, Redland 37, Fernbank Road, Redland 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton The University, Bristol 57, Berkeley Road, Bishopston, Bristol 17, Camden Terrace, Clifton Vale 17, Camden Terrace, Clifton Vale 42, Fernbank Road, Redland, Bristol 15, Ravenswood Road, Bristol Compton Bishop, Som. 95, Kingsdown Parade, Bristol Mental Hospital, Fishponds, Bristol 268 LIST OF MEMBERS * White, Jas. W., F.L:S. ..: ...: 18, Woodland Road, @liften semsrel White, Mrs. ws see wee ~618, Woodland Road; Clittenm@sretel “af Wickes Hy ae 16, Oakfield Grove, Clifton Wills, Sir George, Bt., LL.D.... Burwalls, Leigh Woods, Bristol iy Wills, W. Melville... ... .... Bracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol 5 Womersley, H., F.E/S. .:. ... ‘Sunny Meads, West Town, mr Srctol * Yabbicom, £. H:, M.1.C.E. .... 23; OakfieldviRoad Giger Honorary Members. Prof. George (5S. Brady, M.D.) Li). Se.) RCS., seas Henry J. Charbonnier, Rose Cottage Bungalow, Olveston, Gloucestershire. Prof. C. Lloyd-Morgan, LL.D., F.R.S., IA\G.S., 59, )Peversley, vmoad ior: Leonards-on-Sea. R.M. Prideaux, F.E.S., Brasted Chart, near Sevenoaks, Kent. Wi. G. Scott, 25) Duke Street, Cardifi. Prof. H. S. Hele Shaw, M.I.C.E., LL.D., F.R.S., 645 Victoria’ Streets. rest minster, S.W.1. Prof. W..J. Sollas, M:A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., E.G.S_, University Miasenmm, Oxford. Sir W..A. Tilden, ‘D.Sc.; F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry mime; im pena: College of Science, S~Kensington, S.W.7. (Deceasediz Prof. Sydney Young, D.Sc., E.R:S:, Ennity College Dulbiime 269 REPORT OF COUNCIL. To December 31st, 1926. URING the past year the working members have continued D with great success their activities in different branches, and in entomology have added records of several new species of British insects, as well as increased our knowledge of their life history and habits. The assistance that these members are willing to give to less expert students ought not to be passed over as it is by the great number of young people, who could obtain know- ledge and recreation by coming in contact with them through membership of the Society. The number of Sectional members who pay only a very low fee and do not belong to the parent Society, has remained about the same, in spite of the opportunities offered, but the membership of the Society as a whole has sunk still lower, because the general public shows no interest in our activities and will not join us for encouragement and mutual assistance. During the year death has fallen with severity on our members and we have lost two of our oldest supporters: Dr. C. King Rudge, who had filled many offices since his election in 1870, and had taken the keenest interest in the Society’s welfare up to the last ; and Mr. Thomas Morgans, who joined in 1879, and had served on Council at various periods for 17 years, and was ever ready with sound advice and financial help. Further, we have lost Mr. Charles Hunter; a zealous worker for the Society, and Dr..H: B. Guppy, the eminent naturalist and traveller; and amongst our Honorary members Sir William Tilden, Professor of Chemistry in the Imperial College of Science, who had been in touch with us for the past AS years. 3 The holding of an Open Night in March for the benefit of the public was but poorly supported, although it was honoured by Di. J. Allen, F.KR.S., Director’of the great Marine Biological Laboratory at Plymouth, who gave a lecture on the latest research work in Fishery. The Summer Excursion to Beacon Hill, on the Eastern flank of the Mendips, received more support than in past years, but deserved to have been still better attended, because of the enjoy- ment of our pursuits and the opportunities it afforded for good fellowship and exchange of ideas between members. 270 . REPORT OF COUNCIL Amongst minor happenings of the year the Secretary repre- sented the Society at the Jubilee Dinner of the North Staffordshire Field Club at Stoke-on-Trent, for the winding up of the celebrations of its year. Blaize Castle Woods have been acquired by the City as public property. This is gratifying, because members will have the opportunity within easy reach to study at all seasons of the year the varied wild life in its many sheltered nooks. The Proceedings for 1925 were published early in the year, and distributed to the British and Foreign Societies with whom we exchange. The contents maintained a high standard of original work with some excellent illustrations. The Papers on the Geology of the Bristol district were continued, and in this connection much gratification was felt that Prof. S. H. Reynolds, who has so long been President of our Geological Section, held the position of President of the Section of Geology at the British Association Meeting at Oxford. It was taken as an honour paid by the scientists of the Kingdom to the work on Carboniferous Limestone and its zones carried out under his leadership by the school of Geologists labouring at Bristol with such wide spread effect. Council agreed towards the close of the year to the affiliation of the Bristol Field Club as a Field Section under Law XXII. The arrangement will take effect with the New Year, and should be beneficial to all our members and recruits, because the work of this Section will be devoted entirely to out-of-door study of the different branches of Natural History in rambles round the out- skirts of the City. It is hoped that these facilities for rambles will meet a desire often expressed, and will cause a rally of new members to support the Section and in many instances to join the Society and participate in the advantages of the Library and yearly Proceedings. IDA M. ROPER, Hon. Secretary. 2i1 NBO NP ACSI NEM SIS SS CRSIalo) “SACJUPN LOO “H -ESaNaa yOo1I09 PUNOF pue posyIpny ‘OZBI ‘ISTE Tequis.aq & 0 997 § 0 9917 6 ZI 9I puny surpurqyoog 9 Z $9 “-yunosDW [Blouses Sete, ah puny sulpuiqyoog —‘purey Ul yse5 ~ Ga Ce: yuNnoosoY [e19udr) Oe Cl= 07 : sulpulqyood “‘ ——. PIEMIOW JOUETECQ= = (eal eve sosuodxy oinqooy ‘ (hy bes Be ae yisodoq uo ysorozuy OR See Soryinyzeir) * Oe) uoIsInoxy uo FyOIq “ 0 OL I ae! doUeINSUT IIT pue Judy * Oe eat, ‘930 “suoTzeoTjqngd fo s[eg “ 0 ZI6 ‘++ AToUOTIeIS pue oseysog ‘suTqULIg “ 9 916 pam SUMsHa al 0} suolzeuod “ 0 OL zg SCOle OR G7 SOU Be Ota I ONIO) 0 01e< is popo[oo sreoy “ Oy O1ees P1099XJ_~[eIISO[OOZ OF =Grac1 SOU BADE ul suorydiissqns =‘ 022120 DUIZeBSCI, [POTSOTOO*) Oa O° 41 sooq ooueijuyq “ 6 eI 0 uoluy ,SISTPeINyeN “AA ‘S 0 S 0 AI MPT Jepuy 9 OL O syyedqooy pure suowulo) OF 50. =Z "** 92 CIDOSSY. 0 1 Bis Ary 0 Sf 1F¥ AreuIpIO —1: setja1In0s 04 suonMdtiiosqns Aq —: suotjdiszosqns sioquiayy OL Beer ey. ke ae tS) O66 UuvVax GEL: TOP SENAOODVY IVaaNaD 4d "ALAIOOS SLSIIVYNLVN TOLSIYG AHL YM wnoooy ul YAYNSVAUL NOH FHL ate LIBRARIANS’ REPORT. For the Year 1926. Weer at the Library has been carried out steadily, so that the binding of loose parts is practically complete, and only the current volumes of exchange societies remain unbound. Donations towards this yearly expenditure are needed, but members can eongratulate themselves that an excellent Library of Natural History brought up-to-date is now available for their use, and it would be gratifying if the books were consulted by a very much larger number of members. The Catalogue on the table gives the required information to find the volumes on the shelves, but the absence of a gift of a cabinet for the card index of subjects, or the provision of money to buy one, is a matter of regret, because the information in the books would be then more available, and might induce the younger members to read them and take up a special subject of study. The Library is very centrally housed, and the building operations, which the Museum Committee is engaged in, do not interfere unduly with the facilities and comfort of readers, although the room at present may seem somewhat crowded. Members will gladly submit to some inconvenience to assist the general improvement of accommodation for the Natural History collections of the City. Dr. Rudge was a frequent visitor to the Library for many years after he had ceased to be the Librarian, and by his death we have lost one who tried to pass on his enthusiasm for living organisms to those whom he found consulting the books. His daughters have presented several standard works from his Natura] History books, which are very acceptable, and our thanks are given to the donors. The Sections have continued to give various monthly publications, including the last issue of the Paleontographical Society to carry on our series. Additions to the Library in 1926. Austen, E. E. ; . Handbook of the Tsetse-Flies, 1911. Bentham and Hoolen! British Flora; 2 Vols., 1892: Bouvier,o 1. 16 see » Lhe Psychic Life of Insects; 19222 Goebel, K. von... .... Wilhelm Hofmeister, 1926 (By Purchase). Grosse, Pobiea 2. ee he Oceana L860: haley. ately .. .. Anatomy of Vertebrated Animals, 1871- Do. 1.28 Anatomy of Invertebrated Atmnals io77- Jetireys, JG: ... ... British Conchology, 5-vols, 1862-9. Journal of Linnean Society (Zoology), 1890-1906. Journal of a Naturalist, 4th Edit., 1838. Marshall, A.M. .... ..... Junior Course of Practical Zoology, 1392 Prior, G. T.; ::.. 0... i. Guide'to Meteorites, 1926: Rye, BC. xa) on ie) emits: Beetles L866: Shuckard, W. E. British Bees, 1866. Wilson, G. and Geile: a Memoir of Edward Forbes, F.R.S., 1861. IDA M. ROPER, Hon. Librarian. T. CHARBONNIER, Hon. Sub-Librarian. 213 BOTANICAL SECTION. 1926. HE Botanical Section has indeed justified its re-formation during this T first year of its renewed existence. We have been able to hold ten meetings—helpful meetings, thanks to some of the original members and encouraging meetings, thanks to the five new members. There have been several outstanding features of the year. In January Miss Roper showed doubling flowers of Cardamine pratense with petaloid stamens and in November types and varieties of Plants. Mrs. Bell in June brought a delightful collection of Stonecrops, Sedum roseum, S. Forsterianum, S. album, S. dasyphylium, S. acre, S. anglicum, and in September three interesting Linarias and Mirabilis Jalapa (The Marvel of Peru). Miss Marshall in September brought flowers from Cornwall; Mr. Stuart Thompson in December gave us an interesting quarter of an hour with Irish flowers. Mr. Gibbons and Miss Bowen brought some forty Fungi for the open evening of the Society, and it is here when we work on Fungi that we miss Mr. Charles Wall, who died during the Easter holidays. To the first meetings of the year he came, always with a vasculum full of fresh plants, usually Fungi or garden shrubs in bloom. To many of us who love the living plants better than the herbarium specimens, it was a delight to have the opportunity of meeting such a botanist as Mr. Wall, and it is a sorrow to have to record his death. M. BOWEN, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 1926. ) HE activities of members of this section during the year have been «i principally confined to three main heads, Photography, Ringing, and Discussion of Exhibits at Winter Meetings. With regard to the first, following out previous observations members. have definitely marked down a new breeding place locally of the Redshank,, and obtained photographs of the sitting bird. It is hoped that it may be possible in the coming season to obtain a more representative series. Members. have also been able to obtain a photographic series of the Dipper, which breeds locally quite commonly, but is perhaps even more difficult to photo- graph than the Redshank. The localities usually occupied, the time of the year, the weather, the almost unbelievably quick and (to the photographer) the irritatingly irrational movements of the bird with its perpetual dipping or curtsying, in fact every conceivable difficulty, is most unwelcomely forced on the bewildered photographer. Going rather further afield, many beautiful and interesting pictures have been obtained in the Scilly Isles, but an account of the trials and tribulations of the three members who went is to be found elsewhere, and will be related to the Society as a whole at one of its monthly meetings. With regard to Ringing, The objects and advantages of thus marking birds have been previously explained. Some of the birds ringed by the section include, Swallows, Wheatears, Red Backed Shrikes, Sparrow-hawks, Moorhens, Lapwings, Ringed Plover, Razorbill, Manx Shearwater, Shag, Cormorant and many of the Gulls. It is hoped that more members will undertake this very useful work. The section has well maintained its reputation fcr the variety and scien- uific interest of its exhibits It has been suggested that a portfolio or record of photographs by members should be kept by the section. This should be facilitated by the fact that we have added to our numbers several actively interested Bird Photographers, and the record should be one of supreme interest and value to the Society as a whole. COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 274 ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 1926. WING to difficulty in securing accommodation, only four meetings were held during the year (that for April being merged with the Society’s General Meeting). The ill-health of Dr. Rudge precluded advantage being taken of his offer of hospitality, but the situation was relieved by the generosity of Mr. J. W. Norgrove and Mr. A. H. Peach in placing rooms at the disposal of the Section. Arrangements have now been made to meet at the University, in the Botany Library, on the same days as the Botanical Section. To suit the convenience of members living at a distance, meetings commence at 6 p.m. There has been no lack of exhibits. Especially interesting was Mr. R. Beck’s illustration of the parasitisation, of the micro- lepidopteron Sylepta ruralis by the ichneumon Pimpla vestigator and by the diptera Exorista ruralis and Chetolyga sp. Miss I. M. Roper outlined the life history of the locally rare aphid Te- traneura ulmt, exhibiting specimens of the insect and of its galls on elm leaves. In addition to scarce and striking species of local Lepidoptera, Mr. A. Kromler displayed a nice collection of “‘ in- cidentals ’’ of other orders including several fine longicorns (Coleop- tera) and sawflies. Many other interesting species and varieties of Lepidoptera have been shown by Mr. C. Bartlett (Pres.) and Messrs. Norgrove and Peach. At the merged April meeting Mr. Beck dealt with the Acarine disease of Bees (noticed on page 278), and at the December meeting Mr. H. Womersley summarised his researches on the Protura, briefly describing the new forms he had discovered locally. No excursions were made during the year, but mutually ar- ranged working expeditions were successfully carried through. To enable the Section to continue the series of “‘ The Entomo- logist ’’ presented yearly by the late G. C. Griffiths, the subscription has been raised to 2s. 6d. It was with deep regret that members learnt of the death of Dr. C. King Rudge in October. Dr. Rudge joined the Section in 1900, and, until hindered by ill-health, manifested a keen and active interest in its welfare. He was nominated as President in 1925, but declined election. Ja Ve BEARMAN - Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 279 GEOLOGICAL SECTION. 1926. HIS year the number of resignations and elections have balanced each other, so that our membership remains at 48. We record with much regret the death of Mr. Thomas Morgans who has been a member of the Section for 25 years. All the officers for 1925 were re-elected, vzz.: President, Proies tl. Reynolds; M.A.) Sc:D.; _ Vice-President, Mr. J. W. Tutcher ; :Secretary and Treasurer, Dr. F. S. Wallis; and Auditor, Mrs. E. Vaughan. Mie wamances- show .a credit balance of £2. 16s.. ld... Six evening meetings were held during the year with an average atten- dance of 21. The President in continuation of the description of his recent world tour dealt with phases of the geology of South Africa and United States of America, and especially with questions of economic importance. In pursuance of our recent custom of inviting at least one ‘‘ outside ”’ lecturer to visit the Section during the year, Dr. J. A. Douglas, M.A., of Oxford, gave an interesting account of his geological work in the Andes. Mr. P. E. Martineau, our Bath member, struck an original note in his Paper on the Bristol Avon. It is hoped that at some future date Mr. Martineau will again favour the members with the results of his further researches into the early history of our Bristol Avon. Mr. F. B. A. Welch, B.Sc., gave an account of his recent work on the geological structure of the Central Mendips. The Exhibition meeting attracted an unusual wealth of speci- mens, and the Summer excursions to Abbot’s Leigh and Keynsham, held jointly with the Geological Section of the Bristol Field Club, were each attended by 14 members. We would take this opportunity of placing on record our congratulations to Prof. 5S. H. Reynolds on his occupation of the Presidential chair of Section C at the British Association meeting at Oxford. The Section still continues to place the Geological Magazine and Paleontographical Society’s Monographs in the Society’s Library, and a few members have continued their work on the card index of the QO. J.G.S. By SHWALEIS, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 276 Account of the Annual and General Meetings. THE 63RD ANNUAL MEETING. January 21st, 1926. The election of officers was confirmed with Dr. W. A. Smith, becoming a Vice-President. Prof. O. V. Darbishire was elected” President for the third time, and delivered his second Presidential - Address, entitled “‘ Plants of the Sea ” (printed in full on page 208). THE 52ist GENERAL, MEETING. February 4th, 1926. “Olaus Magnus, a 16th Century Naturalist,” by Mr. P-—-E- Martineau. Olaf Stora (Latinised Olaus Magnus), a Swedish Churchman, was born in 1490 and died in 1558. He spent the last thirty years of his life in Rome, being exiled at the Reformation. He took part in the Council of Trent in 1546, and towards the end of his life became titular Archbishop of Upsala. His great work, Historia de Gentibus Septentrionalibus, was published at Rome in folio, 1555. It was translated from Latin into various languages, and the 8th edition, an English one, was published in London in 1658. The book deals with Norway, Sweden, Lapland, Finland and Iceland, discussing, with very numerous illustrations, the language, ethnology, manners and customs and folk lore of each country. But its chief value is in the Natural History section where, among scraps of folk lore and traditional natural history, there are frequent glimpses of accurate observation and sound inference. _For instance, in a certain fiord iron rings are fastened high up the cliffs; to Olaf’s knowledge they were set there by a certain king about the year 1,000 and in 500 years they had gone so high up the rocks as to be out of the reach of seamen. Therefore, says the Archbishop, the sea must have shrunk or the land must have risen, but if the sea had shrunk we should have heard of it from England, so the land must have risen, but he knows not how or why. ees in Iceland, he observed that the fire of burning moun-_ tains did not come from the top, but from half way up, and he has sound remarks on the geysers. He tells us that ermines change in winter from brown to white and he wonders whether it is for the purpose of defence. Whales he deals with at great length; he knew the sperm whale (a very rare visitor to Northern waters), and he tells of threshers killing a whale off the coast of England in 1532. His folk lore stories are amusing. Elks are better for drawing sleighs than reindeer, because they can go 200 miles without food ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 217 The lynx does not hunt, but robs wild cats of their prey. Squirrels foretell the future, if you can catch them, and they cross streams on rafts of bark. The hedgehog attacks the bear with the object of making him shake down fruit from trees. Bears are useful animals to take to sea, they are an excellent defence against pirates. Seal skins bristle as the tide goes down. On the polypus or cuttlefish he has much to say, and also on the Kraken or sea-serpent which is 200 feet long with a 20-ft. mane. One lived near Bergen. As a rule it eats small animals, but when it attacks a ship and eats men great wonders are to happen in the kingdom. Such an event happened in the year 1022 and King Christian was immediately deposed. In giving an account of this 16th century naturalist, the lecturer had the help of many lantern slides from the original woodcuts. Exhibit by Miss Roper of Xylania carpopmila, a “ Candle- snuff ’’ fungus, from the Leigh Woods. ol ntba5s22NpD° GENERAL MEETING. March, 4th. 1926. eiichcry Kesearches “by Dr, FE. J. Allen, F-RS.; (Director of the Plymouth Marine Brological Laboratory). The great sea-fisheries of the country, are of two kinds—trawl fisheries and drift-net fisheries. The trawl works along the floor of the sea and captures such fish as cod, haddock and plaice which hve there. Drift-nets hang suspended from the surface of the sea and catch such fish as herrings, mackerel, and pilchards, which swim freely in the body of the water. Both fisheries are subject to great variations in their abundance of fish captured from year to year, and much research has been done to ascertain the causes of these fluctuations. The history of the fish has been studied from the development of the egg to the larval stage and then gradually through the life of the fish until it is adult and of a suitable size for capture. The food and habits both change during the life of the fish, and has been examined at each stage. It has been found that certain years give good breeding figures, when a large number of young are present in the sea, while others are bad and only a small number of the fry survive. This is probably due to the fact that in some years the food available for the fry is abundant, whereas in others it is scanty. When we seek for the causes of this fluctuation in the food supply, we find it is due to differences in the physical conditions of the water, such as temperature, and also to the varying amounts of sunlight available for plant growth. Different features of the research work were illustrated by means of numerous lantern slides. The lecture was open to the public and was well attended. 278 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS THE 523rD GENERAL MEETING. April 8th, 1926. “The Acarine Disease of the Honey Bee,” by Mr. R.- Beck. Interest in bee-keeping has greatly increased in the last 25 years, which has led to much improvement in the hives, to facilitate easy removal of the honey, and to increase cleanliness. Further, many county Bee Associations are formed to make known exper- iences, and prevent lack of perseverance, whilst the County Bee teachers give many demonstrations. The two diseases of Bees most dreaded are “‘ foul brood ”’ and the Acarine internal one. There is no remedy for the first except burning, but the second has yielded since 1905 to scientific enquiry, and the lecturer, said he had recently held 87 examinations for it, and was able now to decide in a few minutes if the disease was present in a hive. The cause of the trouble is a mite, so small that it needs 7 male or 5 females to cover a millimetre space. The mite gets entrance inside the Bee at a valve under the wing, in order to breed in the trachea or breathing tube of the Bee, which causes suffocation. All these points and many more were made clear by excellent lantern slides, and incidently the lecturer advised the owners of apple orchards to arrange to have hives placed in them in the Spring to secure the utmost fertilization of the blossoms. THE 524rH GENERAL MEETING. May 6th, 1926. I. .“ The Age ofthe Earth,” by Mr. Tl Alikyalen ese For nearly a century, astronomers, geologists and physicists have been attempting to estimate the age of the earth as an in- dividual member of the solar system. The results obtained varied considerably and the methods used were open to much adverse criticism. It was not until the discovery of the radio-active elements, nearly thirty years ago, that any satisfactory method of estimating the age of the earth was available. The discovery that the element uranium is slowly disintegrating, and that among its end-products are helium and lead, afforded a means for a more accurate and reliable estimate. The rate of breakdown of uranium can be calculated and from that and the measured amounts of the element and its products in a rock, it is possible to arrive at the age ofthat rock. The lead from uranium varies, in certain respects, from the ordinary lead of commerce. From data of the above nature, and also from other considerations based on radio-active phenomena, it has been possible to assign to the earth an age of approximately 1,600 million years. The immensity of this figure can be better ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 279 realised when one knows that man has been on the earth for less than half a million years, and that recorded history only dates back a mere 6,000 years or so. IJ. ‘Our Knowledge of Animal Mind,” by Mr. R. H. Hellyar. The lecturer gave a short review of the manner in which we became acquainted with mind in the lower animals. His aim was to contradict a general and popular idea that it was impossible to judge an animal’s mind, because our own mental outlook was so widely different. He first touched on the philosophical side, calling attention to the great problem of the principles of human knowledge, and went on to point out that all knowledge of mind was by observation and inference of behaviour. There were different levels of mankind ; some minds were much simpler than others. Yet they felt capable of judging their thoughts and feelings from behaviour. There was no short cut to a man’s mind. Mental states in others, whether animals or men, were - deduced from their physical expression. This method of obtaining knowledge of mental states in others applies equally to animals as well as man. With the lower — animals, however, there is a danger of putting our own ideas into their minds. This must be always guarded against, for it is a very natural action on our part. Mr. Hellyar went on to explain the use of the famous Lloyd Morgan canon—“ Never interpret a particular action in terms of a higher, more complex, motive, if a simpler explanation will serve equally well.”” The practical value of that canon in psychology was enormous, for it counteracted the anthropomorphic tendency in judgment of behaviour, the invariable tendency to humanise animals. The paper concluded by emphasising the various ways in which animal psychology aided our understanding of the great problem of mind, the lecturer pointing out that the “ richest future of natural history lies in the study of the mind.”’ THE SUMMER EXCURSION. June 19th, 1926. This was made to Beacon Hill in the East Mendips, by motor coach and private cars. The magnificent views over a _ large countryside during the drive, and at Beacon Hill were much admired, as well as the visit to the pond in its grove of rhodo- dendrons in full bloom. After an enjoyable tea the geologists had the unusual experience of standing in the crater of a long extinct volcano surrounded as they were by igneous rocks and tuff, whilst the entomologists did well on the heath, and the botanists found many plants, which they were pleased to meet with in a new locality. Some of the more noteworthy were: Ranunculus 280 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS Godronu, Viola palustris, Geum nivale, Aprum inundatum, several orchises, such as Lzsteva ovata, Orchis maculata, Habenana vindts and H. chloroleuca, Polygonatum multiflorum, Carex disticha, C. _ pallesceus, C. binervis, Lastrea spinylosa and Botrychium Lunana. The drive home through Temple Cloud, Stanton Drew, Chew Magna and Barrow was a fitting end to a very pleasant excursion. THE 525TH GENERAL MEETING October 7th, 1926. “Geology and Man,” by Dr. F. S. Walls, F.G:S: Man was primarily an agent of Denudation, and it was in that connection that his work was mainly felt. The total amount of material excavated by Man in the British Isles since Roman times had been calculated to be in the neighbourhood of 40,000 million cubic yards. Taking the latest figures.regarding the amount of material weathered away from the British Isles as about 2.7-in. in 2,000 years it could be proved that in a well populated area Man was about twice as effective as Nature in planing down the general surface of the ground. The effects of subsidence—especially in the salt mining districts —were fully dealt with, and the various theories of subsidence explained. London, as the largest city in the world, offers a good field for investigating the changes wrought by Man on nature. Before it was inhabited the district formed an extensive marsh, though now the river was confined within a deep channel, and the original contours of the land were difficult to trace. Climate was another factor in the process of the natural denudation of rocks, and Man wielded an indirect action over geological work by removing forests and laying bare to the sun areas previously kept cool and damp under trees. A marked characteristic of Man’s action was its intermittency, for while his geological activities were increasing in extent they were constantly changing in direction. Finally, natural denudation removed by preference the softer and more easily destroyed rocks, whereas Man selected rocks of economic importance, or those which stood in the way of his engineering schemes. The lecture was illustrated by lantern slides. . Exhibits were shown by Miss Roper of three species of fungi: Clavaria Kunzu, Craterellus cornucopioides and Cyaths stratus. THE 526Ta GENERAL MEETING: November 4th, 1926. Exhibits of Natural History by the Members. All the Sections were represented and the exhibition showed that steady, progressive work was being continued. ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 281 In Geology a model of the Isle of Wight, fossil corals, sponges, insects and reptiles from South Africa, were shown by Prof. S. H. Reynolds, local fossil sponges by Mr. J. W. Tutcher, and fossil shells from the Eocene at Barton Cliffs, Hants., by Mr. M. Miller. In Entomology, Mr. H. Womersley showed some new species of Protura, the most primitive insects known; Mr. J. V. Pearman some local Psocids, small orthopterous insects, three of which were additions to the British list ; and Mr. J. W. Norgrove a collec- tion of Lepidoptera. In Botany were exhibited the results of summer work, in- cluding a complete series of the genus Bromus by Mrs. Sandwith ; alien plants that have become naturalised by Miss Roper; an instructive series of parasites, semi-parasites and saprophytes by Mr. H. S. Thompson ; Alpine flowers by Mrs. Bell; paintings of Palestine flowers by Miss Reynolds; Mycetozoa by Mr. F. W. Evens ; a fine collection of living fungi arranged by Miss Bowen and Mr. H. J. Gibbons, and succulent and growing plants by Prof. ©. V... Darbishire. In the Ornithological section were some excellent bird life studies by Mr. R. P. Gait and Mr. C. Tuckett, who also showed some photographs of bats hibernating and prepared bats’ skins. Coffee was served during the Meeting. THE 5271tH GENERAL MEETING. December 2nd, 1926. b> Insect Rests and their Biological Control,” bya Mr- TL. Womersley,- EF ES: (Printed in full on page 297.) i Seedlings,” by Miss M. Bowen, B.Sc: Seedlings of even the commonest plants are not always easy to recognise. The first two leaves or cotyledons are usually very simple and quite unlike the complicated foliage leaves which follow. In their simplicity, however, there are variations, and to follow up these there is much instruction. The cotyledons of the ordinary Holly, for example, have no sign of prickles In Mustard and the Corn Cockle one is bigger than the other; whereas in the Dove’s foot Cranesbill half of one is bigger than the other half. The cotyledons store food to start growth, as in Peas and Vetches, when they remain under ground, but usually they are too thin and small for such storage and come into the air to function as leaves and make food. Ona larger scale the Avocardo Pear from the West Indies, to be bought of some Bristol greengrocers, stores food in advance, for the seed has two cotyledons as large as an egg. If kept in a little water, the two swollen “leaves? come apart, and the young roots and shoot grow into a handsome young seedling. Excellent lantern slides illustrated the subject. 2OzZ Jn Hemoriam CHARLES KING RUDGE, M.R.C.S.,. UR: C-P: Y the death of the late Charles King Rudge, at the great age of eighty years, the Naturalists’ Society has lost one of its most faithful and oldest members. Member of an old Staffordshire family, Mr. Rudge was born at Haverfordwest, Pembrokeshire, in 1846. When a youth of twenty-one he began his medical studies at the Bristol Royal Infirmary and continued there until qualified to practice. As a student he gained the approbation of the famous Dr. Long Fox, and secured the Medical Suple Gold Medal and Prize. For a period of twelve years Mr. Rudge occupied the post of Surgeon at the Bristol Dispensary. His private practice commenced and con- tinued in the Whiteladies Road for the long period of nearly fifty years. Few doctors were better known or more highly thought of, and his loss will be felt by many to whom he was not only a doctor, but a sympathising friend. Dr. Rudge was a man of many and diverse interests. A keen churchman, he was an active worker in the local section of the Medical Missionary branch, and in this and other sections of the same service he retained his interest to the last. The Church of England Mens’ Society had no stauncher adherent, whilst on the practical side he warmly supported and worked for the Sailors and Seamens Mission. Whilst Natural History was his chief study during mature years, he was a member of the Bristol and Gloucestershire Archeological Society, and a student of Bristol’s past history. The study of Natural History was one of the greatest joys of his life, and here again he showed catholicity of interest, his studies ranging from the life histories and habits of British mammals and birds, the coastal fishes of the North Devon coast, and the marine fauna of the tide pools to entomology, his investigations in the latter being confined to the Diptera, Hymenoptera, and Hemiptera. For some time he devoted considerable attention to the trachea of birds, dissecting out a large number for the study of the syrinx IN MEMORIAM 283 or organ of voice production. The study of mimicry, and the protective devices of animals was a perennial joy to Dr. Rudge, his spirit of thoroughness causing him to keep in close touch with modern literature upon the subject. Dr. Rudge had an intense desire for the growth and welfare of the Naturalists’ Society. This found expression in many ways. Whilst he rendered excellent personal service in his efforts to gain new members, and notably so during his occupancy of the Presi- dential chair he was no less persistent in urging other members to, do the same. He served the Society in several capacities, being Honorary Secretary jointly with two others frem 1896 to 1897; Honorary Librarian 1891-1904; Vice-President 1901—2-3 ; and President 1904-5-6. He was "Secretary to the Microscopical section from 1887 to 1890. ~The many calls of professional life and his numerous asso- ciations with public bodies left little margin for the publication of scientific papers, and three only, in addtion to three Presidential addresses were contributed by him to the Society’s Proceedings. These were “ British Shore Fishes and their Habits,’ 1888 ; ““Mammals of the Bristol District,” 1908; and “‘ Food of Animals and Strataggms employed in obtaining it,” 1913. As an exhibiting member he was one of the most constant, and few years occur from 1888 onwards in which he did not produce exhibits of special interest. It is not easy to estimate fully the worth of such a man as Charles King Rudge. Reticent to a degree about his own achieve- ments, he yet influenced many other student naturalists. Behind a somewhat abrupt manner, and a sharp method of interrogation (really due to inherent shyness) he did not always succeed in concealing his most kindly disposition and a very generous nature. — Many sadly tried patients found him courteous and kind to a degree, religious and philanthropic missions always had a warm helper, and amongst us are those who testify to the scientific merits of one who sought the good of his fellows. jal as 284 Report of Delegate to the British Association. T the Oxford Meeting of the British Association I attended the Conference of Delegates of Corresponding Societies, and the address on the first day was given by the President, Sir John Russell on the subject of “ Regional Survey.”’ He is Chairman of a very strong Committee at work on this subject, and he urged on the Delegates the importance and ad- vantages of taking up surveys in an organized manner amongst the members of Natural History Societies. The study of the district within easy reach affords opportunity for them to have a pleasant recreation, and get together valuable information to be utilized later by professional workers to carry out schemes for making the best use of the resources and capabilities around them. A regional’ Survey carried out by amateurs includes many aspects, both above and below ground, such as charting the drainage basins, the suitability of certain areas of land either for dwelling houses, recreation grounds, woodland or cultivation ; and the help of geology comes in by the study of strata, exposures, well-sinkings, or the presence of minerals. When all these particulars can be marked on large scale maps, the amateur has provided the professional, whether town planning, manufacturer or others, seeking suitable localities for development, with helpful and accurate knowledge. Sir John Russell gave many useful directions for guidance in carrying on such a survey, and amongst others advised the observer to record the rotation of crops on arable farms, whether three, four or five crop rotation was employed, rather than to name the actual crop grown in a given year. On the second day of the Conference other matters of general interest were before the meeting. After discussion a recommen- dation was passed that local Societies should make systematic records of temporarily open geological sections, well-sinkings, and the like, and the Bristol Naturalists’ Society was mentioned by name as an example already working on these lines. Also, that Government should lessen the restrictions concerning cinemato- graph films sent to England, when such were records of scientific observations and intended for purposes of education. A Committee was re-appointed to co-operate with the Torquay Natural History Society to continue the investigation of Kent's Cavern. IpA M. Roper. August, 1926. 285 PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1926. ‘Horm and Function.’ By O. V. DARBISHIRE. T one time, many thousands of years ago, man probably did not lead a settled life, and stay in one locality during all the seasons. He went to a warmer part of the country in winter, and to a cooler part in the summer. At first, too he did not till the soil and grow extensive crops of a few selected plants, as he would rarely visit the same spot even a second time. For this reason it was absolutely necessary for him to be quite familiar with all the wild plants he would come across in his wanderings. He would know his plants well by their external form. He would know where the plants which were of use to him grew. He had to recognisé plants by their external and visible form, because in that way only could he find the roots and rootstocks which con- tained the food he was in search of, but which were hidden below the surface of the soil. Roots and other underground organs of the plant contain generally the excess of material built up by the plant during the last season. The life of himself and his family might depend on the food obtained in this way. Every member of the family would therefore have to learn to recognise plants by their form, and not only the useful ones but also those which were poisonous, in order to avoid eating a dangerous plant. In this way the out- ward form of plants was carefully studied and slight changes prob- ably noted. Man was interested in the form of plants only because the form was the means of recognising important plants. Gradually man came to lead a more settled life, and with this came the tilling of the soil, and the cultivation of the few most important plants. A knowledge of the wild plants became less important. Eut even then many plants and especially again their roots were collected in wood and field, not so much possibly on account of their food value as on account of their medicinal properties. The ancient Greeks had a special class of men, who were known as Rhizotomoi, who went out into the country and ecilected roots. That was their trade. These men of course studied the form of the plants they were interested in so as to be able to recognise them under all conditions, and at all seasons. They would thus always be able to collect any particular kind of root that was required. The form of the plant here again was only of interest because by it the collector could find the underground organs he was in search of 286 FORM AND FUNCTION Among the cave-dwellers and with early man generally probably everybody had learnt something about plants and their recog- nition. But with the advance of civilisation and the accompanying division of labour, this knowledge of plants. was acquired by the few only, as in the case of the Rhizotomoi just mentioned. The interest in the root had however become traditional and this tradition had its effect on the old Herbals, where every plant shown in an illustration is drawn with its root system complete. That is not done now any more. It must have been the traditional interest in the economic importance of the root and the necessity of recognising the form of foliage that gave us the first plant naturalist or botanist. He had got interested in the leaves of the plants near his home, and then became still more interested when he found some new form or variation. At first then form of foliage and nature of root were connected, but gradually the interest became centred more and more round the study of the varying form of the stem and leaf and flowers, as these organs could be seen. The root would gradually become neglected Theophrastes recounts how the officers sent by Alexander the Great to India, were struck by the different appearance of the leaves of the trees they came across in India, when compared with the leaves of their native trees in Greece. They) were im) Search of trees to obtain wood to build ships. They hunted for trees with the same foliage as that of the trees of their home. They found and carefully noted the difference in the foliage of the trees. Although thus in most cases the study of the plant form had originally an economic motive, to find plants that provided food, or some drug, or wood, as in the case of Alexander’s officers, people must in time have looked at plants and examined them irrespective of their economic, or medicinal or commercial value. In that way the form became a matter of study by the naturalist through all the ages, up to the time of Linneus, and after him, up to the present day. Linnzus had the greatest knowledge of forms of animals and plants. Form meant a great deal to him. According to his view species owed their origin to special creation. Hybridisation was possible, but up to certain limits species were separately created. The species was thus an immutable unit. The mechanical description and separation of the plantform was therefore of the greatest importance in separating species. The species in the Linnean sense depends absolutely on accurate obser- vation and description of form and structure. A slight variation from the type was of no value and no interest as it did not lead to anything. The careful work of Linneus gave a great stimulus to the study of animal and plant forms and placed it on a very sound footing. Directly and indirectly Linneus must have been responsible for the separation of a very large number of species. FORM AND FUNCTION hori ‘During the earlier part of the 19th century the great know- ledge of plantforms obtained from all over the world led to a closer study of the plants at home, and more especially of the lower plantforms. The improvement in the microscope too made possible a more detailed study of the many stages in the life histories of both higher and lower plants, which had hitherto been but in- adequately determined. The life histories of moss and fern were worked out, and one result of this work was the growth of an almost new branch of Botany, namely Morphology. This was concerned mainly with a study of the mechanical organisation of the plant body. The morphologist divided the plant body into root and shoot. The shoot he again divided into stem and leaf. Leaf, stem and root are the morphological members of the plant body, quite irrespective of their functions. Animal morphology was always on a different footing as it really dates back to Aristotle, though his pupil, Theophrastes, too discussed some questions of pure plant morphology. He discussed the question as to whether the supporting pillars of the Indian Banyan _Tree were root organs or stem structures. They are as a matter of fact adventitious roots. But he thought that they might be stem structures. Although, then, animal morphology is a much older science, one of the most important morphological technical terms was not introduced till 1843, when Owen, the great zoologist, invented . the word homologous. An homologue is the same organ in different animals under every variety of form and irrespective of functi6n. The term is used by botanists too. Quite gradually during the 17th and 18th centuries the study of physiology had been growing up, mainly animal and human. Physiology and Morphology were then two quite distinct and separate branches of the study of animals. They are still largely so up nonwrile. present day. The zoologist of today is largely a morphologist studying comparative structure and development of homologous organs, or making out new homologies. Animal morphology and animal physiology still very largely go their own way, though during the last few years experimental zoology, genetics, and the study of special physiological processes in general but from a purely zoological point of view, are the subject of research even of the pure morphologist. It was Owen again who in 1843 invented the term analogous. An analogue is a part or organ in one animal which has the same function as another part or organ in a different animal. This term too is used by botanists. Plant physiology really came into prominence very much later than animal physiology. Animal and human physiology was of greater importance, especially in connection with medicine and its bearing on the health of the human organism. Plant physiology had no such importance attaching to it. So plant morphology 288 _ FORM AND FUNCTION and plant physiology too went their own way, and general and special plant morphology are still very important branches of botany, to-day. The systematist is only a morphologist of a special kind interested in the classification of plants. Animal structure is far more complex than plant structure. It is for this reason often very difficult to establish homologies between certain organs of certain animals. It is perhaps not so difficult on the whole in the case of plants, though the variety of form among nearly allied plants may be almost greater than in animals. This greater simplicity of plant structure has made it possible perhaps for the botanist of to-day to acquire a more extensive knowledge of physiology than the pure animal morpho- logist. The morphologist considers form, the physiologist considers function. Should they work independently or should they co- operate in their studies ? Is there any definite relationship between form and function? They must obviously stand in some re- lationship to one another. The leaf is a definite morphological member of the plant body. It has a definite morphological dignity or status. But the form of this member, of the leaf, may vary. The foliage leaf of the oak has a flat green blade. The scaly leaf of the butchers’ broom is a small membranous bract arising on the flat surface of a leaf-like stem. The stem has here taken on the form of the leaf and carries out the function ordinarily associated with a flat green leaf. The green oak leaf and the scaly bract of the Ruscus are said to be homologous morphologically. The green oak leaf and the flattened green cladode of the butcher’s broom are analogous in function, 7.e. physiologically. The wings of the bird, the forefeet of the horse, and the arms of man are all homologous organs, yet they are not analogous organs. They are the same members but have different functions. The fins of the whalé and the fish are analogous in function, but not homologous from a morphological point of view. Morphology is the study of the varying form of a limb or member of animal and plant body regardless of function. But as everyone must have observed, and as has just been pointed out some kind of relationship does exist between form and function. The green leaf is an assimilating organ. We know that the green leaf shows a very wonderful adaptation to this function. The form of the leaf varies and its variety exhibits more in detail the special adaptation to this function necessitated by different localities. We can often from its form make out what the function of an organ is. But still this does not tell us exactly in what causal relation if any form stands to function. Does function in- fluence or even create form, or vice versa. This is really the old question again which evolutionists are trying to solve. It is the question which interests every naturalist. PR ne ar FORM AND FUNCTION 289 Lamarck maintained that the form adopted by animal or plant was a direct response of the organism to the influence of external conditions, and the desire of the organism to carry out some definite function by that organ. The change thus induced was purposeful. This view was strongly supported by Samuel Butler, who explained how it was that animals and plants could thus adapt the form of their limbs to their functions. The experiences of the ancestors acquired during life were passed on to the suc- ceeding generations and unconsciously remembered by these, and made use of in unconsciously fashioning new, or improving old organs. The form of an organ was thus considered to be directly influenced, and even created by the function which the organism desired it to perform. The ultra-Darwinian says that all changes in form are acci- dental, and never purposeful. Any particular organ can perform a certain function only because it has a particular form and structure which happens to enable it to carry it out. The form of an organ therefore determines its function. Natural selection however would in the end settle whether a form should persist or die out. Darwin believed that the continuous selection of small useful variations in the struggle for existence develops an efficient and well adapted organ able to carry out a definite function. De Vries would say that any change in form is due to a sudden also chance jump or mutation. But still the organ would determine the function rather than vice versa. Natural selection would in this case too pick out the more efficient organ for preservation. So we are really at the old deadlock again. We may believe in organic evolution, but we do not yet know anything about its mechanism. How does a plant or an animal first acquire a useful organ. I have already said that the function which an organ has to perform may have a selective influence and may allow only the useful organ to survive. A plant with a form which carries out its function inefficiently will go under. But there is no evidence that function can directly create a new form of organ. What I have said so far, however, holds good only to a certain extent. Function may not create a new organ like the leaf, or the chlorophyll apparatus, as quite new qualities. But it may quite directly influence these qualities quantitively. It may influence the already existing leaf form and structure. The beech leaf growing on the south side of a tree has a structure differing from that of a leaf growing on the north side of the tree. The former has two layers of palissade cells as a greater protection against too strong light which would injure the green granules. The latter has only one layer. Function has not created a new leaf, but it has modified its form, but that modification cannot be inherited, and is thus not permanently acquired by the organism. We do not know how the main qualities of plant and animal organs arose, but we can 290 FORM AND FUNCTION get some idea of the quantitively modifying influence of function on form. This is easily observable in plants, but not quite so easily in the case of animals. One reason for this is that plants are generally fixed and stationary and are compelled to be accurately adapted to the conditions under which they live. Most animals can move from one place to another and thus select within limits the locality most suited to their structure. Function can therefore more readily modify a quality of the plant organ quantitively. The small extent of the airspaces in the land-grown specimen of Hippuris as compared with the very extensive airspaces in the water-grown plant affords a good example of this. The naturalist, the botanist, can be a morphologist pure and simple, studying form and its variations with the greatest interest. Though not possessing any great knowledge of plant physiology he can yet add to the interest of his work. by observing the con- ditions under which the various forms occur, and then connecting the change in form with the different way in which under certain conditions the functions have to be carried out. External con- ditions influence quantitively the form of an organ through its function, and in the end we can from experience conclude directly from the form what the prevailing external conditions are. This is the subject of Ecology and Biology. The same remark may be applied to the Zoologist. We can say then that a very definite relationship exists between form and function. We need and cannot commit ourselves to say whether there is any deep causal relationship between the two. We can only say that especially in plants, function may to a certain extent modify the form of an organ. A very interesting subject can be mentioned in this con- nection. The conditions under which animals and plants live on this earth are often very uniform over large areas which may be continuous or discontinuous. If the conditions acting on these forms of plants through the same function are almost identical we would expect that in the end the same kind of form would be selected in the case of all plants growing under these identical conditions. There are numerous examples of this development along convergent lines. Let us look at the leaf, stem and root of the green flowering plant. The roots grow in the soil, the upright stem and the flat leaves with their veins. Are they not extra- ordinarily similar in their general form, whatever family they may belong to. But they are growing roughly under similar conditions. The typical flowering plant may serve as our standard. We get the same kind of arrangement of stem and leaf in the moss, though the moss leaf is in no way connected or related morphologically to the leaf of the flowering plant. The organs are analogous but not homologous. We also get the same arrangement in many seaweeds. The fronds of the red Delesserta sinuosa are leat-like, FORM AND FUNCTION 291 and have midrib and veins, resembling oak leaves. In the green alga, Caulerpa prolifera, we have roots, rhizome, and upright assimilating organs, resembling the organisation met with in the higher plant. But there is no connection by descent between these plants. Similar function goes with similar structure. The common lichen Peltigera pretextata, made up of fungus and green alge to form a compound organism, exhibits in certain small leaves, the isidia, an internal structure recalling that of . the leaves of flowering plants, even to the development of pores, resembling the stomata of these leaves. This is a striking example of evolution along convergent lines. Function and form clearly go together in this case. Yet another example may be quoted. The Cactacee of Central America resemble to an extraordinary extent certain Euphorbiaceze of Central Africa. The conditions under which in both cases the plants grow are those of a hot and dry desert. The succulent and little branched stem, and the absence of any flat leaves in the mature plant characterise the representatives of both families. On closer examination we can detect differences. These differences are due to the cast iron traditions of the particular families, to which the species belong. The external form, and even the internal structure may undergo certain changes and become better adapted to their surrounding conditions, but not beyond certain limits. A member of the Cactacez can always be distinguished from a member of the Euphorbiacee if not by the internal structure of its vegetative organs at least by that of its flowers. These are naturally least affected by the prevailing local conditions. Plant family traditions are very strong, and will apparently not allow a quantitive modification of their quali- ties beyond certain points. When that point has been reached, should adaptation be insufficient, the death of the species or even race may follow. Thus we see here again in what relation function stands to form, and that the former does not control the latter completely. The object of these disjointed remarks has been to give you food for thought. The study of form pure and simple is intensely interesting, and it is a study without end. It may be made a little more interesting when taken in conjunction with even a slight knowledge of the functions of the organs we come across in such an endless variety, both in the animal and plant world. 292 A Bird Trip to the Scilly Isles. ByoOR? P= Gare HE following Article is an account of a trip to the Scilly Isles during the Summer of 1926, undertaken by the President and Secretary of the Ornithological Section of the Society, together with the writer in search of photographs of sea birds. After a somewhat eventful journey due to the unsettled con- ditions following the general strike, we eventually arrived by means of train, car and steamer at St. Mary’s Island, which was to be our headquarters. Most newcomers to the Scillies are struck by the number of islands, for although only five of the large ones are inhabited there are dozens of others ranging from those of three-quarters of a mile in length to mere rocks almost submerged at high tide. As the uninhabited variety were to be our hunting grounds our first excursion was in search of a boat, and we were very lucky in securing the services of an experienced boatman, for changing currents, sudden gales, reefs, bars and submerged rocks of every description render anything in the amateur boating line in the Scilly waters nothing less than sheer madness, to say nothing of the skill required to effect a safe landing on those rocky shores, more often than not in a running sea of some considerable force. Annet is the most well-known of the bird islands, and has perhaps the greatest variety and number of nesting sea fowl. Imagine a low rocky uninhabited island about three quarters of a mile in length by a few hundred yards in breadth, exposed to the full fury of the Atlantic storms, and terminating in the “ Hay- cocks,’ a line of cruel isolated piles of rocks over which the sea breaks in great spouts of foam. Annet in June can best be des- cribed as one huge rock garden. Great patches of sea pinks grow clump against clump, all over the island, matching in Nature’s own perfect tone with the grey lichen-covered rocks; in fact so profusely do they cover the ground that in parts no other colour is discernible, and the island shows as a pink mass from six miles to seaward. Stonecrop and spurrey add their colours to the picture, the whole being set in a sea of the most wonderful shades of blue, purple and green. On rowing towards the jumble of rocks which constitute the shore of Annet, searching for a likely landing place, we disturbed several large flocks of puffins which were resting on the water. They flew shorewards with rapidly vibrating wings, many of them disappearing into their breeding holes, with which the island is simply honeycombed. yayny “D| soOW NO ‘YAHOLVOUALSAGQ, Aq oj04d AMEND SERIE TO TH SCILLY ISLES 293 On our scrambling up the beach a great cloud of Gulls,— herring, great and lesser black backed—arose from the breeding colonies making a prodigious clangour, whilst oystercatchers added to the din by flying in circles around our heads, giving vent to their feelings in a continuous piercing note. Laden with photographic outfits, walking in the deep cushiony sea pinks was a tiring business, and a careless step on an innocent looking patch of sandy soil landed one knee deep in a puffin’s or shearwater’s burrow, with a fair chance of a bad sprain if nothing worse. Amongst the boulders of the beach on our left, herring and lesser black backed gulls were nesting in their hundreds. Many a laughable sight was to be seen in these colonies ; grotesque love making attitudes, fights between rivals, egg raids, and the swift retribution dealt out to the robbers by the rightful owner of the property. Curiously enough the herring gulls kept to the beaches, but there were several large colonies of lesser black backs, with a sprinkling of great black backs, inland amongst the sea pinks. An examination of the eggs showed an extraordinary range of variation in colour and markings varying from a rich chocolate spotted and streaked with black to an almost plain light green with scarcely a mark. So much did the eggs of herring and lesser black backed gulls resemble each other in size and markings that the only method by which they could be distinguished was to watch the owner settle down upon them. Amongst these gulls several small great black backs and large lesser black backs were frequently observed, so that the only deter- mining feature became the colour of the legs and feet, which are pink in the case of the former and yellow in the case of the latter bird. Oystercatchers’ eggs were found all round the edge of Annet, on the patches of shingle, under the granite rocks, and out amongst the sea pinks, and a series of studies were obtained of this bird by means of panchromatic plates (with or without screen), which successfully brought out the orange coloured eye rim and the gradations of the long bills. Judging by the behaviour of these oystercatchers, and a number of imperfect clutches of eggs, they have to keep a close watch on the gulls, as these inveterate egg stealers never neglect an opportunity of a meal at some other bird’s expense. It was interesting to watch from a hiding tent the oystercatchers nego- tiating limpets. They would slip the tip of their long bills under the edges of the shells and lever them off with the greatest ease, picking out the contents at their leisure. 2904 A BIRD TRIP TO THE SCILLY ISLES In a few suitable places some clutches of ringed plovers’ eggs were found, but the sandy shores of St. Mary’s, Tresco and Tean were much more favoured by these birds than Annet. The most important bird inhabitants of Annet are the stormy petrel and the manx shearwater. The usual place for the stormy petrel to lay its eggs is on bed roek where the boulders of the beach meet the turt. To find them one has to either listen for their curious purring note, or try to detect the musky odour which they emit. Having located a bird a considerable amount of hard work is required to shift the stones to a depth of perhaps four feet or more,before this delightful little bird can be found sitting on her single white egg in her dark retreat. To find a manx shearwater is an easier process, one has only to follow up a likely looking burrow amongst the hundreds avail- able, until one receives a painful nip in the hand, which means that the bird is at home. Very awkward are these manx shear- waters on the ground, being unable to stand upright, and having to shuffle along in a clumsy manner till they reach an eminence from which to take off, but once in the air the reverse is very evident, as they glide over the waves with an easy graceful flight reminding one somewhat of enormous swifts. Both stormy petrels and shearwaters are largely nocturnal during the incubation season, only coming out at night when their weird cries in the darkness sound like lost souls visiting the scenes of their misdeeds on earth. The great black backed gulls kill a large number of shearwaters and puffins, and bundles of bones and feathers with every particle of flesh torn off them littered the whole island. For this reason war has been waged on these bloodthirsty members of the bird community for some seasons past, and the previous year a big bag of these birds and shags was made by an organized party of guns. The effect of the slaughter was disastrous from our point of view, as both species proved to be very hard to photograph, whereas in previous years they had presented no difficulty. We were lucky enough to be able to spend one day on Mincarlo, a steep pile of rock on which it is rarely possible to land owing to its exposed position and precipitous sides. No vegetation grew on Mincarlo, excepting a few patches of giant mallow, but it was a fine island for puffins, razorbills and shags, which nested amongst the rocks in large numbers, together with a few guillemots, in- cluding at least one of the bridled variety. The photographic problem presented by the razorbill is to obtain a negative that shows the eye, which is so inconspicuously hidden in the fine black feathers of the head, that no amount of ~ = : 2 =e a 4 : — Be é ‘ X . 05 ‘d “Y) ONILLIG ‘NYAT, NOWNOD [4q 07044 AV BIRDVERIP PO) LPHE) SCILLY ISLES 295 over exposure seems to be of any use, and one has to hope to repro- duce the reflection of light in the pupil when the head is turned at certain angles to the sun. Meledgen, far down to the west, however, was the best island for shags and cormorants. Meledgen requires an absolutely calm day for landing, being merely a collection of huge water worn boulders, amongst which the only level place that we could find was a piece of wreckage thrown high up on the crest of the rocks. Here the shags and cormorants had built their nests in great numbers, the shags underneath the rocks and the cormorants out in the open, but owing to the reason mentioned before, they were very shy of facing the camera. Personally it will be a long time before J shall forget Meledgen! A broiling hot sun brought out the characteristic evil stench of these nests in an appalling degree, and being confined to the close quarters of a hiding tent made matters considerably worse, so that never did the “ chuff, chuff ”’ of our boatman’s motor engine sound more welcome than when he arrived to take us away that afternoon. Two small islands not far from St. Mary’s are chosen by those delightful birds the common tern as their special breeding terri- tories, but why they should occupy them in preference to the many others of a similar character available is known only to the birds themselves The fact remains that these places are used year after year and everything is done by the bird authorities in Scilly to encourage them to continue to do so. There is something very engaging about terns, they are so graceful and dainty in their flight, their general appearance is so delicate, the black cap, grey upper and white under parts, and the red bill and legs, all blend into something which is very pleasing. Observations of common terns in their breeding colonies gives one the impression that they must be of a very nervous or erratic disposition, as the whole colony will frequently take to flight for apparently no reason whatever, and after a considerable amount of wheeling and chattering settle down to their eggs for anothér spell, only to be up again on the flight of a single bird from her eggs. As far as Scilly is concerned this erratic behaviour applies to their egg laying as well, and no one can be at all precise in pre- dicting where the eggs can be found ; an island on which not a single egg can be seen will be simply covered with eggs perhaps a few days or it may be a month later. Whilst watching a common tern fishing one day off St. Mary’s, it was suddenly attacked by a peregrine falcon, but the tern easily eluded the swoop of the larger bird, and the falcon eventually gave up the chase in disgust. 296 A, BIRD: TRIP TO, fie. SCILEV WSEES When unable to leave St. Mary’s because of the rough seas, we turned our attention to the wheatears, rock pipits, and stone- chats, which abound on the island. Rock pipits are very fond of building their nests in the ancient fortifications on Garrison Head, and we found four nests in the cracks between the granite blocks, one nest containing a very fine cuckoo’s egg. This particular site, although it was just possible for a cuckoo to enter with a squeeze, closely approached one of those positions which often occur, where the ornithologists who believe that a cuckoo never deposits her egg with her bill, would find it hard to justify their theory. In addition to the above mentioned land birds, wrens, common buntings, skylarks, linnets, sedge warblers, blackbirds and thrushes were common on St. Mary’s, but on the other hand a well-known bird man who was summoned to a neighbouring island some years ago to see a rare bird, found that he had made a special journey to see a common starling. During our visit we ringed a number of birds under the Witherby scheme, details of which will be found in the Report of the Ornitho- logical Section. In conclusion few places can be found to equal Scilly for sea bird photography, both for variety of species, and for ease of working in comparision with the dangerous cliff work, which has to be accomplished in other parts of Great Britain, whilst the delightful sea views, the novelty of the islands, their interesting flora and kindly inhabitants weave a spell round the visitor, which sooner or later fetches him back for another bird trip to the Scilly Isles. 3 tl f q Insect Pests and their Biological Control. By H. WomeERSLEY, F.E.S. T the present time the study of Entomology has become far more than the collecting of butterflies, moths, and other insects. The scientific investigation of their life histories and their economic effect on agriculture has in recent years become a matter of increasing importance. In this, the correct identi- fication of an insect, especially in the lesser known groups, plays an important part and it is here that the systematist and collector takes his place ; but of even more value is the biological study of insects, and the biological entomologist, in his thirst for knowledge must find out the why and wherefore of an insect’s existence, what it lives on, and its effect on other forms of life. From this economic point of view insects roughly divide them- selves into three groups, according to their harmful, neutral or beneficial characters. In this article only the insects will be some- what briefly discussed, which are of direct benefit to agriculture. Such useful insects are to be found in most Orders, especially the more recent ones as the Coleoptera (Beetles), Hymenoptera (Ichneumon flies), Diptera (true Fhes) and the Neuroptera (Lace- wing flies), etc. Amongst the Beetles the most important and probably the most familiar to our members are the Lady-birds (Coccinellidz). These many-spotted little fellows are most vora- cious and feed gluttonously both in the larval and imago stage on many of the pests of the agriculturalist and gardener, such as on blight (Aphides or green-fly) and scale insects (Coccide). The eggs of the lady-bird are yellow, turning brown as they are ready to hatch, and are laid in small clusters on plants infested with aphides. The grub is an ugly blackish creature with six legs and a large black head. Immediately on hatching it commences to feed on the nearest green-flies, and hardly pauses in its. work of destruction. In fact its appetite is so enormous that one has been observed to devour as many as 30 to 40 aphides without a break. As the immediate supply of food is finished it rambles further afield in search of more. After several changes of skin, it becomes a pupa or chrysalis much resembling a pear shaped blob of dirt, attached to any convenient leaf or stem. At first the pupa is somewhat variegated, but as the change to the adult pro- ceeds it darkens considerably. On emergence the Lady-bird itself also hunts for suitable food and then after pairing the eggs are laid and the cycle begins again. Several broods may occur during a suitable season, which depends largely on the supply of food. The last brood passes the 298 INSECT PESTS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL CONTROL winter in the mature stage hibernating in all sorts of nooks and crannies, under bark, etc., often in very large numbers. Attempts have recently been made to get them to hibernate in these large numbers in captivity, so that they may be used effectually to control such pests as have been mentioned. As yet this has not been very successful. Amongst the true flies quite a number play an important part in preserving the balance of Nature in the insect world, keeping down to a proper level injurious species. Those of you who have gone in for rearing moths from their larva have no doubt experienced much disappointment when instead of the moths expected, you have found your breeding cages inhabited by flies much resembling the ordinary house fly. At the same time you would have found the small reddish puparia at the bottom. These flies which have been parasites on your moth larve are a species of Tachinid flies, and as a rule are very bristly. There is a large number of species, and it is only the expert systematist who can competently distin- guish them. Most kinds, are parasitic on caterpillars, and do an immense amount of good in keeping some of these caterpillars in their proper proportions. The eggs are laid in or on the body of the host, and on hatching, the grub or maggot of the fly eats its way into the caterpillar, only to leave it when it is itself ready to pupate. In another class of Diptera of considerable service to mankind in keeping down pests are the Syrphid or Hoverer flies, those brightly coloured yellow banded ones, so much resembling wasps, that one sees hovering over the flowers in our gardens on a hot day. The eggs of some of these flies are laid, as in the case of the Lady-bird, amongst the patches of green-fly, and it is on the latter that the grub, a somewhat squattish legless slug-lke creature of various shades of green to brown, lives. These aphides it devours with almost as much avidity as does the grub of the Lady-bird. The Hoverer pupa too, somewhat resembles that of the beetle first mentioned, but the fly itself does not feed, and is content to let the control of these pests rest with its larva. In the Order Hymenoptera, to which belong the wasps and bees, are many insects of economic value. Here again the lepidopterist will have discovered various species of Ichneumons in his breeding cages instead of the moths he expected. In general, members of this order resemble the wasps although more slender, and of variable size, ranging from the minute Fairy-flies, only a millimetre or so in length, to the large wood wasp Sirex gigas and its allies. Many species in the female sex are, provided with a very elaborate ovipositor, which often is so large as to give the creature a very formidable appearance. This organ is so constructed to enable the ichneumon to reach its prey, sometimes INSECD PESTS AND’ THEIR BIOLOGICAL CONTROL 299 hidden under a good thickness of timber, through which it must penetrate before the egg can be laid in the host grub. Such an ichneumon is Rhyssa, parasitic on the caterpillar or grub of the wood wasp already mentioned. The eggs of Ichneumons are laid in or on the body of the host larva, or in some cases the egg. In the case of the grub feeding species, the parasite eats its way into the body of the host, and until full fed remains inside, quite invisible, feeding all the time on the body of the host. While thus feeding, until fully fed and ready to assume the pupal stage, it avoids touching any of the vital organs, when it may or may not, pupate within the body of the host. Most of you will have seen the caterpillar of the large white butterfly, and may have noticed on some convenient wall or paling such a caterpillar fully fed, but that has failed to pupate. Attached to it will be a cluster of small silken cocoons. These are the cocoons of a little ichneumon, a species of Braconid, the grubs of which have been busy inside the caterpillar of the butterfly. Many other species of Braconids are useful. On Kingsweston Down a small somewhat yellowish species may be seen doing its best to keep down the yellow and black banded caterpillar of the Cinnabar moth. I have myself observed as many as four of these ichneumon laying their eggs in one cater- pillar. The surprising thing about some of these fellows is that so many of the parasitic grubs should find sufficient sustenance in the body of one caterpillar. Other species of parasitic Hymenoptera belong to the Chalcids and the Ichneumons proper. Many Chalcids and Braconids play a large part in keeping in check the aphides and also species of Psocids. If you observe carefully you may see in the autumn brownish aphides attached to the leaves of nettles and such like. On further examination these will be found to be nothing more than hard dry skin, and in most cases will have a small round hole in them. They have been parasitized by a small ichneumon, which has emerged from the hole. Some species of Psocids may be found that have been affected in a like manner. In the Neuroptera, the Lacewing flies or Golden Eyes are of economic importance. They are very delicate green or brown lacey winged insects, with a pair of beautiful golden eyes. They are by no means rare, and you have probably seen them at some time or other. When at rest their wings are folded roof-like over the body. The eggs of some species are very interesting, being laid in clusters, each egg attached to the leaf or twig by a short stalk. The grub somewhat resembles that of the Lady-bird in general appearance, and likewise has a most insatiable appetite for greenfly. They are somewhat variable in colour with a distinctly pointed head. 300 INSECT PESTS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL CONTROL From these ‘instances it will be readily seen how important is the balance of Nature in the insect world, and _ how, should the natural enemies of a harmful species disappear, the pest itself might become a serious and costly problem. Abroad, the biological control of insect pests has received a much wider application than has been possible or necessary in this country. Probably nowhere else has it been so successful, however, as in the Islands of Hawai. This has largely been the work of Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, and other eminent professional entomologists. I shall only briefly survey the work of these men by taking a few of the cases they have had to tackle. First of all was one of the Froghoppers, known in Hawai as the Sugar-cane leaf hopper, Perkinsiella saccharicida. Like most of the pests investigated in these islands this insect was an intro- duction, and owing to the amiable climate, and the fact that none of its natural enemies were introduced with it, it flourished ex- ceedingly. So much so that although first noticed about 1897, by 1902 the sugar production on one plantation fell from 19,000 tons to 7,000 tons in about three years. As a result, strong efforts were made to combat it, and after various haphazard attempts to introduce parasites, which might or might not attack that particular species of hopper, Perkins and a colleague in 1904 visited Australia to study the insect in its natural environment, and if possible obtain living material of its natural enemies. Several species were obtained and introduced, but only one became successfully established. This was a species of Chalcid (Paranagrus optabilis Perk.) from Queensland, which laid its eggs in the eggs of the leaf hopper. Another species of somewhat similar _ habits was brought at the same time from Fiji. After some eighteen months from the introduction of these parasites the damage caused by the leaf hopper jell to about half and the next year about 75 per cent. of the plantations were under control. Such success as this however was not considered sufficient, and search was made for further enemies. After many trials’ a species of Capsid bug (Cyrtorrhinus mundulus Bred.) was obtained from Fiji and Queens- land. This insect lives by sucking the eggs of the leaf hopper, and its introduction following that of the Chalcids was so successful that now it 1s exceedingly difficult to find specimens of the Sugar- cane leaf hopper. Another pest successfully controlled was a beetle, the sugar cane borer Xhabocnemis obscura Boisd., which first made its presence felt about 1865. Search for its native haunts and enemies was made in many parts of the Orient and finally Muir found it in large numbers in Lazat, breeding in Penang and Sago palms. Fur- ther it was found to be attacked by a Tachinid fly (Ceromasia INSECT PESTS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL CONTROL 301 sphenophori Vil.). Having made these discoveries the question arose how to transport living specimens of this fly to Honolulu. This was a very difficult proposition and after many attempts it was found necessary, owing to the short life cycle of the fly, to divide the journey into stages, and at each place to erect suitable breeding cages. In these cages cane, infested with the beetle grubs that had been parasitized by the fly, could be kept and the fly bred. Finally in 1910 the flies were successfully brought to Honolulu. It was then only necessary to establish them in the Islands. Some were liberated directly while the others were retained for building up an increased stock. It was found as few as 100 to 250 puparia would serve to colonize an entire plantation, and even after only nine months flies were found from a half to one and a half miles away, having by that time passed through five or six generations. By 1913 they were thoroughly established with considerable benefit to the sugar crop. One plantation alone re- - corded a drop in the number of beetles collected of from 27,000-ozs. to 1,568-ozs. It is now only occasionally when climatic conditions favour it that the beetle gains the ascendency. Another pest of the sugar canes is the Anomala beetle (Anomala orientalis) which has been successfully controlled by a wasp (Scola manilie) from the Philippines, while the Avocardo mealy-bug was mastered by a Chalcid from Mexico. The indigenous leaf-rollers Ontodes accepta and O. blackburm were controlled by a Braconid and a Chalcid from Japan. The Mediterranean fruit fly Ceratiiis capitata and the Australian fern weevil Syagrus fulvitarsis are well on the way to complete control, and aphides and their like have been subjugated by various species of lady-birds. Apart from being used to contro] pests belonging to their own kingdom we can also look to Hawai for successful efforts at con- trolling the spread of noxious plants by means of insects. About 70 years ago a plant which has since spread to such a degree as to become a nuisauce was introduced into the Islands by the famous botanist Hildebrand for ornamental purposes. This was the Lantana of Mexico L. camara. Efforts to introduce the insect enemies of this plant have resulted, not in its eradication as in some of the insect pests previously mentioned, but in preventing its increase, especially on ground already cleared. Eight different species of insects have been pressed into service for this purpose : 1. A Tortricid moth which enters the flower stalk and con- sumes it. 2. A fly, Agromyza, which lives as a grub on the berries. 3. A Tingid bug destroys the leaves to such an extent as to cause the plant to fail to blossom. 302 INSECT PESTS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL CONTROL 4. Two species of blue butterflies of the genus Thecla, many members of which in this country are bud feeders, do their bit. Several other plants are being controlled in ways such as have been described, and here I would just mention that attempts are now being made in Australia to control the blackberry pests by means of the Peach-blossom moth. Visits have been also recently paid to Britain and Europe in search of parasites of the Earwig, which is doing considerable damage to the blossom of Australian and New Zealand fruit trees. In conclusion let me emphasize the fact that the introduced parasites must themselves be closely watched, for we know so little about them, that under the changed and more agreeable conditions they may not remain true to their host, and may sub- sequently become pests themselves. 303 The Hornworts and their occurrence in Britain. By CrEcit’ SANDWITH. HE Ceratophylla or Hornworts are totally submerged aquatic flowering weeds of curious habit. The flowers are monoecious, the ¢ and @ axillary, and borne at separate nodes. They are minute, the ¢ bearing numerous stamens, the @ a single ovule. These water plants are widely distributed throughout the world, and may be found in millponds, fenland ditches and meres. Prof. Gltick* of Heidelburg has made an intensive study of the leaves of these plants from an anatomical and biological point of view. The Ceratophylla have no roots, but are provided with rhizoid branches, which morphologically represent sprouts, and biologically act as roots to anchor the plant in the mud, and to nourish it. The rhizoid leaves are much smaller and finer than the ordinary water leaves, and are sometimes undivided. They are lighter in colour than the water leaves, and collapse when taken out of the water. The linear segments of the rhizoid leaves bear 3-4 tiny prickles, composed of only one cell, while the terminal seg- ments of the ordinary water leaves are formed differently, having tissue and ending in a sharp tooth, or prickle. These leaves remain stiff when taken from the water, and are of a darker colour. The phylogenetic position of the Ceratophyllacee has for many years provided an embarrassing problem to British systematic botanists. The family has been variously placed in different Floras thus: between Euphorbiacee and Callitrichacee—between Empe- tracezee and Callitrichaceea—Salicacee and Coniferee—Callitrichacee and Urticacee—Empetraceee and Conifere—Empetracee and Hydrocharitacee ; this last being the position given in the new edition of the London Catalogue. Ceratophyllum was originally placed next to Haloragacee, and this arrangement was followed by de Candolle, who placed it between that family and Lythracez ; and its position near to Lythracee, though apparently indefensible, is still maintained by Coste in his Flore de France, and by Gremli for Switzerland. Most of our modern British handbooks of botany continue to follow the Bentham and Hooker system of the arrange- ment of families, and thus, because the plant has no petals, place it in the Apetale. Then, because it is not like any of the other apetalous families, they place it at the end of the Apetale. Thus, in the last edition of the London Catalogue, Ceratophyllum appears at the end of the Apetalz, and just before the Monocotyledons, and no longer between the Apetale and the Gymnosperms, since *Glick, H. Biologische und morphologische Untersuchungen iiber Wasser- und Sumpfgewachse. 2, Teil, Jena, 1906, pp. 191-203. 304 THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN the editors of this edition of the Catalogue have realized the ab- surdity of keeping the Gymnosperms amongst the Angiosperms. The Apetale, as was recognised by Bentham and Hooker them- selves, constitute the. most hopelessly artificial group, and in many instances an individual of the apetalous families is now known to have a closer phylogenetic affinity with a petal-bearing family, than with the apetalous family which follows or precedes it. The most reasonable and likely position, but perhaps one quite unexpected by British botanists, is that given to Cerato- phyllum by Engler and Prantl in the Pflanzenfamilien, popularly known as the Engler System, which has been followed by Prof. Moss in the Cambridge British Flora, and still more recently by Mr. Hutchinson in his new and highly suggestive book, The Families of Flowering Plants (1926). In both these works the family is placed in the Ranales, nearest for the purpose of British botanists to Nympheacez, and separated from it by the tropical family Cabombacez, which is intermediate in character, possessing leaves somewhat lke those of Ceratophyllum, but also bearing long peduncles, and quite conspicuous petalous flowers like very minute waterlilies. As the Ranales have now been shown fairly con- clusively. to represent the earliest type of flowering plants, and in spite of the Engler System, to deserve the position which Ben- tham and Hooker gave them, Ceratophyllum may well be one of the very earliest genera of aquatic angiosperms; and this sup- position is further justified by the evidence of its world-wide distribution, and the fact that it varies very little. It may possibly have evolved from Nympheacee through Cabombacee by losing the petals, and developing a single carpel, though still maintaining the numerous stamens which are characteristic. The strongest evidence, however, in support of this position is derived from the structure of the embryo. Nor were the inves- tigations which led to this view so modern as might be thought. It was propounded by A. Brongniart* (1826), and adapted by Asa Gray in an excellent paper on the subject read im 1637759 ite writes that the fruit and seed of the genus Ceratophyllum were first correctly figured and described by Gaertner in 1778, “a fact worthy of note, as erroneous views about the structure of the seed have been introduced into every subsequent systematic work that has fallen under my notice, in which an account of that organ has been attempted. The only error in the description of Gaertner is that of considering the proper cotyledons as a separate organ .... but his work was prepared at a period when the nature of the embryo was imperfectly understood.’’ The paper goes on *Memoire sur ja génération et le développement de ]’embryon dans les végétaux phanérogames. tPublished in Ann. Lyc. nat. hist. New York, iv, 41-50 (1848). THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE’ IN BRITAIN 305 to deal with the “‘ erroneous views ’’ before mentioned and remarks that it would be unnecessary to go into the matter, as Gaertner has given a correct description of the seed, were it not for the extra- ordinary fact of its inadvertant adoption by de Candolle, Lindley and others, and the writer expresses surprise that Chamisso has revised the genus and indicated several new species without taking any notice whatever of the structure of the seed. True affinities were overlooked, because the real structure of Ceratophyllum was misunderstood. Later in the same paper he writes “ It is desirable that classification and nomenclature of ovules should be extended to seeds and generally employed in systematic description.’’ Asa Gray quotes Brongniart’s AZemotrve freely as providing the only remarks extant which throw any light upon the true affinities of Ceratophyllum, and he deplores the fact that they have also the misfortune of having been wholly overlooked by succeeding syste- matic writers. Brongniart, compares at some length the differences and points of resemblance between the genera Ceratophyllum and Nelumbium, and also the chief points of difference and affinity between the Ceratophyllacee and Cabombacez in the structure of ovule and seeds. Seeing that our British systematic botanists of the past could not agree as to the position of Ceratophyllum in their respective Floras, it is not surprising that their descriptions should vary likewise. It is interesting to refer to such works as Sowerby in English Botany (1868), Bentham’s British Flora (1892), Babington’s Manual of Botany, Hooker’s Students’ Flora (1884), Sir Wm. Jackson Hooker’s Flova (1855), and the more recent Cambridge Bnitish Flora. All of these differ, more or less, either in actual description, or on the point as to whether all forms occurring in Britain should be included under the aggregate C. ayguaticum H.C. Watson, or separated into two distinct species, C. demersum L. and C. submersum L. Here again, surely, unnecessary difficulties have arisen. In 1753, Linneus, in the Species Plantarum, clearly described two species, founded on Hortus Cliffortianus 446 (1737) ; (1) Ceratophyllum folis dichotomo-bigeminis fructibus tri- spinosis. Hort. cliff 446. (2) ©. submersum foliis dichotomo-trigeminis fructibus muticis. Hydroceratophyllum folio levi octo corni- bUS 2 arimatonevahl. cact. 1019. Afinis snimium precedenti, ut fere varietas. Vaillant in 1719 divided the two species very simply and clearly : (1) Hydroceratophyllum folio aspero, quatuor cornibus armato. (2) Hydroceratophyllum folio levi, octo cornibus armato. 306 THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN He expresses surprise that Ray and Tournefort have taken “our armed Hydro for Millefolium aquaticum. The second species d’Hydre cornu is neither described nor named as far as I know by any author. One can easily distinguish it from the first species by the leaves which are soft, smooth and generally une fois plus découpées, and by the capsules which have not the long spines that one notices in the other species.” I have recently examined all the fresh specimens I could procure of both species of Ceratophyllum, and have also been through the dried material at the National Herbaria, South Ken- sington and Kew, and the Father Reader collection at Bristol University, and also by the kindness of Dr. G. Claridge Druce, Mr. C. E. Salmon, and Messrs. J. W. White and H. J. Gibbons of Bristol, I have had the opportunity of examining the specimens of Ceratophyllum from their herbaria ; and I find without exception that this character of the leaf division, so clearly described by Vaillant more than 200 years ago, still holds good for dividing the two species, and correlates with the character of the length of the terminal spine or style. Although C. submersum never produces the two lateral spines or protuberances on the dorsal and ventral edges towards the base of the fruit, which are characteristic of forms of C. demersum, this character, which has been so much stressed in the past in our British Manuals, must be treated with caution, since these lateral spines or protuberances develop as the fruit becomes mature, and are often almost invisible when it is young ; in fact I have gathered specimens of C. demersum in Norfolk, in which on the same plant, some of the younger fruits have developed no basal spines, while the older ones have the long spines of typical C. demersum L. (oxyacanthum Cham.). Care must also be taken to observe whether the lateral spines and terminal style have not been broken off or eaten, should these appear shorter than is required for C. demersum. Another character that has been used in the past for distinguishing the two species is the presence or absence of tubercles on the surface of the fruit. This again is untrustworthy as a constant character. Though the fruit of C. submersum is usually roughly tuberculate in a way that is never apparent in that of C. demersum, yet I have seen fruits of the former in several localities near Bristol with an apparently smooth surface. Finally, while C. submersum appears to prefer brackish waters near the sea, it would be quite untrue to say, as has been suggested, that it does not occur in any inland counties, as I have seen specimens obviously referable to this species from both Worcestershire and Leicestershire. By using the characters of the leaves, and the relative length of the terminal spine or style, in conjunction with the other, perhaps more familiar, characters when used with the caution suggested et nn THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN 307 above, our two British species seem to be clearly and easily dis- tinguishable. Our real difficulties arise when we come to con- sider the question of varieties. In 1829 Chamisso* arranged the genus and described six species, of which only the following need be dealt with in a study of the British representatives ; (1) under C. demersum L :+ oxvacanthum == type. Chamisso definitely identifies his oxyacanthwm with the plant described by Linneus as demersum. Oxyacanthum, therefore is nothing else but demersum L., and the name can only stand if demersum is taken merely as an agere- gate of various varieties a, b; c, etc., as was done by K. Schumann in the Flora Brasiliensis. It cannot possi- bly be treated as a “‘ var. b”’ of demersum L., as has been done in recent lists. ia), \under C. submersum L : apiculatum. _muticum = type. He definitely identifies his muticum with the plant des- cribed by Linnzeus as submersum. Chamisso admits that muticum is different from apiculatum, having more divided leaves, etc. He definitely figures apiculatum, and also describes it as having two lateral knobs near the base of the fruit (where oxyacanthum produces spines). In the full-face figure he draws the style just as long as the fruit, in profile a little shorter. Chamisso admits that his aficulatum is described from Californian specimens, as he could not get any from Europe. He adds that it does occur in Europe, but very rarely. From all this evidence it is clear that Chamisso ought to have put his apiculatum under C. demersum, and this has been done recently by Prof. C. Schréter of Zuricht and others. The apiculatum of Chamisso, however, is certainly not the apiculatuwm which was figured and described under C. demersum by Prof. Moss in the Cambridge British Flora. The plant figured by Moss has the short style, knob-less tubercled fruit, and much-divided leaves of C. submersum | The evidence for the supposed existence of apiculatum Cham. in Britain rests largely upon gatherings which have been passed through the Exchange Clubs, and discussed in their Reports. -rinncea, 1v., 503—o (1829). t In “ The Families of Flowering Plants,’’ Mr. Hutchinson has unfortunately chosen the fruit of the Amazonian var. cristatum K. Schum., as repre- sentative of C. demersum L., in the figure which he has devoted to the family. ¢~ Lebensgeschichte der Bliitenpflanzen Mitteleuropas, Lieferung 22, Band Re Stutteart: 1917, 308 THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN Amongst the specimens kindly lent to me by Dr. G. C. Druce there is an interesting sheet of C. demersum from a ditch in Huntingdon- shire sent by Mr. Alfred Fryer with the following note: “ This is the form I recorded as C. apiculatum Cham. in J. of Botany, vol. 29, 282. The specimens on which I founded that record had no spines at the base, but two minute tubercles in their place. After- wards, on gathering a large series of examples, I found on the same branch fruits (1) with no spines at the base, (2) with two tubercles, (3) with one spine, (4) with two spines, (5) with a winged spine. As all these varieties in the fruit occurred in apparently full-grown examples, and as the absence of spines seemed in no wise to depend on the maturity of the fruit, 1am induced to believe that our fenland plant is better placed under Mr. Watson’s aggregate C. aquaticum. Possibly all Chamisso’s “‘species’’ or ‘“‘ sub-species’’ have no substantial existence in nature, but may be, like our fenland varieties, states of one plant. Prof. Babington names our fenland plant C. demersum, a name which may fairly be given to its usual state; but, looking at habit and foliage alone, we certainly have a plant that is well described and figured in E.B. ed. III. pl., 1267 as C. submersum. Also in some seasons and situations, the fruit has neither spines nor tubercles. The style too is variable in length.” - I have seen a specimen in Dr. Druce’s collection of this de- batable plant of Mr. Fryer’s, and I consider it without any doubt to be C. demersum. The leaves are those of that species and the single fruit which has been preserved had the long style, but it has obviously been broken off near the middle. I cannot agree with Mr. Fryer’s conclusion about the two species of Ceratophyllum. I think that he was finding plants of C. demersum in which the fruits showed all the normal gradations of development, even on the same specimen. On his own evidence this plant cannot possibly be identified as C. aficulatum Cham. As to the figure of C. submersum in English Botany, mentioned by Mr. Fryer, the foliage there figured is clearly that of C. demersum ; it is evident that Syme, like other British botanists, had failed to discover the importance of the leaf character for distinguishing the two species. In Herb. C. E. Salmon there are two sheets of C. submersum from a pond at Castle Morton, Worcestershire, which have caused much discussion, and are of importance as they throw light upon ‘Prof. Moss’s conception of Chamisso’s apiculatum. They are named C. submersum by the finders, A. J. Crosfield and R. F. Towndrow, and have been passed by such critical authorities as Mr. Arthur Bennett and the Rev. E. S. Marshall. However, there is a note below in which Prof. Moss says: “‘ This plant is in my opinion C. demersum var. apiculatum=C. apiculatum Cham. I have never gathered C. submersum in any inland county, and have only seen British specimens from Southern England, Somerset to Norfolk. THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN 309 The var. apiculatum is intermediate between C. demersum and C. submersum, and it is somewhat arbitrary to refer it to one of the species rather than the other, but I prefer to put it to C. demersum, simply because this plan enables one to determine the two species in absence of ripe fruit. J agree that in fruit characters the variety is not far from C. submersum, and I should not complain if the two species were reduced to one. C. E. Moss.” All these arguments appear singularly weak and unsatis- factory, and reveal a misunderstanding of Chamisso’s description and figure. The Worcestershire plant seems to me to be pure and simple C. submersum, as does the plant figured as apiculatum in the Cambridge British Flora. Both show the leaf and fruit charac- ters which are typical of C. submersum whereas Chamisso’s apicu- latum, as I have explained above, should have the style at least as long as the fruit, and two lateral protuberances near the base, characters which place it under C. demersum. I have not yet seen in British exsiccata any specimens that could be referred to Cha- misso’s apiculatum. To summarise, there are in Britain two well defined species of Ceratophyllum : (1) C. demersum L.=oxyacanthum Cham. Leaves dark green, stiff, once or twice dichotomously forked, with 2-4 linear segments, which are serrulate, or denticulate-spinous ; fruit smooth or sometimes pitted, at maturity producing near the base two lateral spines, and at the summit a spine which, with the style, at least equals and usually far surpasses the length of the fruit. (2) C. submersum L.=muticum Cham. Leaves a clear green, longer than those of C. demersum, thrice dichotomously forked, thus usually with eight very finely serrulate capillary segments; occasionally one of these fails to develop at the final lateral forkings. The fruit is hard and often covered with raised tubercles, which are scarcely visible when the fruit is young; there are no lateral spines near the base, and the style is much shorter than the fruit. The whole plant is softer and more collapsible than C. demersum. The existence in Britain of apiculatum Cham., which should be treated as a variety of C. demersum, is at present doubtful, and I have seen no dried material that can be referred to it. I have, however, a form of C. demersum under observation near Meare, N. Somerset, which has the long style when immature, and no lateral spines, only rudimentary protuberances, in some fruits apparently absent. The style appears to shorten as the fruit matures, or the slender tip is deciduous ; while the protuberances near the base, if present at all, do not appear to lengthen. It 310 THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN would be futile to make any definite statement about this plant without further investigation into the constancy of these characters at different stages of development and under different conditions ; but there is at least a possibility that it is some such plant as this which will approximate most closely to Chamisso’s description and figure of apiculatum. An interesting feature of the Worcestershire C. submersum discussed above is the curiously flat thickened leaves, arranged in a palmate fashion, from which the fine capillary segments spring like whips, giving the plant an unusual appearance. The linear segments also are more asperous than is usual, and the colour a deeper green, though not the reddish-brown tint of C. demersum. Plants brought from West Gloucestershire by Mr. E. Nelmes of Kew, as well as two sheets in the Father Reader Collection, and a recent gathering of my own at Worle in North Somerset, present these same slight facial differences, which do not in any way de- tract from the strong characters that divide C. submersum trom C. demersum. C. submersum appears to fruit more freely than the so-called ‘‘common ”’ species. Prof. Gltick, writing of C. demersum, observes that, if the plant depended solely upon its fruit for repro- duction, it would soon become extinct, as from -his experience fruit is only produced under peculiarly favourable conditions, the plant reproducing itself in a vegetative manner by means of shoots. In the Bristol district the distribution of C. swbmersum is fairly clear, at any rate in N. Somerset, where it occurs in brackish rhines and ponds near the coast at Congresbury, Kewstoke, Wood- spring and Worle. Mr. Nelmes has also found it at Hill, near Falfield, W. Glos. The Rev. E. S. Marshall’s records of C. sub- mersum at Worle, as well as Mr. H. S. Thompson’s recent rediscovery of the same species at Congresbury, are of great interest, as they confirm the old records of Dillenius made 200 years ago, which were ‘“‘the first British records for the species’ (White’s Bristol Flora). At the present time it is C. demersum which needs further study in the district both as to its distribution, and also the degree of variation in the characters of the mature fruit. Both species of Ceratophyllum produced an abundance of fruit in 1926. The flowers are water-pollinated, and it is purely theoretical to suppose that this year of unusual rainfall may have produced the necessary conditions favourable to the plants. > om o > > THE HORNWORTS AND THEIR OCCURRENCE IN BRITAIN 311 EXPLANA DION -ORMPUATE, . Fruits of C. submersum L. From Congresbury, September, 1926. Photograph by C. Tuckett and C. J. James. . Leaf whorl of C. submersum L. From Congresbury. Leaf of C. submersum L., trifurcate showing eight segments. Nat. SIZE. C. demersum L.=oxyacanithum Cham. From Hickling, Norfolk, August, 1926. Fruit showing the long style and basal spines. Photograph by C. Puckett and C..]. James: . Leaf whorl of C. demersum L., rhizoids. From Meare, December, 1926. Nat. size. Ordinary leaf whorl of C. demervsum L. Leaves ending in 2, 3 and 4 segments. (After Glick). Leaf of C. demersum L., bifurcate showing four segments. C. demersum L., var. apiculatum (Cham.) K.Schum. From California. (After Garcke.) C. demersum L. 1. Ordinary winter leaves. 2. axil. 3. primary leaves. 4. Horizontal to the axil and extending downwards =rhizoid, with well developed rhizoid whorls having fine leaves. (After Glick). a d2 Bristol Botany in 1926. BY JAS. W.- Warr) OE eS: HE pollard willows that stand along the banks of our rivers and lowland ditches are often of great age—mere hollow shells—and then their trunks, though still producing crowns of leafy shoots, are filled more or less with a mass of moist humus and decaying heartwood from which the roots of flood-borne or bird-sown flowering plants can derive nutriment sufficient for their growth. Even in their prime these pollards invariably carry on their bowl-shaped tops quantities of accumulated humus that support numerous plants as epiphytes. In 1893 Messrs, Willis and Burkhill of Caius College published Observations on the Flora of the Pollard Willows near Cambndge.* About 4,000 trees had been examined either on the banks of the Cam and Ouse, or in adjacent fens and meadows. The plants recorded from their bowls numbered nearly as many. They be- longed to 61 genera included in 28 Natural Orders. There were listed eleven genera of Grasses ; six each of Rosacee and Composite and four of Umbelliferee. In that district there could be no possi- bility of these plants having been introduced by floods. A careful analysis shewed that the seeds of more than half had been probably deposited by winds, while most of the remainder were due to the visits of birds and their nest-building. Plants with smooth, heavy seeds. were entirely absent. With two exceptions none were found in trees more than 200 yards from others of the same species upon the ground ; the conclusion being that a seed is rarely carried a long distance by its distributive mechanism. One of the woody shrubs—an Elder—-was found to have pushed its roots right down through the trunk of the willow into the soil below, and that may have happened in other cases. Some time later Mr. Burkhill suggested to me that a similar investigation in the Bristol district would not be without interest. Nothing was done however until last year, when Mr. H. S. Thomp- son who was fly-fishing in the Chew Valley suffered his thoughts to stray from the trout in the river to the trees that overshadowed it. Here, as in Cambridgeshire, pollard willows invited attention to the adventitious vegetation thriving in their bowls. Mr. Thompson examined these along a stretch of several miles, and the results are now quoted from his report to Nature, published in November, 1925. More than a hundred species of Phanerogams were recognised, nine tenths of them occurring between Keynsham * Proceedings Camb. Philosophical Society. BRISTOL BOTANY Bis and Compton Dando, and all being natives of the Chew Valley. On April 30th twenty-three flowering plants were counted upon a single tree leaning low over the stream. Dog-rose, Blackthorn, Hawthorn, Ash, Elder and an Elm were among the shrubs that had become established. Adventive Gooseberry bushes had already been commented on in Fl. Brst. The fine Woolly-headed Thistle and the Great Mullein were conspicuous. Leguminosze were curiously absent ; Mr. Thompson did not observe a single clover, vetch or Lotus. But the seeds of this family are heavy and sink in water. Whenever rainfall is exceptional near its source on Mendip the Chew is subject to rapid flooding, the rise being sometimes as much as ten feet above the normal level. Many of the plants noted, therefore—perhaps the majority—-could have been brought down and stranded on the trees by floods; but a large proportion cer- tainly owe their position to seeds conveyed by wind and birds. Foremost among botanical events of the year is the issue of a new edition (the eleventh) of the London Catalogue of British Plants, a work regarded as an authoritative guide for arrangement and nomenclature by students and collectors of the native flora. In the seventeen years that have elapsed since the publication of the tenth edition critical botany has made much progress ; some questions of nomenclature have found settlement on generally accepted principles, and the views of experts on genera to which they have devoted special study have been obtained. The in- clination of modern systematists is towards the recognition of a multiplicity of varieties and hybrids. As a result of this parti- cularity the new list is lengthened by several hundred additions ——Rosa, Rubus and Hieracitum furnishing the bulk. It should be instructive to take one of the smaller Nat. Orders—Orchidacez for example—and see how the flora of Bristol is affected by alter- ations in the Catalogue. Orchts lircina Scop. now stands alone as Himantoglossum hircnum Sprgl. agreeably with Continental usage. Similarly O. pyramidalis L. becomes Anacamptis Rich. as was long ago proposed. O. latifolia L. has been split up; the larger portion going to O. pretermissa Druce and a smaller to O. purpurella Stephenson, both as new species. A doubtful remnant of the Linnean aggregate is still preserved. O. maculata L. dis- appears: the small plant of heathy ground (ertcetoruwm Linton) is now O. elodes Gris., and our common “‘ Spotted Palmate ”’ becomes O. Fuchs Druce. Habenaria is no longer a genus: the Butterfly orchids are now Platanthera, and the Frog Orchis is Celoglossum. The genus Gymnadenia is revived with a long string of conopsea hybrids and a second species—odoratissima—which presumably has been recognized in this country. The generic name Epipactis 314 BRISTOL BOTANY is resumed in place of Helleborine although Dr. Druce insists that the latter has priority. It has a new species (E. leptochila Godfery) to which the plants named FE. media in Fl. Brist. must be referred for reasons recently stated by Col. Godfery in the Journal of Botany. E. atroviridis is discarded as being merely a form of latifolia; and we can welcome the return of E. palustris in lieu of the usurping “longifolia.’’ Such marked changes as these: give some idea of the amount of work that must be done and the difficulties encoun- tered in the compilation of a new Catalogue. Ranunculus ophioglossifolius Vill. One of the rarest British flowering plants that occurs sparingly and uncertainly in very few localities. The record of its discovery in our district as published in Journ. Bot. for August, p. 221, is given below. But the finders modestly omit to state that their success was the reward of a syste- matic search for the plant in all likely situations during several years. “‘On June 26th we came across this very rare British species in a new locality in West Gloucestershire, within the limits of Mr. J. W. White’s Bristol area. The place may be adequately described as a typical piece of common-land, situated between Yate and Wotton-under-Edge. It thus lies some ten to fifteen miles N.E. of Bristol, and about twenty-five miles S.W. of the East Gloucestershire locality .... It is always possible that R. ophioglossifolius may be passed over as R. Flammula, but besides the better-known scientific characters, the distinctly greenish (not golden) yellow of the smaller flowers, resembling more the colour of R. sceleratus, should easily distinguish yh C. ivand N: Y. Sandwith,’: R. parviflorus L. Still on Brean Down, S., where it was first noted in 1883. A large patch exists on the S.E. side of the pro- montory ) .W. (De iMaller. Helleborus fetidus L. Extended quarrying at Churchill Batch is destroying the plants occurring thereabout. Nymphea alba L. The present thriving colony in a railway pond towards Edithmead, Burnham, as noted in Fl. Brst., was planted by a neighbouring farmer about 1860; W. D. Muller. Papaver hybridum L. Garden weed, Sand Bay, Kewstoke, S.5) Hy Je Gzbtons: Barbarea arcuata Fr. By the Chew near Chew Magna, a H. S. Thompson. Lepidium latifolium L. As was foreseen to be inevitable (Fl. Brist. p. 163), the roadside bank at Berrow where this fine Crucifer flourished for generations has been demolished by the builder. BRISTOL BOTANY 315 Viola variata Jord. var. sulphurea Drabble. Arable field, Old Down, Tockington, G. Not recorded for the county in Drabble’s British Pansies, 1909; Muss Roper. V.tepida Jord. ‘A perennial with underground parts of stem.” (E. Drabble). Arable field, Burrington, 8. fd. Medicago minima Desr. var. vecta Burnat. Quarried ground at! Pwertom,-S., 1915 to 1920; Miss Roper and 7. H. Green. Rosa agrestis Savi var. belnensis Ozan. On the Cadbury ridge towards Clevedon, S.; Muziss Roper. Had been previously observed at Uphill; Marshall and at Sand Point; N. Sandwith. Apium inundatum Rchb. Roadside pond, Beacon Hill, Mendip; Miss Roper. Eptlobtum hirsutum x parviflorum. Clapton Wick, near Clevedon, S.; Miss Roper. Lomcera Capnfolium L. Churchyard wall at Charlcombe, Bath; Major R. Orme. Valertanella Auricula DC. (V. vimosa Bast.). Avonside, Bath, 1918; 7. AH. Green. Antennaria dioica Gertn. The usual tiny patch peculiar to the species in our area, in a large field near the head of Goblin Combe, S.; Miss H. M. Dixon. A single plant discovered near Cheddar in 1922 by Mr. Hamlin is said to have increased fivefold. Anthemis arvensis L. WHarptree, near Bath; W. D. Miller. me Hoos ke Syston, Common, G., mtroduced; AH. |. Gibbons. Senecio sylvaticus L. var. auriculatus Meyer = S. lividus Sm. Peat moor, Catcott Burtle, S. Centaurea nemoralis Jord. Churchill Lane, Sandford Hull, Sa. 2: jeprey. Symphytum peregrinum Ledeb. Abundant for many yards along a track leading from the Halen Road towards Lawrence Weston, G. _ Cuscuta europea L. There has been a remarkable diminution of this parasite in the Avon valley. I hear from Mr. Miller that as the result of many hours’ search above and below Bath he could find only one small patch. Datura Stramonium L. Has been known for several years on a rubbish heap by Catcott Drove, S.; W. D. Miller. And it is particularly interesting to find that several plants still appear on the shore at St. Thomas’ Head, Woodspring, a continuity of nearly forty years. Linana spuna Mill. Fuller's Farth works, Combe Hay, S. in peloria condition ; Major R. Orme. 316 BRISTOL BOTANY Limosella aquatica L. May be lost to the Bristol district, and to the county. The swamp on Syston Common where it grew has been filled up and obliterated. Mentha nemorosa xX vinidis=M. Nouletiana Timbal—Lagr. In 1906 the late Rev. E. S. Marshall gathered near Berrow, S., a Mint that he labelled “‘ M. longifolia var. nemorosa.’’ This, however, has the slender interrupted spikes and deeply incised toothing of M. viridis together with the velvety pubescence of M. nemorosa, and I venture to think is really the hybrid. The plant probably survives as Miss Roper saw it in the locality many years later. Recently Mr. H. J. Gibbons brought a corresponding hybrid from a cottage garden north of Clevedon. Leonurus Cardiaca and Ballota ruderalis still grow near Por- tishead Dock, S.; Mrs. Sanduwith. Pingucula vulgaris L. ““ Has been very carefully looked for year after year in its two localities on the moors, but only four or five plants in all have been seen. Owing to peat-cutting and drainage I fear the species is doomed.” W.:. D. Muller. Chenopodium glaucum L. var. muicrophyllum Murr. Has appeared on more than one local rubbish-tip; Miss Roper. The species is a native British plant. Polygonum mite Schrank. In some quantity north of the Shap- wick railway, with P. Hydropiper and Rumex manitimus; W. D. Muller. P. Bellardi All. Casual by the Docks at Avonmouth, G. Mrs. Sandwith. A bushy plant of erect habit with pitted seeds and flowers smaller than those of P. avenartum. Agrees well with French specimens from the Lot and Garonne. I have it also from St. Philip’s Marsh (1904) and from Bradford, Yorks. (1919). Corylus Avellana L. Mr. Miller remarks that to his knowledge there is not a Hazel outside gardens within five miles of Burnham- on-Sea. Daphne Mezereum L. Eaker Hill Wood, Chewton Mendip, has been again carefully searched for this rarity. Although the original bush has disappeared two others have been located. — Salix aurita L. Moor between Ken and Clevedon; C. and N. Sandwtth. Ceratophyllum submersum L. Abundant in an ancient pond or spring-head near Congresbury, S., fruiting quite well; 4. S. Thompson. Dillenius saw it near Congresbury in 1726. In a ditch at Hill, G.; E. Nelmes. O rnithogalum nutans L. In a low meadow by Box Brook, near Bath, badly trampled by grazing horses; Miss F. R. Long- man. O. umbellatum is reported to still exist on the sand-hills SSE ox BRISTOL BOTANY Sy near Burnham where it was found in 1888 by Mr. D. Fry; but seems to have gone from the Uphill locality. Lemna trisulca and L. minor were both flowering freely on June 19th in-a rhine near Shapwick Station, S.; W. D. Miller. Alisma lanceolatum With. Rhine in Sand Bay, Kewstoke, Se, ull.) [: Gibbons. Eleocharis aciculans R. and S$. Still flowers in shallow waters of the canal at Bath; Major R. Orme. Carex contigua x vulpina. A rare hybrid, apparently new to the-county. Near Whitchurch, 5.; M.S. Thompson. Poa annua L. var. reptans Hausskn. A _ perennial variety, throwing out many stolons. Tyntesfield Park, Wraxall, S.; Muss Roper. ALIENS. The year’s list of foreign (and mostly evanescent) casuals from our docks and fowl-runs is longer than usual; the result mainly of observations by Mrs. Sandwith, Noel Sandwith, Major Orme and H. J. Gibbons. Cuzcer anetinum L. Artemisia gnapha- lodes Nutt. Carthamus lanatus L. Tagetes micrantha Ll. Amaran- tus deflexus L. A. Blitum L. A. patulus Bert. A. stlvestris Dsf. A. spinosus L. Salsola Tragus L. Alternanthera ficoides L. Polycnemum arvense L. Rumex Patientia L. Panicum colonum L. Setaria verticillata L. Eleusine indica L. Bromus inermis Leyss. Evagrostis minor Host. 318 The Effect on the Avon Section of the Construction of Portway. Bx.'S: H. REYNOLDS’ MAS Sen: HE construction of Portway has considerably modified the Avon Section improving parts and rendering them more accessible, but reducing the accessibility of other parts. It is fortunate that comparatively few of the chief exposures have been des- troyed. In view of the great importance of the Avon Section and the numerous detailed references to particular exposures contained in papers by Vaughan and others it has been thought that a some- what full account of the modifications in the section may be of service. I am greatly indebted to Dr. F. S. Wallis who kept a careful watch on the section throughout the whole period of the con- struction of Portway, and to Dr. S. Smith, for help in ‘ Enpasiiens the chief exposures. ’ The following three papers will be referred to in the sequel ander (lp 2)e 3): (1) A. Vaughan, “ Paleontological Sequence in the Carboniferous Limestone of the Bristol Area,” Q. Journ. Geol. Soc., LXI, (1905); pp. 131-307. (2) A. Vaughan, “‘ The Carboniferous Limestone Series (Avonian) of the Avon Gorge,’ Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc., 4th series, I, (1906 issued for 1905), pp. 74-168. S. H. Reynolds, “‘ The Lithological Succession of the Avonian at Clifton,” Q. Journ. Geol: Soc., L.XXV ER iO aoe: 213-243. fa (ee) “—— CLEISTOPORA (K) BEDs. The Km section! is improved. That in the Upper Avonmouth line is unaffected, that in the lower, formerly only to be approached by trespassing on the railway line is now fully accessible. The Bryozoa-Bed has been cut back with the result that the pseudo- breccia band? and the Palate3 Bed are both now well exposed. The riverside exposure of the Bryozoa-Bed has been covered-up. The condition of the main part of K1 and lower K2 remains unchanged, the beds are still very badly exposed. The widening of the road has however, provided a fine section of Upper K2 and B 62 yards long. As this section in view of its shaly character is 12) pint 03: 2 (3) p. 218. 3 (2) p. 98 and (3) p. 219. EFFECT ON AVON SECTION—CONSTRUCTION OF PORTWAY 319 bound to be quickly overgrown it was measured with the following result :— fitee — sr =) n At the base, shale with several considerable bands of ence) fossiliterous limestone At: : 1 Limestone Shale with subordinate laneatone bands Limestone with shaly partings ... Shaly fissile hmestone ae Shale Limestone Shale with thin limestone pando, Limestone 10. Shale a 11. Bryozoal limestone with shaly parting 72>) Shale a: a iF 13. Limestone with shaly parting 14. Shale with nine little limestone bands some "of them dic: continuous 15. Limestone 16. Shale with limestone Pande 17. Limestone 18. Shale with thin enecrone anden 19. Limestone ah Aina OCOD ue oh _Or-OWNo-O Or COONNHK WHWKE WD 20. Shale 21. Limestone 22.-> Shale 23. Fossiliferous limestone predominantly argillaceous ‘but in | eel ame on) =) DRDWFEPONWNO SCOGBORDOD~MOCOCCSo part nodular 12 24. Fairly thick-bedded limestone mainly crystalline and highly fossiliferous, seen by the roadside below Sea Walls 12 ZAPHRENTIS BEDs (Z). The mass of rock which formerly projected between Press’s Quarry and the Black Rock Quarry has been cut back, and is more accessible than used to be the case. The small overthrust fault which traverses it is rather better seen. Although much material especially Bryozoa bed, has been dumped in the Black Rock Quarry the exposures are unaffected, except at the southern end, where part of the exposure of horizon y is hidden. Certain fossili- ferous bedding planes at the northern end are also covered up. The riverside exposures of horizon y and Z2 remain as they were. SYRINGOTHYRIS (C) BEDs. The Gully Quarry has been in the main filled up, but at present the dump has not reached the base of the cliff. Even if it does so, the excellence of the section is not likely to be much affected. The pool of water which used to collect in the Gully Quarry in the early part of each year has gone, and so has the opening of the powerful spring which fed it. The riverside exposure of Caninia Oolite remains unaffected. i 320 EFFECT ON AVON SECTION—-CONSTRUCTION OF PORTWAY The removal of the railway has rendered the fine section of the top of the Caninia oolite and of the Caninia dolomite to the south of the Gully quarry, formerly only to be reached by tres- passing on the line, freely accessible. The mass of rock showing a fine exposure of the “‘ Suboolite ’ bed,4 which formerly existed between the railway and road has completely disappeared. The road has been cut down to a lower level than that at which the railway formerly stood, and the exposures have been thereby 1m- proved. Evidence of shght disturbance at the top of the Caninia dolomite is now better seen than formerly. SEMINULA (S) BEDs. There has been some change at the extreme northern end of the Great Quarry adjoining the cutting, but the Diphyphyllum bands marking the base of S., and the bands with algal nodules a few feet higher in the sequence may still be seen. While the appearance of the Great Quarry 1s much changed by the disappearance of the rifle butts, and the introduction of tennis courts, and the level of the whole floor has been raised somewhat I do not think that any interesting exposures have disappeared. Features like the “ front slope ’’® and “‘ back slope ’’6 of Vaughan remain, though in a somewhat reduced form. The fine riverside exposure, especially of the “‘ Concretionary Beds” near the southern-end remains unaffected. DIBUNOPHYLLUM (D) BEDs. There has been more change in the D-beds than in any other part of the sequence, but the section as seen at the present time is rather better exposed than the original one. The removal of the railway and the associated cutting back of the rocks have on the whole improved the Divsectiom =) Iie pseudobreccias are particularly well seen, and while in the old section owing to the rapid weathering of this type of limestone, its features when in the fresh condition could rarely be observed, the present section shows the features of the fresh rock admirably. Point Villa’ which formerly stood near the mouth of the tunnel has been removed, as have the platform north of the tunnel, and the little approach cutting.’ The highly fossiliferous section of D1 formerly to be seen by the riverside to the north of Point Villa has disappeared, the rocks being cut right back to the level of the railway cutting. The riverside exposures of the D beds north of Point Villa have been partly destroyed. 4 (3) p. 223. ° 5 (8)-PL XT. 6°'(2) p. 119 Gnd een iene p p i) (2h eo 8 (3) p 234 BFEECT ON AVON SECTION—CONSTRUCTION OF PORTWAY 32] The changes alluded to above have altered the exposures of the Dibunophyllum Beds so much that it has been thought de- sirable to remeasure this part of the succession. Commencing with the lowest beds exposed just south of the Zigzag path we have the following succession :— temp ltise 1. Reddish limestone, top bed with Productus and Lithostrotion 4 6 2. Shaly parting ye ne oy ee ag) Z 3. Thick-bedded limestone, lower beds considerably calcite- veined, upper ill-exposed owing to weathering ... meh LO 0 4. Thick shale band ae ais ee ee oa: nae 0 We now come to a part of the section where the rocks are well-exposed owing to the cutting back of the road. 5. Grey limestone a good deal calcite-veined, lower surface (seen up the bank) mammillated, fossils not conspicuous 22 0 6. Pseudobreccia band nae 0 8 7. Grey limestone with reddish stains and abundant Productus hemisphericus, upper part of the band shows irregular passage into pseudobreccia Sts ia se gee Shaly parting we =i ey ea) Grey limestone, lower surface mammillated. Includes two bands of pseudobreccia the lower of which shows the features of this rock when unweathered. Corals are conspicuous just above this band ik) 0 10. Limestone, large rubbly and associated with a good deal of shale. The strata are poorly exposed and the upper beds which show some slickensiding are partly walled No a © WD. aces vos me aa Se as sah NA" 0 Vee Limestone, aed in the main and with a mammillated base —..... 8 0 12. Limestone, when exposed chiefly coarse oolite but ‘largely walled Wipe" eac h fe orery) ole 0 13. Limestone, chiefly coarse ‘red and grey oolite. oe Raed 0 14. Shale ee oe ae tie dik ss (seen) ~ 2 6 From this point for a distance of about 70 yards, 7.e., to near the end of the abandoned tunnel there are occasional exposures of oolitic limestone. Then we have :— 15. Red grit - 5 () 16. Oolitic limestone, the lower part enclosing numerous s quartz grains and small pebbles 2 6 M7. Shale and thin-bedded grit 4 0 18. Massive grit 8 0 19. Oolitic and crinoidal limestone . ; 1 9 20. Shale irregularly mingled with | coarse ‘oolitic limestone and containing quartz ee ae to an inch in ee Sak 1 3 21. Grit os Ole th) 22. -Irregular calcareous erit “with quartz pebbles passing up into sandy limestone fe : 3 0 Bands 15-18 are also seen in the remains of the cutting at the mouth of the tunnel. 322 EFFECT ON AVON SECTION—-CONSTRUCTION OF PORTWAY Band 22 is probably the equivalent of the band of grit with quartz pebbles which prior to the making of Portway was exposed just south of Point Villa, and is taken as the lowest member of D2 in the vertical section given in (3) p. 242. The band as now exposed is, however, considerably more calcareous than that seen prior to the cutting back of the rocks, which in this part of the section has taken place to a distance of some fifteen yards. ft. — =) iy 23. Shale in the main, but now concealed by ie and walling, about a ah nae etl 24. Massive red grit partly concealed by walling .. 25. Rubbly limestone and pseudobreccia ... ae 26. Limestone, ill-exposed ah 27. Rubbly limestone and pseudobreccia body 28. Limestone generally oolitic much stained and shattered 29. Pseudobreccia ae 30. Limestone generally oolitic 31. Pseudobreccia 32. Limestone, generally oolitic 2 33. Pseudobreccia with abundant Lithostrotion irvegulave SCWOWOTONFWTD DOADAMARDODHDOOCO Band 33 is cut off by a mass of walling on the south of which it appears to be represented by little more than a clay parting. Heo ELSE 34. Oolitic limestone ... As a eee 0 35. Rubbly oolitic limestone, » upper | ‘beds more ‘shaly Le sp ES 0 36. Massive oolite.... ads ipo eu 0 37. IeSemGODreccia, oir... : ve 4 #06) feet 38. Oolitic limestone, with pisolitic (algal) bodies near base 3 6 39. Banded limestone, oolitic in places aie eat AD 0 40. Limestone, rather coarsely crystalline and oolitic 0 9 41. Compact grey limestone well bedded (truncated by a small thrust) 2 0 42. Limestone, upper part nodular and highly fossiliferous, lower part has character of, pseudobreccia 2 0 43. Massive grit passing down into oolitic gritty limestone, top nine inches sandy pseudobreccia ... Se ras bs ete, 0 The remainder of the section as far as the bottom of Bridge Valley Road is now completely concealed by a big wall some 130 yards long. Prior to the construction of this Dr. F. S. Wallis measured the following strata :— te MTS 44. Grey massive lmestone, fossiliferous... es ae Li a 0 45. Coarse red oolite ... ‘ eo a ~f oh Jee 0 46. Red grit or quartzite... ae at sh Me Laie SHO 0 47. Shaly parting 2 aR eee 6 48. Red grits with finely laminated shaly partings: 11 0 49. Alternately red and green mel laminated shale showing slight disturbance ... a as ae “is Se ae: 0 50. Hard red grit or quartzite 6 0 51. Alternately red and green shale. showing slight disturbance 18 0 52. Black carbonaceous shale ae ill- Pee plant remains : te mE sk pag 1 0 53. Alternately red and green ‘shale 4 0 54. Thin-bedded quartzite and shale much disturbed and ex- Ree to the great faults... ods i . 47 0 EFFECT ON AVON SECTION—CONSTRUCTION OF PORTWAY 323 It is probable that a thickness of strata amounting to perhaps 50 feet remains unrecorded between bands 43 and 44. The cutting back of the projecting mass of Observatory Hill at the bottom of Bridge Valley Road has produced a fine section of the disturbed and shattered rocks just below the big overthrust, -and although they are hidden in parts by strengthening masses of masonry, the disturbed strata are better seen than they were before the construction of Portway. | The removal of Clifton Bridge Station exposes the section to the south of the tunnel, but unfortunately access to it has been shut off by an unclimbable fence. 324 New Sections of Avonian Rocks in the Neighbourhood of Bristol. By “Av W: Coys Bisse CONTENTS. INTRODUCTION. DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPOSURES. FAUNAL LISTS. CONCLUSION. Sap oe li INTRODUCTION: HIS communication records three new and hitherto undescribed exposures of Avonian rocks. An excellent Scenon jan ik beds was seen in the excavations for the foundations of Downside Residential College, near Westbury-on-Trym, and since the area between Clifton and Clevedon was mapped by Prof. S. H. Reynolds,t two new quarries have been opened at Abbot’s Leigh and Beggar’s Bush Lane. 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE EXPOsSti> (a) ABBOT’S LEIGH. A quarry, situated about 400 yards north-east of Abbot’s Leigh Church, shows the Bryozoa bed and the lower part of Kz. A trial excavation a little north of the quarry exposed the Old Red Sandstone. The succession is as follows :— ie ee INS 6. Thin bedded fossiliferous nested with oy partinegs Sc gaa 0 5. Massive limestone, finely oolitic : : oe ei) 0 4. Massive coarse oolite, often false- bedded on: as oor ere 0 3. Crinoidal and oolitic limestone . Oat TO 2. Bryozoa bed, red crinoidal, limestone ‘becoming oolitic near the top oe 6 0 1. Shale with nodular argillaceous limestone (Kin. ) (seen) 2 0 The chief interest in the section is the development of shallow water oolitic limestone above the Bryozoa bed. Similar beds occur below the Bryozoa bed at Burrington and Failand, but are not seen in the Avon Section.2, They are also seen below the Bryozoa bed at Skrinkle Haven, Pembrokeshire.3 Oolites are therefore common at this horizon, though they are only developed locally, conditions being favourable for the deposition of lenticular beds in very shallow water. i Proc Bristol Nate Soc 475.4 Volo 4, 2Pt 3... (koi) 2S. H. Reynolds. QO 7/:G;S. Vol LXXVIE (1921) ps ies 3 ‘Geology of the South Wales Coalfield’? Pt. XIII. The Country around Pembroke and Tenby. Mem. Geol. Surv. 1921, p. 97. NEW SECTIONS OF AVONIAN ROCKS 329 (b) DOWNSIDE. The following fine section of the middle and upper parts of K: was seen in the excavations at Downside :— TC oases 27. Rubbly and thin-bedded argillaceous limestone with shale partings ees aA ae (seen) 4 2 26. Thin-bedded limestones, “weathering yellow , =~. ie Stee 9 25. Compact limestone, with shale bands ae ae 3 8 24. > Crystalline fossiliferous limestone Lae ae eae 3 Zo,» hale i i) 2 22. Dolomitized crinoidal and bryozoal ‘limestone with shaly bands. P. bassus, “ Eumeiria”’ sp. oH ae cates 0 242) Shale oe she ANE ee a ee we ae 1 0 20. Limestone, gritty, slightly dolomitized, with Pvroductus bassus ke hs ae sabe coke Ale re I 2 nor Shale hk nae - 0 9 18. Compact limestone crowded with “ Eumetria” SP anes: ) 3 17. Crinoidal limestone with shale partings 2 9 LG.” Shale fe 0 6 15. Fossiliferous limestone with shale partings mainly Chonetes cf. havdrensis ee he ae 3 6 14. Massive hmestone 2 0 £3) “shale 2 0 12. Shale with limestone bands I 6 11. Alternate limestone and shale ... ee KO) 10. Limestone with Chonetes stoddarti 0 9 oy. Shale 1 + 8. Limestone OS akO fie) Shale 1 0 6. Limestone OSs ALG. 5. Crystalline limestone, crinoidal, weathering red, with bryo- zoans, ostracods, and small gasteropods (cf. Bryozoa- bed) 4. Limestone with thin shale partings 3. Shale oe a 2. -Compact limestone * 1. Green shale with thin limectone ibande Ne Sop oOnNOoONnN The strata, which dip south, are cut by several small strike faults. The succession is similar to that at St. Monica’s, Westbury- on-Irym,* bed 5 of the above section being correlated with bed 5 in the paper quoted. Thin sections of this limestone are indis- tinguishable from slices of the true Bryozoa bed from Abbot’s - Leigh. The remains of bryozoans and crinoids are impregnated with haematite. This forms a good example of the danger of attempting even local correlation by means of lithological types, for although the true Bryozoa bed may be at a constant strati- graphical horizon, it is obvious that similar conditions prevailed locally for short periods during Ki and Kz, times, for at Portishead ° a similar limestone occurs in the upper part of K;.é 4 5S. H. Reynolds and S. Smith. Geol. Mag., Vol. LXII (1925), pp. 468-69. pO WeGsS Vol. LXL(1905)) p 230 326 NEW SECTIONS OF AVONIAN ROCKS Bed 18 is crowded with “ Eumetria’”’ sp., in an excellent state of preservation. Unfortunately no internal characters of the shell have been recognised, and it is therefore impossible to assign a definite name to this species, which appears to be identical with that found at St. Monica’s.® (c) BEGGAR’s BusH LANE. A quarry in Cr occurs in a small wood on the Melville Wills Estate. It is situated behind a farm, about three-quarters of a mile south-west of the main Portishead road, 300 yards from the right of Beggar’s Bush Lane. The beds seen are of oolitic and fora- miniferal limestone, 34 feet thick, below which are 4 feet of par- tially decalcified limestone, crowded with Chonetes papilionacea. The rocks are slightly dolomitised in places. They are very much weathered, and have crumbled on the surface to a calcareous friable condition. 3, BAUNAL Pisa: (2), ABBOT S LEIGH) ii. Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. K. Vau. A large species of Bellerophon occurs abundantly. very common Camarotoechia mitcheldeanensis Vaughan do. Chothyris voyssv (1’Eveillé) do. Leptaena analoga (Phill.) do. Spirifer tovrnacensis de Koninck and 1 vars. common Psephodus laevissimus Agassiz? one specimen Iehabdomeson sp. a rare Fenestella sp. rare. Crinotds ... (iD) DOWNSIDE.) 1kx.. Productus (Avonia) bassus Vaughan ... very common common in bands Productus sp. nov.=P. cf. martini Sow. , Vaughan rare Chonetes cf. harvdrensis (Phill.) common Chonetes failandensis S. Smith rare Chonetes stoddarti Vaughan ak Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. K. Vau. common in bands very common Camarotoechia mitcheldeanensis Vaughan do. Chrothyris voysv (\’Eveillé) common Leptena analoga (Phill.) do. Spirifer tornacensis de Koninck and ° vars. very common Rhipidomella michelini (1 tae do. “ Eumetria’”’ sp. common in one band Reticularia lineata (Martin) rare Syringothyris principalis North rare Euomphalus pentangulatus Sow. rare Dielasma cf. hastata ee rare Spirorbis... rare Loxonema sp. ; rare Rhabdomeson sp. common Fenestella sp. rare Ostracods common very common Crimoidst 2. 6 Ibid, p 472. 7 Collected by Mr. H. F. Barke from Abbot’s Leigh. NEW SECTIONS OF AVONIAN ROCKS OL (c) BEGGAR’S BUSH LANE. (C1. Michelinia cf. favosa (Goldfuss) as Ste te rare Productus (Pustula) pustulosa (Phill.) ae Sx. rare Productus (Pustula subpustulosa Thomas ... rare Productus sp. nov.=P. cf. martini Sow., Vaughan (small narrow form) es a a0 rare Chonetes papilionacea (Phill. x an ee aa very common Chonetes aff. comoides (Sow.) ... ah ae very common Orthotetes crenistria (Phill.) mut. C. eee = common Tylothyvis laminosa (McCoy) emend North. La rare Euomphalus cf. pentangulatus Sow. ... oe oe rare Bellerophon sp. large form... aa ri Ses common Naticopsis sp. ... a a: a Bad rare Murchisonia sp. dis a ne bes ae rare 4. CONCLUSION. I wish to express my sincere thanks to Prof. S. H. Reynolds and Dr. S. Smith for their kind assistance, to Messrs. Oatley and Lawrence, the architects, for permission to examine the Downside Exposures, and to the owners of the quarries for similar facilities. 328 Exposures of Rhzetic and Lower Lias in South Bristol. BY A. W: GoyvsH,, BSE: CONTENTS. INTRODUCTION. RHATIC ROCKS. Liassic ROCKS. (1) ZONAL SUCCESSION. (72) FAUNAL NOTES. 4. CONCLUSIONS. wh — lL. INTRODUCTION: ECENT temporary building operations have rendered it possible to examine certain Rhetic and Liassic strata at Knowle and Bedminster Down. The object of this paper is to record these observations, no mention being made of permanent exposures. 2a, RHALTIC CROCKS: In 1891, E. Wilson, F.G.S., described the Rhetic Rocks of Pylle Hill (Totterdown).t A cutting for a road on the southern side of Knowle Hill recently exposed corresponding beds. The Upper Rhetic was not completely seen, but the strata which succeed the Keuper Marls are as follows :—* Tey shale (2) Limestone, argil- [aceous light col [Cees valoniensis (Defrance) Upper +0 unedss scloseday = «10 Saurichthys acuminatus Ag. Rhatic (ates and ripple- | | marked Gyrolepis alberti Ag. (h). Shale, dark blue O 6 (a) Lamestone ma Chlamys valoniensis (Defrance) Pteria contorta (Portlock) pact, dark blue Protocavdia phillipiana (Denker) neon a aoa Cae Schizodus ewaldi Born. ea tincne eee Acrodus minimus Ag. eater Gyrolepis alberti Ag. Rhetic | (fedcb) Black shales | with three | FeO bands (aa) Black shales with sandy band; 1 at the base J Keuper Tea Green Marls. f{Gyrolepis alberti Ag. \ Coprolites aS I OF:G:S. Vel, 2X Vll (891); pp: 545-549". 2 The small letters correlate the horizons with those given by Wilson in the Pylle Hill Section. -EXPOSURES OF RH#TIC AND LOWER LIAS IN S. BRISTOL 329 The above succession is practically identical with that of Pyle Hall? Near the Knowle Tramway Terminus, a few feet of Upper Rhetic beds were exposed. They consist of Cotham Marble underlain by blue shales with ostracods. (Darwinula spp.) The Cotham Marble shows the typical mammillated upper surface described by B. Thompson.* It is immediately overlain by White Lias. Je EWASSIC ROCKS: (2) ZONAL SUCCESSION. Only Hettangian strata have been observed, the following zones and horizons having been recorded :— Oppel’s Zones. Horizons. ANGULATA. ANG UipAnUSt see) fe LEASICUS. MEGASTOMA. | JOHNSTONI. PLANORBIS PLANORBIS. |) LIASSICA. a LANGPORTENSIS. These will be briefly referred to below. (a) LANGPORTENSIS. (White Lias.) The section exposed at Knowle was as follows at the top: ft.) 1s. ieooun Bed ... Le se at: bs ah ae oe 4 6. Clay Eee eee ag rete oa i ss es aa Re OM, 90) aD 5. Fossiliferous rubbly limestone ... a Ba: nee Sane | 0 4. Clay his “fe aoe ie es sa ee sae =a Osun) oa) 3. Compact blue-grey limestone ... aos Sot ae renee 7 Oe Clay Ne ea ae oe eB Med NS AM PRO idee iP CORHAM MARBLE 4 3 (D) . TATET. Cream and blue argillaceous limestones, with shaly partings. The limestones in thin section show patches of clear crystalline calcite 5 resembling Calcisphera. a) see section. “Q.J.G.S., Vol. XLVII (1891), facing p. 546 4 Ibid, Vol. L (1894), pp. 393 and 409. 5 See Sorby. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. XXXV (1879), p. 84. 330 EXPOSURES OF RHETIC AND LOWER LIAS IN S. BRISTOL (c) LIASSICA. Poorly exposed. Limestone, weathering to a brown marly surface, covered with Ostrea liassica Strick. (2d) PLANORBIS (horizon). Blue and cream coloured limestones with clay partings, characterised by Psiloceras planorbis (Sow.) and Psiloceras cf. plicatum (Quenst.). Cd (€) JOHNSTONI. 4 This horizon has not been seen in situ, but a block from a> trench at Bedminster Down with Caloceras intermedium (Portlock) establishes its presence. (f) MEGASTOMA. The presence of this horizon is postulated on the occurrence of fragments of Wehmneroceras sp., an ammonite characteristic of these beds. At one time a non-sequence between johnstont and liasicus deposits was assumed,® but in 1922, Mr. J. W. Tutcher © recorded the possible presence of the “‘ megastoma zone.’’7 The evidence at Bedminster Down gives further support to his view, but the deposit is probably very thin. (g) LIASICUS. A specimen of Alsatites aff. luastcus (D’Orb.) was found at Bedminster Down in rubbly lmestones, thin sections of which show abundant ostracods and foraminifera, Textularia being common among the latter. This horizon has recently been recorded at Radstock.® (A) ANGULATUS (horizon). These beds consist of thick clays overlain by blue limestones containing Schlothermia cf. angulata (Schloth.). 6 Ibid, Vol. LX XIII (1918), pp. 279-281. 7 Pyroc. Bristol Nat. Soc., Vol. 5 (1923 for 1922), p: 276: 8 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Vol. LX XXI (1925), Table facing page 598. EXPOSURES OF RH#TIC AND LOWER LIAS IN S. BRISTOL 331 (42) FAUNAL NOTES. ry 6 = FAUNAL LIST. Ringe ee (excluding ammonites). 5 z . Astarte consobrina Chapuis and Dewalque Cardinia cf. ovalis Cd Gervillia sp. ... oP a Gresslya galathea Ag. % Lima gigantea (Sow.) ss is L. hettangiensis Terquem. L. cf. punctata (Sow.) . L. succincta (Schloth.) me oan i L. valoniensis (Defrance) Dumortier i eh Macrodon ct. hettangiensis (Terquem) 5 Ostrea ivvegularis Miinst. ee ie O. liassica Strickland an Opis sp. nov. ... a Pecten calvus Goldtuss : @ Perna cf. infralassica Quenst. - Pholadomya glabra Ag. ; i Pleuromya tatei Richardson and Tutcher.. , P. tater var. langportensis Richardson and Tutcher ze Protocardia philliprana (Dunk.) ; _ Pseudomonotis decussaia (Miinst.) ... - bs Unicardium avenacea (Terquem) ... ae 7 Volsella (Modiola) hillanoides (Chapuis and Dewalque) i V. levis (Sow.) ae: ae * V. langportensis Richardson and Tutcher V. liasina (Terquem) ‘ V. minima (Sow.) : a V. wickest Rich. and Tutcher € Ornithella sarthacensis (A. a’ es oe a Nautilus sp. ... ii Isocrinus angulatus (Oppel) oy echinoid spines . turbinate casterepods (small casts). i A CONCLUSIONS. (1) The Rheetic succession on the southern side of Knowle Hill is essentially similar to that at Pylle Hill. (2) The lzastcus and megastoma horizons hitherto unrecorded from the immediate neighbourhood of Bristol have Lise recognized. (3) The sequence of the Hettangian is more complete than in the Radstock area, but the White Lias is much thinner, being less than 5-ft. as compared with 18-ft. at Clandown. I wish to express my sincere thanks to Mr. J. W. Tutcher for his help in the identification of-the fossils and for much kindly advice and criticism. ® WBHARRIS An) PRINTING 4 jp C } 26 g J AUG 25 | ‘PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY Prick Four SHILLINGS. ~ ts’ Society. 1S A ee NF tn aAwauwwwe Hh It fi , VOL. VI, Part V., 1927, MXXVIII OF THE BRISTOL. tol Natural ? | oe SERIES i) ‘ PROCEEDINGS _ ANNUAL REPORT ie BOK oil oy VOL WEY Iss Part’ Vi.) L927, PRICE FouR SHILLINGS. ANNUAL REPORT AND PROCEEDINGS Ore iat Bristol Naturalists’ Society. Mat TUMATTTTTTU TTI Us! | Wo) / deal fi ) eatin me SN * \ et mitt jet (. wi ce ty Y i LA | N rm: J INE: ; i ‘“ Rerum cognoscere causas.’’—VIRGIL. BRISTOR: PRINTED: POR THE SOCIETY. MCMXXVITTI. o iit a TABLE OF CONTENTS. POWRGLE SSE REE Sie OPV. PART Vo L927; PAGE Officers for 1927 ape we any Lae ay te oe 836 Officers of Sections for 1927 ee a a: any Be 2. 0 386 List of Members oa nae oe ee Bs ey ae oe OOM Honorary Members ... Pe bane ooh Ue Fale oats a ... 34] Report of Council ... se ap = a ee i Min POEL ibreasmrer's Report |... ik ae Set ae ht cee ... 344 iibrarians Keport ... dee oe re be Si 2°). w=. 345 Report of Botanical Section a a? ae hele ser fam Od Report of Entomological Section ... oy ae Mh san i AGdG Report of Field Section ab a a the ae ae nog. OAS Report of Geological Section Ee sa sit ate ne eee ro! Se) Report of Ornithological Section ... on Se ce aie wi COAL Account of the Annual and General Meetings ... oe sal a 2350 Report of the Delegate to the British Association 538 sh cee OO so Lotemism, by the-President, James Raiter, M.A.’ ... Eis Od, pietises in Evolution,’ by HH. L. Hawkins, D.Sc., F.G.S.. » ... : 367 ep pverygota of, 5.W.. England; Part 1V, by H. Womersley, F.E.S. 372 eebristol botany in 1927, by J. Ws White; M.Sc, F.L.S. ..: 380 “The Life-history of Psocus sexpunctatus,’’ by. J. V. Pearman, F.E.S. 384 eeWiptera Am Appeal, “by, H.-L. Audcent»” .:. mrs fete peAvonian. succession at Clevedon Coast,’ by G.°E. Bush, B.Sc. .... 392 “ Sections of Old Red Sandstone in Bristol District,’’ by F. S. Wallis, Bhp) iG. S: a at So ae oe OO For information concerning the Bristol Naturalists’ Society generally, or concerning its meetings, please apply to the present Hon. Secretary and EiGitor :—— Miss IpA M. RopErR, 4, WoOODFIELD ROapD, REDLAND, BRISTOL. All Books, Pamphlets, Reports of Proceedings sent by way of exchange, gift or otherwise, and all correspondence relating thereto should be addressed 0) sae Hon. LIBRARIAN, BRISTOL NAT. Soc., THE MUSEUM, BRISTOL. 336 OFFICERS FOR 1927. President : JAMES RAFTER, M.A. Past Presidents : Dr. C.-LiLoyvp MORGAN, LED. FuR{S) 7G Proto YOUNG. Drsc?, EURSS, Miss IDA -M, RoPpER EUEZs, feo W. Waite, eVCSc. Ess. H. WomERSLEY, F.E.S. Sin ERNEST Cook. 1?Sc: Prof. O. V. DARBISHIRE, Ph.D., F.I..S. Vice-Presidents : W. A. SmitH, M.A., M.B. Prof. S. H..ReYNoLDS, MeAy se. Dy G.>, Council : B. A. BAKER Re Ei ey AR J. | PEARMANE EES; n.Vo 2 BAXTER, Bsc; Me MILcER Miss RUTTER F. W. EvENS M. NIERENSTEIN,..PhiD, J:° W 2uTenERe ve Se: Hon. Treasurer : R, P.-Gatr, 51, Howard Road, Westbury Jark: Hon. Auditors : Sir ERNEST Cook, D.Sc. CHARLES BARTLETT, A.C.A, Hon. Secretary and Editor : Miss IpA M. Roper, F.L.S., 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol. Hon. Reporting Secretary : Mrs. VAUGHAN. Hon. Librarian : Miss 1: MM. ROPER: EoES, T. CHARBONNIER, Hon. Sub. Librarian. Officers of Sections. Botanical : President—O.. V. DARBISHIRE, Ph.D., B.A» (Oxon.)% Kas: Secretary—Miss Bowen, B.Sc., 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park. Entomological : Prestident—CHARLES BARTLETT, 8, Woodhill, Portishead, Somerset. Secretary—J. V. PEARMAN, F.E.S., 9, West Mall, Clifton. Field : President—J. W. TutcuEr, M.Sc., 57, Berkeley Road, Bishopston. Secretary—Miss M. D. HILrEy, 30, Cotham Road, Bristol. Geological : Prestdeni—S. H. ReyNowps, M.A., Sc.D., F.G.S5. The. University, spmsroly Secretary—F. S. WALLIS, Ph.D., me ‘15, Ravenswood Road, Redland. Ornithological : Hon. President—Dr. C. LLtoyp MorGan, F.R.S. President—A. L. FLEMMING, M.B., Ch.B. (Bris.), 48, Pembroke Road. Secretary—-COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton Down. nHN Nn NN AS GQ An =nAnnnn OH A Associate Member. List of Members, S Section Member. * Has contributed Papers to the 337 1927 + Life Member. “ Proceedings.”’ Adams, S. B. Alden, (e ; Sn ender. or ie M.D. a Amory, . H.. MMOS. . \a. Ashton: IP: ... Audcent, H. L. Badock, Stanley.H.; LL.D: :.. Baker, B.-A, F.G.S: iBbanke “Hak. FIC; Barke, Mrs. Bartow 1. MilMech.B. F.C.S. Bartlett, Chas. isaxter, (Es Vu T.,; M.A. ‘BSc Beacham, G. H. Beacham, Mrs. Beck, R. a Bell, Mrs. AwG: Berry, K.-C. Boley, Aw. Gan: ee Bolton, Miss E. MSc. FES Bolton, HD: Sc. PROSE. E.G. a Bolton. Mrs. .... Bowen, Miss M., B. Se. Bowland, iB Brebner, Mrs. G. Browning, Miss B Pushers Ee AS. eae Bush; Mrs. RE.“ },. Capel, Miss one Garison: KG... Carter, Miss F.... Cay, Arthurs. Chamberlain, R. De Chamberlain, W, Charbonnier, T. Bae Charbonnier, Mrs. T. Churchill, Miss E. City Librarian ... Cleave rR. Cick oc. Clough,-J..W.'S. Clough, Mrs. Clough, Dr. N. ue Clough, Miss A..M.... 2... Cook, Sir Ernest, D.Sc= Coombs, F. C. ee Cooper, J. Conley AL Wii sas Coys A W ..B.Se: 19, \Charlotte*st.. bark ot. s5ristol 63, Picton Lane, Stokes Croft. 112, Pembroke Road, Clifton 29, Beaufort Road, Clifton 45, Pembroke Road, Clifton 17, Miles Road, Clifton 34, Belvoir Road, St. Andrew’s, Bristol Holmwood, Westbury-on-Trym ..37, Clyde Road, Redland 34, Park Row, Bristol 34, Park Row, Bristol Wolverley, King’s Norton, Birmingham 8, Woodhill, Portishead 95, Hampton Road, Redland, Bristol 18, Raglan Road, Bishopston 18, Raglan Road, Bishopston 18, Victoria Road, Clevedon 25, St. Michael’s Park, Bristol 120, City Road, Bristol 508, Stapleton Road, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol The Museum, Bristol 58, Coldharbour Road, Bristol 73, St. Alban’s Road, Westbury Park 12, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 22, Victoria Road, Cotham, Bristol 23, Oakfield Road, Clifton Bishops Knoll, Sneyd Park 56, Coldharbour Road, Bristol 193, Cheltenham Road, Bristol] 89, Pembroke Road, Clifton 14, Charlotte St., Park St., Bristol Lyndhurst, Leigh Woods, Bristol 56, Brecknock Road, Knowle, Bristol 157, Whiteladies Road, Clifton 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 10, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 121, Somerville Road, Bishopston Central Library, Bristol 5, Henleaze Road, Bristol 42, Downs Park East, Bristol 42, Downs Park East, Bristol 30, Henleaze Avenue, Bristol 30, Henleaze Avenue, Bristol 40, Alma Road, Clifton 3, Pembroke Road, Clifton 43, Station Road, Ashley Down, Black Horse, Kingswood, Bristol 15, Belluton Road, Knowle Bristo] 338 S) nnn Nnnsr Darbishire, Prof.:OoV~.. PhD, Darel) D> F-GeS, Davies, 1 eo heey Dawies *\\V 2 Eee, Se. Daws, Miss lis Deacon, Mrs. Drew, Miss H. Dunscombe, Miss Ellis; iF ; FEEVATS MeN es ore as Evens 32 2bs bs: Ser Evens, F. Ww. Fitzjames, R:. H. Plemming, A: W,,. MB; ChB: Ford, Roger HOS NETS pce Niet adie tee Francis, Fok. (decd.). «. in, li: ae Fryer, Miss : A. Gait aiken. Gibbons, abe) 6 ; Goodall, Rev Canon R. Ww. Goulding, Thomas ... Grahame, Miss M. ... Graves, W. Grignon, Miss, .> Gummer, Horace Hallett, Miss F. Hallett, Miss J. Hallett, Miss L. ne Harding, G. Dermott Harding, Miss J. Dermott Harding, Miss E. M. sa Hawkins. EH: Eellyar ix. He. ieslop. jak. (P: Higham: P. Hiley, Miss M. D. Hiley, Miss W. Flodgson Co... Hole, J E. : Horder, Miss M. Ges Hudson, Miss Humphries, Lady Hurst, G. W. S. Hurst, Mrs. Imlack, Miss Kaglis, Dee.) ivens, Ho P? Ivens, W. B. -M.A. (dec’d.) LIST OF MEMBERS The University, Bristol. Hillfield House, near Dartmouth Down House, Stoke Bishop, Bristol Colston School, Stapleton 109, Forest Road, Fishponds 45, Sydenham Hill, Bristol Colston Girls’ School, Bristol 72, Pembroke Road, Clifton 59, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 46, Horfield Road, St. Michael’s, Bristoi 83, St. Albans Road, Westbury Park 8, Rokeby Avenue, Redland, Bristol 17, St. Martin’s, Knowle, Bristol 48, Pembroke. Road, Clifton Hartfield, Cotham Park, Bristol Brislington House, near Bristol 10, Victoria Square, Clifton 1, Niblett’s Hill, St. George’s, Bristol 6, Chantry Road, Clifton 51, Howard Road, Westbury Park 8, Nugent Hill, Bristol 19, Elmdale Road, Tyndall’s Park Bristol 6, Nelson Street, Bristol 21, Cornwallis Crescent, Clifton 2, Upper Cranbrook Road, Bristol] 41, Filton Avenue, Horfield Herbert Lodge, Cotham Park, Bristol 3, Logan Road, Bishopston 3, Logan Road, Bishopston 3, Logan Road, Bishopston 10, Royal York Crescent, Clifton 10, Royal York Crescent, Clifton Bower Ashton, near Bristol 7, Miles Road, Clifton 18, Redland Grove, Bristol 34, Henleaze Gardens, Bristol Western Daily Press Office, Bristol 30, Cotham Road, Bristol 30, Cotham Road, Bristol 5, Cotham Terrace, Bristol 46, Claremont Avenue, Bishopston 81, Redcliff Street, Bristol 4, Belgrave Place, Clifton Park Eastfield Lodge, Westbury-on-Trym 34, Upper Belgrave Road, Clifton 34, Upper Belgrave Road, Clifton 16, Miles Road, Clifton The Lodge, St. Agnes’ Gardens, St. Paul’s 18, Alexandra Road, Clifton, Bristol 49, Ravenswood Road, Bristol NnAnnn Ann Hr YW Y Y YN An NN Oya Oy ry ne Oa eRe yin A A) Jeticoat, Rev. R., M.A. ... Jenkins, Mrs. Jenkins, F. G. Jennings, D. A hes, WoW Lae BG sel. Johnson, Miss E. jones, i. G.,-F.G.S. Jones, Miss M. B. Kearns, H. G. H. Keeler. Re Fi... . Knisht, A. H., M.A. Knowlson, Mrs. Kromler, A. Lee, Miss E. M., M.Sc. Ikee, Mrs: F. RR: ait Llewellin, W. M., C.E. low.) AD ys. ‘ Lucas, He ].; Bice Lynn, Miss a Macpherson, Miss B. B. Madkins, W. E., B.A. Mappin, S. W. Marshall, Miss D. Martimeau, Pi Eo <.. McMurtrie, G. E. J. NING Viele scam bau: Malis. 4 Mogg, G. .. Morgans, Mrs. Thos, Morris, D. Dies Mullock, Miss ... Nierenstein, M., Ph.D. Norgrove, J. W. Nuell, F. H. Onn, H. A. ake Osmond, D. A. Barker, |. Peach, A. H. Pearman, J. V., ae is: Pa Pearman, Mrs. Pepperell, Kk. Pepperell, Mrs. Petry, Miss M. P: ole »Nins;: At Ho ss. Powell. J. J.,ijM.D.... Preddy, Mrs. K. Iatter, |, MEA. Reynolds, S. H., Sc.D., F.GS. Richardson, F aa aihe Roper, Miss I. M., F.L.S._ Rudge, Miss E. ee re Rutter, Miss E.M.... LIST OF MEMBERS 339 5, Berkeley Square, Clifton 10, Napier Road, Redland, Bristol 31, Berkeley Square, Clifton Queen Elizabeth Hospital, Bristol The University, Bristol The College, Fishponds 8, Clifton Vale, Clifton 8, Gloucester Road, Bishopston The University, Bristol 76, Berkeley Road, Bishopston The. Lodge, All Saints’ Villas, Chel- tenham 9, Downfield Road, Clifton 45, Summerleaze, Fishponds 55, Logan Road, Bishopston 50, Alma Vale Road, Clifton 8, Cotham Lawn Road, Bristol The University, Bristol 14, Walcot Parade, Bath 15, Arlington Villas, Clifton 4, Belgrave Place, Clifton Park Fairfield Secondary School, Bristol 100, Pembroke Road, Clifton 54, St. John’s Road, Clifton Hillside, Cleveland Walk, Bath Eastfield House, Westbury-on-Trym 7, AIL Saints: Road, Clifton 18, Windsor Road, St. Andrew’s Park 483, Fishponds Road, Bristol 16, Park Road, High Barnet, Herts. 19, Charlotte St., Park St., Bristol 22, Berkeley Square, Clifton 30, Cavendish Road, Bristol 22, Alma Road, Clifton 63, Springfield Road, Bristol Glenlyn, Station Road, Nailsea Agri. Station, Long Ashton 16, Hampstead Road, Brislington 5, Hanbury Road, Clifton 9, West Mall, Clifton 9, West Mall, Clifton 37, Fernbank Road, Redland 37, Fernbank Road, Redland 6, Chantry Road, Clifton 60, Charlton Road, Keynsham 2, Gloucester Road, Bishopston 121, Somerville Road, Bristol 6, West Shrubbery, Redland, Bristol 13, All Saints’ Road, Clifton Id)eercival: Koad, Chiton 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristo] 17, Wellington Park, Bristol Cambridge House School, St. John’s Road, Clifton 340 HNN NNNnHHNUNY ms A ARNNnH W a NY nN nN DiGi a) Salmond, P. W.. Salmond, Mrs.... Sampson, Miss D. Samson, F. he Sandwith, Mrs. Scott, Miss M. Selley, 3 seélley, E5 oe Shaw, Miss T. ... Shield, E. H. Shield, Mrs. Silveston, Miss... Sinnott, Jas. Sisson, i, iE. Skene: Macgregor, F, is ca Smith, Stanley. Disc. LIST OF MEMBERS EGS. Smith, WA: MA, M.B. Smith, Rev. W. (dec’d Smith, Mrs. W. : Stanton, D. W. Stanton, Mrs. Stevens, Mrs. E. S. Stevens, F. H. Stevenson, Rev. Stevenson, Mrs. Stone, Miss I. R. SLOME sateen. ane Stone, Miss N. G. Storey, R. G. Sully bag Sully, Mrs. Sutton, EiaC. Taunton, wcc. Taylor, KE: Taylor, W. ye Malorne NV. Ek soe Getley poe Bises 7. Petley, Miss Us Misc: :) ithomas; Miss Dai sees Hhomas, apes he. Thompson, H. S. Trelease, Mrs. C. Duckett. C; Tuckett KNC. ie ‘Surmeniy vale W Bw As F.G.S. ss Turner, Mrs. EC. Tutcher, J. W., M. Se) Tyrrell, 52, BA Tyrrell, Mrs. Vassalll Tk Vaughan, Mrs. Virgin, Miss as Oxon.), 20, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 20, Tyndall’s Park Road, Clifton 5, Hatherley Gardens, Crouch End, N.8 4, Woodfield Road, Redland, Bristol 26, Canynge Square, Clifton 29, Pembroke Road, Clifton 116, Coronation Road, Bristol 116, Coronation Road, Bristol Walton-in-Gordano, Som. 78, Sefton Park Road, Bishopston 78, Sefton Park Road, Bishopston 32, Pembroke Road, Clifton 15, Beaufort Road, Clifton Heath House, Gadshill Road, Eastville The University, Bristol The University, Bristol 70, Pembroke Road, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 17, Vyvyan Terrace, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 42, Alma Road, Clifton 87, Cotham Brow, Bristol 9, Osborne Villas, St. Michael’s, Bristol St. Monica’s Home, Westbury-on-Trym St. Monica’s Home, Westbury-on-Trym 46, Ashton Road, Ashton Gate 46, Ashton Road, Ashton Gate 46, Ashton Road, Ashton Gate 8, Oxford Chambers, St. Stephens /St,, Bristol Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym Woodrange, Westbury-on-Trym 3, Apsley Villas, Cotham, Bristol 16, Egerton Road. Bishopston Fonthill Villa, Keynsham Tenby, St. Oswald’s Road, Redland 12 Pembroke Vale, Clifton The Museum, Bristol Cambridge House, Royal York Crescent, Clifton 79, Somerville Road, Bishopston 79, Somerville Road, Bishopston 33, Southleigh Road, Clifton 37, Fernbank Road, Redland 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton 5, Beaufort Buildings, Clifton The University, Bristol Bridge House, Sea Mills, Bristol 57, Berkeley Road, Bishopston 17, Camden Terrace, Clifton Vale 17, Camden Terrace, Clifton Vale Oldbury Court, Fishponds 42, Fernbank Road, Redland, Bristol 12, Kingsley Road, Cotham, Bristol LIST OF MEMBERS 34] Walker, L. E. ... 9, Crowndale Road, Knowle, Bristol Somveatlis. EF. S., Ph. er Sak G. .... 15; Ravenswood Road, Bristol Walton, T. Ger eh eee Compton Bishop, Som. Seavvaters A.B, ... -....%...° «.. o3, Woodstock Road, Redland, Bristo! Suewwaters, Mrs. 3.. ... .«. “s. 936, Woodstock Road, Redland, Bristol] Nmmvvecerss: An ©. ...9°:-. 4.08 «.. 53, Woodstock Road, Redland, Bristol] Smear. Fl. eee lon, Selton Park Koad, Bishopston Weaver; Miss M. Hi eee es. OO, inesdown barade,. bristol MVebib, Ei. Vicars .%.. 58, Belmont Road, St. Andrews, Bristo} White, E. Barton, M.D. on FE. Ss Mental Hospital, Fishponds, Bristol = White; Jas. W., M.Sc., Ee EES: 18, Woodland Road, Clifton vate: Mins. 41.1027). san ee. LS, Woodland Road; Chitton * Wickes, W.-H. . 84, St. Michael’s Hill, Bristol Wills, Sit George, Bt. icles D. Burwalls, Leigh Woods, Bristol] f:. Wills, W. Melville type) wae:). Dracken Hill, Leigh Woods, Bristol mewomersiey, FH. bans. ...(... Sunny Meads, West.Town, near Bristol Seavoolcatt, |. MW. con 2.5 °...2.Bryars, Filton Sew wootlom, 9. ©. Al 3. 2.2 s..: -80% Sts Paul's, Road, Clifton See Worsley, Mass 1) cia). |... ~ Rodney Lodge, Clifton fomaipoicom, «i. H.: Mercer ideciGl inst. aoe ues oo ew Oalkedeld: Koad, Ciiton Se app, Wi: 1: acm 2. =... 4/1; Devonshire Road, Westbury Park Seyveadon, Miss N.- i... .. ... 61, Gerrish Avenue, Redfield, Bristol S Young, Miss F. Poe a: lastneld a.oad, Redland. Bristol Honorary Members. iO acorpe mo: brady, MD LL:D. D.Sc, FUR.S.,F.L.S. Henry J. Charbonnier, Rose Cottage Bungalow, Olveston, Gloucestershire. Evo C,. 1 loyd-Morgan, 2..D,, PRIS;,. F.G.S., 59): Pevetsley Road, St. Leonards-on-Sea. R. M. Prideaux, F.E.S., Brasted Chart, near Sevenoaks, Kent. MiG. Scott, 25, Duke Street, Cardiff. Prot, i.°S. Hele Shaw, M.I'C:E., LL.D., F.R.S., 64, Victoria Street, West- minster, S:NVV 31. Prof. W. J. Sollas, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., University Museum, Oxford. Ereiroydaney Young, -D.sc.,,F.R.S. Trinity College, Dublin, 342 REPORT OF COUNCIL. To December 3\st, 1927. URING the year more activity and interest in Natural History has been displayed by the members, and much good work carried out in the Sections. The different Reports show that new records have again been made in the district, and amongst the Insects some are new to Britain, and even to Science. Members, however, have not brought to the General Meetings as many Exhibits as are desirable, although objects of interest must come under their personal notice or are in their possession. Explanation and discussion about them can be carried on in advance of the Meetings, and some of the active workers are willing to make a point of being present. In order to make a success of these facilities 1t is hoped members will co-operate and bring some Exhibit to each Meeting. The work of the newly formed Field Section, which les in rambles, and out-of-door studies, has proved of considerable value to help forward the objects of the Society, as a number of fresh people have taken part in that portion of our activities, and it is hoped they will continue to enjoy the benefits obtainable and add to them, in the interest of Science, the many advantages offered by full membership. Seventeen new members have joined this year, and only one resigned, but unfortunately four have been lost by death. Col. T. H. Yabbicom was our oldest member, who joined in 1864, two years after the foundation of the Society, and had regularly kept in touch with its activities ever since. He became: at once the first Secretary of the Botanical Section, and held the office for ten years. Mr. H. A. Francis, a worker on the Hymenoptera, was formerly an active member of the Entomological Section, besides being for a time Reporting Secretary and on Council. Rev. W. Smith was a steady supporter of the Society’s Meetings, and Miss Helen Drew, the distinguished Headmistress of the Colston Girls’ School, used her influence on our behalf chiefly for the study of Geology. The customary Open Night was held in March, but only a moderate number of the general public were sufficiently interested in our welfare to take this opportunity to hear Prof. F. E. Weiss, F.R.S., of Manchester University, give a scientific account of the Vegetation of the Mediterranean Region. REPORT OF COUNCIL. 343 The Field Section carried out the arrangements for the Summer Excursion to Vallis Vale near Frome, and the support given by members caused a gratifying attendance. The mingling of all the Sections proved so successful that it is decided to carry on the good work by holding a Dinner during the Winter session. The Proceedings for 1926 were published early in the year and distributed to the British and Foreign Societies with whom we exchange. The contents fully maintained the high standard, and some excellent illustrations of bird-life were included. Great satisfaction was expressed that three members of our Society were included when the University conferred degrees, honorts causa, on a small group of local people, who had assisted in the furtherance of education. Mr. Stanley H. Badock received the degree of LL.D. in recognition of his abilities and help to raise the University to its high standard; Mr. J. W. Tutcher, a recognized authority on Jurassic Rocks, and Mr. J. W. White, the eminent British Field botanist, received the degree of M.Sc. for their Natural History work carried on as amateurs for so many years. Amongst other happenings of the year was a visit by the President-and the Hon. Secretary to Cardiff to take part im the three days celebrations of the Diamond Jubilee of the Cardiff Naturalists’ Society, with whom we have always had happy re- lationship. Many distinguished representatives of kindred Societies were present, and the excellent arrangements led to an enjoyable and stimulating gathering. On our part we have extended an invitation to the South Western Naturalists’ Union to hold its 1928 Annual Congress in Bristol, and we feel we can rely on members to join in giving it a cordial welcome. DAUM, ROPER, Hon. Secretary. WoW SLEW IIMS Sa - “SHOpH | “MOOO ‘H LSANYH ‘yOoIIOO puNo} puke pojIpny Gave rGhem 2 ss es puny surpurqyoog sas niche eZ yuNO.OW [e1oues —: puey ul yseg ‘ sulpulqyoog “ sesuodxy oinyoy ‘“ SoryMyerry * A ULOPIe Ty 9OUPINSUT IIT pue yUuay ‘ AIouOoTVeIS pu 98e}SOG ‘Sulpuisey = ieee Se 9261 IO} Sey nese otal On ISO). + ae ate P1099 [eo1s0[007 OWING See "M'S . ACY —! $atzaI90S 0} suoMgdriosqas Ag = [op) _ Lom ih Lime h he m™ONMOON mm ANON D-NHNON ® ae) n SR SOS) Sree eras “s) LO AOA N = lO = CO QR ite) L661 HVAA ABL, HOH INNOOOV 344 ‘IVYAHNAD “LOB ‘ISIE Tequiaseq puny surpurqyoog yUNODOYW [e19UI+) —! pIemIoOy sourpeg yisodeq uo 4sa10}UT suoTeolqnd FO ees 90 MOS ‘WOT}JD9S Ploy puny sunystiqnd 0} SUOT}eUCC poqoo][Oo sresIIy SOURAPE Ul suojdiosqns soo ooueijuy AT Mey Ispuy) 9] C1INOSSY AIeuUIpPIO —: suortjdiiosqns s1oquiayy ‘ALHDOOS SLSITVYNLVN TOLSIYA FHL YM yoy ul YAYASVAYL “NOH FHL CAE 410, 345 LIBRARIANS’ REPORT. For the Year 1927. arrangement of the volumes on the shelves to keep the subjects in the most available form. The binding of the current volumes has been carried out, but no member has made any contribution to this yearly outlay, which is so essential. Thanks, however, are given to three members who have kindly continued to present to the Library the yearly issues of certain Natural History publications to keep our series up-to-date. Several gratifying incidents have occurred in connection with the valuable sets of books which we possess. Chief of these is shown by the gift, which we announce with much satisfaction, of the first five volumes, and the seventh, of the “‘ Journal of Botany,’ dating from 1862. These early numbers are almost unobtainable, and possession of them adds one more important set of reference books to the credit of the Library, as it makes complete our series of a botanical Journa] carrying influence in all parts of the World. The donation is from Mr. R. V. Sherring, F.L.S., whose connection with the Society is of long standing, and who thus maintains a life-long belief in the advantages of being able to verify facts from trust- worthy volumes on one’s own shelves. He has further shown his interest by presenting the scarce first twelve volumes of Curtis’ “‘ Botanical Magazine,”’ a publication which Naturalists still hold in high esteem, its issues extending from 1792 to the present day. NA oe in the Library has been maintained with due attention to the Applications have come from the Musée Royal de Belgique, and from the San Diego Society, California, that our Society would favour them with a set of our Proceedings for inclusion in their Libraries, and would add their Institutions to our Exchange List. Council had much pleasure in agreeing to this, and in return the Museum of Belgium has forwarded to us 36 volumes of ‘‘ Mémoires,’’ which are so highly thought of amongst scientists. Further, a set of our Proceedings, which contain the records of ‘‘ Bristol Fungi,’’ compiled by the late Mr. Cedric Bucknall, has been added by request to the Library of the Imperial Bureau of Mycology, London. By direction of the Board of Education the Science Museum, South Kensington, has registered our Society upon its books, whereby members can obtain on loan from the National Library of Science volumes of mono- graphs and current publications issued by Universities, and scientific Societies of the World. This concession is already proving of great assistance to the researches of members engaged on specialized subjects; and in addition a set of our Proceedings now forms part of the National Reference Library. The Sections of Entomology, Geology and Ornithology still maintain the acceptable practice of presenting the monthly publications to carry on our series, including the last issue of the Paleontographical Society. In spite of the progress to make our Library of genuine use to Naturalists it must be admitted that the members as a whole do not show the interest expected, or take advantage of the opportunities provided for study and recreation. IDA M. ROPER, Hon. Librarian. T. CHARBONNIER, Hon. Sub-Libranan., 346 ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 1927. LYHOUGH 1927 was, perhaps, the worst of a succession of bad years for field work, and, in consequence, few note- worthy. captures have been recorded, there has been a gratifying revival of activity and interest in entomology. — Resignations since 1925 had reduced the membership to 16 ; gains and losses during the year give a net increase of 5, and the section now consists oi !8 ordinary and 3 honorary members. In May, by invitation of the President (Mr. C. Bartlett), a meeting was held at Portishead, at which 10 members attended and were hospitably entertained by Mr. and Mrs. Bartlett. Two other excursions, to Leigh Woods and Haw Wood, Henbury, coming in the holiday season were less well supported. At the indoor meetings there has been an average attendance of 8, and nearly all members have contributed to the many inter- esting exhibits shown. Papers have been read by Dr. E. Barton White, F.E.S., on ‘“‘ The Life Histories of Polia xanthomista Hubn. and P. lichenea Hubn.’’—in which the development and habits of the two species were outlined and their early stages illustrated by coloured drawings, and by Mr. C. Bartlett on “ Varieties of Abraxas grossulaniata \..’’—epitomising the investigations made into the various colour forms of this moth, some striking varieties of which were exhibited. An interesting account was given by Mr. H. Audcent of an entomological holiday at Saclas (France), where a great quantity of material was gathered, some of which is being worked through by Mr. Audcent and other members of the section. At the December meeting a debate on “ Mimicry ”’ was opened by Mr. H. Tetley, B.Sc., when members compared their impressions gathered from observations on British insects, specimens exemplifying mimicry being exhibited. So much interest was evinced that the debate is being continued in the new year. The section is contemplating the compilation of records of the local insect fauna, and a sub-committee has been appointed to formulate working arrangements. This valuable work is handi- capped by lack of funds, and it is hoped that accessions to the membership will make it possible to undertake the recording as well as ease the financial burden of continuing, on the present small subscription, to maintain the series of the entomological periodicals in the Society’s library. From the Entomological Section of the Somerset Archelogical and Natural History Society (with whom this Section is in friendly correspondence) have been gratefully received copies of their Reports for the years 1920-26, containing the Somerset records , of various orders of insects. J. V. PEARMAN, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. pe 347 BOTANICAL SECTION. 1927. a small credit balance. Eleven evening meetings have been held during the past year, at which nearly 300 exhibits of Plants have been shown to carry on the study of the local Flora, and to discuss their peculiarities and general life history. Ge small show an increase 1n membership by six, and financially Of particular interest there has been: Lolium temulentum var. arvense , Anthoxanthum aristatum (new to the district) by Mr. H. J. Gibbons; Sweet Chestnut catkins, wholly pistillate by Miss 1. M. Roper ; Paulownia impertalts from Clifton, where it has not flowered for six years, by Mr. H. S. Thompson ; [satis tinctovia, Anthemis nobilis, and Centaurea scabiosa (white form) by Mis. EE: M: Bell. The Section has settled down to active usefulness, and the enthusiasm which urged the re-formation of the Sectiontwo years ago has been maintained, but it is wished still more members would join to avail themselves of it. MABEL BOWEN, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 1927. manifested from the beginning shows no sign of flagging. This is note- worthy since the abnormal wetness of the year has seriously incon- venienced the activities of the field workers. Parties of members, however, have made numerous excursions for observations on the domestic life of birds, nesting habits, etc. It is a matter for congratulation that the little band of workers, who are following a definite programme of bird-life study and photography have not allowed their labours to be interrupted by climatic hardships, and have been rewarded for their zeal by securing fresh records and gaining valuable information. EE is always a pleasure to write the Annual Report, because the enthusiasm As betore, during the Winter months, well attended meetings have been held at the houses of various members, for whose hospitality the Section is grateful. At these meetings numerous topics have come up and discussion has been well helped by interesting exhibits. A fifty per cent. increase in membership augurs well for the Section’s future. The writer regrets that this is the last occasion on which he will pen these notes, but the regret at relinquishing the Secretaryship, necessitated by heavy inroads on his leisure, is lessened by the fact that he leaves it in the capable hands of Mr. H. Tetley, B.Sc., and by his complete confidence in the Section’s continued progress through 1928. COLDSTREAM TUCKETT, Hon. Secretary and Treasurer. 348 FIELD SECTION. 1997. Bristol Naturalists’ Society, and started to operate as a Field Section of that Society. This report therefore, covers the first year of affiliation, and shows that the new arrangements have worked smoothly. The Summer excursions were very successful and an average attendance of 36 proves the continued interest of the members. The attendance of members at the Winter meetings of the Parent Society has also been most encouraging, though it is hoped that in the future arrangements can be made so that the subjects discussed may be of even more direct value to field workers. C: January 12th, 1927, the Bristol Field Club became affiliated to the Four excursions were held during the Summer months. In May, Mr. H. Vicars Webb led a party through the grounds of Oldbury Court, Fishponds. By kind permission of Mr. Harry Vassal]l members were privileged to walk through the private portions of this estate, and many opportunities were afforded of examining the spring life of both plants and birds. On June 18th, the Section combined with the parent Society in an excursion to Vallis Vale. Mr. H. F. Barke acted as leader, and over 60 members and friends were present. The July excursion was led by Mr. H. Womersley through the Bourton and Cheston Combes, over Backwell Down, which proved terva incognita to many members. Characteristic Carboniferous Limestone fossils, a varied insect life and plants in the vicinity of Wurple Pool were collected. In September, under the leadership of Mr. G. H. Beacham, Cadbury Camp was visited. The cross country route from Portbury vid Clapton- in-Gordano gave the geologists opportunity to find several small exposures containing abundant weathered Zaphrentids. During the Spring and early Summer Mr. H. Vicars Webb conducted six Bird-life Excursions, the dist1ict visited being Stapleton, Oldbury Court Estate, St. Anne’s Wood, Flax Bourton, Abbot’s Leigh and Portbury Woods. The rambles gave favourable opportunities for distinguishing the songs of migrant an‘ resident songsters, and several nests of an interesting character were found for the parties. Four Botanical Excursions were arranged by Mr. H. C. Sutton in April, May, July and September, the districts visited being Stapleton Glen and Frenchay, Blaise Castle Woods, Charlton Common and Leigh Woods re- spectively. These excursions served a useful purpose, for under efficient leadership small groups of members were enabled to carry out detailed study, and it is hoped that a similar series will be arranged during the coming Summer. Congratulations are due to our President, Mr. J. W. Tutcher, who has been awarded the degree of M.Sc., honoris causd, by the University of Bristol. Mr. Tutcher’s geological and photographic work is of international reputation and the distinction is richly deserved. The membership of the Section now stands at 93, 6 new members having been elected during the year. M. DORIS HILEY, Hon. Secretary. 349 GEOLOGICAL SECTION. 1927. MONG the activities of this Section foremost place must be given to A the monthly meetings. Six have been held during the past year, and the continued interest of members is shown by an average atten- dance of 29. The Exhibition Meeting was specially instructive and interesting in that it brought to light the “ finds ”’ of several of our members during their Summer holidays. Prof. S. H. Reynolds has recently gathered together a mass. of information concerning breccias. Collected literature on ‘this subject is meagre, and few members realize the existence of such a variety of types. It was the class of lecture well suited to the needs of our members. Mr. J. W. Tutcher, M.Sc., gave an account of his recently published work (in collaboration with Dr. A. E. Trueman) on the Liassic rocks of the Rad- stock district. It was pointed out that the peculiar character of these deposits may be explained by their close proximity to the Mendip axis, and also that the variations in thickness are due to intra-Liassic folding and penecontemporaneous erosion. Prof. H. L. Hawkins’ Paper on “ Crises in Evolution ”’ appears in another portion of these Proceedings. The Section hopes to continue this practice of inviting an extra-Bristolian to lecture each session. They help to keep the Section in touch with the trend of thought in other centres of geological research. Dr. F. S. Wallis in speaking on the Old Red Sandstone of the Bristol district showed that in this area the main scenic feature in those remote times was a large delta, through which emptied the waters of a river which originated in a mountain system to the north-west, somewhere in the region now designated Anglesey. On another occasion Dr. S. Smith explained the various structures in a coral, basing his remarks on the better known sea anemcne. He also dealt with coral islands, and introduced a new note into the threadbare controversies by explaining the presence of calcareous alge and _ bacteria. . Arising from the affiliation of the Bristol Field Club with the Bristol Naturalists’ Society as a Field Section, a class for discussion of geological topics has been formed. This is held on the same evening as the monthly meetings, and many members have taken advantage of the informal atmos- phere in this class, and the opportunity it affords forexamination of specimens. Two excursions were held during the Summer months. Wick was visited under the leadership of Dr. S. Smith, who explained the inter- relationship of scenic features and solid geology; whilst Mr A. Selley led a party to Failand for the purpose of collecting in the Bellerophon beds. Many members also attended the excursions arranged by the Field Section. In July the University of Bristol awarded the degree of M.Sc., honoris causd, to our vice-president Mr. J. W. Tutcher. Hearty congratulations to him ! During the past year the task of preparing an authors’ index to all the Papers in the 60 volumes of the Q.J.G.S. in the Society’s Library has been completed. This has involved the writing of about 3,500 cards; a useful work, which some members have found very interesting. We record with deep regret the death of two members: Miss H. Drew, M.A., and Mr. C. Trelease. The Geological Magazine and Monographs of the Paleontographical Society for 1927 have as usual been presented to the Library. The membership at the close of the year stands at 46, with a balance in hand. Be OW ALES, Hon. Secretary and Tyveasurer. 350 Account of the Annual and General Meetings. THE 64TH ANNUAL MEETING. January 20th, 1927. Mr. James Rafter, M.A., was elected President, and Prof. S. H. Reynolds, M.A., Sc.D., a Vice-President, with minor alter- ations in Council. The retiring President, Prof. O. V. Darbishire, Ph.D., F.L.S., gave his Annual Address for his third year of office, 1926, entitled “* Form-and Function of. Plants... (See page, 285); THE, 528TH -GENE RAL: MEE® ING; February 3rd, 1927. “Studies in’ Bird. Lite,” by Mr ik ree Gane The lecturer gave an account of the season’s photographic work in the field carried out by three members of the Ornithological Section. Reviewing the whole breeding season, he found that they had attempted some difficult subjects, which had taxed all their previous experience, but some interesting data had been collected. A considerable portion of the early spring had been devoted to the dipper, a bird of the rushing moorland and mountain streams, which was not too common in North Somerset. Almost the whole of the River Chew was surveyed in their attempts to find a nest of this interesting water bird. Finally one was discovered, but in a position which bristled with photographic difficulties ; and after exposing 23 plates during six separate occasions, only one passable result was obtained. The next subject was the red shank,.a wader, which was common along the mud flats of the Bristol Channel, and even the River Avon. A nest of this species was found in what is apparently a new breeding haunt in North Somerset. The bird is exceedingly shy, and only one photograph was secured of the female as she returned to her eggs. A week later the eggs were hatched, and, as is common with most waders, the young chicks had almost immediately wandered away from the vicinity of the nest. An interesting set of pictures were taken of a hedge sparrow feeding a young cuckoo, ending with this feathered parasite perching, fully-fledged, on the bough of a tree. This was followed by an interesting account of the nesting habit of the kestrel, whose nest, containing the downy young hawks, was found in the hole of an oak tree, about a few feet up—an unusually low position. ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS So Curiously enough, about 10 feet above the kestrel’s nesting- hole there was a thriving and noisy family of great spotted wood- peckers, but they evidently, when hatched, formed an item in the menu of the young kestrels, as the nest later contained numbers of black and white feathers. A trip to the Scilly Isles in search of sea birds provided an excellent series of negatives of that striking wader, the oyster- catcher, of razor-bills, puffins, great black-backed gulls, shags, cormorants and rock pipits. TEE 520nm GENERAL MEETING Manche oudy 1927. ene stlora-ol thes Mediterranean,” by Prof: F.. KE: Weiss, FURS. (Victoria Umiversity, Manchester.) Visits to Spain, Corsica, Italy and Greece had given an oppor- tunity of seeing something of the vegetation of the Mediterranean flora. General agreement was obtained in what they might call the facies or general aspect of the Mediterranean flora, which was that of a vegetation determined by a winter rainfall of not too great an amount and a hot and dry summer. This was responsible for the formation of the macquis, so typical of the Mediterranean region. But even the macquis varied in its nature and richness considerably, and its constituents were somewhat different in the eastern and western portion. This was no doubt due to the greater amount of rainfall. On the Eastern or Mediterranean shores of the Iberian peninsula the climate was, of course, much drier and colder in winter, not having the benefit of the Gulf Stream, but cold winds from the Sierra Nevada and the Pyrennes. In some parts, however, as on the slopes of Mont Serrat, near Barcelona, the typical scrub-like macquis was met with, A better example of unspoilt macquis could be seen in Corsica. There they had the lower reaches of the hills around the shore covered with rock-roses (cistus), white and pink in colour, forming handsome bushes some 3-ft. in height. On their coasts it was not uncommon to find an interesting brightly coloured parasitic plant growing, which was allied to a group of tropical parasites. Other shrubs found in the macquis were the Mastic Tree, not more than 6 feet or 8 feet in height ; the Arbutus or strawberry tree, 10 feet Lope geet: im height; and’ the Pree Heath, usually only -5: feet to 6 feet in height, while in Teneriffe and Portugal it might be 20 feet to 30 feet high, forming a proper tree. Two evergreen oaks, the Cork and the Turkey Oaks were also constituents of the macquis, but were usually only small trees. The myrtle, too, might be regarded as typically a plant of this formation. Among the herbaceous plants one encountered a number of Labiates, including the lavender and rosemary, and indeed the macquis 352 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS was often remarkable for the sweetness of its scent. As they went further east in the Mediterranean the climate became drier. The macquis gave way so as to consist of spiny shrubs, many of them being spiny forms of plants which in this country were spine- less. The Labiates had thick and felty leaves, and many of them were scented. As they travelled east the number of plants related to those of Asia naturally increased, for in Tertiary times Greece was united to Asia Minor, and the islands of the Aigean were the tops of the mountains of that connecting land. Geological evidence showed that in Tertiary times there was even a closer correspon- dence between the floras of the east and west. THE 530TH GENERAL “MEETING | April: 7th, tO2T- Discussion. ~~ What-is*a; Species... The question was discussed from the botanical, geological, and zoological points of view. Dr. McGregor Skene, for the botanical section, said the deline- ation of the individuality which made up the plant and animal kingdoms into groups was a necessity for any scientific treatment, and it was this which made the conception of a unit type of group” or species essential. The specics was the invention of Linnzus, who, however, failed to define it. The variety, also recognised by Linneus, was a unit more susceptible of definition, for we could to-day relate it to a constant hereditary composition. The study of varieties must be the aim of the systematic and other branches of biological science. But the species retained its im- portance as a convenient unit, and it was possible that it, too, might have objective reality. Dr. Stanley Smith for the geologists, thought that the idea of regarding a species as a consanguineous group of organisms in the same stage of evolution was convenient from certain points of view. The paleontologist and the worker on modern life are agreed, but the former is limited to the study of the hard parts only whilst the latter can test the essential parts and follow out experimentally the life histories. Palaontological research strongly points to the simultaneous change of a group rather than the inheritance of the acquired characters of an individual. Hence the recognition of a species was an entirely different matter to the definition of the term to cover such dissimilar organisms. The species becomes a convenient label to connote a particular form, and the differences between two species may after all be due to conditions of living. As an example, some molluscs from a stream were kept in an aquarium in hard tap water, and, in the absence of common stream weeds, were fed on lettuce. The result was that their shells became thicker than was the case with those ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 300 ‘growing in the stream. The application of the term ey Drove too restricted in some cases and too wide in others. fit Ve Pearman, F.E.S., considered the question from: the Zoological aspect. It might be supposed that the best test of the admitted objective existence of species could be applied through physiological behaviour. In some degree this is so. The usually accepted criteria are those of sterility and fertility as between the supposed species or as affecting their offspring, sterility implying specific distinctness. Cases were mentioned showing that the results of experiments along these lines were erratic and inconclusive. On the other hand differentiation of species by morphological characters was equally unsatisfactory, but the defects of this method (often the only one available) were due largely to the arbitrary selection of only a few characters for comparison. It was suggested that if ALL the homologous observable features of organisms were compared, and discrimination of species based on positive and constant differences, the sum of the whole of the morphological details of an individual would define its specific position with a sufficiently close approximation to the actual facts of its evolutionary descent, which is the ultimate obiect of our systems of classification. An interesting discussion followed, in which many members took part, but the meeting left the problem in its existing state. THE SUMMER EXCURSION. June hsth, 1927. This was made to Vallis Vale, near Frome, when about 60 members took the opportunity of visiting the Eastern Mendips. The arrangements were carried out by the Field Section, and the increased attendance showed the .appreciation of members for this annual form of enjoyment in close touch with Nature. The journey by motor coaches was through beautiful country by way of Vobster Valley outwards, and Limpley Stoke along the course of the wooded Avon, on the return. Vallis Vale was entered at Great Elm under the leadership of Mr. H. F. Barke, and after tea the President welcomed the members and their friends, and thanked the organizers. The visit to the Vale was a great success, as it is rich in all kinds of natural objects and afforded each science a treat. The geologists inspected many of the open quarries, and saw a splendid series of the unconformable junctions between the secondary rocks and the carboniferous limestone, collecting characteristic fossils in plenty. The botanists were rewarded by the sight of numerous species of plants, for which the district is well-known. The entomologists were kept busy in their studies of many kinds of life during their wanderings amid the bushy ground; whilst 354 ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS the ornithologists were specially interested in their observations on bird life as they followed the stream through the valley. THE 53lst GENERAL MEETING, October 6th, 1927. “Form and Variation in Nature,’ by Mr. A, P, Higham. Variety enters largely into Nature’s scheme. In all directions cell activity followed a principle by which plant and animal forms were built up, but there was an ancillary principle under which infinite variety was assured. That variety was found in the in- ternal constitution as well as in outward form, but so regularly that the constitution of every species and variety of species was maintained constant and distinct. It was not enough to say that the foot of a fly differed from the foot of a spider; the law of differentiation was found to a far wider extent. For instance, every variety of spider had its peculiar shape of feet, etc., and a similar remark might be passed with regard to each section of nature. The lecture was illustrated by numerous photo-micrographic slides, prepared by himself, of transverse sections of plants, of fungi, and a series of insects’ feet and other organs. THE 532npD GENERAL. MEETING November 10th, 1927. Exhibits of Natural History by the Members. Specimens of photographs, drawings, and microscopic slides showed that steady, progressive work had been done by all sections during the year. In the botanical section, Miss I. M. Roper ex- hibited a series of the ranunculaceee family and photographs of spiral torsion; Dr. Macgregor Skene specimens of blanching of plants and bacteria; the University gardener, a good collection of cacti and tropical plants; Mr. F. W. Evens, mycetozoa ; and Mr. T. V. T. Baxter, microscopic slides of structure of plants. Mr. A. Selley exhibited a bunch of wild flowers picked that day at Clapton-in-Gordano, and Mrs. Sandwith a basket of strawberries, fruit and flowers. For zoology, Mr. H. Tetley, showed the skeleton of the crucifix fish from British Guiana. The geological exhibits were fossil reptiles from South Africa and Texas; rocks and photographs from Isle of Eigg, and Agassiz’s great work on fossil fish, by Prof. S. H. Reynolds; and cretaceous and jurassic Trigonize by Mr. J. W. Tutcher. Entomology was represented by Mr. J. V. Pear- man, who showed local psocids and their eggs; Mr. M. Miller, cocoons from High Alps, Switzerland ; Mr. W. C. Taunton, exotic coleoptera ; Mr. H. Womersley, diptera, mycetophillide or fungus gnats, daddy longlegs and apterygota ; and Mr. R. Beck, drawings Pilbara er GR mee: ACCOUNT OF THE ANNUAL AND GENERAL MEETINGS 395 of 229 varieties of two-spot ladybirds and 36 varieties of lady- birds taken in 1927. Coffee was served during the meeting. TH 533RDY GENERAL MEETING. Mecemiber 1st,/1927. veooiitiessibinds by Mr. de etley, B.Sc: The flightless condition in birds may be put down to one of three causes. Firstly, the wing power atrophied owing to disuse on lands where there were no predaceous animals. This happened chiefly on oceanic islands, and the Dodo of Mauritius is an example. Secondly, the birds developed running power at the expense of their wing power, as in the ostrich. And thirdly, they became highly specialised for aquatic life, and the wings were transformed into efficient paddles, as in the penguins. All these birds have the normal bones of a bird’s wing, and there seems to be little doubt that they are derived from birds that could fly originally, but have since become specialised. At the present day they are practically confined to the Southern Hemisphere, the only exception being the ostrich, which is found in Arabia, and two other birds, which occur in islands through which the Equator passes, and the great auk which has been exterminated by man within the last 100 years, and was to be found in the North Atlantic. The ostrich and its allies have been evolved separately on the continents where they are found. They differ so much in structure, that it does not seem possible to derive one from the other. The ostrich has gone furthest in specialisation and can be compared with the horse. In both there has been a reduction in the digits of the feet in correlation with increase in running power. hough now practically a southern form, it seems likely that the ostrich was originally a northern form, fossil remains having been found in India and Samoa. Penguins are entirely southern forms, and include the Em- peror Penguin, the largest existing example, which is remarkable for laying and incubating its egg during the Antarctic winter at temperatures below 70 deg. Fahrenheit. Exhibits by Mr. M. Miller of the fruit of Pyrus Japonica from a Wotton-under-Edge garden; by Miss Roper of a Mildew Ozdium Euonymz on the leaves of the garden Euonymus recorded in Britain in 1900, and now found in: Gloucestershire for the first time. 356 Report of Delegate to the British Association. HE Meeting of the British Association for 1927 was held at Leeds, and the President of the Conference of Corresponding Societies was Sir Francis G., Ogilvie, LL.D.) the (Chamman of the Geological Survey Board. His address was mainly devoted to Regional Surveys, and he strongly urged local Societies to carry out a Vegetation Survey of their own districts. This is the second year in succession that the Presidential Address has been devoted to the subject of Regional Survey, which leads to the conclusion that much importance is attached to it, to enable public Authorities in due time to make use of the accumu- lated knowledge of all parts of the country. Sir Francis advocated that every active member of a Society undertaking field work should provide himself with a map of the 6-inch Ordnance Survey, and mark upon it his own observations on the vegetation. He also wished that an intelligent knowledge of local Maps, to be displayed on the walls, should be taught in elementary schools, for the scholars to understand better about hills, valleys and streams. After the Address the Protection of Wild Flowers was discussed, and the chief outcome was a unanimous decision that Lists of rare plants ought not to be circulated, and the presence of such in each county should not be publicly mentioned. Local Authorities moreover could help to protect the growth of common flowers in woodlands by exhibiting freely the Bye- laws and enforcing them in special instances. This would educate public opinion and prevent the gathering of roots. At the second meeting Mr. T. Sheppard, of Hull, described the advantages of Nature Reserves for the protection of bird life, and described the three chief ones maintained in Yorkshire under private control. Although the National Trust has fortunately taken over the ownership of many Reserves, these are now becoming so scattered that difficulties of maintenance may arise. It was advocated that each County should form a local Trust for the ownership of any local spot that needed protection. Ipa M. ROPER. September, 1927. 3af PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS, 1927. ‘* Totemism ”’ By JAMES RAFTER, M.A. OME apology is due from me for offering this subject to a Society founded for the study of Natural History. In place of the usual scientific disquisition I venture to give, in extract form, the result of much sifting of the numerous books mentioned in the list appended hereto. There are four words which I shall be using this evening, the first of course being totemism, and the others: totem, exogamy and fetishism. I give a definition of each one: Totemism is defined as “the use of totems, with all the social and religious observances connected with them.”’ A totem is a class of material objects which a savage regards with superstitious respect, believing that there exists between him and every member of the class an intimate and altogether special relation. The name is derived from an Ojibway word ‘‘totam.”’ It was first introduced into English literature in the nineteenth century. Exogamy is the custom which prohibits a man from marrying a woman of his own tribe. It is a product of savagery, but it has few or no superstitions. There is a great difference between totemism and exogamy, for whereas the former has vanished from civilized races without leaving many traces amongst their descen- dants, the latter has bequeathed to civilization the momentous legacy of the prohibited degrees of marriage. Totemism probably existed before exogamy became established. Fetishism, on which by the way I do not propose to enlarge, is a word applied to any object, large or small, natural or artificial, regarded as possessing consciousness, volition and supernatural qualities, and especially magic power. The fetish is, in short, a mascot—a luck bringer. The totem is inherited, and it may not be changed at will. A fetish, on the other hand, is acquired by personal choice, by purchase or by inheritance, and it can be sold or discarded at will of the possessor in most cases. It must be borne in mind that savage man is unable to dis- tinguish between the animate and inanimate, and imagines every surrounding object to be, like himself, instinct with life. Trees, the wind, the river (which he calls the “long person ’’) all possess 358 TOTEMISM life and consciousness in his eyes. Light and darkness, heat and cold, were regarded as active and alert agencies. The sky was the All-Father, from whose co-operation with Mother-Earth all living things had sprung. This condition of belief is known as Animism. If inanimate objects and natural phenomena were thus endowed it is readily understood that the creatures of the animal world were placed upon a still higher level. The savage observed that the denizens of the forest and prairie possessed greater cunning in forest craft than himself ; that their hunting instinct was much more sure ; that they seldom suffered from lack of provisions, and that they were more swift of foot. They were, in fact, his superiors in those faculties which he most coveted and admired. Various. human attributes and characteristics became personified, and even exaggerated in some of his neighbours of wood and plain. The fox was proverbial for craft, the wild cat for stealth, the bear for a wrong-headed stupidity, the owl for a cryptic wisdom, the deer for swiftness. So deeply was he influenced by this seeming super- iority that if he coveted a certain quality, he would place himself under the protection of the animal or bird which symbolized it. Again, if a tribe or clan possessed any special characteristic such as fierceness or cunning, it was usually called by its neigh- bours after the bird or beast which symbolized its character. A tribe would learn its nickname from captives taken in war; or it might even bestow such an appellation upon itself. After the lapse of a few generations the members of a tribe would regard the animal whose qualities they were supposed to possess as their direct ancestor, and would consider that all the members of his species were their blood-relations. This belief is known as totemism, and its adoption was the means of laying the foundation of a wide-spread system of tribal rule and custom, by which marriage and many of the affairs of life were, and are wholly governed. Probably all races have passed through this stage at some early period in their history, and its remains are to be found deeply embedded in our present social » system. For example, some of the ornaments worn by English people at the present time are believed to bring good luck and protection from harm. The saying goes “Scratch a Russian and you find a Tartar.” Applying that saying to ourselves we might say “Scratch an English man or woman and you find a substratum of superstition,’ which is really a survival of the days when we were barbarians. The civilized person who attaches that very ancient charm, the Swastika, or any other charm for the matter of that, to his watch-chain, or her bangle, is unconsciously following in the TOTEMISM 359 footsteps of many pagan ancestors, but with this difference—that the idea of “luck ”’ residing in the trinket is weak in the civilized mmd, whereas in the savage belief the “luck’’ resident in the fetish is a powerful and living thing, an intelligence which must be placated with prayer, feast and sacrifice. It is strange that black cats are supposed to bring good luck. Yet in the days of witchcraft, and not a great many years ago either, such animals were invariably associated with women who were done to death, because they had the misfortune to possess an evil reputation. Now-a-days black cat figures in abundance are exposed for sale in our best emporiums. A mental peculiarity of the savage mind should be considered. Like civilized man the savage is curious. The first faint impulses of the scientific spirit are at work in his brain; he is anxious to give himself an account of the world in which he finds himself. He draws no hard and fast line between himself, and the things in the world. He regards himself, as I have before mentioned, as literally akin to animals and plants and heavenly bodies ; he attributes sex and procreative powers even to stones and rocks, and he assigns human speech and human feelings to sun and moon and stars and wind no less than to beasts, birds and fishes. This is admirably borne out in that delightful book ‘‘ Uncle Remus,”’ wherein animals talk to each other, 1oke, scheme, and play tricks upon one another just like human beings. , There is much difference of opinion as to the origin of totemism. The myths of savages about its origin are of no historical value. These myths vary as much as the civilized makers of modern hypotheses. Some claim descent from the totem object; others believe that an original race of animals peopled the world ; animals human in character, but bestial (a belief, by the way, not so far removed from the modern theory that we are all descended from apes). These animals became men, while retaining rapport with their original species ; or, their spirits are continually re-incarnated in women, and are born again. Some Australian tribes believe that the All-Father, whom they call “ Baiame,’’ gave totems and totemic laws to man. _ The view of Dr. Frazer, the author of “ The Golden Bough ’’- is that each totem group was charged with the superintendence of some department of Nature, from which it took its name. The control was by magical means to procure for the members of the community, on the one hand, a plentiful supply of all the commo- dities of which they stood in need ; and on the other hand, an im- munity from all the perils and dangers to which man is exposed in his struggle with Nature. 360 TOTEMISM Australia, with North America, provides the examples of those institutions which seem to be “nearest to the beginning.” in Australia the aborigines are the least sophiscated among peoples. The North American tribes on the other hand have been much contaminated by our civilization, hence the lesser value of their records. There is infinite variety in the ways in which clans or tribes sprang from the animal or vegetable world. The accounts are fascinating, and one might occupy a whole evening in dealing with that aspect of the subject alone. It follows that the object selected as a totem has some relation to surroundings ; for example, a pearl oyster, or a dugong totemic group would not be found in Central Australia; similarly neither is there, say, a porcupine grass group on the shores of the Gulf of Carpentaria. In accor- dance with the distribution of animals or plants we find a corres- ponding distribution of totemic groups. Groups thus formed gave each other soubriquets, such as Emu, Frog, Ant, Snake, Grub, and so forth. As I have said before, the members of a clan or group call themselves by the name of the totem, and commonly believe themselves to be actually descended from it. The following examples will explain how this comes about: The Turtle clan of the Iroquois tribe in North America say they are descended from a fat turtle, which, burdened by the weight of its shell in walking, contrived by great exertions to throw it off, and thereafter gradually developed into a man. Thus at some period or the other the totem has changed into human form through the medium of the Great Spirit. The Californian Indians say they are descended from Coyotes. The loss of their tails, which they still deplore, was produced by the habit of sitting upnght. The Bear clan of the Ottawa tribe ascribed its origin to a bear’s paw, without ex- plaining the precise nature of the relationship. However, this may be, the Bear clan of the Ojibwas was held to resemble the bear, its totem, in disposition. The members were surly and pugnacious, and the war-pipe, and the war-club were committed to their custody. The Crane clan were so called as they were thought to possess naturally a loud ringing voice, and they were the acknowledged orators of the tribe. In China, among the Lolos of Szechwan, their surnames always signify the names of a tree or animal or both, and these are considered the ancestors of the family bearing the name. Coming nearer home it is said that in Connemara and the islands off the west coast of Ireland there are persons who claim that they have seals’ blood in them, and that is why they are such good swimmers. This undoubtedly dates back to the days when totemism flourished. The same may be said of the Scottish Isles. TOTEMISM 361 Turning to the religious aspect of the question, few generations would elapse before the sense of ancestral devotion to the totem would become so strong as to be exalted into a fully developed system of worship of it as a deity. That the totem developes into the god is proved by the animal likeness, and attributes of many deities in lands widely separate. It accounts for the jackal and ibis-headed gods of Egypt, the bull-like deities of Assyria, the bestial gods of India, and so on. Some consider totemism as a religious institution. It is also a material and moral force, and is bound up with the organi- zation of Society. It is the earliest form of religion, and of society everywhere. Egyptian mythology is probably the oldest of all those known to us. Its gods are mainly personifications of such natural forces as the sun, the rain, the wind, as affect the welfare of the crops, and they were held in extreme awe, and their anger greatly dreaded. The gods of the Egyptians were remote and awe-inspiring, and had lost most of their human characteristics. Many of them are represented as having the forms of animals and birds, e.g. lioness, cow, jackal and ibis. There is no doubt in my mind that this is a relic of the totemism which existed in the early stages of that nation’s development. Although regarded with reverence and looked to for help the totem is never, where totemism is not decadent, prayed to as a god, or as a person with powers which we call supernatural. The supreme or superior being of low savage religion or mythology is never a totem. He may be able, like Zeus in Greek mythology, to assume any shape he pleases. In the myths of some Australian tribes he ordained the institution of totemism. The North American Indian regards his totem as a mixture of man and beast and god. In Samoa the so-called totem is the vehicle of a god; in Australia no such idea is found. Not wor- shipping ancestral spirits, an Australian will not, like an ancestor- worshipping African, explain his totem as an ancestral spirit. The “‘ religious ’’ status of the totem is lowest among people where its influence on social regulations is greatest, and vice versa. The breaking of a totemic law or custom was regarded as a serious crime. These laws were observed with a rigour beside which the rules of the religions of civilized peoples appear lax and indulgent. The individual, as a rule by no means invariable, may not kill or eat the name-giving object of his kin, except under dire necessity. There are customs of burying and lamenting dead animals which are regarded with reverence by this or that “family ”’ or “clan.’’ One clan amongst the Samoans was said to offer “‘ first- fruits ’’ to its sacred animal, the eel; while the clan that revered 362 TOTEMISM the pigeon kept and fed a tame one. But in Samoa, though the sacred animals of clans or families are in all probability survivals of totemism, they are not regarded by the people as the vehicle of class or family gods, and therefore receive honours not paid to the hereditary totems of Australia which have nothing god- like. At one time the lobster was generally considered sacred by the Greeks, and not eaten. If the people of Semphos, an island in the AXgean Sea, caught a lobster in their nets, they put. it back into the sea ; if they found a dead one they buried it and mourned over it as one of themselves. The solemn burial of a sardine by a riverside is a ceremony observed in Spain on Ash Wednesday. A point to note in savage opinion is the belief in magic and sorcery. The world and all the things in it being vaguely con-— ceived of as sensible and rational, obey the commands of certain members of the tribe, chiefs, jugglers, conjurors, and what you will. Rocks open at their order, rivers dry up, animals are their servants, and hold converse with them. These magicians cause or heal diseases and can command even the weather, bringing rain or thunder or sunshine at their will. There are few super- natural attributes of Zeus or of Apollo that are not freely assigned to the tribal conjuror. Among minor savage beliefs.is the common faith in friendly or protecting animals, and also the notion that “‘ natural deaths,’ as we call them, are always unnatural, that death is always caused by some hostile spirit or conjuror. The savage has very strong ideas about the persistent exis- tence of the souls_of the dead. They retain much or them old nature, but are often more malignant after death than they had been during life. By virtue of the close connection between man and the animals, the souls of the dead are not rarely supposed to migrate into the bodies of beasts, or to revert to the condition of that species of creatures with which each tribe supposes itself to be related by ties of kinship or friendship, with the usual inconsistency of mythi- cal belief, the souls of the dead are spoken of, at other times, as if they inhabited a spiritual world, sometimes a paradise of flowers, sometimes a gloomy place which mortal man may visit, but whence no one can escape who has tasted of the food of the ghosts. There are also various rites connecting the dead man with his totem at his funeral. Men may identify themselves with their totem, or mark themselves as of this or that totem, by wearing the hide or plumage of the bird or beast, or by putting on a mask resembling its face. This explains the meaning of what we are TOTEMISM 363 apt to regard as fearsome-looking masks and head-dresses when the natives are engaged in their tribal dances. It is merely a fanciful choice, as some of us imagine, but one strictly regulated by the totem. ihe wdestee of religious” regard for the revered object increases in proportion as it is taken to contain the spirit of an ancestor, or to be the embodiment of a god ; ideas not found among the most backward savages. It is only when such a system as totemism, with its intricate taboos and stringent laws bearing on the various relationships of life, comes to be adopted that a “moral ’’ order arises. Speaking for myself I am inclined to the social aspect of totemism combined with the desire to ensure a good supply of food and water. As the totem is an ancestor, so all ancestors are looked upon with reverence, and deference to living progenitors becomes a virtue. In such way a code - morality is slowly but certainly produced. As regards marriage—Darwin supposed that man was at first a jealous brute who expelled his sons from the neighbourhood of his women, thus securing internal peace of his fire-circle—there were no domestic love feuds. The sons therefore of necessity sought wives elsewhere and so were exogamous. As man became more human, a son was permitted to abide among his kin, but he had to capture a mate from another tribe. In the savage world it is an all but universal rule that people of the same hereditary totem may not intermarry, even if the lovers belong to tribes, however remote or separated by the breadth of the continent. The rule of non-intermarriage within the totem was in some myths, of divine institution ; in others it was invented by the primitive wandering totemic beings; or was laid down by the wisdom of mere men who saw some unknown evil in consanguineous unions. To eat the totem is sometimes thought to be automatically punished by sickness or death, but this danger does not attach to marriage within the totem. Such transgressors would be punished by the men of the clan. The rule that marriage must be outside of the group name was strong in Australia. Frog may not marry frog, or Emu emu. The usual savage superstition which places all folk in mystic rapport with the object from which their names are derived gradually gave a degree of sanctity to Frog, Emu and the rest. And so they became what are called Totems. | 364 TOTEMISM With regard to the child: the Arunta tribe of Central Aus- tralia held the belief that children are incarnations of pre-existing animal or vegetable spirits. Many native beliefs regarding the birth of children are exceedingly strange and quaint, so much so that the discussion of such is naturally more fitting for a medical debating Society. As a tule the child takes the class and totem names of its mother. One thing has struck me in preparing this paper, that when inheritance is through the mother, otherwise matrilineal descent, instead of through the father, totemism appears to per- sist ; but if there is a change to paternal lineage, the tendency is for totemism to decay. The mention of “ decay’ brings me to my next point—No race is known which is in the act of becoming totemic, as in all peoples which can be studied totemism is an old institution, and in most is manifestly decaying or being transmuted. Over a large area of the globe, embracing Europe, the greater part of Asia, South America and Polynesia, North Africa, and the extreme north of North America inhabited by the Eskimo, totemism 1s now unknown. But amongst many of the peoples of these regions certain beliefs and practises have been reported, which seem to bear traces of a former prevalence. Totemism, wherever it exists, has a tendency to disappear under missionary influence. In India the decadence of totemism has been caused chiefly by the spread of Hinduism, and with it the extension of the caste system. It is now found only among the non-Aryan tribes, and chiefly among the Dravidians, there being about 70 animal, veget- able and mineral totems. The connection between a man and his totem is mutually beneficent, the totem protects the man, and the man shows his respect for it in various ways, by not killing it if it be an animal, and not cutting or gathering it if it be a plant. Some clans avoid looking at their totem, and others are careful not to speak of it by its proper name, but use descriptive epithets instead, ¢.g., pie Délaware Indians have three totems: the wolf, “ round- foot, crawler”’ and “‘not chewing,” the last referring to the turkey’s habit of swallowing its food. These clans call themselves by these descriptive names ; so I have no doubt that the Black Feet Indians obtained their name in similar fashion—possibly from the paws of the black bear. 2? ce In this connection I should add that parts of animals were taken as totems. This is clearly to be seen in the case of Egypt, the origin and early development of which is obscure. Each TOTEMISM 365 district in that country had its own peculiar object of adoration in some animal. But no matter what changes took place in the country’s long history, the same attitude towards these animals prevailed to the end. One district venerated the ibis, one the crocodile, one the cat, one the ram, one the gnat, and so on, When the objects of adoration took human form they were identified with various animals, and were represented on the monuments with the heads of the appropriate animals. The animals remained sacred, as their numerous mummies attest. At Bubastis the cat was venerated, and the goddess Bast had her seat. That our British ancestors possessed a totemic system is undoubted. The clan Chattan of the Highlands are “the sons of the cat.” One battalion of an Irish tribe was cat-headed, or rather, wore the totem crest of acat. The swine gods and other animal deities possessed by the British Celts assist this theory, as do the remains of many folk-customs in England and Scotland. Now a word or two as regards Heraldry. Heraldry is but so many family symbols which have come down to us from the distant days when our forefathers painted them upon their shields, or wore them upon their helmets as the badge of their tribe, and thus of its supposed beast progenitor or protector. The animals, birds and fishes which so plentifully besprinkle our modern coats of arms were not originally chosen haphazard, but because of all they meant to the wearers. To this day some of the North American Indians display their carved totems on poles outside their dwellings Or on graves. The more or less permanent settlement of the tribes along the North American coast has led to the division of the population into ranks or castes, and to a continually higher value being set on the crests or badges as marks of rank and wealth, and as symbols of descent from a distinguished ancestor. The same remark applies to us, for no one would think of looking for coats of arms among the slum population of our cities. Heraldry, therefore, may be regarded as a legacy of totemism. A few remarks as to totemic customs. Among the Menemini, a member of the Bear clan, who, when hunting, met a bear would apologise, and ask forgiveness before killing it. The Abenaki tribe painted their totems on their arms, breasts and legs. The Sauks or Musquakies held dances in honour of their totem. The Wolf gens will pray to the wolves ‘‘ We are your relations, pray don’t hurt us.” . But notwithstanding this fact they will hunt wolves without hesitation. In Australia a man who was lax as to his totem was not thought well of, and was never allowed 366 TOTEMISM to take any important part in the ceremonies. Some Australian tribes would not harm his totem if he could avoid it, but at a pinch he would eat it in default of other food. In order to injure another person he would, however, kill that person’s totem. In Ashanti the totem animal is revered. It is addressed as “‘ grandfather,’ a title of respect used in addressing the kings of that country. Among the Bechuanas the chief is always ad- dressed by the name of the totem, as “‘O Crocodile,” ““O Lion.” His totem is held sacred and the animal, plant or other object is regarded with fear and reverence. I should add, however, that totemism is decadent among the Bechuanas. The Bataung tribe has the lon for its totem, and they carefully abstain from touching its flesh, for, say they, “how could one think of eating his ancestor ?”’ The chief of the tribe may not even wear a lion’s skin by way of royal mantle. Men of a clan whose totem is any kind of tree may not go under the shade of the tree. Thev may not use its produce in any shape unless it is an indispensable article of diet or household use. The Salt clan abstain from taking raw salt, but will use it in flavouring their food or drink. : It is surprising to what lengths some clans will go in totemic matters, e.g. the members of the Tiger clan may not marry in the month of Magh (December-January), because the name of Magh rhymes with Bagh, the Hindi word for Tiger. This is said to be due to timidity of superstition. Speaking of India, totemism is now in decay. An unintentional breach of a tabu is no longer believed to entail any serious consequences, though looked upon with social disapproval. BIBLIOGRAPHY. MyTH, RITUAL AND RELIGION, Andrew Lang. NATIVE TRIBES OF S.E. AUSTRALIA, A. W. Hewitt. FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW, 1869-70, Article by J. F. M’Lennan. THE GOLDEN BouaGu, Dr. J. G. Frazer. TotemisM, Dr. ]. G. Frazer. THE SECRET OF THE TOTEM, Andrew Lang. N.W. CENTRAL QUEENSLAND ABORIGINES, foth. ENCYCLOPEDIA BRITANNICA, Articie ‘“‘ Totemism.”’ NATIVE TRIBES OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA AND OF NORTHERN AUSTRALIA, Spencer and Gillen. ANTHROPOLOGICAL Essays, Andrew Lang. SOCIAL ORIGINS AND PRIMAL Law, Lang & Atkinson, JOURNAL OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL INST., Vo]. 39. GRAMMAR OF ENGLISH HERALDRY, W. H. St. John Hope. FREEMASONRY AND THE ANCIENT Gops, J. S. M. Ward. THE Dawn oF CiviLizaTion, Prof. Maspero. THE Livinc Races oF MANKIND, H. N. Hutchinson. Bs) ‘ ‘io ' . | - | ey Pe 4 — Ga tt Ee: [R. NEST. REED WARBLER AT Photograph by] Crises 1n Evolution. (Summary of Paper read to the Geological Section, October 2Cth, 1927) By HerBert £. HAWKINS, D.Sc., F.GS. Professor of Geology, University of Reading. We iGrises in Evolution | do not refer to such events: as the puMmication- or the’ Origin of Species,” or the inal of a schoolmaster in Tennessee. I wish rather to consider the way in which Evolution works, and to enquire as to whether its course is absolutely even, or whether (under some stimulus or other) there may not have been occasional spasms of especially rapid change. Paleontologists have a unique opportunity of watching the effects of evolution. They, and they alone, can see the results _as they have piled themselves up in the sequence of time. Others, the neontologists, can experiment and speculate on the mechanics of evolution, but they cannot prove that it has any real result because of lack of time. It is, however, foolish to make any distinction between neontology and paleontology. Every biolo- gist who has studied anatomy has therein done paleontological work ; for as soon as an organism is dead it is paleontological material, and no longer biological. There is no fundamental difference between an anima] that died five minutes ago and one that died five million years ago; the quality of evidence avail- able in both is essentially the same. You must all be familiar with the outlines of the history of geological thought ; that in the 16th, 17th and 18th centuries the prevalent views of Cosmogony can be summed up in the word “Catastrophic.’’ For various reasons, mainly preconceived, it was necessary to produce the whole stratigraphical sequence in six days. This had to be achieved by frequent alternations of constructive and destructive effort. As the exponents of this view became more acquainted with the facts of Geology, the number of catastrophies steadily increased, until the theory became farcical. Naturally a “ Reformation ’’ occurred, leading to a Renaissance of Reason. The counterblast was provided by the school of the Uniformitarians, who interpreted the whole of the past in literal terms of the present.’ Perhaps this school had its most convincing exponent in Lyell, and reached its culmination in Darwinism. In Darwinism we get the idea of a gradual, almost infinitely slow, progress of life from one form to another under 368 CRISES IN EVOLUTION conditions precisely paralleled to-day, and this is surely the paleon- tological equivalent of Uniformitarian creeds. Since otherwise sane men were Catastrophists, and otherwise reliable minds embraced Uniformity, it may be presumed that the truth lies somewhere between. | If I may be allowed a personal confession, I may say that I believe in analogy as a means of teaching, and especially as an incentive to research. Perhaps this belief results from a sort of Monotheism that assumes the laws of cause and effect to work similarly in all spheres. Look at human history and you will find that there has been progress of sorts (sometimes it may have been “‘ progress back- wards ’’), and that it has been in the main gradual and uneventful —produced unconsciously by very small contributions made in each generation. At the end of a couple of centuries there is an obvious change in the quality of the people or of their government ; but it would usually be hard to find exactly when the change came. Nevertheless, every now and then, without any particular display of comets or other celestial portents, something may have happened to change the whole course of history—something which passed unnoticed at the time. Reducing this analogy to the individual scale, you know that there have been times when you did something or did not do it, in the ordinary round of events ; and yet because you did or failed to do it everything has gone differently since. Critical moments do not always seem critical at the time. As an illustration one might cite the discovery of America. There can be no doubt that that event led to developments in that quarter of the globe which have had, and must continue to have, a great influence on world-history. But America was discovered as a quite ordinary piece of land in the course of a not at all extraordinary expedition that was looking for something else. The discoverer of America, however far sighted, could not have realised what a tremendous thing he had done—it is only now that we can begin to appraise it. It is something of that sort that I mean when I speak of Crises in Evolution. When we study the existing fauna and flora, we find some creatures possessing structures that are miracles of perfection in their adaptation to particular uses. Further, in many such cases, it is difficult to imagine that such structures would be of any use whatever unless they were practically perfect. Some of the Sea-Urchins have a marvellous biting-apparatus built of forty separate ossicles and worked by a very great number of beautifully balanced muscles. “‘ Aristotle’s lantern ’’ is certainly meant for a biting organ (whatever additional functions it may serve), and those Sea-Urchins that have it can put it to very effective use CRISES IN EVOLUTION 369 Some of the earliest Echinoids known (those from the Silurian), which were in many respects but a foreshadowing of what the Sea- Urchins were to become, had absolutely perfect ‘‘ Lanterns.” On the other hand, we know that the various Sea-Urchins that have no ‘“ Lanterns’’ have lost them by slow degrees. We can trace the gradual deterioration of the apparatus in Ontogeny and Paleontology. It is, therefore, unnecessary to imagine the slow degeneration of a structure that has lost its value,—we can watch it happen. But it is difficult to form a clear idea of the opposite process. Once a structure exists it can slowly decay ; but can it start its existence aS a promise (just as it closes it as a memory), and, with uncanny foresight, develop through a long series of ineffective stages until at last it becomes workable ? Let us look for some analogy (not too remote) to give an answer. At certain stages in geological history very great readjust- ments seem to have occurred in the population of the world. These stages often appear to coincide with paroxysms of orogenic move- ment; but this association may be due to breaks in the chain of evidence quite as much as to “lurches forward ” in the progress of Evolution. It is generally agreed that life, however originated, began in water. If life first appeared in the sea, there must of necessity have been a considerable period when the rivers, lakes and land were barren of life (whether or not they were fit to sup- port it). We know very little about the land in Lower Palzozoic times ; but at the beginning of the Upper Paleozoic we find a fair amount of evidence. There were, by then, animals and plants living in fresh water; and (to take a case) the fishes of the Old Red Sandstone give some indication of being new-comers. In the rivers and lakes of the Devonian period these fishes had scarcely any dangerous competitors. They were in strange surroundings, and had ample room there. It is noteworthy how many weird forms arose, and how far from the direct line of fish-evolution they wandered. Again, with the oncoming of the Carboniferous period there were exceptional opportunities for the spread of swamp-vegetation. Huge areas of “‘ Dismal swamp ”’ developed; and it is doubtful if any flora before or since contained more extremes of speciali- zation than were to be found in that of the Coal-Measures. In Carboniferous times some fishes began to breathe air in- stead of water, and some compressed their larval stages into egg- shells, thus dispensing with the need for permanent aquatic life. We have no evidence of strictly land-animals before the Permian ; but the terrestrial Reptilian fauna of the Permian and Trias is a stock source of inspiration for humorous artists. Many more 370 CRISES IN EVOLUTION orders of Reptiles were in existence then than have ever lived together since ; and they showed vast diversity of form, ornament and habit. In the relatively short space of a single period they dominated the world; they held sway (albeit losing more than they gained) throughout the Mesozoic era, and (for reasons that we can suspect but hardly understand) abdicated at the close of the Cretaceous. All through the Mesozoic there lived a humble little group of insectivorous Marsupials rarely surpassing a rat in size. These creatures probably appeared in Triassic times, but they gave no challenge to the Reptiles; they “lay low and said nuffin.” But the terrestrial reptiles collapsed during the Cretaceous submer- gence ; and when the land rose again to form the Cainozoic. contin- ents it supported hardly any large animals. The little sheltered “rats ’’ which, till then, had not dissipated their energies in riotous evolution, found almost limitless worlds to conquer and few foes to overcome. And in the early periods of the Cainozoic era, the Mammals produced almost as many and as grotesque types as had the Reptiles in the Permo-Trias. “Invasion ’’ of new territory, and concomitant extravagance of variation, happened with some degree of suddenness; the retreat to the final collapse was slow. If it 1s indeed a fact that within the short space of a period the reptiles overran the world, and at the same time produced all fundamentally important types of reptilian Orders, it would seem a precisely analogous fact that the Mammals behaved in exactly the same manner when they got the chance. These are only two cases out of very many that could - be cited to support the belief that absence of competition serves to encourage rapid specialization. Some explanation of the coincidence may perhaps be found in the last chapter of Darwin’s “ Variation of Animals, etc.”’ Darwin states that “variability mainly depends on changed conditions of life.’’ Possibly it would be nearer to the facts to say that variability reveals itself most effectively under changed conditions of life. When the first definitely terrestrial vertebrates appeared they were certainly enjoying “changed conditions,”’ and there lay before them a world covered with plants waiting to be eaten, and little competition. Any variant (not actually suicidal) that might be born would have as good a chance of survival as the most orthodox type. Until the world became thickly popu- lated, and an internecine struggle for existence began, there was no real check on “‘individualism.”’ At the present time, all sorts of ‘“‘ monstrosities’ are born; but in the struggle for existence, those types that do not conform to the normal, as well as those born with a fatal defect, stand a poor chance. So we find that pioneers CRISES IN EVOLUTION S¥Al —such as the first land reptiles, the first land-plants, and the first mammals—have a tendency to “‘run amok” in variation through. lack of competitive control. Here we find our analogy with the case of the Sea-Urchins’ “Lantern.” If a change of habitat can cause rapid evolution in phylogeny, it seems reasonable to postulate that a change of habit will have a comparable effect in morphogeny. In the case of the Echinoids, they will have been (and still are), the only members of their phylum to masticate their food. The assumption of that habit, even if imperfectly carried out with makeshift tools, will have eased the burden of competition, and have placed the Sea-Urchins in a class apart from their companions. By analogy this would result in rapid morphogenetic evolution. By way of summary we can propound two questions—both probably answerable in the same way. Can organisms transported into a new environment show more than the normal rate of phyletic evolution ? And can structures necessary for the performance of a vitally important function develop rapidly in morphogeny ? The answer to the former question seems certainly to be in the affir- mative. Absence of competition does mean acceleration of evolu- tion. And since evolution as determinable by Paleontology must always be more on a morphogenetic than a phylogenetic plane, the fact that we can see evidence which we regard as “ genealogical ”’ implies that we have looked through a morphogenetic glass. Hence the analogy that we chose to lead us towards an answer to the second question proves to be no analogy after all, but the very object of our quest ! Perhaps a final outburst of analogy will make my position clear. The course of world evolution as evidenced by stratigraphy seems to include occasional (probably periodic) spasms of upheaval followed by long eras of slow degradation—a sort of “‘ heart-beat rhythm.” Is it too speculative to suggest that the course of organic evolution, if expressed graphically, would show a similar succession of “escarpments and dip-slopes”’? Although a mixed analogy is scarcely less distressing than a mixed metaphor (being in fact the same, as are morphogeny and the paleontological view of evolution), I think that the combination of Geology, Phy- siology and Physiography (with all its wide implications) in this paragraph explains more fully than a bare “ad hoc’’ statement my conception of “ Crises in Evolution.’’ 372 The Apterygota of the South-West of England. By H. WomERSLEY, F.E;S. | Payt LY, URING the period since Part III of this List was published I have concentrated my attention on the Orders Protura and Thysanura (Machilide). The results of these researches have been published in the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1927, Vol. lxii, pp. 140-154, 236. Of the Protura we have in our area five species belonging to -two families and four genera. Of these, three species are new to science. In the Thysanura a systematic survey of the Machilidz along the shores of the Bristol Channel is being made, and has already brought to light a new species of the genus Petrobius from the Devon and Somerset coasts. While a number of new localities for Collembola are to be recorded, only four species are new in our area. For the first time a few records from Lundy are available, but it is hoped in the near future to thoroughly investigate the Apterygota of the Island. For help in these insects I am greatly indebted to Messrs J. M. Brown and R. S. Bagnall and Prof. F. Silvestri, as well as the various persons who have sent me specimens, Ovdeyv—Protura (Silv.). Famly—Acerentomide (Berlese), Sub- Family—Acerentomine (Wom.). Genus—Acerentomon (Silv.). 1. A. BAGNALLI (Wom.). This is the species recorded by myself as A. doderot from under old bark, Blaise Castle Woods, Bristol, February 23rd, 1924. I have taken it in the same locality since in very consider- able numbers. 2. A. NEMORALE (Wom.). Two specimens in the rotten sap-wood of an old stump, Brockley Combe, Som., April 17th, 1926. Genus—Acerentulus (Berlese). 3. A. CONFINIS (BERLESE). Fairly common under stones, Brockley Combe, Som., March, 1925; October, 1926; Backwell Hill, Som., 1926-27. Sub-fam—Mergentomine (Wom.). Genus—Parentomon (Wom.). Pig. I. Aceventomon bagnaili. Wom. Fig. II. Aceventulus confinis. Berlese. Photo by} |G. Janes THE APTERYGOTA’ OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 313 4, P. CLEVEDONENSE (WOM.). A most interesting addition to our British list, necessitating a new genus and sub-family. Norton Wood, Clevedon, Som., September 21st, 1926. Also Backwell Hill, Som., October 16th, 1926. All under stones. Family—Eosentomide (Berlese). Genus—Eosentomon (Berlese). 5. E. RIBAGAI (BERLESE). ; All the Eosentomons that I have taken in our area appear to belong to this species. My records are Backwell Hills, Som., November 27th, 1926 and December 19th, 1926; Brockley Combe, Som., December 26th, 1926; Keynsham, Som., October 30th, 1926, all under stones. It has also been taken by Mr. R. S. Bag- nall at Babbacombe, S. Devon, 1918. In addition to the above records I have also taken solitary immature specimens of the genus Acerentomon (1) under a stone, Cranham Woods, Glos., September 13th, 1926 and (2) under a stone, Brockley Combe, Som., 1926. Order—T hysanura (Latr.). Family—Machilide. Genus—Petrobius (Leach) Carpenter. 2. P. CARPENTERI (BAGNALL). This species occurs everywhere along the North Devon coast from Lynton to Clovelly, and also on Lundy Island. July 23rd to August 6th, 1927; Man Sands, South Devon, September, 1927 (C. Bartlett) ; Aust, Glos., September 24th, 1927. 12. P. MARITIMUS (LEACH) CARPENTER. i Specimens of this species were caught on the cliffs at the Ness, Shaldon, S. Devon, September 11th, 1927. These specimens however, show some slight variations from the diagnosis given by Carpenter. The tip of the mandible bears more prominent teeth than his description would lead one to expect. In mature specimens however there is a strong tendency, especially in the female, for them to be worn away. The spine on the 9th stylet is not as long as figured, being only about one-fourth the length of the stylet. Other details agree with his careful description. Also taken at Man Sands, September, 1927 (C. Bartlett). Speci- mens 9 taken on Scilly Isles, 1927, by Mr. O. W. Richards were probably this species. 13. P. SILVESTRI (WoM.). This new species from the North Devon coast is not so plentiful as the preceding. It is very closely related to P. mantimus of Leach and Carpenter, and the specimens sent me from Fistral Beach, Newquay, by Mr. C. W. Bracken, and which I recorded 374 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND as maritimus, are really this new species. I have taken it at Clovelly, Lee Bay, Morthoe, Ilfracombe and Lynton. It also occurs locally on the Glamorganshire coast along with P. carpentert at Barry Island, August 29th, 1927. I have also recently received specimens of this and the preceding species from Porlock, Som., September, 1927 (A.B. Llewellyn). Scarce; alone swithaameny large numbers of P. carpentert at Brean Down, Som., and Kewstoke, Som., September 21st, 1927; Sand Point, Som., September 23rd, 1927; Man Sands, S. Devon, September, 1927 (C. Bartlett). The @2 taken on Lundy Island, July, 1927, and sent by Mr. O. W. Richards are this species. Famly—Lepismatide. Genus—Thermobia (Berg.). 9. T. DOMESTICA (PACK) = FURNORUM (ROVELLI). Large numbers of this species of silver-fish (fire brats) were taken by Mr. A. Kromler at Messrs. Packer’s factory, Bristol, Glos., November 23rd, 1927. Family—Campodeide. Genus—Campodea (Westwood). Hep Cy LANKESIE RIT (SIV): In hot house at West Town, Som., September 6th 1926. 65) Co LUBBOCK (SILv.):. Lawrence Weston, Glos., May 24th, 1925; Feeder Road, Bristol, January 23rd, 1923 ; in garden at Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 13. C. MEINERTI (BaAGN.). This appears to be the commonest species in North Somerset in natural soil, 7.e., not on rubbish tips, etc., such as are favoured by C. lubbocki. I have specimens from Backwell Hull, Som., February 3rd, 1924 and in 1926; West Town, Som., January 6th, 1926; Cadbury Hill, Congresbury, Som., April 21st, 1926 ; in a garden at Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 14. C. FRAGILIS (SILV.). One immature specimen, West Town, Som., November 6th, 1926. Orderv—Gollembola (Lubbk.). Sub-order—Arthropleona (C.B.). Sectton—-Poduromorpha (C.B.). Famly—Poduride (C.B.). Genus-—Podura (Linn.) Tlbg. THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND Sys) la AQUATICA (LINN.) TLBG. Recorded from Savernake in Marlborough College Society’s report, 1923: (AP.G.M.). Family—Hypogastruride (C.B.). Sub-Family—Hypogastrurine (C.B.). Genus—Hypogastrura (Bourl.) C.B. (Achorutes, Templ. Lubbk., Linn.). hey fhe ARMADA (NIC.). One specimen under bark Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. Sub-Family—Achorutine (C. Tv1be—Pseudachorutini (C.B. Genus—Friesia (D.T.). B.). ). 62. F. MIRABILIS (TLBG.). A single specimen under lichen on Castle Rock, Lynton, August Ist, 1927. The terminal anal spine was apparently wanting. Genus—Anurida (Laboulb.). 10. A. MARITIMA (GUER.). Oi rock mpools at Woolacombe, N. Devon, July-29th, 1927. 63... A..GRANARIA (NIC.). Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927. Tribe—-Achorutini (C.B.). Genus—Achorutes (C.B.) Templ. 11. A. MuscoRuUM (TEMPL.). One specimen under bark Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. In similar habitat at Clovelly, Devon, August 3rd, 1927. Famiuy—Onvychiurine (C.B.). Genus—Onychiurus (Gerv.). 13>"O. AMBULANS (LINN.) TLBG. Goatchurch Cavern, Burrington, Som., August 15th, 1925 (Miss J. Barrington). 14. O. ARMATUS (TLBG.). Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Lundy Island, July 26th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 15. QO. FIMETARIUS (LUBBK.). Goatchurch Cavern, Burrington, Som., August 15th, 1925 (Miss J. Barrington). Genus—Tullbergia (Lubbk.) C.B. 310 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST: OF -ENGEADD 16. VT; QUADRISPINA (C_B.)3 One specimen from Clovelly, August 3rd, 1927. Sectton—Entomobryomorpha (C.B.). Famiuy—lIsotomide (Schffr.). Sub-Family—Isotomine (Schaffr.). Genus—Protanurophorus (WoM.). 78. P. PEARMANI (WoM.). Two specimens from under lichen on fallen bough, Backwell Hill House grounds, West Town, Som., January 2nd, 1926. Genus—Anurophotus (Tlbg.). LO Ae WARTOIS 3 1 LBG.): Under bark of larch paling, West Town, Som., February 13th, 1926; Masbery Hill, Som., June 19th, 1926. Under lichen, Swanage, May 29th, 1926. Under bark, Stoke Bishop, Bristol, yume von, 197670) Vor Genus--Isotoma s, str, (Bourl.) C.B. ie Le VIRTDISs BouURE.): Under twigs, Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. In sphagnum, Grimspound, Dartmoor, June 5th, 1927; Lundy Island, July 26th, 1927. 19. I. MARITIMA (TLBG.). Under shore debris, Kewstoke, Som., May 21st, 1927. 64. I. NOTABILIS (SCHFFR.). One under bark, Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. Two under stones, Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th — 1927. 73. I. MINOR (SCHFFR.). One in Mr. Garnett’s hot house, West Town, Som., February 13th, 1926. Under twigs, stones, etc., Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. Sub-Genus—Vertagopus (C.B.). 20. V. ARBOREA (LINN.) AGREN. Common under bark, Savernake Forest, January 30th, 1926. Score Woods, Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927. Genus—Folsomia (Willem.). 20. FF. FIMETARIA (LINN.) TLBG. Savernake Forest, January 31st, 1926. <- Tie SAPTERYGOPFA OF THE ySOUTHSWEST OF ENGEAND STi 20,, [. QUADRIOCULATA (1LBG.). Savernake Forest, January 3lst, 1926. In sphagnum, Grims- pound, Dartmoor, June 5th, 1927. Genus—Isotomurus (C.B.). 27. I. PALUSTRIS (MIAL.). In sphagnum, Grimspound, Dartmoor, June Sth, 1926 ; Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. Family—TYomoceride (Schffr.). Sub-Family—Tomocerine (C.B.). Genus—Tomocerus (Nic.). 28. T. MINOR (LUBBK.). Score Woods, Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Hichbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 30. T. (POGONOGNATHUS) LONGICORNIS (LUBBK.). Score Woods, {lfracombe, July 24th, 1927. Family—Entomobryide (C.B.). Sub-Famly—Entomobryine (C.B.). Tmbe—Entomobryini (C.B.). Genus—Entomobrya (Rond.). gz. i. NEVALIS (LINN.). Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 38. E. NICOLETI (LUBBK.). In dead flowers of Arum, Burrington, Som., May 14th, 1927 ; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 39. E, ALBOCINCTA (TEMPL.). Under bark,. Savernake Forest, January 3lst, 1926. Under lichen, Castle Rock, Lynton, August 8th, 1927. Genus—Lepidocyrtus (Bourl.). 40. L. CyANEusS (TLBG.). Savernake Forest, January 3lst, 1926; Ufracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 41. L. LANUGINOSUS (GOMEL.). Savernake Forest, January 31st, 1926; Ilfracombe, July Zh, 19275 Mark, near’ Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 84. L. RIVULARIS (BOURL.). In dead flowers of Arum, Burrington, Som., May 14th, 1927. In sphagnum, Grimspound, Dartmoor, June 5th, 1927. 378 THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 85,7. PARADOXUS,) (UZEE.). Specimens taken at Devonshire Road, Bristol, in 1924 are this species. (oe SL; ALBUS) PACKS): Goatchurch Cavern Burrington, Som., August 15th, 1925 (Miss J. Barrington). Tvibe—Orchesellini (C.B.). Genus—Orchesella (Templ.). 45. ©. crncta (LINN.) LUBBR: Savernake Forest, January 3lst, 1926; Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. 45a. O. CINCTA, var. vaga. From same localities. 47. O, FLAVESCENS (BOURL.). Leigh Woods, Som., August Ist, 1926, along with var. pallida enn te) 40.7 (©. 7 VILLOSA> (GEOR) Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October Voth W927; Genus—Heteromurus (Wankel.). 23.0 NEA (DERPI Savernake Forest, January 31st, 1926; Goatchurch Cavern, Burrington, Som., May 14th, 1927; Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927 ; Mark, near Highbridge, Som., October 15th, 1927. Sub- Famly—Cyphoderine (C.B.). Tribe—Cyphoderini (C.B.). Genus—Cyphoderus (Nic.). AQ. C. ALBINUS (NICc.). Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927. Sub-Order—Symphypleona (C.B.). Famly—Neelide (Fol.). Genus—Neelus (Fol.). 67 Neu RIN Ss (ems): Under stone, West Town, April, 2nd,.1927; Mark) near Highbridge, Som.,- October Voth, 1927: Famly—Sminthuride (Lubbk.). Sub-Family—Smuinthuridine (C.B.). Tmbe—Katiannini (C.B.). Genus—Sminthurinus (C.B.). THE APTERYGOTA OF THE SOUTH-WEST OF ENGLAND 379 86. S. QUADRILINEATA (TLBG.). In hot-houses, Backwell Hill House, West Town, February Ista 1926. 74. S. NIGER (LUBBK.). im greenhouse, IHracombe; July 24th, 1927: These ‘speci- mens should probably be referred to var. ochracea (Axels.). Genus—Arrhopalites (C.B.). Tia. A. COECUS var. ATTENUATUS (CARP. & EVENS). Goatchurch Cavern, Burrington, Som., August 15th, 1925 (Miss J. Barrington). Tnbe—Bourletiellini (C.B.). Genus—Bourletiella (Banks) C.B. 52. B. BICINCTA var. REPANDA AGR. (AXEL.). Ilfracombe, July 24th, 1927. Tribe—Sminthurini (C.B.). Genus—Allacma (C.B.). w4. 2 a7 eae roe : . ’ ‘ ay , ~ ) — t i : Ke »- \ —- — o> \ > * , f ‘ f me 7 ¢ 5 ‘ , ' ie ‘ee & yy ™ oi letaial | | jell AR{ Agri” *s OP ciara a i. an aN '. By Vow enh 8 pAnestal a Aan” Lhe AEE aN A a» - ey He A Le say | OPN) tb. don! bo pennant | PPV Varta oP the A Ak 4 AVAL! Te ai a a enya 4 SULLEATT AT] TPA, Lindale! TY PY, tafe te Wr ae Sed 1 bln ~ oe ey Oy aa pipe y— a ange ®A ha a ‘ be le & ri SAR a sy» : a \tF ~ ms [ £ =~ fy Mm, ; | " Ra » Ay r | ‘ q ear Canary “a 7 my YY re me Bier HTH Drill tL lent ol eo ° ri es Pom Nei nN " Piece AMiamata. a 8/0 Le oho s2. 2°25 ~~ SR. ay fe A) ae t Ee ¥ Year tine, ABO MP ab 457 ah AAU a AMAR. Bee o f ~~ FONT aay ee & ‘ a a PL a Lares qi ; q TF Salt Anas MAUR GA, has aGRRe AnanehAuhg rely MaAasaary® “hg 08 Bana, SLs ae ne Na a doe F , : wee try room WwW Aaland A ep hidh DR BARRA anna RH “8 ola) s ‘ & Pt aA ae » DO > of ma | } Ki ~*~ = eee a AC NOAEL Sal 5 ia. ~. ite: BD a 4 AAD. D af ; TT PPsAPda ‘ rors we ~aneanacen@ he” : togtauert hss. “20 Ae ee aaa" lola lo inlaid Boles fg GS *“3yg0u™" v- & Mwvterveuve et 4 pm ii es oe weeety, ih it eer "ee sein wert. i) why ae a ; s | WU) Z imfe- 4s rae . lt A vayuree-: Ui, ' BP mee °c "ete hd psT°e 7 ; | i Ne vg vie Cyt? 4 ie wWy ym - yee 4 oe | ture. ane eal Meal tA MTT eb TL {| es : ve Ce rer UNE Y PETES eT Tait tiNy Pew” ee 9 ytVave-t » evel, yell Mer Wahab de yous y luv fv *Pantuy *Veve o. ofyr ei Oak dealt ete 1 Add FA perme ~ -y-w~ ME ‘s Poums Beri, Ds Th wee! 2a = | ai : LT Ae ee wu 3 9088 01308 8